As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2009

  File No. 333-153043
  File No. 811-8537

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-4

  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933   o

  PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.   x

  POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1   o

and/or
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  
o

  Amendment No. 20   x

Variable Annuity Account A
of Protective Life

(Exact Name of Registrant)

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

(Name of Depositor)

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

(Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices)

(205) 268-1000

(Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

MAX BERUEFFY, Esquire

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama, 35223

(Name and Address of Agent for Services)

Copy to:

STEPHEN E. ROTH, Esquire

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

1275 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20004

(202) 383-0158

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

   o   Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

   x   On May 1, 2009 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

   o   60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 485

   o   On May 1, 2009 pursuant to paragraph (a) of Rule 485

Title of Securities Being Registered: Interests in a separate
account issued through variable annuity contracts.




PART A

INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE IN THE PROSPECTUS



  Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life
P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648
Telephone: 1-800-456-6330
www.protective.com
 

 

This Prospectus describes the ProtectiveRewards Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract, a group and individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract offered by Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company. The Contract is designed for investors who desire to accumulate capital on a tax deferred basis for retirement or other long term investment purpose. It may be purchased on a non-qualified basis or for use with certain qualified retirement plans.

You generally may allocate your investment in the Contract among the Guaranteed Account (if it is available when you purchase your Contract) and the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life. If you purchase the SecurePay rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value will be restricted. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.") The Sub-Accounts invest in the following Funds:

Fidelity ® Variable Insurance Products

VIP Contrafund ® Portfolio-SC2

VIP Equity-Income Portfolio-SC2

VIP Freedom Fund, 2015 Maturity, SC2

VIP Freedom Fund, 2020 Maturity, SC2

VIP Growth Portfolio-SC2

VIP Index 500-SC2

VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio-SC2

VIP MidCap Portfolio-SC2

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities Fund, Class 2

Franklin Income Securities Fund, Class 2

Franklin Rising Dividends Securities Fund, Class 2

Franklin Small-MidCap Growth Securities Fund, Class 2

Franklin U.S. Government Fund, Class 2

Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class 2

Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2

Templeton Global Bond Securities Fund, Class 2 (formerly Templeton Global
Income Securities Fund, Class 2)

Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

Capital Growth Fund, Service Class

Growth and Income Fund, Service Class

Strategic International Equity Fund, Service Class

Structured Small Cap Equity Fund, Service Class

Structured U.S. Equity Fund, Service Class

Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.

America's Value Portfolio

Bond-Debenture Portfolio

Growth and Income Portfolio

Growth Opportunities Portfolio

Large-Cap Core Portfolio

International Portfolio

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio

MFS ® Variable Insurance Trust SM

Growth Series-SS

Investors Growth Stock Series-SS

Investors Trust Series-SS

New Discovery Series-SS

Research Series-SS

Total Return Series-SS

Utilities Series-SS

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

Capital Appreciation Fund/VA-SS

Global Securities Fund/VA-SS

High Income Fund/VA-SS

Main Street Fund/VA-SS

MidCap Fund/VA-SS

Money Fund/VA

Strategic Bond Fund/VA-SS

The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.

Equity and Income Portfolio Class II

Global Real Estate Portfolio Class II

International Growth Equity Portfolio Class II

Van Kampen Life Investment Trust

Capital Growth Portfolio Class II

Comstock Portfolio Class II

Government Portfolio Class II

Growth and Income Portfolio Class II

Mid Cap Growth Portfolio Class II

The value of your Contract that is allocated to the Sub-Accounts will vary according to the investment performance of the Funds in which the selected Sub-Accounts are invested. You bear the investment risk on amounts you allocate to the Sub-Accounts.

This Prospectus sets forth basic information about the Contract and the Variable Account that a prospective investor should know before investing. The Statement of Additional Information, which has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, contains additional information about the Contract and the Variable Account. The Statement of Additional Information is dated the same date as this Prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference. The Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information is on the last page of this Prospectus. You may obtain a copy of the Statement of Additional Information free of charge by writing or calling Protective Life at the address or telephone number shown above. You may also obtain an electronic copy of the Statement of Additional Information, as well as other material that we file electronically and certain material incorporated by reference, at the SEC web site (http://www.sec.gov).

Please read this prospectus carefully. Investors should keep a copy for future reference.

The ProtectiveRewards Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract is not a deposit or obligation of, or guaranteed by, any bank or financial institution. It is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency, and it is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2009



TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Page  
DEFINITIONS     3    
FEES AND EXPENSES     4    
SUMMARY     9    
The Contract     9    
Federal Tax Status     12    
THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND
FUNDS
    13    
Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company     13    
Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life     13    
Administration     14    
The Funds     15    
Fidelity ® Variable Insurance Products     15    
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust     16    
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust     17    
Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.     17    
MFS ® Variable Insurance Trust     18    
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds     18    
The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.     19    
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust     19    
Selection of Funds     20    
Other Information about the Funds     20    
Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds     20    
Other Investors in the Funds     21    
Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments     22    
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT     22    
The Contract     22    
Parties to the Contract     23    
Issuance of a Contract     24    
Purchase Payments     24    
Right to Cancel     25    
Allocation of Purchase Payments     25    
Variable Account Value     26    
Transfers     27    
Surrenders and Partial Surrenders     31    
THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT     33    
DEATH BENEFIT     35    
GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL
BENEFIT ("SecurePay") WITH RightTime ®
OPTION
    38    
SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS     56    
SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTS     56    
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS     56    
Surrender Charge     56    
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge     57    
Administration Charge     58    
Death Benefit Fee     58    
SecurePay Fee     62    
SecurePay Medical Evaluation Fee     63    
Transfer Fee     63    
Contract Maintenance Fee     63    
Fund Expenses     63    
Premium Taxes     63    
Other Taxes     63    
Other Information     63    
ANNUITY PAYMENTS     64    
Annuity Commencement Date     64    
Annuity Value     64    
Annuity Income Payments     64    
Annuity Options     66    
Minimum Amounts     66    
Death of Annuitant or Owner After Annuity
Commencement Date
    66    
YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS     67    
Yields     67    
Total Returns     67    
Standardized Average Annual Total Returns     67    
Non-Standard Average Annual Total Returns     68    
Performance Comparisons     68    
Other Matters     68    
FEDERAL TAX MATTERS     69    
Introduction     69    
The Company's Tax Status     69    
TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL     69    
Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period     69    
Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders     70    
Taxation of Annuity Payments     71    
Tax Consequences of SecurePay Rider     71    
Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds     72    
Assignments, Pledges, and Gratuitous Transfers     72    
Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions     72    
Aggregation of Contracts     73    
Exchanges of Annuity Contracts     73    
Loss of Interest Deduction Where Contract Is Held
by or for the Benefit of Certain Nonnatural
Persons
    73    
QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS     74    
In General     74    
Direct Rollovers     77    
FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING     77    
GENERAL MATTERS     78    
Error in Age or Gender     78    
Incontestability     78    
Non-Participation     78    
Assignment or Transfer of a Contract     78    
Notice     78    
Modification     78    
Reports     78    
Settlement     79    
Receipt of Payment     79    
Protection of Proceeds     79    
Minimum Values     79    
Application of Law     79    
No Default     79    
DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS     79    
Selling Broker-Dealers     80    
Inquiries     81    
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS     81    
VOTING RIGHTS     81    
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     82    
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
    83    
APPENDIX A: Death Benefit calculation examples     A-1    
APPENDIX B: Surrender Charge calculation examples     B-1    
APPENDIX C: Variable Annuitization calculation     C-1    
APPENDIX D: Condensed Financial Information     D-1    
APPENDIX E: Example of SecurePay Rider     E-1    
APPENDIX F: The SecurePay GMAB (Not Available
On or After May 1, 2009)
    F-1    
APPENDIX G: Example of SecurePay Rider without the
SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB For
Contract Owners Who Purchased the Rider Before
May 1, 2009
    G-1    
APPENDIX H: Example of SecurePay Rider with the
SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB For
Contract Owners Who Purchased the Rider Before
May 1, 2009
    H-1    

 


2



DEFINITIONS

"We", "us", "our", "Protective Life", and "Company" refer to Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company. "You", "your" and "Owner" refer to the person(s) who has been issued a Contract.

Accumulation Unit: A unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Commencement Date.

Allocation Option: Any account to which you may allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value under this Contract. The Allocation Options are the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account and the Guaranteed Account available in this Contract.

Annuity Commencement Date: The date as of which the Annuity Value is applied to an Annuity Option.

Annuity Option: The payout option under which the Company makes annuity income payments.

Annuity Value: The amount we apply to the Annuity Option you have selected.

Assumed Investment Return: The assumed annual rate of return used to calculate the amount of the variable income payments.

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Contract: The ProtectiveRewards Elite NY Variable Annuity, a flexible premium, deferred, variable and fixed annuity contract.

Contract Anniversary: The same month and day as the Effective Date in each subsequent year of the Contract.

Contract Value: Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the sum of the Variable Account value and the Guaranteed Account value.

Contract Year: Any period of 12 months commencing with the Effective Date or any Contract Anniversary.

DCA: Dollar cost averaging.

Effective Date: The date as of which we credit the initial Purchase Payment to the Contract and the date the Contract takes effect.

Fund: Any investment portfolio in which a corresponding Sub-Account invests.

Guaranteed Account: The Fixed Account, the DCA Fixed Accounts and any other Allocation Option we may offer with interest rate guarantees.

Monthly Anniversary Day: The same day each month as the Effective Date, or the last day of any month that does not have the same day as the Effective Date.

Net Amount at Risk: The value of the death benefit minus the Contract Value.

Purchase Payment: The amount(s) paid by the Owner and accepted by the Company as consideration for this Contract.

Qualified Contracts: Contracts issued in connection with retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.

Qualified Plans: Retirement plans that receive favorable tax treatment under Sections 401, 403, 408, 408A or 457 of the Code.

Sub-Account: A separate division of the Variable Account.

Valuation Day: Each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.

Valuation Period: The period which begins at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on any Valuation Day and ends at the close of regular trading on the next Valuation Day.

Variable Account: The Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life, a separate investment account of Protective Life.

Written Notice: A notice or request submitted in writing in a form satisfactory to the Company that we receive at the administrative office via U.S. postal service or nationally recognized overnight delivery service.


3



FEES AND EXPENSES

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering the Contract. The first table describes the fees and charges that you will pay at the time you buy the Contract, partially or fully surrender the Contract, or transfer amounts among the Sub-Accounts and/or the Guaranteed Account.

OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Sales Charge Imposed on Purchase Payments     None    
Maximum Surrender Charge (as a % of amount surrendered)     7 % (1)    
Transfer Fee   $ 25 (2)    
SecurePay Medical Evaluation Fee   $ 300 (3)    
Premium Tax     3.5 % (4)    

 

(1)   The surrender charge declines over time. (See "Determining the Surrender Charge.")

(2)   Protective Life currently does not charge this Transfer Fee, but reserves the right to do so in the future. (See "Charges and Deductions.")

(3)   Currently, this charge is $150. Protective Life generally charges this fee if the Owner has purchased the SecurePay rider, undergoes medical underwriting and accepts an offer by Protective Life to increase the Annual Withdrawal Amount as a result of its underwriting review. State variations may apply. See "SecurePay ME ® : Increased AWA for Certain Medical Conditions, How to Apply for an Increased AWA" for more information.

(4)   Some states impose premium taxes at rates currently ranging up to 3.5%. If premium taxes apply to your Contract, we will deduct them from the Purchase Payment(s) when accepted or from the Contract Value upon a full or partial surrender, death or annuitization.


4



The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract, not including Fund fees and expenses.

PERIODIC CHARGES

(other than Fund expenses)

Annual Contract Maintenance Fee   $ 30 (1)          
Variable Account Annual Expenses
(as a percentage of average Variable Account value)
 
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge       1.35 %  
Administration Charge       0.15 %  
Total Variable Account Annual Expenses (without death benefit fee)       1.50 %  
Monthly Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Fee (2)    
CoverPay Fee (as an annualized percentage of the death benefit value on each Monthly Anniversary Day, beginning on the 1 st
Monthly Anniversary Day)
           
    0.20 %  

 

—or—

ValuPay Fee (3) (annual dollar amount per $1,000 of Net Amount at Risk on each Monthly Anniversary Day, beginning on the
13 th Monthly Anniversary Day)
 
Maximum:
(age 95 or more)
  $227.28 ($18.94 per month)
 
Fee at age 56   $ 6.00 ($0.50 per month)  
Minimum:
(age 50 or less)
  $ 3.00 ($0.25 per month)
 
Monthly Optional SecurePay Fee (4) (as an annualized percentage of the Benefit Base (5) on each Monthly Anniversary
Day, beginning with the 1 st Monthly Anniversary Day following election of the rider)
 

 

SecurePay riders issued on or after May 1, 2009: (6)

    Maximum   Current  
Purchase of SecurePay rider at time of Contract Purchase     0.95 %     0.50 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider under RightTime ® option     0.95 %     0.60 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit at time of Contract Purchase     1.40 %     0.90 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit under RightTime ® option     1.60 %     1.00 %  

 

SecurePay riders issued before May 1, 2009: (6)

    Maximum   Current (7)  
SecurePay rider     0.95 %     0.70 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit     1.40 %     0.90 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay GMAB     1.30 %     0.85 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit and SecurePay GMAB     1.70 %     1.05 %  

 

(1)   We will waive the annual contract maintenance fee if your Contract Value or aggregate Purchase Payments, reduced by surrenders and surrender charges, is $50,000 or more. (See "Charges and Deductions.")

(2)   There are two death benefits available under the contract: (1) the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit; and (2) the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. For more information on these death benefit values and how they are calculated, please see the "DEATH BENEFIT" section of this prospectus. We assess a fee for the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. When you purchase your Contract, you elect either the CoverPay Fee or the ValuPay Fee if you purchase the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. There is no death benefit fee for the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. (See "Charges and Deductions, Death Benefit Fee.").

(3)   The ValuPay fee is based on the Net Amount at Risk and the oldest Owner's age. If the Net Amount at Risk remains the same, the ValuPay fee will increase over time as the age of the oldest Owner increases. (See "Charges and Deductions, ValuPay Fee.")


5



(4)   If we increase the SecurePay Fee, we will give you at least 30 days' notice prior to the increase. You may elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee and your SecurePay rider will not terminate, but your current Benefit Base will be capped at its then current value (i.e., your SecurePay Anniversary Value will be reset to $0) and you will give up the opportunity for any future increases in the Benefit Base if your Contract Value exceeds your Benefit Base on subsequent Contract Anniversaries. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee. If you purchased the SecurePay R72 Benefit, we also will no longer calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value when determining your Benefit Base if you elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. However, you will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, even though you will no longer be entitled to additional SecurePay Roll-up Values See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") with RightTime ® Option" in this prospectus. If you purchased a SecurePay rider before May 1, 2009 and you purchased the SecurePay Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB), you also will not be permitted to "step-up" the GMAB Guaranteed Amount or repurchase the SecurePay GMAB following its termination if you elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee (please note that you will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, even though you will no longer be entitled to additional "step-ups" of the GMAB Guaranteed Amounts and/or repurchase the SecurePay GMAB following its termination). See Appendix F: The SecurePay GMAB (Not Available On or After May 1, 2009).
(5)   The Benefit Base is a value used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amounts, and the fees charged, under the SecurePay rider. On the Rider Effective Date, your initial Benefit Base is equal to your Contract Value. For more information on the SecurePay rider, the Benefit Base and how it is calculated, please see "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") with RightTime ® option" in this prospectus.
(6)   For SecurePay riders issued on or after May 1, 2009 without the SecurePay R72 Benefit, we have changed the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage under the SecurePay rider and lowered the SecurePay fee. Also, for SecurePay riders issued on or after May 1, 2009 with the SecurePay R72 Benefit, we have imposed a new condition in order to be eligible for the "roll-up" amount and have discontinued the reset of the Roll-up Period. Finally, effective May 1, 2009, the SecurePay Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB) is no longer available for purchase with the SecurePay rider, even if you purchased your Contract prior to May 1, 2009 and you purchase the rider on or after May 1, 2009 by exercising the RightTime ® option. For information on the SecurePay GMAB, please see Appendix F: The SecurePay GMAB (Not Available On or After May 1, 2009).
(7)   The current SecurePay Fee may be lower for certain Owners who elected not to pay an increase in the fee that became effective on February 16, 2009.

The next table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses is contained in the prospectus for each Fund.

The Fund expenses used to prepare the next table were provided to Protective Life by the Funds. Protective Life has not independently verified such information. The expenses shown are based on expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2008. Current or future expenses may be higher or lower than those shown.

RANGE OF EXPENSES FOR THE FUNDS

    Minimum       Maximum  
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(total of all expenses that are deducted from Fund assets,
including management fees, 12b-1 fees, and other expenses)
    0.35 %     -       1.61 %*  

 

*  The range of Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses shown here does not take into account contractual and voluntary arrangements under which the Funds' advisers currently reimburse Fund expenses or waive fees. Please see the prospectus for each Fund for more information about that Fund's expenses.

Example of Charges

The following examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Contract with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. The examples show the costs of investing in the Contract, including owner transaction expenses, the annual contract maintenance fee, Variable Account charges, the death benefit fee (assuming you elected the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit with the CoverPay fee), and both maximum and minimum total Annual Fund Operating Expenses. The first example assumes that you purchased the SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit on or after May 1, 2009 under the RightTime ® option at the maximum and current charges. The second example assumes that you purchased the SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB before May 1, 2009 under the RightTime ® option at the maximum and current charges. The third example assumes that you have not purchased the SecurePay rider. Please note that while election of the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit with the CoverPay fee is


6



assumed in the following examples, under certain circumstances, the ValuPay fee for the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit may be more expensive, depending on the oldest Owner's age and the Net Amount at Risk. The examples assume that all Contract Value is allocated to the Variable Account. The examples do not reflect transfer fees or premium taxes, which may range up to 3.5% depending on the jurisdiction.

The examples assume that you invest $10,000 in the Contract for the periods indicated. The examples also assume that your investment has a 5% return each year.

If you purchased the SecurePay rider on or after May 1, 2009:

(1)  If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

(a)  With SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit selected under RightTime ® option (reflecting the maximum charge):

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     1,103       1,988       2,468       5,244    
Minimum Fund Expenses     990       1,655       1,893       4,178    

 

(b)  With SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit selected under RightTime ® option (reflecting the current charge):

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     1,065       1,871       2,253       4,766    
Minimum Fund Expenses     953       1,536       1,671       3,670    

 

(2)  If you annuitize* or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

(a)  With SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit selected under RightTime ® option (reflecting the maximum charge):

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     472       1,447       2,468       5,244    
Minimum Fund Expenses     351       1,094       1,893       4,178    

 

(b)  With SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit selected under RightTime ® option (reflecting the current charge):

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     432       1,323       2,253       4,766    
Minimum Fund Expenses     311       967       1,671       3,670    

 

If you purchased the SecurePay rider before May 1, 2009:

(1)  If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

(a)  With SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB selected under RightTime ® option (reflecting the maximum charge):

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     1,130       2,075       2,628       5,599    
Minimum Fund Expenses     1,018       1,744       2,058       4,555    

 


7



(b)  With SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB selected under RightTime ® option (reflecting the current charge):

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     1,079       1,915       2,333       4,943    
Minimum Fund Expenses     967       1,581       1,754       3,859    

 

(2)  If you annuitize* or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

(a)  With SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB selected under RightTime ® option (reflecting the maximum charge):

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     501       1,539       2,628       5,599    
Minimum Fund Expenses     381       1,188       2,058       4,555    

 

(b)  With SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB selected under RightTime ® option (reflecting the current charge):

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     447       1,369       2,333       4,943    
Minimum Fund Expenses     326       1,014       1,754       3,859    

 

If you have not purchased a SecurePay rider:

(1)  If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     973       1,581       1,718       3,579    
Minimum Fund Expenses     860       1,241       1,121       2,410    

 

(2)  If you annuitize* or remain invested in the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:

    1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  
Maximum Fund Expenses     333       1,015       1,718       3,579    
Minimum Fund Expenses     212       654       1,121       2,410    

 

*  You may not annuitize your Contract within 3 years after we accept a Purchase Payment. For more information, see "ANNUITY PAYMENTS, Annuity Commencement Date, Changing the Annuity Commencement Date." Neither the death benefit fee nor the SecurePay Fee apply after the Annuity Commencement Date.

Please remember that the examples are an illustration and do not guarantee the amount of future expenses. Your actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. Similarly, your rate of return may be more or less than the 5% rate of return assumed in the examples.


8



SUMMARY

The Contract

What is the ProtectiveRewards Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract?   The ProtectiveRewards Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract is a flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract issued by Protective Life. (See "The Contract.") In certain states the Contract is offered as a group contract to eligible persons. If you purchase an interest in a group Contract, you will be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided under the Contract without the consent of the group Contract holder.  
How may I purchase a Contract?   Protective Life sells the Contracts through registered representatives of broker-dealers. We pay commissions and other compensation to the broker-dealers for selling the Contracts. (See "Distribution of the Contracts.")
Protective Life will issue your Contract when it receives and accepts your complete application information and an initial Purchase Payment through the broker-dealer you have selected. (See "Issuance of a Contract.")
 
What are the Purchase Payments?   The minimum amount that Protective Life will accept as an initial Purchase Payment is $25,000 for a Non-Qualified Contract or Qualified Contract. Purchase Payments may be made at any time prior to the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 86 th birthday. No Purchase Payment will be accepted within 3 years of the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect. If you purchase the SecurePay rider, you cannot make any Purchase Payments on or after the Benefit Election Date. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.") The minimum subsequent Purchase Payment we will accept is $100, or $50 if the payment is made under our current automatic purchase payment plan. The maximum aggregate Purchase Payment(s) we will accept without prior administrative office approval is $1,000,000. We reserve the right not to accept any Purchase Payment. (See "Purchase Payments.")  
Can I cancel the Contract?   You have the right to return the Contract within a certain number of days (which varies by state and is never less than ten) after you receive it. The returned Contract will be treated as if it were never issued. Protective Life will refund the Contract Value in states where permitted. This amount may be more or less than the Purchase Payments. In states requiring the return of Purchase Payments, we will refund the greater of the Contract Value or the Purchase Payments. (See "Right to Cancel.")  

 


9



Can I transfer amounts in the Contract?   Before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may transfer amounts among the Allocation Options. There are, however, limitations on transfers: any transfer must be at least $100; no amounts may be transferred into a DCA Fixed Account; no amounts may be transferred to the Fixed Account within six months after any transfer from a Guaranteed Account to the Variable Account; transfers out of the Fixed Account are limited to the greater of (a) $2,500 or (b) 25% of the value of the Fixed Account in any Contract Year; we reserve the right to charge a transfer fee of $25 for each transfer after the 12 th transfer in any Contract Year; we may restrict or refuse to honor transfers when we determine that they may be detrimental to the Funds or Contract Owners, such as frequent transfers and market timing transfers by or on behalf of an Owner or group of Owners. (See "Transfers.") If you purchase the SecurePay rider, your options for transferring Contract Value among the Allocation Options will be restricted in accordance with the rider's Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") with RightTime ® Option.)"  
Can I surrender the Contract?   Upon Written Notice before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may surrender the Contract and receive its surrender value. (See "Surrenders and Partial Surrenders.") Surrenders may have federal and state income tax consequences. In addition, surrenders from Contracts issued pursuant to Section 403(b) of the Code may not be allowed in certain circumstances. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")  
Is there a death benefit?   If any Owner dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date and while this Contract is in force, a death benefit, less any applicable premium tax, will be payable to the Beneficiary. The death benefit is determined as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of the Owner's death. (See "Death Benefit.") The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is included with your Contract at no additional charge. You may select the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit for an additional fee, but only if the oldest Owner is younger than 76 on the Effective Date of the Contract. If you choose the optional Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit, you must indicate that you would like this optional death benefit, and the basis on which you want the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit fee to be assessed, when you apply for your Contract. You may not change your selection after your Contract is issued. (See "Charges and Deductions, Death Benefit Fee.")  

 


10



What is the SecurePay rider?   The SecurePay rider guarantees the right to make withdrawals based upon the value of a guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit base that may increase on your Contract Anniversary if your Contract Value has increased, but will remain fixed if the Contract Value has declined due to poor market performance. These withdrawals may be made over the lifetime of persons designated under the rider, provided the rider's requirements are satisfied. Withdrawals may begin after the person(s) designated under the rider reaches age 59 1 / 2 . Annual aggregate withdrawals on or after the Benefit Election Date that exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount (AWA) will result in a reduction of rider benefits because we will reduce the Benefit Base and corresponding AWA. Under the rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value will be restricted, as you must make all allocations in accordance with the Allocation by Investment Category program under the rider's Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. The required allocations under the Allocation by Investment Category program may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. Therefore, if you are seeking a more aggressive growth strategy, the portfolio allocations required for participation in the SecurePay rider are probably not appropriate for you.
We also offer an additional SecurePay feature that may be selected with the purchase of the SecurePay rider. The SecurePay R72 Benefit provides for potential increases in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit base of up to 7.2% each Contract Anniversary during a specified period, even if your Contract Value has not increased. We charge an additional fee if you select the SecurePay rider, and this fee is increased if you select the SecurePay R72 Benefit. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")
Effective May 1, 2009, the SecurePay Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB) is no longer available for purchase with the SecurePay rider, even if you purchased your Contract prior to May 1, 2009 and you purchase the rider on or after May 1, 2009 by exercising the RightTime ® option. For information on the SecurePay GMAB, please see Appendix F: The SecurePay GMAB (Not Available On or After May 1, 2009).
 
What Annuity Options are available?   Currently, we apply the Annuity Value to an Annuity Option on the Annuity Commencement Date, unless you choose to receive the surrender value in a lump sum. Annuity Options include: payments for a certain period and life income with or without payments for a certain period. Annuity Options are available on either a fixed or variable payment basis. (See "Annuity Payments".)  

 


11



Is the Contract available for qualified retirement plans?   You may purchase the Contract for use within certain qualified retirement plans or arrangements that receive favorable tax treatment, such as individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities (IRAs), and pension and profit sharing plans (including H.R. 10 Plans). Many of these qualified plans, including IRAs, provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans or arrangements alone. There are costs and expenses under the Contract related to these benefits and features. You should consult a qualified tax or financial adviser for information specific to your circumstances to determine whether the use of the Contract within a qualified retirement plan is an appropriate investment for you. (See "Description of the Contract, The Contract," and "Federal Tax Matters, Qualified Retirement Plans.")
Protective Life no longer issues Contracts under Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code ( i.e. , tax sheltered annuities or "TSAs"). In addition, Protective no longer accepts additional premiums into existing TSAs without prior approval from the Company.
 
Other contracts   We offer other types of annuity contracts and insurance policies that also invest in the same Funds in which your Contract invests. These other types of contracts and policies may have different charges that could affect the value of their Sub-Accounts and may offer different benefits than the Contract. To obtain more information about these other contracts and policies, you may contact our administrative office in writing or by telephone.  
Where may I find financial information about the Sub-Accounts?   You may find financial information about the Sub-Accounts in Appendix D to this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information.  

 

Federal Tax Status

Generally all earnings on the investments underlying the Contract are tax-deferred until withdrawn or until annuity income payments begin. A distribution from a non-Qualified Contract, which includes a full or partial surrender or payment of a death benefit, will generally result in taxable income if there has been an increase in the Contract Value. In the case of a Qualified Contract, a distribution generally will result in taxable income even if there has not been an increase in the Contract Value. In certain circumstances, a 10% penalty tax may also apply. All amounts includable in income with respect to the Contract are taxed as ordinary income; no amounts are taxed at the special lower rates applicable to long term capital gains and corporate dividends. (See "Federal Tax Matters").


12




THE COMPANY, VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND FUNDS

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

The Contracts are issued by Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (formerly American Foundation Life Insurance Company), a wholly owned subsidiary of Protective Life Insurance Company, which is the chief operating subsidiary of Protective Life Corporation, a Delaware insurance holding company whose stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company ("Protective Life") was organized as an Alabama company in 1978. Protective Life is authorized to transact business as an insurance company or a reinsurance company in 49 states (including New York) and Washington D.C. and offers a variety of individual life, individual and group annuity insurance products. The Company's assets for fiscal year ending in 2008 were approximately $754 million.

Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life

The Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life, also called the Variable Account, is a separate investment account of Protective Life. The Variable Account was established under Alabama law by the Board of Directors of Protective Life on December 1, 1997. The Variable Account is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") and meets the definition of a separate account under federal securities laws. This registration does not involve supervision by the SEC of the management or investment policies or practices of the Variable Account.

Protective Life owns the assets of the Variable Account. These assets are held separate from other assets and are not part of Protective Life's general account. You assume all of the investment risk for Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the Sub-Accounts. Your Contract Value in the Sub-Accounts is part of the assets of the Variable Account. The portion of the assets of the Variable Account equal to the reserves and other contract liabilities (which is equal to Contract Value) of the Variable Account will not be charged with liabilities that arise from any other business Protective Life conducts. Protective Life may transfer to its general account any assets which exceed the reserves and other contract liabilities (which is equal to Contract Value) of the Variable Account. Protective Life may accumulate in the Variable Account the charge for mortality and expense risks and investment results applicable to those assets that are in excess of the net assets supporting the contracts. The income, gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, from the assets of the Variable Account are credited to or charged against the Variable Account without regard to any other income, gains or losses of Protective Life. The obligations under the Contracts are obligations of Protective Life.


13



The following Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account generally are available in the Contracts:

Fidelity ® Variable Insurance Products
VIP Contrafund ® Portfolio-SC2
VIP Equity-Income Portfolio-SC2
VIP Freedom Fund, 2015 Maturity, SC2
VIP Freedom Fund, 2020 Maturity, SC2
VIP Growth Portfolio-SC2
VIP Index 500-SC2
VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio-SC2
VIP MidCap Portfolio-SC2
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust
Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities Fund, Class 2
Franklin Income Securities Fund, Class 2
Franklin Rising Dividends Securities Fund, Class 2
Franklin Small-MidCap Growth Securities Fund, Class 2
Franklin U.S. Government Fund, Class 2
Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class 2
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2
Templeton Global Bond Securities Fund, Class 2 (formerly Templeton Global Income Securities-C2)
Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
Capital Growth Fund, Service Class
Growth and Income Fund, Service Class
Strategic International Equity Fund, Service Class
Structured Small Cap Equity Fund, Service Class
Structured U.S. Equity Fund, Service Class
Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.
America's Value Portfolio
Bond-Debenture Portfolio
Growth and Income Portfolio
  Growth Opportunities Portfolio
Large-Cap Core Portfolio
International Portfolio
Mid-Cap Value Portfolio
MFS ® Variable Insurance Trust SM
Growth Series-SS
Investors Growth Stock Series-SS
Investors Trust Series-SS
New Discovery Series-SS
Research Series-SS
Total Return Series-SS
Utilities Series-SS
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds
Capital Appreciation Fund/VA-SS
Global Securities Fund/VA-SS
High Income Fund/VA-SS
Main Street Fund/VA-SS
MidCap Fund/VA-SS
Money Fund/VA
Strategic Bond Fund/VA-SS
The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.
Equity and Income Portfolio Class II
Global Real Estate Portfolio Class II
International Growth Equity Portfolio Class II
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust
Capital Growth Portfolio Class II
Comstock Portfolio Class II
Government Portfolio Class II
Growth and Income Portfolio Class II
Mid Cap Growth Portfolio Class II
 

 

*  This Sub-Account invests in a class of Fund shares that pays distribution or service fees under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. For more information, please see "Other Information about the Funds" and "Distribution of the Contracts" in this prospectus, and the prospectus for the Fund.

This Contract may not offer all the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, and other contracts Protective Life issues may offer some or all of the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.

If you select the SecurePay rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value under the Allocation by Investment Category program will be restricted. You must allocate your Purchase Payments and Contract Value in accordance with the rider's Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. In general, the required allocations under the Allocation by Investment Category program focus on conservative, high quality bond funds, combine bond funds and growth stock funds, or emphasize growth stock funds while including a significant weighting of bond funds. Each of these required allocations seeks to provide income and/or capital appreciation while avoiding excessive risk. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")

Administration

Pursuant to the terms of an agreement with Protective Life, Protective Life Insurance Company performs the Contract administration at its administrative office at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223. Contract administration includes processing applications for the Contracts and subsequent Owner requests; processing Purchase Payments, transfers, surrenders and death benefit claims as well as performing record maintenance and disbursing annuity income payments.


14



The Funds

The assets of each Sub-Account are invested solely in a corresponding Fund. Each Fund is an investment portfolio of one of the following investment companies: Fidelity ® Variable Insurance Products managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company and subadvised by FMR Co., Inc., Strategic Advisors, Inc. or Fidelity Investments Money Management, Inc.; Van Kampen Life Investment Trust managed by Van Kampen Asset Management; the Universal Institutional Funds, Inc., managed by Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., doing business in certain instances as Van Kampen; Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds managed by OppenheimerFunds, Inc.; MFS ® Variable Insurance Trust SM managed by MFS Investment Management; Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc., managed by Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust managed by Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P. or Goldman Sachs Asset Management International. Franklin Advisers, Inc. is the investment adviser for the Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities Fund, Franklin Income Securities Fund, Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth Securities Fund, Franklin U.S. Government Fund and Templeton Global Bond Securities Fund. Franklin Advisory Services, LLC is the investment adviser for Franklin Rising Dividends Securities Fund. Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC is the investment adviser for Mutual Shares Securities Fund. Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC is investment adviser for Templeton Foreign Securities Fund and Templeton Global Advisors Limited is investment adviser for Templeton Growth Securities Fund. Shares of these funds are offered only to:

(1)  the Variable Account;

(2)  other separate accounts of Protective Life and its affiliates supporting variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies;

(3)  separate accounts of other life insurance companies supporting variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies; and

(4)  certain qualified retirement plans.

Such shares are not offered directly to investors but are available only through the purchase of such contracts or policies or through such plans. See the prospectus for each Fund for details about that Fund.

There is no guarantee that any Fund will meet its investment objectives. Please refer to the prospectus for each of the Funds you are considering for more information. You may obtain a prospectus for any of the Funds by contacting Protective Life or by asking your investment advisor. You should read the Funds' prospectuses carefully before making any decision concerning the allocation of Purchase Payments or transfers among the Sub-Accounts.

Fidelity ® Variable Insurance Products

VIP Contrafund ® Portfolio, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

VIP Equity-Income Portfolio, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks reasonable income. The Fund will also consider the potential for capital appreciation. The Fund's goal is to achieve a yield which exceeds the composite yield on the securities comprising the Standard & Poor's 500 SM Index (S&P 500 ® ).

VIP Freedom Fund, 2015 Maturity, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks high total return with a secondary objective of principal preservation as the Fund approaches its target date and beyond.


15



VIP Freedom Fund, 2020 Maturity, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks high total return with a secondary objective of principal preservation as the Fund approaches its target date and beyond.

VIP Growth Portfolio, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks to achieve capital appreciation.

VIP Index 500 Portfolio, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks investment results that correspond to the total return of common stocks publicly traded in the United States, as represented by the S&P 500.

VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital.

VIP MidCap Portfolio, Service Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests predominantly in equity securities of companies across the entire market capitalization spectrum that the manager believes have the potential for capital appreciation.

Franklin Income Securities Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation. The Fund normally invests in both equity and debt securities. The Fund seeks income by investing in corporate, foreign and U.S. Treasury bonds as well as stocks with dividend yields the manager believes are attractive.

Franklin Rising Dividends Securities Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation, with preservation of capital as an important consideration. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of companies that have paid rising dividends, and normally invests predominantly in equity securities.

Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth Securities Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of small capitalization and mid capitalization companies and normally invests predominantly in equity securities.

Franklin U.S. Government Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks income. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in U.S. government securities and normally invests primarily in fixed and variable rate mortgage-backed securities.

Mutual Shares Securities Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks capital appreciation, with income as a secondary goal. The Fund normally invests primarily in U.S. and foreign equity securities that the manager believes are undervalued. The Fund also invests, to a lesser extent, in risk arbitrage securities and distressed companies.


16



Templeton Foreign Securities Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in investments of issuers located outside the U.S., including those in emerging markets and normally invests predominantly in equity securities.

Templeton Global Bond Securities Fund, Class 2 (formerly Templeton Global Income Securities Fund, Class 2)

This Fund seeks high current income, consistent with preservation of capital, with capital appreciation as a secondary consideration. The Fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds, which include debt securities of any maturity, such as bonds, notes, bills and debentures. The fund may invest a portion of its total assets in bonds rated below investment grade and a significant portion of its assets in foreign securities.

Templeton Growth Securities Fund, Class 2

This Fund seeks long-term capital growth. The Fund normally invests primarily in equity securities of companies located anywhere in the world, including those in the U.S. and in emerging markets.

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

Capital Growth Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Growth and Income Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and growth of income.

Strategic International Equity Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Structured Small Cap Equity Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Structured U. S. Equity Fund, Service Class

This Fund seeks long-term growth of capital and dividend income.

Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc.

America's Value Portfolio

The Fund's investment objective is to seek current income and capital appreciation.

Bond-Debenture Portfolio

The Fund's investment objective is to seek high current income and the opportunity for capital appreciation to produce a high total return.

Growth and Income Portfolio

The Fund's investment objective is long-term growth of capital and income without excessive fluctuations in market value.

Growth Opportunities Portfolio

The Fund's investment objective is capital appreciation.


17



International Portfolio

The Fund's investment objective is long-term capital appreciation.

Large-Cap Core Portfolio

This Fund's investment objective is growth of capital and growth of income consistent with reasonable risk.

Mid-Cap Value Portfolio

The Fund seeks capital appreciation through investments, primarily in equity securities, which are believed to be undervalued in the marketplace.

MFS ® Variable Insurance Trust SM

Growth Series, Service Class Shares

This Fund's investment objective is to seek capital appreciation.

Investors Growth Stock Series, Service Class Shares

This Fund's investment objective is to seek capital appreciation.

Investors Trust Series, Service Class Shares

This Fund's investment objective is to seek capital appreciation.

New Discovery Series, Service Class Shares

This Fund's investment objective is to seek capital appreciation.

Research Series, Service Class Shares

This Fund's investment objective is to seek capital appreciation.

Total Return Series, Service Class Shares

This Fund's investment objective is to seek total return.

Utilities Series, Service Class Shares

This Fund's investment objective is to seek total return.

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

Capital Appreciation Fund/VA, Service Shares

This Fund seeks to achieve capital appreciation by investing in securities of well-known established companies.

Global Securities Fund/VA, Service Shares

This Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing a substantial portion of its assets in securities of foreign issuers, "growth type" companies, cyclical industries and special situations that are considered to have appreciation possibilities.

High Income Fund/VA, Service Shares

This Fund seeks a high level of current income by investing mainly in a diversified portfolio of high-yield, lower-grade, fixed-income securities that the Fund's investment manager believes does not involve undue risk.


18



Main Street Fund/VA, Service Shares

This Fund seeks a high total return.

MidCap Fund/VA, Service Shares

This Fund seeks capital appreciation by investing in securities of "growth type" companies.

Money Fund/VA

This Fund seeks maximum current income from investments in "money market" securities consistent with low capital risk and the maintenance of liquidity. An investment in the Money Fund is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to preserve the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. The yield of this Fund may become very low during periods of low interest rates. After deduction of Variable Account charges, the yield in the Sub-Account that invests in this Fund could be negative.

Strategic Bond Fund/VA, Service Shares

This Fund seeks a high level of current income principally derived from interest on debt securities.

The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.

Van Kampen's UIF Equity and Income Portfolio Class II

Seeks capital appreciation and current income.

Van Kampen's UIF Global Real Estate Portfolio, Class II

Seeks current income and capital appreciation.

Van Kampen's UIF International Growth Equity Portfolio, Class II

Seeks long-term capital appreciation, with a secondary objective of income.

Van Kampen Life Investment Trust

Capital Growth Portfolio Class II

Seeks capital appreciation.

Comstock Portfolio Class II

Seeks capital growth and income through investment in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks and securities convertible into common and preferred stocks.

Government Portfolio Class II

Seeks to provide investors with high current return consistent with preservation of capital.

Growth and Income Portfolio Class II

Seeks long-term growth of capital and income.

MidCap Growth Portfolio Class II

Seeks capital growth.


19



There is no assurance that the stated objectives and policies of any of the Funds will be achieved. More detailed information concerning the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Funds, the expenses of the Funds, the risks attendant to investing in the Funds and other aspects of their operations can be found in the current prospectuses for the Funds and the current Statement of Additional Information for each of the Funds. You may obtain a prospectus or a Statement of Additional Information for any of the Funds by contacting Protective Life or by asking your investment advisor. You should read the Funds' prospectuses carefully before making any decision concerning the allocation of Purchase Payments or transfers among the Sub-Accounts.

Certain Funds may have investment objectives and policies similar to other mutual funds (sometimes having similar names) that are managed by the same investment adviser or manager. The investment results of the Funds, however, may be more or less favorable than the results of such other mutual funds. Protective Life does not guarantee or make any representation that the investment results of any Fund is, or will be, comparable to any other mutual fund, even one with the same investment adviser or manager.

Selection of Funds

We select the Funds offered through the Contracts based on several criteria, including the following:

•  asset class coverage,

•  the strength of the investment adviser's (or sub-adviser's) reputation and tenure,

•  brand recognition,

•  performance,

•  the capability and qualification of each investment firm, and

•  whether our distributors are likely to recommend the Funds to Contract Owners.

Another factor we consider during the selection process is whether the Fund, its adviser, its sub-adviser, or an affiliate will make payments to us or our affiliates. For a discussion of these arrangements, see "Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds." We also consider whether the Fund, its adviser, sub-adviser, or distributor (or an affiliate) can provide marketing and distribution support for sale of the Contracts. We review each Fund periodically after it is selected. Upon review, we may remove a Fund or restrict allocation of additional Purchase Payments and/or transfers of Contract Value to a Fund if we determine the Fund no longer meets one or more of the criteria and/or if the Fund has not attracted significant contract owner assets. We do not recommend or endorse any particular Fund, and we do not provide investment advice.

Other Information about the Funds

Each Fund sells its shares to the Variable Account in accordance with the terms of a participation agreement between the appropriate investment company and Protective Life. The termination provisions of these agreements vary. Should a participation agreement relating to a Fund terminate, the Variable Account may not be able to purchase additional shares of that Fund. In that event, Owners may no longer be able to allocate Variable Account value or Purchase Payments to Sub-Accounts investing in that Fund. In certain circumstances, it is also possible that a Fund may refuse to sell its shares to the Variable Account despite the fact that the participation agreement relating to that Fund has not been terminated. Should a Fund decide to discontinue selling its shares to the Variable Account, Protective Life would not be able to honor requests from Owners to allocate Purchase Payments or transfer Contract Value to the Sub-Account investing in shares of that Fund.

Certain Payments We Receive with Regard to the Funds

We (and our affiliates) may receive payments from the Funds, their advisers, sub-advisers, and their distributors, or affiliates thereof. These payments are negotiated and thus differ by Fund (sometimes substantially), and the amounts we (or our affiliates) receive may be significant. Proceeds from these payments may be used for any corporate purpose, including payment of expenses that we and our affiliates incur in


20



promoting, marketing, distributing, and administering the Contracts, and, in our role as intermediary, the Funds. We (and our affiliates) may profit from these payments.

12b-1 Fees. We and our affiliate, Investment Distributors, Inc. ("IDI"), the principal underwriter for the Contracts, receive 12b-1 fees from the Funds, their advisers, sub-advisers, and their distributors, or affiliates thereof that are based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the particular Fund attributable to the Contracts and to certain other variable insurance contracts issued or administered by us (or our affiliate). IDI may pay some or all of the 12b-1 fees it receives to us. Rule 12b-1 fees are paid out of Fund assets as part of the Fund's total annual fund operating expenses. Payments made out of Fund assets will reduce the amount of assets that you otherwise would have available for investment, and will reduce the return on your investment. The chart below shows the maximum 12b-1 fees we and IDI anticipate we will receive from the Funds on an annual basis:

Incoming 12b-1 Fees

Fund   Maximum 12b-1 fee  
Paid to IDI:  
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust     0.25 %  
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds     0.25 %  
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products     0.25 %  
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust     0.25 %  
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust     0.25 %  
Paid to us:  
MFS Variable Insurance Trust     0.25 %  
The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.     0.35 %  

 

Payments From Advisers and/or Distributors. As of the date of this prospectus, we (or our affiliates) also receive payments from the investment advisers, sub-advisers, or distributors (or affiliates thereof) of all of the Funds. These payments may be derived, in whole or in part, from the investment advisory fee deducted from Fund assets. Owners, through their indirect investment in the Funds, bear the costs of these investment advisory fees (see the Funds' prospectuses for more information). The amount of the payments we receive is based on a percentage of the average daily net assets of the particular Fund attributable to the Contracts and to certain other variable insurance contracts issued or administered by us (or our affiliate). The payments we receive from the investment advisers, sub-advisers or distributors of the Funds currently range from 0.10% to 0.50% of Fund assets attributable to our variable insurance contracts.

Other Payments.  A Fund's adviser, sub-adviser, or distributor or its affiliates may provide us (or our affiliates) and/or broker-dealers that sell the Contracts ("selling firms") with marketing support, may pay us (or our affiliates) and/or selling firms amounts to participate in national and regional sales conferences and meetings with the sales desks, and may occasionally provide us (or our affiliates) and/or selling firms with items of relatively small value, such as promotional gifts, meals, tickets, or other similar items in the normal course of business.

For details about the compensation payments we make in connection with the sale of the Contracts, see "Distribution of the Contracts."

Other Investors in the Funds

Shares of Fidelity ® Variable Insurance Products, Van Kampen Life Investment Trust, the MFS ® Variable Insurance Trust SM , Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc., the Universal Institutional Funds, Inc., Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust, are sold to separate accounts of insurance companies, which may or may not be affiliated with Protective Life or each other, a practice known as "shared funding." They may also be sold to separate accounts to serve as the underlying investment for both variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies, a practice known as "mixed funding." As a result, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of Owners of Protective Life's Contracts, whose Contract Values are allocated to the Variable Account, and of owners


21



of other contracts whose contract values are allocated to one or more other separate accounts investing in any one of the Funds. Shares of some of these Funds may also be sold to certain qualified pension and retirement plans. As a result, there is a possibility that a material conflict may arise between the interests of Contract Owners generally or certain classes of Contract Owners, and such retirement plans or participants in such retirement plans. In the event of any such material conflicts, Protective Life will consider what action may be appropriate, including removing the Fund from the Variable Account or replacing the Fund with another fund. The boards of directors (or trustees) of Fidelity ® Variable Insurance Products, Van Kampen Life Investment Trust, the MFS ® Variable Insurance Trust SM , Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds, Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc., the Universal Institutional Funds, Inc., Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, and Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust, monitor events related to their Funds to identify possible material irreconcilable conflicts among and between the interests of the Fund's various investors. There are certain risks associated with mixed and shared funding and with the sale of shares to qualified pension and retirement plans, as disclosed in each Fund's prospectus.

Addition, Deletion or Substitution of Investments

Protective Life reserves the right, subject to applicable law, to make additions to, deletions from, or substitutions for the shares that are held in the Variable Account or that the Variable Account may purchase. If the shares of a Fund are no longer available for investment or if in Protective Life's judgment further investment in any Fund should become inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable Account, Protective Life may redeem the shares, if any, of that Fund and substitute shares of another registered open-end management company or unit investment trust. The new funds may have higher fees and charges than the ones they replaced. Protective Life will not substitute any shares attributable to a Contract's interest in the Variable Account without notice and any necessary approval of the Securities and Exchange Commission and state insurance authorities.

Protective Life also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, each of which would invest in shares of a new Fund. Subject to applicable law and any required SEC approval, Protective Life may, in its sole discretion, establish new Sub-Accounts or eliminate one or more Sub-Accounts if marketing needs, tax considerations or investment conditions warrant. We may make any new Sub-Accounts available to existing Owner(s) on a basis we determine. All Sub-Accounts and Funds may not be available to all classes of contracts.

If we make any of these substitutions or changes, Protective Life may by appropriate endorsement change the Contract to reflect the substitution or other change. If Protective Life deems it to be in the best interest of Owners and Annuitants, and subject to any approvals that applicable law may require, we may operate the Variable Account as a management company under the 1940 Act, we may de-register it under that Act if registration is no longer required, or we may combine it with other Protective Life separate accounts. Protective Life reserves the right to make any changes to the Variable Account that the 1940 Act or other applicable law or regulation requires.

DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT

The following sections describe the Contracts currently being offered.

The Contract

The ProtectiveRewards ® Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract is a flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract issued by Protective Life. In certain states we offer the Contract as a group contract to eligible persons who have established accounts with certain broker-dealers that have entered into a distribution agreement with Protective Life to offer the Contract. In those states we may also offer the Contract to members of other eligible groups. In all other states, we offer the Contract as an individual contract. If you purchase an interest in a group Contract, you will receive a certificate evidencing your ownership interest in the group Contract. Otherwise, you will receive an individual Contract. If you are issued a certificate, you also will receive a copy of the Contract, and you will be entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided under the Contract without the consent of the group Contract holder. See "Parties to the Contract" below.


22



Use of the Contract in Qualified Plans.

You may purchase the Contract on a non-qualified basis. You may also purchase it for use within certain qualified retirement plans or in connection with other employee benefit plans or arrangements that receive favorable tax treatment. Such qualified plans include individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities (IRAs), and pension and profit sharing plans (including H.R. 10 Plans). Protective Life no longer issues Contracts under Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code ( i.e. , tax sheltered annuities or "TSAs"). In addition, Protective no longer accepts additional premiums into existing TSAs without prior approval from the Company. Many of these qualified plans, including IRAs, provide the same type of tax deferral as provided by the Contract. The Contract, however, provides a number of benefits and features not provided by such retirement plans and employee benefit plans or arrangements alone. There are costs and expenses under the Contract related to these benefits and features. You should consult a qualified tax and/or financial adviser regarding the use of the Contract within a Qualified Plan or in connection with other employee benefit plans or arrangements. You should carefully consider the benefits and features provided by the Contract in relation to their costs as they apply to your particular situation.

Parties to the Contract

Owner.

The Owner is the person or persons who own the Contract and are entitled to exercise all rights and privileges provided in the Contract. In those states where the Contract is issued as a group contract, the term "Owner" refers to the holder of the certificate evidencing an interest in the group contract. Two persons may own the Contract together. In the case of two Owners, provisions relating to action by the Owner means both Owners acting together. Protective Life may accept instructions from one Owner on behalf of both Owners. Protective Life will only issue a Contract prior to each Owner's 86 th birthday (76 th birthday if the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit was selected). Individuals as well as nonnatural persons, such as corporations or trusts, may be Owners. In the case of Owner's who are nonnatural persons, age restrictions do not apply to the Owner.

The Owner of this Contract may be changed by Written Notice provided:

(1)  each new Owner's 86 th birthday (76 th birthday if Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit was selected) is after the Effective Date; and

(2)  each new Owner's 95 th birthday is on or after the Annuity Commencement Date.

For a period of 1 year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value. Naming a nonnatural person as an Owner or changing the Owner may result in a tax liability. (See "Taxation of Annuities in General.") If you select the SecurePay rider, changing and/or adding Owners may result in termination of the rider. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")

Beneficiary.

The Beneficiary is the person or persons who may receive the benefits of this Contract upon the death of any Owner.

Primary — The Primary Beneficiary is the surviving Owner, if any. If there is no surviving Owner, the Primary Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records.

Contingent — The Contingent Beneficiary is the person or persons designated by the Owner and named in our records to be Beneficiary if the Primary Beneficiary is not living at the time of the Owner's death.

If no Beneficiary designation is in effect or if no Beneficiary is living at the time of an Owner's death, the Beneficiary will be the estate of the deceased Owner. If any Owner dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner.


23



Unless designated irrevocably, the Owner may change the Beneficiary by Written Notice prior to the death of any Owner. An irrevocable Beneficiary is one whose written consent is needed before the Owner can change the Beneficiary designation or exercise certain other rights. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations prescribe certain limitations on the designation of a Beneficiary. If you select the SecurePay rider, changing and/or adding Beneficiaries may result in termination of the rider. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")

Annuitant.

The Annuitant is the person or persons on whose life annuity income payments may be based. The first Owner shown on the application for the Contract is the Annuitant unless the Owner designates another person as the Annuitant. The Contract must be issued prior to the Annuitant's 86 th birthday (76 th birthday if the Maximum Anniversary Value death benefit is selected. If the Annuitant is not an Owner and dies prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner will become the new Annuitant unless the Owner designates otherwise. However, if the Owner is a nonnatural person, the death of the Annuitant will be treated as the death of the Owner.

The Owner may change the Annuitant by Written Notice prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. However, if any Owner is not an individual the Annuitant may not be changed. The new Annuitant's 95 th birthday must be on or after the Annuity Commencement Date in effect when the change of Annuitant is requested.

Payee.

The Payee is the person or persons designated by the Owner to receive the annuity income payments under the Contract. The Annuitant is the Payee unless the Owner designates another party as the Payee. The Owner may change the Payee at any time.

Issuance of a Contract

To purchase a Contract, you must submit certain application information and an initial Purchase Payment to Protective Life through a licensed representative of Protective Life. Any such licensed representative must also be a registered representative of a broker/dealer having a distribution agreement with Investment Distributors, Inc. Protective Life reserves the right to accept or decline a request to issue a Contract. Contracts may be sold to or in connection with retirement plans which do not qualify for special tax treatment as well as retirement plans that qualify for special tax treatment under the Code.

If the necessary application information for a Contract accompanies the initial Purchase Payment, we will allocate the initial Purchase Payment (less any applicable premium tax) to the Allocation Options as you direct on the appropriate form within two business days of receiving such Purchase Payment at the administrative office. If we do not receive the necessary application information, Protective Life will retain the Purchase Payment for up to five business days while it attempts to complete the information. If the necessary application information is not complete after five business days, Protective Life will inform the applicant of the reason for the delay and return the initial Purchase Payment immediately unless the applicant specifically consents to Protective Life retaining it until the information is complete. Once the information is complete, we will allocate the initial Purchase Payment to the appropriate Allocation Options within two business days. You may transmit information necessary to complete an application to Protective Life by telephone, facsimile, or electronic media.

Purchase Payments

We will only accept Purchase Payments before the earlier of the oldest Owner's and Annuitant's 86 th birthday. No Purchase Payment will be accepted within 3 years of the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect. If you select the SecurePay rider, you cannot make any Purchase Payments on or after the SecurePay Benefit Election Date. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.") The minimum initial Purchase Payment is $25,000. The minimum subsequent Purchase Payment is $100 or $50 if made by electronic funds transfer. We reserve the right not to accept any Purchase Payment. Under certain circumstances, we may be required by law to reject a Purchase Payment.


24



Purchase Payments are payable at our administrative office. You may make them by check payable to Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company or by any other method we deem acceptable. We will process Purchase Payments as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive them at our administrative office. Valuation Periods end at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, which is generally at 3:00 p.m. Central Time. We will process any Purchase Payment received at our administrative office after the end of the Valuation Period on the next Valuation Day. Protective Life retains the right to limit the maximum aggregate Purchase Payment that can be made without prior administrative office approval. This amount is currently $1,000,000.

Under the current automatic purchase payment plan, you may select a monthly or quarterly payment schedule pursuant to which Purchase Payments will be automatically deducted from a bank account. We currently accept automatic Purchase Payments on the 1 st through the 28 th day of each month. Each automatic Purchase Payment must be at least $50. You may not allocate payments made through the automatic purchase payment plan to any DCA Fixed Account. You may not elect the automatic purchase payment plan and the partial automatic withdrawal plan simultaneously. (See "Surrenders and Partial Surrenders".) Upon notification of the death of any Owner the Company will terminate deductions under the automatic purchase payment plan.

We do not always receive your Purchase Payment or your application on the day you send them or give them to your sales representative. In some circumstances, such as when you purchase a Contract in exchange for an existing annuity contract from another company, we may not receive your Purchase Payment from the other company for a substantial period of time after you sign the application and send it to us.

Right to Cancel

You have the right to return the Contract within a certain number of days after you receive it by returning it, along with a written cancellation request, to our administrative office or the sales representative who sold it. In the state of Connecticut, non-written requests are also accepted. The number of days, which is at least ten, is determined by state law in the state where the Contract is delivered. Return of the Contract by mail is effective on being post-marked, properly addressed and postage pre-paid. We will treat the returned Contract as if it had never been issued. Where permitted, Protective Life will refund the Contract Value plus any fees deducted from either Purchase Payments or Contract Value. This amount may be more or less than the aggregate amount of your Purchase Payments up to that time. In states requiring the return of Purchase Payments, we will refund the greater of the Contract Value or the Purchase Payment.

For individual retirement annuities and Contracts issued in states where, upon cancellation during the right-to-cancel period, we return at least your Purchase Payments, we reserve the right to allocate all or a portion of your initial Purchase Payment (and any subsequent Purchase Payment made during the right-to-cancel period) that you allocated to the Sub-Accounts to the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account until the expiration of the right-to-cancel period. Thereafter, we will allocate all Purchase Payments according to your allocation instructions then in effect.

Allocation of Purchase Payments

Owners must indicate in the application how their initial and subsequent Purchase Payments are to be allocated among the Allocation Options. If your allocation instructions are indicated by percentages, whole percentages must be used.

Owners may change allocation instructions by Written Notice at any time. Owners may also change instructions by telephone, facsimile, automated telephone system or via the Internet at www.protective.com ("non-written instructions"). For non-written instructions regarding allocations, we may require a form of personal identification prior to acting on instructions and we will record any telephone voice instructions. If we follow these procedures, we will not be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. We reserve the right to limit or eliminate any of these non-written communication methods for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.


25



If you select the SecurePay rider, your options for allocating Purchase Payments will be restricted. You must allocate your Purchase Payments (and Contract Value) under the Allocation by Investment Category program in accordance with the rider's Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")

Variable Account Value

Sub-Account Value.

A Contract's Variable Account value at any time is the sum of the Sub-Account values and therefore reflects the investment experience of the Sub-Accounts to which it is allocated. There is no guaranteed minimum Variable Account value. The Sub-Account value for any Sub-Account as of the Effective Date is equal to the amount of the initial Purchase Payment allocated to that Sub-Account. On subsequent Valuation Days prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Sub-Account value is equal to that part of any Purchase Payment allocated to the Sub-Account and any Contract Value transferred to the Sub-Account, adjusted by income, dividends, net capital gains or losses (realized or unrealized), decreased by partial surrenders (including any applicable surrender charges and premium tax), Contract Value transferred out of the Sub-Account and fees deducted from the Sub-Account.

The Sub-Account value for a Contract may be determined on any day by multiplying the number of Accumulation Units attributable to the Contract in that Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value for the Accumulation Units in that Sub-Account on that day.

Determination of Accumulation Units.

Purchase Payments allocated and Contract Value transferred to a Sub-Account are converted into Accumulation Units. An Accumulation Unit is a unit of measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. We determine the number of Accumulation Units to be credited to a Contract by dividing the dollar amount directed to the Sub-Account by the Accumulation Unit value of the appropriate class of Accumulation Units of that Sub-Account for the Valuation Day as of which the allocation or transfer occurs. Purchase Payments allocated or amounts transferred to a Sub-Account under a Contract increase the number of Accumulation Units of that Sub-Account credited to the Contract. We execute such allocations and transfers as of the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive a Purchase Payment or Written Notice or other instruction requesting a transfer.

Certain events reduce the number of Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account credited to a Contract. The following events result in the cancellation of the appropriate number of Accumulation Units of a Sub-Account:

•  surrenders and applicable surrender charges;

•  partial surrenders and applicable surrender charges;

•  partial automatic withdrawals;

•  transfer from a Sub-Account and any applicable transfer fee;

•  payment of a death benefit claim;

•  application of the Contract Value to an Annuity Option; and

•  deduction of the monthly death benefit fee, the monthly SecurePay fee, and the annual contract maintenance fee.

Accumulation Units are canceled as of the end of the Valuation Period in which we receive Written Notice of or other instructions regarding the event. Accumulation Units associated with the monthly death benefit fee, the monthly SecurePay fee, and the annual contract maintenance fee are canceled without notice or instruction.


26



Determination of Accumulation Unit Value.

The Accumulation Unit value for each class of Accumulation Units in a Sub-Account at the end of every Valuation Day is the Accumulation Unit value for that class at the end of the previous Valuation Day times the net investment factor.

Net Investment Factor.

The net investment factor measures the investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next. For each Sub-Account, the net investment factor reflects the investment performance of the Fund in which the Sub-Account invests and the charges assessed against that Sub-Account for a Valuation Period. Each Sub-Account has a net investment factor for each Valuation Period which may be greater or less than one. Therefore, the value of an Accumulation Unit may increase or decrease. The net investment factor for any Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is determined by dividing (1) by (2) and subtracting (3) from the result, where:

(1)  is the result of:

a.  the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the current Valuation Period; plus

b.  the per share amount of any dividend or capital gain distributions made by the Funds held in the Sub-Account, if the "ex-dividend" date occurs during the current Valuation Period.

(2)  is the net asset value per share of the Fund held in the Sub-Account, determined at the end of the most recent prior Valuation Period.

(3)  is a factor representing the mortality and expense risk charge and the administration charge for the number of days in the Valuation Period and a charge or credit for any taxes attributed to the investment operations of the Sub-Account, as determined by the Company.

Transfers

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may instruct us to transfer Contract Value between and among the Allocation Options. When we receive your transfer instructions at our administrative office, we will allocate the Contract Value you transfer at the next price determined for the Allocation Options you indicate. Prices for the Allocation Options are determined as of the end of each Valuation Period, which is the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (generally 3:00 p.m. Central Time). Accordingly, transfer requests received at our administrative office before the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange are processed at the price determined as of the close of regular trading on the day the requests are received; transfer requests received at our administrative office after the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange are processed at the price determined as of the close of regular trading on the next day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular trading. We may defer transfer requests under the same conditions that payment of withdrawals and surrenders may be delayed. (See "Suspension or Delay in Payments.") There are limitations on transfers, which are described below.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, when Variable Income Payments are selected, transfers are allowed between Sub-Accounts, but are limited to one transfer per month. Dollar cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing are not allowed. No transfers are allowed within the Guaranteed Account or between the Guaranteed Account and any Sub-Account.

If you select the SecurePay rider, your options for transferring Contract Value will be restricted. You must transfer Contract Value in accordance with the rider's Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")


27



How to Request Transfers.

Owners may request transfers by Written Notice at any time. Owners also may request transfers by telephone, facsimile, automated telephone system or via the Internet at www.protective.com ("non-written instructions"). From time to time and at our sole discretion, we may introduce additional methods for requesting transfers or discontinue any method for making non-written instructions for such transfers. We will require a form of personal identification prior to acting on non-written instructions and we will record telephone requests. We will send you a confirmation of all transfer requests communicated to us. If we follow these procedures, we will not be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent transfer requests.

Reliability of Communications Systems.

The Internet and telephone systems may not always be available. Any computer or telephone system, whether it is yours, your service providers', your registered representative's, or ours, can experience unscheduled outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. Such outages or delays may delay or prevent our processing of your request. Although we have taken precautions to help our systems handle heavy use, we cannot promise complete reliability under all circumstances. If you experience problems, you can make your transaction by writing to us.

Limitations on Transfers.

We reserve the right to modify, limit, suspend or eliminate the transfer privileges (including acceptance of non-written instructions submitted by telephone, automated telephone system, the Internet or facsimile) without prior notice for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time for any reason.

Minimum amounts. You must transfer at least $100 each time you make a transfer. If the entire amount in the Allocation Option is less than $100, you must transfer the entire amount. If less than $100 would be left in an Allocation Option after a transfer, then we may transfer the entire amount out of that Allocation Option instead of the requested amount.

Number of transfers. Currently we do not generally limit the number of transfers that may be made. We reserve the right, however, to limit the number of transfers to no more than 12 per Contract Year. We also reserve the right to charge a transfer fee for each additional transfer over 12 during any Contract Year. The transfer fee will not exceed $25 per transfer. We will deduct any transfer fee from the amount being transferred. (See "Charges and Deductions, Transfer Fee.")

Limitations on transfers involving the Guaranteed Account. No amounts may be transferred into a DCA Fixed Account. No amounts may be transferred to the Fixed Account within six months after any transfer from a Guaranteed Account to the Variable Account. The maximum amount that may be transferred from the Fixed Account during a Contract Year is the greater of (a) $2,500 or (b) 25% of the Contract Value in the Fixed Account. The limitation on transfers from the Fixed Account does not apply, however, to dollar cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account.

Limitations on frequent transfers, including "market timing" transfers. Frequent transfers may involve an effort to take advantage of the possibility of a lag between a change in the value of a Fund's portfolio securities and the reflection of that change in the Fund's share price. This strategy, sometimes referred to as "market timing," involves an attempt to buy shares of a Fund at a price that does not reflect the current market value of the portfolio securities of the Fund, and then to realize a profit when the Fund shares are sold the next Valuation Day or thereafter.

When you request a transfer among the Sub-Accounts, your request triggers the purchase and redemption of Fund shares. Frequent transfers cause frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares. Frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares can cause adverse effects for a Fund, Fund shareholders, the Variable Account, other Owners, beneficiaries, annuitants, or owners of other variable annuity contracts we issue that invest in the Variable Account. Frequent transfers can result in the following adverse effects:

•  Increased brokerage, trading and transaction costs;


28



•  Disruption of planned investment strategies;

•  Forced and unplanned liquidation and portfolio turnover;

•  Lost opportunity costs; and

•  Large asset swings that decrease the Fund's ability to provide maximum investment return to all Contract Owners.

In order to try to protect our Owners and the Funds from the potential adverse effects of frequent transfer activity, we have implemented certain market timing policies and procedures (the "Market Timing Procedures"). Our Market Timing Procedures are designed to detect and prevent frequent, short-term transfer activity that may adversely affect the Funds, Fund shareholders, the Variable Account, other Owners, beneficiaries, annuitants and owners of other variable annuity contracts we issue that invest in the Variable Account.

We monitor transfer activity in the Contracts to identify frequent transfer activity in any Contract. Our current Market Timing Procedures are intended to detect transfer activity in which the transfers exceed a certain dollar amount and a certain number of transfers involving the same Sub-Accounts within a specific time period. We regularly review transaction reports in an attempt to identify transfers that exceed our established parameters. We do not include transfers made pursuant to the dollar-cost averaging and portfolio rebalancing programs when monitoring for frequent transfer activity.

When we identify transfer activity exceeding our established parameters in a Contract or group of Contracts that appear to be under common control, we suspend non-written methods of requesting transfers for that Contract or group of Contracts. All transfer requests for the affected Contract or group of Contracts must be made by Written Notice. We notify the affected Owner(s) in writing of these restrictions.

In addition to our Market Timing Procedures, the Funds may have their own market timing policies and restrictions. While we reserve the right to enforce the Funds' policies and procedures, Owners and other persons with interests under the Contracts should be aware that we may not have the contractual authority or the operational capacity to apply the market timing policies and procedures of the Funds, except that, under SEC rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each Fund or its principal underwriter that obligates us to provide to the Fund promptly upon request certain information about the trading activity of individual Owners, and (2) execute instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific Owners who violate the market timing policies established by the Fund.

Some of the Funds have reserved the right to temporarily or permanently refuse payments or transfer requests from us if, in the judgment of the Fund's investment adviser, the Fund would be unable to invest effectively in accordance with its investment objective or policies, or would otherwise potentially be adversely affected. To the extent permitted by law, we reserve the right to delay or refuse to honor a transfer request, or to reverse a transfer at any time we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of any of the Funds because of the Fund's refusal or restriction on purchases or redemptions. We will notify the Owner(s) of any refusal or restriction on a purchase or redemption by a Fund relating to that Owner's transfer request. Some Funds also may impose redemption fees on short-term trading (i.e., redemptions of mutual Fund shares within a certain number of business days after purchase). We reserve the right to implement, administer, and collect any redemption fees imposed by any of the Funds. You should read the prospectus of each Fund for more information about its ability to refuse or restrict purchases or redemptions of its shares, which may be more or less restrictive than our Market Timing Procedures and those of other Funds, and to impose redemption fees.

We apply our Market Timing Procedures consistently to all Owners without special arrangement, waiver or exception. We reserve the right to change our Market Timing Procedures at any time without prior notice as we deem necessary or appropriate to better detect and deter potentially harmful frequent transfer activity, to comply with state or federal regulatory requirements, or both. We may change our parameters to monitor for different dollar amounts, number of transfers, time period of the transfers, or any of these.

Owners seeking to engage in frequent transfer activity may employ a variety of strategies to avoid detection. Our ability to detect and deter such transfer activity is limited by operational systems and technological


29



limitations. Furthermore, the identification of Owners determined to be engaged in transfer activity that may adversely affect others involves judgments that are inherently subjective. Accordingly, despite our best efforts, we cannot guarantee that our Market Timing Procedures will detect or deter every potential market timer. In addition, because other insurance companies, retirement plans, or both may invest in the Funds, we cannot guarantee that the Funds will not suffer harm from frequent transfer activity in contracts or policies issued by other insurance companies or by retirement plan participants.

Dollar Cost Averaging.

Before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may instruct us by Written Notice to transfer automatically on a monthly basis, amounts from a DCA fixed account (or any other Allocation Option) to any Sub-Account of the Variable Account. This is known as the "dollar-cost averaging" method of investment. By transferring equal amounts of Contract Value on a regularly scheduled basis, as opposed to allocating a larger amount at one particular time, an Owner may be less susceptible to the impact of market fluctuations in the value of Sub-Account Accumulation Units. Protective Life, however, makes no guarantee that the dollar cost averaging method will result in a profit or protection against loss.

You may make dollar cost averaging transfers on the 1 st through the 28 th day of each month. The minimum period for dollar cost averaging transfers from the Fixed Account is twelve months. In states where, upon cancellation during the right-to-cancel period, we are required to return your Purchase Payment, we reserve the right to delay commencement of dollar cost averaging transfers until the expiration of the right-to-cancel period.

There is no charge for dollar cost averaging. Automatic transfers made to facilitate dollar cost averaging will not count toward the 12 transfers permitted each Contract Year if we elect to limit transfers, or the designated number of free transfers in any Contract Year if we elect to charge for transfers in excess of that number in any Contract Year. We reserve the right to restrict the subaccounts into which you may transfer amounts from a DCA fixed account or discontinue dollar cost averaging upon written notice to the Owner.

Any Purchase Payment allocated to a DCA Fixed Account must include instructions regarding the period of the dollar cost averaging transfers, and the Sub-Accounts into which the transfers are to be made. Currently, the maximum period for dollar cost averaging from DCA Fixed Account 1 is six months and from DCA Fixed Account 2 is twelve months. Dollar cost averaging transfers will be made monthly. From time to time, we may offer different maximum periods for dollar cost averaging amounts from a DCA Fixed Account.

The periodic amount transferred from a DCA Fixed Account will be equal to the Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA Fixed Account divided by the number of dollar cost averaging transfers to be made. Interest credited will be transferred from the DCA Fixed Account after the last dollar cost averaging transfer. We will process dollar cost averaging transfers until the earlier of the following: (1) the DCA Fixed Account Value equals $0, or (2) the Owner instructs us by Written Notice to cancel the automatic transfers. If you terminate transfers from a DCA Fixed Account before the amount remaining in that account is $0, we will immediately transfer any amount remaining in that DCA Fixed Account according to your instructions. If you do not provide instructions, we will transfer the remaining amount to the Sub-Accounts according to your dollar cost averaging allocation instruction in effect at that time. Upon the death of any Owner, dollar cost averaging transfers will continue until canceled by the Beneficiary(s).

The interest rates on the DCA Fixed Accounts apply to the declining balance in the account. Therefore the amount of interest actually paid with respect to a Purchase Payment allocated to the DCA Fixed Account will be substantially less than the amount that would have been paid if the full Purchase Payment remained in the DCA Fixed Account for the full period.

If you select the SecurePay rider, you may allocate your Purchase Payments to a DCA Fixed Account; however, you must make transfers from the DCA Fixed Account in accordance with the rider's Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")


30



Portfolio Rebalancing.

Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, you may instruct Protective Life by Written Notice to periodically transfer your Variable Account value among specified Sub-Accounts to achieve a particular percentage allocation of Variable Account value among such Sub-Accounts ("portfolio rebalancing"). The portfolio rebalancing percentages must be in whole numbers and must allocate amounts only among the Sub-Accounts. Unless you instruct otherwise, portfolio rebalancing is based on your Purchase Payment allocation instructions in effect with respect to the Sub-Accounts at the time of each rebalancing transfer. We deem portfolio rebalancing instructions from you that differ from your current Purchase Payment allocation instructions to be a request to change your Purchase Payment allocation.

You may elect portfolio rebalancing to occur on the 1 st through 28 th day of a month on either a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis. If you do not select a day, transfers will occur on the same day of the month as your Contract Anniversary, or on the 28 th day of the month if your Contract Anniversary occurs on the 29 th , 30 th or 31 st day of the month. You may change or terminate portfolio rebalancing by Written Notice, or by other non-written communication methods acceptable for transfer requests. Upon the death of any Owner portfolio rebalancing will continue until canceled by the Beneficiary(s).

There is no charge for portfolio rebalancing. Automatic transfers made to facilitate portfolio rebalancing will not count toward the 12 transfers permitted each Contract Year if we elect to limit transfers, or the designated number of free transfers in any Contract Year if we elect to charge for transfers in excess of that number in any Contract Year. We reserve the right to discontinue portfolio rebalancing upon written notice to the Owner.

Surrenders and Partial Surrenders

At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request a full or partial surrender from your Contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Federal and state income taxes may apply to a full or partial surrender (including withdrawals made under the SecurePay rider), and a 10% federal penalty tax may apply if the full or partial surrender occurs before the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 . (See "Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders.") A surrender value may be available under certain Annuity Options. (See "Annuitization.") In accordance with SEC regulations, full and partial surrenders are payable within 7 calendar days of our receiving your request. (See "Suspension or Delay in Payments.")

Full Surrender.

At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request a full surrender of your Contract for its surrender value. To surrender your Contract, you must return the Contract to us and make your surrender request either by Written Notice or by facsimile. Surrenders requested by facsimile are subject to limitations. Currently, we accept requests by facsimile for full surrenders of Contracts that have a Contract Value of $50,000 or less. For Contracts that have a Contract Value greater than $50,000, we will only accept surrender requests by Written Notice. We may eliminate your ability to request a full surrender by facsimile or change the requirements for your ability to request a full surrender by facsimile for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time without prior notice. We will pay you the surrender value in a lump sum.

Surrender Value.

The surrender value of your Contract is equal to the Contract Value minus any applicable surrender charge, contract maintenance fee and premium tax. We will determine the surrender value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your Written Notice or facsimile requesting surrender and your Contract at our administrative office. Valuation Periods end at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, which is generally at 3:00 p.m. Central Time. We will process any surrender request received at our administrative office after the end of the Valuation Period on the next Valuation Day.


31



Partial Surrender.

At any time before the Annuity Commencement Date, you may request a partial surrender of your Contract Value provided the Contract Value remaining after the partial surrender is at least $25,000. Throughout this prospectus we may refer to a partial surrender of your Contract Value as a "withdrawal" from your Contract. Please note that if you select the SecurePay rider special withdrawal rules apply, especially on or after the Benefit Election Date. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")

You may request a partial surrender by Written Notice or by facsimile. If we have received your completed telephone withdrawal authorization form, you also may request a partial surrender by telephone. Partial surrenders requested by telephone or facsimile are subject to limitations. Currently we accept requests for partial surrenders by telephone or by facsimile for amounts not exceeding 25% of Contract Value, up to a maximum of $50,000. For partial surrenders of Contract Value exceeding 25% of the Contract Value and/or $50,000 we will only accept partial surrender requests by Written Notice. We may eliminate your ability to make partial surrenders by telephone or facsimile or change the requirements for your ability to make partial surrenders by telephone or facsimile for any Contract or class of Contracts at any time without prior notice.

We will withdraw the amount of your partial surrender from the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your request for the partial surrender at our administrative office. Valuation Periods end at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, which is generally at 3:00 p.m. Central Time. We will process any partial surrender request received at our administrative office after the end of the Valuation Period on the next Valuation Day. The amount we will pay you upon a partial surrender is equal to the Contract Value surrendered minus any applicable surrender charge and any applicable premium tax.

You may specify the amount of the partial surrender to be made from any Allocation Option. If you do not so specify, or if the amount in the designated Allocation Option(s) is inadequate to comply with the request, the partial surrender will be made from each Allocation Option based on the proportion that the value of each Allocation Option bears to the total Contract Value.

Cancellation of Accumulation Units.

Surrenders and partial surrenders, including any surrender charges, will result in the cancellation of Accumulation Units from each applicable Sub-Account(s) and/or in a reduction of the Guaranteed Account value.

Surrender and Partial Surrender Restrictions.

The Owner's right to make surrenders and partial surrenders is subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable law or employee benefit plan.

There are certain restrictions on surrenders and partial surrenders of Contracts used as funding vehicles for Code Section 403(b) retirement plans. Section 403(b)(11) of the Code restricts the distribution under Section 403(b) annuity contracts of:

  (i)  contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement in years beginning after December 31, 1988;

  (ii)  earnings on those contributions; and

  (iii)  earnings after December 31, 1988, on amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions held as of December 31, 1988.

These amounts can be paid only if the employee has reached age 59 1 / 2 , had a severance from employment, has become disabled, in the case of hardship, or if the amount is a qualified reservist distribution under Section 72(t)(2)(G) of the Code. Amounts permitted to be distributed in the event of hardship are limited to actual contributions; earnings thereon can not be distributed on account of hardship. In addition, in the case of contracts issued on or after January 1, 2009, a Section 403(b) contract is permitted to distribute retirement benefits (other than those attributable to salary reduction contributions) to a participant no earlier than upon the earlier of the participant's severance from employment or upon the prior occurrence of some event, such as after


32



a fixed number of years, the attainment of a stated age, or disability. (These limitations on withdrawals and distributions do not apply to the extent the Company is directed to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to the issuer of another Section 403(b) annuity contract or into a Section 403(b)(7) custodial account.)

In the case of certain Qualified Plans, federal tax law imposes restrictions on the form and manner in which benefits may be paid. For example, spousal consent may be needed in certain instances before a distribution may be made.

Partial Automatic Withdrawals.

Currently, we offer a partial automatic withdrawal plan. This plan allows you to pre-authorize periodic partial surrenders prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. You may elect to participate in this plan at the time of application or at a later date by properly completing an election form. Payments to you under this plan will only be made by electronic fund transfer. In order to participate in the plan you must have a Contract Value as of the previous Contract Anniversary of at least $25,000.

The partial automatic withdrawal plan and the automatic purchase payment plan may not be elected simultaneously. (See "Purchase Payments".) There may be federal and state income tax consequences to partial automatic withdrawals from the Contract, including the possible imposition of a 10% federal penalty tax if the surrender occurs before the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 . You should consult your tax advisor before participating in any withdrawal program. (See "Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders".)

When you elect the partial automatic withdrawal plan, you will instruct Protective Life to withdraw a level dollar amount from the Contract on a monthly or quarterly basis. Partial automatic withdrawals may be made on the 1 st through the 28 th day of each month. The amount requested must be at least $100 per withdrawal. We will process withdrawals for the designated amount until you instruct us otherwise. If, during any Contract Year, the amount of the withdrawals exceeds the "penalty-free withdrawal amount" described in the "Surrender Charge" section of this prospectus, we will deduct a surrender charge where applicable. (See "Surrender Charge.") Partial automatic withdrawals will be taken pro-rata from the Allocation Options in proportion to the value each Allocation Option bears to the total Contract Value. We will pay you the amount requested each month or quarter as applicable and cancel the applicable Accumulation Units.

If any partial automatic withdrawal transaction would result in a Contract Value of less than $25,000 after the withdrawal, the transaction will not be completed and the partial automatic withdrawal plan will terminate. Once partial automatic withdrawals have terminated due to insufficient Contract Value, they will not be automatically reinstated in the event that your Contract Value should reach $25,000 again. Upon notification of the death of any Owner, we will terminate the partial automatic withdrawal plan. The partial automatic withdrawal plan may be discontinued by the Owner at any time by Written Notice.

There is no charge for the partial automatic withdrawal plan. If you select the SecurePay rider under your Contract, any partial automatic withdrawal plan in effect will terminate on the Benefit Election Date. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.") We reserve the right to discontinue the partial automatic withdrawal plan upon written notice to you.

THE GUARANTEED ACCOUNT

The Guaranteed Account has not been, and is not required to be, registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, and neither these accounts nor the Company's general account have been registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. Therefore, neither the Guaranteed Account, the Company's general account, nor any interests therein are generally subject to regulation under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. The disclosures relating to the Guaranteed Account included in this prospectus are for the Owner's information and have not been reviewed by the SEC. However, such disclosures are subject to certain generally applicable provisions of federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

The Guaranteed Account consists of the Fixed Account and the DCA Fixed Accounts. The Fixed Account and certain DCA Fixed Accounts may not be available in all states. Further, we may not always offer the Fixed


33



Account or the DCA Fixed Accounts in new Contracts. If we are offering the Fixed Account or any of the DCA Fixed Accounts in your state at the time you purchase your Contract, however, those accounts will always be available in your Contract. Please ask your sales representative whether the Fixed Account or any DCA Fixed Accounts are available in your Contract.

From time to time and subject to regulatory approval, we may offer Fixed Accounts or DCA Fixed Accounts with different interest guaranteed periods. We, in our sole discretion, establish the interest rates for each account in the Guaranteed Account. We will not declare a rate that yields values less than those required by the state in which the Contract is delivered. You bear the risk that we will not declare a rate that is higher than the minimum rate. Because these rates vary from time to time, allocations made to the same account within the Guaranteed Account at different times may earn interest at different rates.

Our General Account.

The Guaranteed Account is part of our general account. Unlike Purchase Payments and Contract Value allocated to the Variable Account, we assume the risk of investment gain or loss on amounts held in the Fixed Account and the DCA Fixed Account.

The assets of our general account support our insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to our general liabilities from business operations and to claims by our creditors. Because amounts allocated to the Fixed Account and the DCA Fixed Accounts, plus any guarantees under the Contract that exceed your Contract Value (such as those associated with any enhanced death benefits or the SecurePay rider), are paid from our general account, any amounts that we may pay under the Contract in excess of Contract Value are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability. It is important to note that there is no guarantee that we will always be able to meet our claims-paying obligations, and that there are risks to purchasing any insurance product. For this reason, you should consider our financial strength and claims-paying ability to meet our obligations under the Contract when purchasing a Contract and making investment decisions under the Contract.

We encourage both existing and prospective contract owners to read and understand our financial statements. We prepare our financial statements on a statutory basis, as required by state regulators.

Our audited financial statements are included in the Statement of Additional Information (which is available at no charge by calling us at 1-800-456-6330 or writing us at the address shown on the cover page of this prospectus). In addition, the Statement of Additional Information is available on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

You also will find on our website information on ratings assigned to us by one or more independent rating organizations. These ratings are opinions of our financial capacity to meet the obligations of our insurance and annuity contracts based on our financial strength and/or claims-paying ability.

The Fixed Account.

You generally may allocate some or all of your Purchase Payments and may transfer some or all of your Contract Value to the Fixed Account. If you elect the SecurePay rider, you may not allocate any portion of your Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Fixed Account. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.") Amounts allocated or transferred to the Fixed Account earn interest from the date the funds are credited to the account. There are limitations on transfers involving the Fixed Account. (See "Transfers.")

The interest rates we apply to Purchase Payments and transfers into the Fixed Account are guaranteed for one year from the date the Purchase Payment or transfer is credited to the account. When an interest rate guarantee expires, we will set a new interest rate, which may not be the same as the interest rate then in effect for Purchase Payments allocated to the Fixed Account. The new interest rate is also guaranteed for one year.

The DCA Fixed Accounts.

DCA Fixed Accounts are designed to systematically transfer amounts to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account over a designated period. (See "Transfers, Dollar Cost Averaging.") We currently offer two DCA Fixed


34



Accounts. The maximum period for dollar cost averaging transfers from DCA Fixed Account 1 is six months and from DCA Fixed Account 2 is twelve months.

The DCA Fixed Accounts are available only for Purchase Payments designated for dollar cost averaging. You may allocate your initial Purchase Payment to either DCA Fixed Account, or a portion of your Purchase Payment to both Accounts. If the value of a DCA Fixed Account is greater than $0, you may allocate an additional Purchase Payment to that Account only if the current interest rate for that Account is the same as the interest rate applicable to the current balance in that Account. In that case, the additional Purchase Payment will be added to the current balance and the new dollar cost averaging period indicated on your service form. Where we agree, under current administrative procedures, to allocate a Purchase Payment to any DCA Fixed Account in installments from more than one source, we will credit each installment with the interest rate applied to the first installment we receive. The interest rate we apply to Purchase Payments allocated to a DCA Fixed Account is guaranteed for the period over which dollar cost averaging transfers are allowed from that DCA Fixed Account.

Guaranteed Account Value.

Any time prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the Guaranteed Account value is equal to the sum of:

(1)  Purchase Payments allocated to the Guaranteed Account; plus

(2)  amounts transferred into the Guaranteed Account; plus

(3)  interest credited to the Guaranteed Account; minus

(4)  amounts transferred out of the Guaranteed Account including any transfer fee; minus

(5)  the amount of any surrenders removed from the Guaranteed Account, including any premium tax and surrender charges; minus

(6)  fees deducted from the Guaranteed Account, including the monthly death benefit fee and the annual contract maintenance fee.

For the purposes of interest crediting, amounts deducted, transferred or withdrawn from accounts within the Guaranteed Account will be separately accounted for on a "first-in, first-out" (FIFO) basis.

DEATH BENEFIT

If any Owner dies before the Annuity Commencement Date and while the Contract is in force, we will pay a death benefit, less any applicable premium tax, to the Beneficiary. The death benefit terminates on the Annuity Commencement Date.

We will determine the death benefit as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death at our administrative office. Valuation Periods end at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, which is generally at 3:00 p.m. Central Time. If we receive due proof of death after the end of the Valuation Period, we will determine the death benefit on the next Valuation Day. Only one death benefit is payable under the Contract, even though the Contract may, in some circumstances, continue beyond the time of an Owner's death. If any Owner is not a natural person, the death of the Annuitant is treated as the death of an Owner. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations prescribe certain limitations on the designation of a Beneficiary. The following discussion generally applies to Qualified Contracts and non-Qualified Contracts, but there are some differences in the rules that apply to each.

The death benefit provisions of the Contract shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Section 72(s) of the Code. We reserve the right to endorse the Contract, as necessary, to conform with regulatory requirements. We will send you a copy of any endorsement containing such Contract modifications.

Please note that any death benefit payment we make in excess of the Contract Value is subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.


35



Payment of the Death Benefit.

The Beneficiary may take the death benefit in one sum immediately, in which event the Contract will terminate. If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit will become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death, and the entire interest in the Contract must be distributed under one of the following options:

(1)  the entire interest must be distributed over the life of the Beneficiary, or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary, with distributions beginning within one year of the Owner's death; or,

(2)  the entire interest must be distributed within 5 years of the Owner's death.

If no option is elected, we will distribute the entire interest within 5 years of the Owner's death.

If there is more than one Beneficiary, the foregoing provisions apply to each Beneficiary individually.

Continuation of the Contract by a Surviving Spouse.

In the case of non-Qualified Contracts and Contracts that are individual retirement annuities within the meaning of Code Section 408(b), if the Beneficiary is the deceased Owner's spouse, the surviving spouse may elect, in lieu of receiving a death benefit, to continue the Contract and become the new Owner, provided the deceased Owner's spouse's 86 th birthday (76 th birthday if Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit was selected) is after the Effective Date. The Contract will continue with the value of the death benefit having become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we received due proof of death. The death benefit is not terminated by a surviving spouse's continuation of the Contract. The surviving spouse may select a new Beneficiary. Upon this spouse's death, the death benefit may be taken in one sum immediately and the Contract will terminate. If the death benefit is not taken in one sum immediately, the death benefit will become the new Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive due proof of death and must be distributed to the new Beneficiary according to option (1) or (2), above.

A Contract may be continued by a surviving spouse only once. This benefit will not be available to any subsequent surviving spouse under the continued Contract.

Selecting a Death Benefit.

At the time you apply for your Contract, you must determine the type of death benefit you want. You may not change your selection after your Contract is issued. We offer two different death benefits: (1) the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit and (2) the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is included with your Contract at no additional charge. You may select the optional Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit for an additional fee, but only if the oldest Owner is younger than 76 on the Effective Date of the Contract. If you choose the optional Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit, you must indicate that you would like this optional death benefit, and the basis on which you want the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit fee to be assessed, when you apply for your Contract. You may not change your selection after your Contract is issued. (See "Charges and Deductions, Death Benefit Fee.")

You should carefully consider each of these death benefits and consult a qualified financial adviser to help you carefully consider the two death benefits offered with the Contract, and if you select the Maximum Anniversary Death Benefit, the relative costs, benefits and risks of the fee options in your particular situation.

Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit.

The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will equal the greater of (1) the Contract Value, or (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each partial surrender; provided however , that the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000. The adjustment for each partial surrender in item (2) is the amount that reduces the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit at the time of surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered, including any associated surrender charges, reduces the Contract Value. If the value of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is greater


36



than the Contract Value at the time of the partial surrender, the downward adjustment to the death benefit will be larger than the amount surrendered. See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit.

Suspension of Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value regardless of the type of death benefit that was selected.

Optional Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit.

At the time of application, you may select the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit if the Effective Date of the Contract is before the oldest Owner's 76 th birthday.

We will determine an anniversary value for each Contract Anniversary occurring before the earlier of the deceased Owner's 80 th birthday or the deceased Owner's date of death. Each anniversary value is equal to the sum of:

•  the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary; plus

•  all Purchase Payments since that Contract Anniversary; minus

•  an adjustment for each partial surrender since that Contract Anniversary.

The adjustment for each partial surrender since the relevant Contract Anniversary is the amount that reduces the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered, including any associated surrender charges, reduces the Contract Value. If the value of the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is greater than the Contract Value at the time of the partial surrender, the downward adjustment to the death benefit will be larger than the amount surrendered.

The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit will equal the greatest of (1) the Contract Value, (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each partial surrender; or (3) the greatest anniversary value attained; provided however, that the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit will never be more than the Contract Value plus $1,000,000. The adjustment for each partial surrender in item (2) is the amount that reduces the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit at the time of surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered, including any associated surrender charges, reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit at the time of the partial surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. See Appendix A for an example of the calculation of the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit.

It is possible that, at the time of an Owner's death, the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit will be no greater than the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit. You should consult a qualified financial advisor to carefully consider this possibility and the cost of the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit before you decide whether the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is right for you.

Suspension of Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. For a period of one year after any change of ownership involving a natural person, the death benefit will equal the Contract Value regardless of the type of death benefit that was selected. We will, however, continue to assess the death benefit fee during this period.

Death Benefit Fee.

We assess a fee for the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. If you select this death benefit, you must elect either the CoverPay Fee, which is based on the value of the death benefit on the day the fee is assessed, or the ValuPay Fee, which is based on the Net Amount at Risk on the day the fee is assessed. You must make this election at the time you apply for your Contract, and you cannot change your election after your Contract is issued. Each type of fee is assessed on a monthly basis. (See "Charges and Deductions, Death Benefit Fee.") It is possible that either of these fees (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a partial surrender from the Contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Before electing the type of death benefit fee for your


37



Contract, you should consult a qualified financial adviser to help you carefully consider the relative costs, benefits and risks of the fee options in your particular situation.

GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT ("SecurePay")
WITH RightTime
® OPTION

If you are concerned that poor investment performance or market volatility in the Sub-Accounts may adversely impact the amount of money you can withdraw from your Contract, we offer for an additional charge ("SecurePay Fee") an optional guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit rider ("SecurePay").

In general, SecurePay guarantees the right to make withdrawals ("SecurePay Withdrawals") based upon the value of a guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit base ("Benefit Base") that may increase on your Contract Anniversary if your Contract Value has increased, but will remain fixed if the Contract Value has declined due to poor market performance. Under the SecurePay rider, the Owner or Owner(s) may designate certain persons as "Covered Persons" under the Contract. See "Selecting Your Coverage Option." These Covered Persons will be eligible to make SecurePay Withdrawals each Contract Year up to a specified amount — the Annual Withdrawal Amount ("AWA") — during the life of the Covered Person(s). Annual aggregate withdrawals that exceed the AWA will result in a reduction of Rider benefits because we will reduce the Benefit Base and corresponding AWA. SecurePay Withdrawals are guaranteed, even if the Contract Value falls to zero after the Benefit Election Date (which is the earliest date you may begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals), if you satisfy the SecurePay rider requirements.

You may purchase the SecurePay rider when you purchase your Contract, or at a later date under our RightTime ® option, provided you satisfy the rider's age requirements. See "Maximum Age Limits for Electing the SecurePay Rider." Please note that any amounts in excess of the Contract Value that we make available through withdrawals, lifetime payments, or guaranteed values under the rider are subject to our financial strength and claims-paying ability.

For an increased SecurePay Fee, we also offer an optional SecurePay feature that you may select when you purchase the SecurePay rider — the SecurePay R72 Benefit. This benefit is designed to provide for potential increases in your Benefit Base of up to 7.2% each Contract Anniversary during a specified period, even if your Contract Value has not increased. The SecurePay R72 Benefit is only available if you purchase the SecurePay rider on or after the youngest Owner's 55 th birthday (or, in the case of a Qualified Contract, the Annuitant's 55 th birthday). This feature will terminate when the SecurePay rider terminates (if not sooner). It may not be selected after purchase of the SecurePay rider or canceled once we have issued the rider. If you select this benefit, all of the terms and conditions of the SecurePay rider will apply in addition to the specific terms and conditions of the SecurePay R72 Benefit. This benefit may not be available in all states, and we may otherwise limit its availability. See "Secure Pay R72 Benefit" below.

Special Note Regarding the Availability of the SecurePay GMAB: Effective May 1, 2009, the SecurePay Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB) is no longer available for purchase with the SecurePay rider, even if you purchased your Contract prior to May 1, 2009 and you purchased the rider on or after May 1, 2009 by exercising the RightTime ® option. For information on the SecurePay GMAB, please see Appendix F: The SecurePay GMAB (Not Available On or After May 1, 2009).

SecurePay does not guarantee Contract Value or the performance of any investment option.

Important Considerations

•  If you purchase SecurePay, your options for allocating Purchase Payments and Contract Value are restricted. We allocate all Purchase Payments and dollar cost averaging transfers, and deduct all SecurePay Withdrawals and other partial surrenders, in accordance with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (described below).

•  Purchase Payments made more than two years after the date the SecurePay rider is issued (the "Rider Effective Date") are not included in the calculation of the Benefit Base (described below). Thus, for


38



example, if you intend to make regular Purchase Payments to the Contract for more than two years after the Rider Effective Date, such as in monthly or annual contributions to an IRA, you should consider whether the rider is appropriate for you.

•  Any change in a Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date (the "Benefit Period"), other than a spousal continuation under a Joint Life Coverage Option, will cause the rider to terminate without any refund of SecurePay Fees.

•  You may not begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals until the Covered Person (or the younger Covered Person in the case of a Joint Life Coverage option) is age 59 1 / 2 or older.

•  You may not make any additional Purchase Payments on or after the Benefit Election Date. In most cases, if the Company receives a Purchase Payment on or after the Benefit Election Date, the Company will return it to the address on file. If the amount of the Purchase Payment would be sufficient to purchase another Contract, however, you will be given the option of purchasing a new Contract.

•  On the Benefit Election Date, we will cancel any existing partial automatic withdrawal plan that you have established.

•  The SecurePay rider may not be available in all states, and we may limit the availability of this benefit.

•  For additional important considerations relating to the SecurePay R72 Benefit, please see "SecurePay R72 Benefit" below.

The ways to purchase SecurePay, conditions for continuation of the benefit, process for beginning SecurePay Withdrawals, and the manner in which your AWA is calculated are discussed below.

You should not purchase SecurePay if:

•  you expect to take annual withdrawals on or after the Benefit Election Date in excess of the AWA ("Excess Withdrawals") because such Excess Withdrawals may significantly reduce or eliminate the value of the benefit (See "Calculating the Benefit Base On or After the Benefit Election Date, Excess Withdrawals "); or

•  you are primarily interested in maximizing the Contract's potential for long-term accumulation rather than building a Benefit Base that will provide guaranteed withdrawals; or

•  there is a significant age disparity between the two Covered Persons; or

•  you do not expect to take SecurePay Withdrawals (especially before the age of 95).

Appendix E demonstrates the operation of the SecurePay rider (with and without the SecurePay R72 Benefit) using hypothetical examples. You should review Appendix E and consult your sales representative to discuss whether SecurePay suits your needs.

Purchasing the Optional SecurePay Rider

You may purchase the SecurePay Rider when you purchase your Contract. Or, if the rider is still available for sale, you may exercise the RightTime ® option to add it to your Contract any time before the Owner (or older Owner's) 86 th birthday (the Annuitant's 86 th birthday, if there is a non-natural Owner) or the Annuity Commencement Date, if earlier. If you purchase the rider under the RightTime ® option, the rider will be subject to the terms and conditions of the SecurePay rider in effect at the time it is issued.

Important Considerations:

•  You will begin paying the SecurePay Fee as of the Rider Effective Date, even if you do not begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals for many years.

•  You may not cancel the SecurePay rider during the ten years following the Rider Effective Date.


39



•  We do not refund any SecurePay Fees if the rider terminates for any reason or if you choose not to take SecurePay Withdrawals after the Benefit Election Date.

•  You must comply with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (described below) after the Rider Effective Date.

•  Prior to the Benefit Election Date, you may take partial surrenders according to the terms of your Contract but partial surrenders will proportionally reduce the Benefit Base, and ultimately the value of the SecurePay Withdrawals available to you.

•  You must submit a SecurePay Benefit Election Form to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals. Partial surrenders taken before the Benefit Election Date are not SecurePay Withdrawals.

•  You may make additional Purchase Payments after the Rider Effective Date, but any Purchase Payments made more than two years after that date do not increase the Benefit Base. See "Calculating the Benefit Base before the Benefit Election Date."

•  For additional important considerations relating to the SecurePay R72 Benefit, please see "SecurePay R72 Benefit" below.

The timing of the SecurePay rider purchase may have a significant impact on the value of the Benefit Base. For example, there are certain advantages to purchasing the SecurePay rider early:

•  We begin reviewing SecurePay Anniversary Values (described below) on the Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date. This means that the earlier you purchase the SecurePay rider, the longer the period of time during which the Benefit Base may increase due to favorable Sub-Account performance. Anniversary Values occurring prior to the Rider Effective Date do not affect the Benefit Base.

•  If you purchase SecurePay when you purchase the Contract, the annual SecurePay Fee is currently 0.10% lower than if you exercise the RightTime ® option to purchase SecurePay after that date. The SecurePay Fee for new purchasers and the difference between the fee for the rider purchased at Contract issue and under the RightTime ® option may change.

On the other hand, if you purchase SecurePay too early, you may pay the SecurePay Fee for a longer period than is necessary. Additionally, beginning on the Rider Effective Date, you must comply with our Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (described below), partial surrenders will proportionally reduce the Benefit Base (and therefore the value of SecurePay Withdrawals), and only Purchase Payments made during the first two years following the Rider Effective Date will be included in the Benefit Base.

Please consult your sales representative to discuss the appropriate time for you to purchase the SecurePay rider.

Maximum Age Limits for Selecting the SecurePay Rider

The SecurePay rider is available prior to the Owner's 86 th birthday (76 th birthday if the Maximum Anniversary Death Benefit was selected) at the time they purchase the Contract or prior to the Owner's 86 th birthday for Owners who purchase the SecurePay rider under the RightTime ® option. In the case of joint Owners, the age of the older Owner determines eligibility. Where the Owner is a corporation, partnership, company, trust, or other "non-natural person," eligibility is determined by the age of the Annuitant.

Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions

If you purchase the SecurePay rider, you must allocate your Contract Value and Purchase Payments among the three categories of Sub-Accounts listed below, or you may allocate your Purchase Payments to the dollar cost averaging ("DCA") Fixed Account(s), provided that transfers from the DCA Fixed Account are allocated to the Sub-Accounts in accordance with these Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions.


40



The following SecurePay Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions specify the minimum and maximum percentages of your Contract Value that must be allocated to each category for you to remain eligible for benefits under the SecurePay rider. You can select the percentage of Contract Value to allocate to individual Sub-Accounts within each group, but the total investment for all Sub-Accounts in a group must comply with the specified minimum and maximum percentages for that group.

If you desire to change your allocation percentages, you may submit new allocation instructions to us in writing. If you instruct us to allocate Purchase Payments or Contract Value, or to take withdrawals or partial surrenders, in a manner that does not satisfy these Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions (a "Prohibited Allocation Instruction"), we will terminate your SecurePay rider. For example, if you instruct us to transfer 40% of your Contract Value to the Fidelity VIP Contrafund Sub-Account, we will consider this to be a Prohibited Allocation Instruction because the maximum allocation you may make to the Sub-Accounts in Category 3 is 30% of your Contract Value. If we terminate your SecurePay rider due to a Prohibited Allocation Instruction, you may reinstate the rider subject to certain conditions. See "Reinstating the SecurePay Rider Within 30 Days of Termination."

These Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions may not be consistent with an aggressive investment strategy. You should consult with your registered representative to determine if they are consistent with your investment objectives.

NOTE: You may not allocate any of your Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Fixed Account.

Allocation by Investment Category  
Category 1  
Minimum Allocation: 35%  
Maximum Allocation: 100%  

 

Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond   Oppenheimer Money Fund  
Franklin US Government   Oppenheimer Strategic Bond  
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture   Van Kampen Government  

 

Category 2  
Minimum Allocation: 0%  
Maximum Allocation: 65%  

 

Fidelity VIP Freedom Fund 2015   Lord Abbett America's Value  
Franklin Income   Lord Abbett Growth and Income  
MFS Total Return   Lord Abbett Large-Cap  
Fidelity VIP Equity Income   MFS Investors Growth  
Fidelity VIP Freedom Funds 2020   MFS Investors Trust  
Fidelity VIP Index 500   Mutual Shares  
Franklin Rising Dividends   Oppenheimer Main Street  
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth   Templeton Global Bond  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income   Van Kampen Comstock  
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity   Van Kampen Growth and Income  
    Van Kampen's UIF Equity & Income  

 


41



Category 3  
Minimum Allocation: 0%  
Maximum Allocation: 30%  

 

Fidelity VIP Contrafund   MFS Research  
Fidelity VIP Growth   MFS Utilities  
Fidelity VIP Mid Cap   Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation  
Franklin Flex Cap Growth   Oppenheimer Global Securities  
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth   Oppenheimer High Income  
Goldman Sachs Strategic Intl. Equity   Oppenheimer MidCap  
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity   Templeton Foreign  
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities   Templeton Growth  
Lord Abbett International   Van Kampen Mid Cap Growth  
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value   Van Kampen Capital Growth  
MFS Growth   Van Kampen's UIF Global Real Estate  
MFS New Discovery   Van Kampen's UIF International Growth Equity  

 

Changes to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions. We determine in our sole discretion whether a Sub-Account is classified as Category 1, Category 2, or Category 3. We will provide you with prior written notice of any changes in classification of investment options. We may change the list of Sub-Accounts in a group, change the number of groups, change the minimum or maximum percentages of Contract Value allowed in a group, or change the investment options that are or are not available to you, at any time, in our sole discretion. We may make such modifications at any time when we believe the modifications are necessary to protect our ability to provide the guarantees under the SecurePay rider.

If you receive notice of a change to the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions, you are not required to take any action. We will continue to apply Purchase Payments you submit without allocation instructions, and process automatic DCA and portfolio rebalancing transfers, according to your Contract allocation established before the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions changed. We will only apply the new Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions to additional Purchase Payments submitted with new allocation instructions or to future transfers of Contract Value (not including DCA transfers or transfers made to reallocate your Contract Value under the portfolio rebalancing program) because allocation instructions that accompany a Purchase Payment and instructions to transfer Contract Value change your current Contract allocation. This means you will not be able to make additional Purchase Payments submitted with new allocation instructions or transfers of Contract Value until your current allocation instructions meet the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions in effect at that time (although you will still be required to participate in the portfolio rebalancing program).

Portfolio Rebalancing. You must elect portfolio rebalancing if you select the SecurePay rider. Under this program, we will "re-balance" your Variable Account value based on your allocation instructions in effect at the time of the rebalancing. You may specify rebalancing on a quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. If you do not specify the period, we will rebalance your Variable Account value semi-annually Based on the Rider Effective Date. We will also rebalance your Variable Account value each time your Contract allocation is changed, for example, when we receive a request to transfer Contract Value (not including DCA or portfolio rebalancing transfers) or when we receive a subsequent Purchase Payment that is accompanied by new allocation instructions. (See "Portfolio Rebalancing.")

Confirmation of the rebalancing will appear on your quarterly statement and you will not receive an individual confirmation after each reallocation. We reserve the right to change the rebalancing frequency, at any time, in our sole discretion, but we will not make changes more than once per calendar year. You will be notified at least 30 days prior to the date of any change in frequency.

If you terminate the rebalancing of your Variable Account value, we will consider this to be a Prohibited Allocation Instruction and we will terminate your SecurePay rider.


42



Beginning Your SecurePay Withdrawals

You must submit a completed SecurePay Benefit Election Form to our administrative office to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals under the rider.

•  Even though the SecurePay rider is in effect as of the Rider Effective Date and we begin the SecurePay Fee deductions on that date, any partial surrenders made before we receive your SecurePay Benefit Election Form will not qualify as SecurePay Withdrawals.

You should carefully consider when to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals.

•  The Benefit Election Date may not be earlier than the date the Covered Person (or the younger Covered Person if a Joint Life Coverage option is selected) reaches age 59 1 / 2 or older. We require due proof of age before the first SecurePay Withdrawal is permitted.

•  All Contract withdrawals taken on or after the Benefit Election Date are considered either SecurePay Withdrawals or Excess Withdrawals and are subject to the Annual Withdrawal Amount.

•  You may not make any additional Purchase Payments on or after the Benefit Election Date. In most cases, if the Company receives a Purchase Payment on or after the Benefit Election Date, the Company will return it to the address on file. If the amount of the Purchase Payment would be sufficient to purchase another Contract, however, you will be given the option of purchasing a new Contract.

•  You may limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals too soon. For example, SecurePay Withdrawals reduce your Contract Value (but not the Benefit Base) and may limit the potential for increasing the Benefit Base through higher Contract Values on Contract Anniversaries. Also, if your Benefit Election Date is within the two years of the Rider Effective Date, you will shorten the period of time during which you could increase your Benefit Base because you may not make additional Purchase Payments on or after the Benefit Election Date.

•  Conversely, if you delay establishing the Benefit Election Date, you may shorten the Benefit Period due to life expectancy, thereby limiting the time during which you may take SecurePay Withdrawals, so you may be paying for a benefit you are not using.

•  Selecting the SecurePay R72 Benefit may impact your decision of when to establish your Benefit Election Date. For more information, see "SecurePay R72 Benefit" below.

Please consult your sales representative regarding the appropriate time for you to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals.

Important Considerations

•   All withdrawals, including SecurePay Withdrawals, reduce your Contract Value and death benefit. Surrender Charges and federal and state income taxes may apply, as well as a 10% federal penalty tax if a withdrawal occurs before the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 . See "Charges and Deductions, Surrender Charge" and "TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders."

•   All withdrawals, including SecurePay Withdrawals, count towards the penalty-free withdrawal amount under the Contract. However, we do not assess the Surrender Charge on SecurePay Withdrawals, even when Surrender Charges would apply if the withdrawal was not a SecurePay Withdrawal. We do impose a Surrender Charge on Excess Withdrawals. See "Charges and Deductions, Surrender Charge" and "Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders."

   The SecurePay rider is designed for you to take SecurePay Withdrawals each Contract Year. SecurePay Withdrawals are aggregate withdrawals during any Contract Year on or after the Benefit Election Date that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount. Aggregate withdrawals during any Contract Year on or after the Benefit Election Date that exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount


43



are "Excess Withdrawals." You should not purchase the SecurePay rider if you intend to take Excess Withdrawals.

•  Excess Withdrawals could reduce your Benefit Base by substantially more than the actual amount of the withdrawal (described below).

•  Excess Withdrawals may result in a significantly lower AWA in the future.

Determining the Amount of Your SecurePay Withdrawals

The AWA is the maximum amount of SecurePay Withdrawals permitted each Contract Year. We determine your initial AWA as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your completed SecurePay Benefit Election form at our administrative office in good order by multiplying your Benefit Base on that date by the applicable "Maximum Withdrawal Percentage."

(1)   Maximum Withdrawal Percentage for SecurePay Riders Purchased On or After May 1, 2009:

(a)  If you do not select the SecurePay R72 Benefit, then where there is a single Covered Person, the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage under the SecurePay rider is 5.0% and where two spouses are Covered Persons, the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 4.5%.

(b)  If you select the SecurePay R72 Benefit (described below), then we will apply a Maximum Withdrawal Percentage based on the age bands set forth in the following chart:

Age of (Younger) Covered Person(s) on Benefit Election Date   Maximum Withdrawal
Percentage
 
59 1 / 2 through 74 (SecurePay for two spouses)     4.5 %  
59 1 / 2 through 74 (SecurePay for one person)     5.0 %  
75 and older (SecurePay for two spouses)     5.5 %  
75 and older (SecurePay for one person)     6.0 %  

 

(2)   Maximum Withdrawal Percentage for SecurePay Riders Purchased Before May 1, 2009:

(a)  If you purchased a SecurePay rider either by itself or with the SecurePay GMAB (without the SecurePay R72 Benefit), then we will apply a Maximum Withdrawal Percentage based on the age bands set forth in the following chart:

    Maximum Withdrawal Percentage  
Age of (Younger) Covered Person(s)
on Benefit Election Date
  If Benefit Election Date is
Less Than 10 Years after
Rider Effective Date
  If Benefit Election Date is
10 Years or More after
Rider Effective Date
 
59 1 / 2 through 69 (SecurePay for two spouses)     4.5 %     5.5 %  
59 1 / 2 through 69 (SecurePay for one person)     5.0 %     6.0 %  
70 and older (SecurePay for two spouses)     5.5 %     6.5 %  
70 and older (SecurePay for one person)     6.0 %     7.0 %  

 

For example: assume the Owner/Covered Person was age 65 on the Rider Effective Date, 5 years passed between the Rider Effective Date and the Benefit Election Date, and the Benefit Base was $100,000. Because the Covered Person is now 70 years old, the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage would be 6.0%, and the AWA would equal $6,000 ($100,000 x .06). If on the Benefit Election Date the same Owner wants SecurePay Withdrawals based upon himself and his 64 year-old spouse, then the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage would be 4.5% and the AWA would equal $4,500 ($100,000 x .045) because there are two Covered Persons and the younger of the two is less than 70 years old on the Benefit Election Date.

Note: If you delay the Benefit Election Date by 10 or more years following the Rider Effective Date, then you will be permitted to withdraw a greater amount each year once you begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals. This may be a factor for you to consider when deciding


44



when to establish the Benefit Election Date and begin taking SecurePay Withdrawals. Please see the discussion titled Beginning Your SecurePay Withdrawals in the "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option" section of the prospectus for other factors to consider when making this decision.

(b)  If you purchased a SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit (either with or without the SecurePay GMAB), then we will apply a Maximum Withdrawal Percentage based on the age bands set forth in the following chart:

Age of (Younger) Covered Person(s)
on Benefit Election Date
  Maximum Withdrawal Percentage  
59 1 / 2 through 74 (SecurePay for two spouses)     4.5 %  
59 1 / 2 through 74 (SecurePay for one person)     5.0 %  
75 and older (SecurePay for two spouses)     5.5 %  
75 and older (SecurePay for one person)     6.0 %  

 

Note: This means that if you selected the SecurePay R72 Benefit, then we will not increase your Maximum Withdrawal Percentage by 1%, even if 10 or more years elapse between the Benefit Election Date and the Rider Effective Date.

SecurePay ME ® : Increased AWA for Certain Medical Conditions

If you have certain medical conditions, and you have held your Contract for two years or more, you may qualify for an increase in your AWA when you elect to begin taking your SecurePay withdrawals.

Note: The two-year waiting period for the SecurePay ME ® benefit begins on the Contract's Effective Date (not necessarily when you select the SecurePay rider). A new waiting period begins if ownership of the Contract changes.

At present, the maximum age at which you may apply for a medical evaluation of your benefit under your SecurePay rider and request the SecurePay ME benefit is age 75. We reserve the right to change this maximum age, so that in the future the maximum age for medical evaluation may increase or decrease. We determine the maximum age based on a variety of factors including current life expectancies, developments in medical treatment and technology, and the costs to us of providing the SecurePay ME benefit, as well as the costs of the various death benefits we make available under the Contract.

After receiving your application for the SecurePay ME benefit, we will determine, in our sole discretion, whether a medical condition will qualify for an increased benefit under the SecurePay ME benefit and, if so, the amount of the increase. In general, in order to qualify for an increased AWA, the medical condition must be one which significantly reduces life expectancy. Our evaluation of life expectancy will be based on a review of the medical records made available to us and our assessment of the specific characteristics and severity of an impairment or impairments, including, but not limited to, our judgment as to your individual medical condition and the likelihood of improved medical treatment for that condition. From time to time, we will publish examples of conditions that would typically qualify for an increase in your AWA. Based upon this evaluation, we will assign a life expectancy or "table" rating in accordance with the guidance provided in standard industry underwriting manuals and written company guidelines specific to assessing longevity in the context of annuity payments, rather than life insurance underwriting. The table rating will correspond to an estimated decrease in life expectancy compared to other persons of the same age and gender without significant medical impairments. Because of their complexity or severity, or both, certain impairments or combinations of impairments will require the expertise and knowledge of our Medical Director, who will assist us in determining the appropriate life expectancy table rating. As part of this process, the Medical Director will review the medical records in light of our underwriting manual/guidelines and pertinent medical literature.

After a table rating has been assigned, it will be used to determine whether, and the extent to which, we will increase the AWA. Table ratings currently range from 1 to 16. The higher the table rating, the greater the estimated decrease in longevity. In order to qualify for an increased AWA, the estimated decrease in longevity


45



currently must be greater than or equal to 25%. The Table rating required to hit this threshold will vary depending on your age and sex. We also will take into account our experience and expectations regarding the mortality of the entire pool of Covered Persons under all SecurePay riders, as well as the investment performance of the required allocations under the Allocation by Investment Category program and our expectations regarding the securities markets in general. The factors upon which we base our decision, the weight we give to each factor and the table rating requirements may change from time to time. If we determine that an increase in your AWA is warranted, the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage that you receive will be from 0.25% to 2.00% higher than you would otherwise receive. The amount of any increase in the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage that we may make available under the SecurePay ME feature may change from time to time, but will not change after your Benefit Election Date. An increase in your AWA will not affect the amount of the SecurePay fee, although we may charge a processing fee to establish the SecurePay ME benefit, as described below.

Note: The SecurePay ME ® benefit may not be available in all states. We reserve the right to discontinue this benefit at any time.

How to Apply for an Increased AWA

You may ask for a determination as to whether you (or in the case of Joint Life Coverage, you and/or your spouse) qualify for an increased AWA because of certain serious medical conditions if you have held your contract for two or more years and if you (or the younger of you and your spouse) are at least 59 1 / 2 years old.

If you believe you may qualify for an increased AWA, you should provide Written Notice to us in order to begin the process. Among other things, you must complete a SecurePay ME ® questionnaire and authorize us to obtain copies of your medical records and a statement from your attending physician as well as certain other personal information.

If we determine that you do not qualify for the increased AWA, you may request a subsequent determination of qualification if one year or more has passed since the previous determination of qualification.

Note: You may not apply for an increased AWA after the Benefit Election Date.

In the case of a Contract with two Owners who are spouses, a request may be made for a determination regarding an increased AWA for Single Coverage for the older of the spouses or for Joint Coverage for both spouses. If you request Joint Coverage, we will advise you of our determination with respect to Single and Joint Coverage. Although the base AWA available under the SecurePay rider for Joint Coverage with the SecurePay R72 Benefit is based upon the younger of the two spouses, the determination as to the amount of the increase available for Joint Coverage, if any, will be the smaller increase attributable to each Covered Person.

Note: Although Single Coverage may provide a higher AWA than Joint Coverage, you should consider that Single Coverage terminates upon the death of the Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date.

We will assess a charge for evaluating your request for an increased AWA only if we determine that you qualify for an increased AWA and you elect to begin taking your SecurePay Withdrawals at the increased AWA. However, if you request an increase in AWA under the SecurePay ME feature more than twice, we will deduct the charge from your current Contract Value whether or not we determine that you qualify for an increased AWA and whether or not you begin taking your SecurePay Withdrawals at the increased AWA.

The current fee is $150 for each person designated as a "Covered Person" in the Benefit Election Form, in other words, $150 for Single Coverage and $300 for Joint Coverage if the AWA is increased. Although we may increase this charge, it will not be more than $300 per Covered Person. We will deduct the charge from your current Contract Value when you submit your Benefit Election Form.

Electing to Begin Your SecurePay Withdrawals after a Determination that You are Eligible for an Increased AWA

We must receive your Benefit Election Form at our administrative office within 6 months after the date we notify you that you are eligible for the increased AWA. If we do not receive this form within this time period, we


46



will not increase your AWA, but you may request a subsequent determination of qualification if one year or more has passed since the previous determination of qualification.

Selecting Your Coverage Option

If both Owners of the Contract are spouses, or if there is one Owner and a spouse who is the sole Primary Beneficiary, you must indicate on the SecurePay Benefit Election Form whether there will be one or two Covered Persons. Please pay careful attention to this designation, as it will impact the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage and whether the SecurePay Withdrawals will continue for the life of the surviving spouse. The various coverage options are illustrated in the following table:

    Single Life Coverage   Joint Life Coverage  
Single Owner/Non-spouse
Beneficiary
 
Covered Person is the Owner. SecurePay rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date.
 
N/A
 
Single Owner/Spouse
Beneficiary
 
Covered Person is the Owner. SecurePay rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. Upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date, the surviving spouse may exercise the RightTime ® option if he or she continues the Contract under the spousal continuation provisions and if the rider is still available. We will waive the 5-year waiting period.
 
Both are Covered Persons. SecurePay rider expires upon death of last surviving Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. If SecurePay R72 Benefit is selected, Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is based on the younger Covered Person. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, SecurePay Withdrawals will continue without change unless declined.
 
Joint Owner/Non-spouse 2 nd Owner  
Covered Person is older Owner.
SecurePay rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date.
 
N/A
 
Joint Owner/ Spouse 2 nd
Owner
 
Covered Person is older Owner.
SecurePay rider expires upon death of Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. Upon death of older Owner, the surviving spouse may exercise the RightTime ® option if he or she continues the Contract under the spousal continuation provisions and if the rider is still available. We will waive the 5-year waiting period.
 
Both are Covered Persons. SecurePay rider expires upon death of last surviving Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date. If SecurePay R72 Benefit is selected, Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is based on the younger Covered Person. If the surviving spouse continues the Contract, SecurePay Withdrawals will continue without change unless declined.
 

 

Note: A change of Covered Persons after the Benefit Election Date will cause the SecurePay rider to terminate and any scheduled SecurePay Withdrawals to cease. The Owner(s) may purchase a new SecurePay rider under the RightTime ® option without the normal five-year waiting period. See "Purchasing a New SecurePay rider after Termination of the Prior SecurePay Rider."


47



Changing Beneficiaries — Single Owner with Joint Life Coverage

After selecting Joint Life Coverage, a single Owner may decide to remove a spouse Beneficiary or add additional Primary Beneficiaries. This would constitute a change of Covered Persons after the Benefit Election Date, and upon notification of the change, we will terminate the SecurePay rider.

Similarly, if an Owner adds a spouse as a sole Primary Beneficiary after selecting Single Life Coverage and wants to convert to Joint Life Coverage, the Owner may terminate the SecurePay rider provided it has been 10 years or more since the Rider Effective Date and exercise the RightTime ® option (if we are still offering SecurePay) to purchase a new SecurePay rider. See "Purchasing a New SecurePay Rider after Termination of the Prior SecurePay Rider."

Calculating the Benefit Base Before the Benefit Election Date

The Benefit Base is used to calculate the AWA and determine the SecurePay Fee. As the Benefit Base increases, the AWA and the amount of the SecurePay Fee increase. Your Benefit Base can never be more than $5 million.

Note: The Benefit Base is only used to calculate the AWA and the SecurePay Fee; it is not a cash value, surrender value, or death benefit, it is not available to Owners, it is not a minimum return for any Sub-Account, and it is not a guarantee of any Contract Value.

On the Rider Effective Date, we will determine your initial Benefit Base. If you purchase the SecurePay rider when you purchase the Contract, the Benefit Base is initially equal to your initial Purchase Payment. If you purchase the SecurePay rider after the Contract has been issued by exercising the RightTime ® option, the Benefit Base is initially equal to the Contract Value as of the Rider Effective Date.

Thereafter, we increase the Benefit Base dollar-for-dollar for each Purchase Payment made within 2 years of the Rider Effective Date. We reduce the Benefit Base for each partial surrender from the Contract prior to the Benefit Period in the same proportion that each partial surrender reduces the Contract Value as of the date we process the partial surrender request.

Example: Assume your Benefit Base is $100,000, but because of poor Sub-Account performance your Contract Value has fallen to $90,000. If you make a $9,000 partial surrender, thereby reducing your Contract Value by 10% to $81,000, we would reduce your Benefit Base also by 10%, or $10,000, to $90,000.

On each Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date, we will increase the Benefit Base to equal the "SecurePay Anniversary Value," if that value is higher than the Benefit Base. On each Contract Anniversary, the "SecurePay Anniversary Value" is equal to your Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary minus any Purchase Payments made two or more years after your Rider Effective Date. If we receive a partial surrender request on a Contract Anniversary, we will deduct the partial surrender from Contract Value before calculating the SecurePay Anniversary Value.

SecurePay R72 Benefit

You may purchase the SecurePay R72 Benefit under the SecurePay rider for an increased SecurePay Fee, provided that the youngest Owner (or, in the case of a Qualified Contract, or a non-natural owner, the Annuitant) is age 60 or older. This benefit is designed to provide for potential increases in your Benefit Base of up to 7.2% each Contract Anniversary during a specified period ("Roll-up Period"), even if your Contract Value has not increased.

For riders issued on or after May 1, 2009, your Contract Value must be at least 50% ( i.e. , half) of your Benefit Base to be eligible for an increase in Benefit Base equal to the "roll-up" amount (described below) on any Contract Anniversary during the Roll-up Period. For example, if on a Contract Anniversary your Contract Value is $65,000 and the most recently calculated Benefit Base prior to that anniversary is $150,000, you will not be eligible for an increase on that anniversary equal to the "roll-up" amount because your Contract Value ($65,000) is less than 50% of your Benefit Base ($150,000 x 0.5 = $75,000).


48



Under the SecurePay R72 Benefit, we will recalculate your Benefit Base on each Contract Anniversary during the Roll-up Period to equal the greatest of:

(1)  the Benefit Base on that Contract Anniversary;

(2)  the SecurePay Anniversary Value on that Contract Anniversary (as described above); or

(3)  the SecurePay Roll-up Value, which is equal to:

(a)    the most recently calculated Benefit Base prior to that Contract Anniversary; plus

(b)    the "roll-up" amount, which is equal to:

    i)   for riders issued on or after May 1, 2009:

•  if your Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary is at least 50% ( i.e. , half) of the most recently calculated Benefit Base prior to that Contract Anniversary, then the roll-up amount is equal to 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous Contract Anniversary, reduced proportionately for partial surrenders made since that anniversary. This means that we will reduce the "roll-up" amount for each partial surrender made since the previous Contract Anniversary in the same proportion that each partial surrender reduced the Contract Value as of the date we processed the partial surrender request.

•   if your Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary is less than 50% ( i.e. , half) of the most recently calculated Benefit Base prior to that Contract Anniversary, then the roll-up amount is equal to $0.

    ii)   for riders issued prior to May 1, 2009: 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous Contract Anniversary, reduced proportionately for partial surrenders made since that anniversary. This means that we will reduce the "roll-up" amount for each partial surrender made since the previous Contract Anniversary in the same proportion that each partial surrender reduced the Contract Value as of the date we processed the partial surrender request.

Note: If the SecurePay Anniversary Value is consistently higher than the SecurePay Roll-up Value (because your Contract Value is generally increasing by more than 7.2% each Contract Year), the SecurePay Roll-up Value may never be used to increase your Benefit Base.

When we calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value on the first Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date, we will apply the 7.2% (if applicable) to the Benefit Base on the Rider Effective Date to determine the "roll-up" amount, and then reduce the "roll-up" amount proportionately for partial surrenders made since the Rider Effective Date. We will then add the reduced "roll-up" amount to the most recently calculated Benefit Base prior to the first Contract Anniversary to determine the SecurePay Roll-up Value. The SecurePay Roll-up Value can never be greater than $5 million.

Example: Assume on the Rider Effective Date your Benefit Base is $100,000. Three months later, assume your Contract Value is $103,000 and you take a partial surrender of $10,300, reducing your current Contract Value to $92,700, which results in a decrease of 10% (($103,000 – $92,700)/$103,000). Because of the partial surrender, we will reduce your Benefit Base by 10% as well, to $90,000. Also assume that one month later your Contract Value increased from $92,700 to $94,000 due to favorable market performance and you do not make any additional Purchase Payments or partial surrenders.

On the first Contract Anniversary, we will determine the SecurePay Roll-up Value by adding the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($90,000) to 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous Contract Anniversary (the Rider Effective Date), reduced proportionately for partial surrenders made since that anniversary. The Benefit Base on the Rider Effective Date was $100,000, and 7.2% of $100,000 = $7,200. However, because a partial surrender was made during the year, we will reduce this "roll-up" amount in the same proportion that the partial surrender reduced the Contract Value, which was 10%. Because 10% of the "roll-up" amount is $720, the reduced "roll-up" amount is $6,480 ($7,200 – $720). We then calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value by adding the "roll-up" amount of $6,480 to $90,000 (the most recently calculated Benefit Base), and determine that the SecurePay Roll-up Value is $96,480.


49



We will then recalculate your Benefit Base on the first Contract Anniversary to equal the greatest of:

(1)  the Benefit Base on that Contract Anniversary ($90,000);

(2)  the SecurePay Anniversary Value on that Contract Anniversary ($94,000); or

(3)  the SecurePay Roll-up Value ($96,480)

We will set your Benefit Base equal to $96,480 because the SecurePay Roll-up Value is greater than the Benefit Base on that Contract Anniversary and the SecurePay Anniversary Value on that Contract Anniversary.

Note: Partial surrenders could reduce your SecurePay Roll-up Value by substantially more than the actual amount of the partial surrender. For example, assume your Benefit Base at the beginning of the Contract Year is $100,000. Assuming that you do not make any additional Purchase Payments or partial surrenders and assuming your Contract Value remains at 50% or more of your Benefit Base, the SecurePay Roll-up Value on the next Contract Anniversary would be $107,200 ($100,000 + $7,200 (the 7.2% "roll-up" amount)).

Assume instead, however, that during the Contract Year you make a partial surrender of $45,000 and your Contract Value at that time is $90,000 (i.e ., the partial surrender is 50% of your Contract Value). Both the Benefit Base and the "roll-up" amount are also reduced by 50%, to $50,000 and $3,600, respectively. This would result in a SecurePay Roll-up Value of $53,600 on the next Contract Anniversary ($50,000 + $3,600), rather than $107,200. Thus, the $45,000 partial surrender would reduce the SecurePay Roll-up Value by more than $45,000 — it would reduce it by $53,600 ($107,200 – $53,600).

The Roll-up Period begins on the Rider Effective Date and generally lasts for ten Contract Anniversaries.

•  If your rider was issued on or after May 1, 2009, the Roll-up Period will end on the next Valuation Day following the 10 th Contract Anniversary on which we increase your Benefit Base to equal either the SecurePay Anniversary Value or the SecurePay Roll-up Value. This means that when determining the 10 Contract Anniversaries that make up your Roll-up Period, we will not count Contract Anniversaries on which your Benefit Base does not increase.

•  If your rider was issued prior to May 1, 2009, the Roll-up Period will end on the next Valuation Day following the 10 th Contract Anniversary that occurs on the later of: (a) the Rider Effective Date; or (b) the most recent date that we reset the Roll-up Period.

However, your Roll-up Period will end sooner — on either the Benefit Election Date or the date the SecurePay rider terminates (see "Terminating the SecurePay Rider") — if either if these events occur while your Roll-up Period is in effect.

If the Roll-up Period ends, the SecurePay R72 Benefit may not terminate. The SecurePay R72 Benefit will only end upon termination of the SecurePay rider. We will continue to assess the increased SecurePay Fee until the SecurePay rider terminates. Also, we will only include the SecurePay Roll-up Value when calculating your Benefit Base while the Roll-up Period is in effect.

Note: This means that if the Roll-up Period ends because you have established the Benefit Election Date, we will still continue to assess the increased SecurePay Fee until termination of the SecurePay Rider. We also will assess the increased SecurePay Fee during times when the Roll-up Period has expired.

Note: Once you establish your Benefit Election Date, you will no longer receive any additional value from the SecurePay R72 Benefit. On the other hand, delaying the Benefit Election Date may limit the time during which you may take SecurePay Withdrawals, due to life expectancy. See "Beginning Your SecurePay Withdrawals." You should carefully weigh the advantages of the SecurePay R72 Benefit with the disadvantages of delaying taking SecurePay Withdrawals.

Special Note For Riders Purchased Before May 1, 2009: If you purchased your SecurePay rider before May 1, 2009, then if at any time before the Benefit Election Date we increase the Benefit Base to equal the


50



SecurePay Anniversary Value, we will reset the Roll-up Period. This is true even if the previous Roll-up Period has expired. We will reset the Roll-up Period for an additional ten years, although any reset will end on the Benefit Election Date (or upon termination of the SecurePay Rider).

Example: Assume you purchase a Contract on December 1, 2008. If you do not establish the Benefit Election Date during the next 10 years, the Roll-up Period would expire on December 1, 2018. If, however, at any time during the Roll-up Period we increase the Benefit Base to equal the SecurePay Anniversary Value, the Roll-up Period will be reset. In this example, if the Roll-up Period is reset on December 1, 2012, the new Roll-up Period would expire on December 1, 2022. Similarly, if you have still not established the Benefit Election Date and the Benefit Base is again increased to equal the SecurePay Anniversary Value on December 1, 2025, we would once again reset the Roll-up Period to begin on December 1, 2025 and expire on December 1, 2035.

In this example, because there is no Roll-up Period between December 1, 2022 and December 1, 2025, we would not include the SecurePay Roll-up Value in the calculation of the Benefit Base during this time.

Calculating the Benefit Base On or After the Benefit Election Date

We continue calculating the Benefit Base after the Benefit Election Date in the same manner as we did prior to the Benefit Election Date, except withdrawals are treated differently . The effect of a withdrawal on the Benefit Base depends on whether the withdrawal is a SecurePay Withdrawal or an Excess Withdrawal. An Excess Withdrawal is any withdrawal after the Benefit Election Date which, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Contract Year's Annual Withdrawal Amount.

If you have selected the SecurePay R72 Benefit, we will not calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value on or after the Benefit Election Date.

SecurePay Withdrawals

SecurePay Withdrawals do not reduce the Benefit Base. Therefore, if all your withdrawals during the Benefit Period are SecurePay Withdrawals, your Annual Withdrawal Amount will never decrease and you may continue to withdraw at least that amount for the lifetime of the Covered Person (or the last surviving Covered Person, if you selected Joint Life Coverage).

If your Benefit Base increases on a Contract Anniversary because the SecurePay Anniversary Value exceeds the Benefit Base on that date, your Annual Withdrawal Amount and therefore SecurePay Withdrawals available to you in subsequent Contract Years will also increase.

Important Consideration

•  SecurePay Withdrawals are not cumulative. If you choose to receive only a part of, or none of, your AWA in any given Contract Year, you should understand that you cannot carry over any unused SecurePay Withdrawals to any future Contract Years.

  For example, assume your Maximum Withdrawal Percentage is 5% and your Benefit Base is $100,000, which means your AWA is $5,000 ($100,000 x .05). If you withdraw only $4,000 during the Contract Year, the AWA will not increase the next Contract Year by the $1,000 you did not withdraw.

We do not impose a Surrender Charge on any SecurePay Withdrawals.

Excess Withdrawals

During the Benefit Period any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Annual Withdrawal Amount constitutes an Excess Withdrawal. Therefore, a withdrawal during the Benefit Period that causes the aggregate withdrawals for that Contract Year to exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount may include amounts that qualify as a SecurePay Withdrawal as well as amounts that are Excess Withdrawals.


51



An Excess Withdrawal will reduce the Benefit Base. The effect of the Excess Withdrawal on the Benefit Base depends, in part, on the relationship of the Benefit Base to the Contract Value at that time.

(a)  If, at the time of the Excess Withdrawal, your Contract Value minus the non-excess portion of the withdrawal (the portion of the withdrawal that qualifies as a SecurePay Withdrawal) is greater than the Benefit Base, we will reduce the Benefit Base by the amount of the Excess Withdrawal plus any applicable Surrender Charge.

(b)  If, at the time of Excess Withdrawal, your Contract Value minus the non-excess portion of the withdrawal (the portion of the withdrawal that qualifies as a SecurePay Withdrawal) is less than or equal to the Benefit Base, we will reduce the Benefit Base in the same proportion that the Excess Withdrawal, plus any applicable Surrender Charge, bears to the Contract Value minus the SecurePay Withdrawal.

For example, suppose your Benefit Base is $100,000, your Contract Value is $110,000, your Withdrawal Percentage is 5% (i.e., your AWA is $5,000), and no Surrender Charges apply. If you have already taken $3,000 of SecurePay Withdrawals in the Contract Year and then request another $3,000 SecurePay Withdrawal (which means you have exceeded your AWA by $1,000), we will consider $2,000 of that withdrawal to be SecurePay and $1,000 to be Excess. In this case, rule (a) above applies because the Contract Value less the SecurePay Withdrawal ($110,000 $2,000 = $108,000) is greater than your Benefit Base ($100,000). We will therefore reduce your Benefit Base by the Excess Withdrawal and your new Benefit Base will be $99,000 ($100,000 $1,000).

However, if your Contract Value is $70,000 then rule (b) applies. We determine the reduction in your Benefit Base first by determining the proportion that the Excess Withdrawal bears to the Contract Value less SecurePay Withdrawal. We calculate this by dividing the $1,000 Excess Withdrawal by the Contract Value less the $2,000 SecurePay Withdrawal ($1,000 ÷ ($70,000 $2,000)) = 1.4706%). We will then apply this same percentage to reduce your Benefit Base. Thus your new Benefit Base will be equal to $98,529 ($100,000 ($100,000 x 0.014706)).

The examples above do not include the effect of any surrender charges that may be applicable.

We will recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount on the next Contract Anniversary by multiplying the Benefit Base on that date by the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage. We also will apply a Surrender Charge to the Excess Withdrawal, if a Surrender Charge would otherwise be applicable.

Reduction of Contract Value to Zero

If the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees or a SecurePay Withdrawal, the Contract will terminate and we will settle the benefit under your SecurePay rider as follows:

•  We will pay the remaining AWA not yet withdrawn in the current Contract Year, if any, in a lump sum;

•  we will establish an Annuity Commencement Date no earlier than the Contract Anniversary following the date of the transaction that reduced the Contract Value to zero; and

•  we will pay a monthly payment equal to the AWA divided by 12 until the death of the Owner, or if the rider covers two spouses, the death of the second spouse.

Please note that we may accept different payment intervals. If you request a full surrender and your Contract Value at the time of the request is less than your remaining AWA for that Contract Year, first, we will pay you a lump sum equal to such remaining AWA. We will then establish an Annuity Commencement Date, as described immediately above. As with any distribution from the Contract, tax consequences may apply. In this regard, we intend to treat any amounts that you receive before the Annuity Commencement Date is established as described above and that are in the form of SecurePay Withdrawals as partial surrenders. We intend to treat any amounts that you receive after the Annuity Commencement Date is established as described above and that are a settlement of the benefit under your SecurePay rider as annuity payments for tax purposes. See "TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL."

If your Contract Value reduces to zero due to an Excess Withdrawal, we will terminate your Contract and the SecurePay rider. You will not be entitled to receive any further benefits under the SecurePay rider.


52



Required Minimum Distributions

If SecurePay is purchased for use with a Qualified Contract, the Qualified Contract must comply with the required minimum distribution (RMD) rules under the Code Section 401(a)(9). The SecurePay rider, and certain other benefits that the IRS may characterize as "other benefits" for purposes of the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), may increase the amount of the RMD that must be taken from your Qualified Contract. See "QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS."

After the Benefit Election Date, SecurePay permits withdrawals from a Qualified Contract that exceed the AWA in order to satisfy the RMD for the Qualified Contract without compromising the SecurePay guarantees. In particular, if you provide us with written notice of an RMD at the time you request a SecurePay Withdrawal from your Qualified Contract, we will compute an amount that is treated under the SecurePay rider as the RMD for the calendar year with respect to your Qualified Contract. Note that although the tax law may permit you in certain circumstances to take distributions from your Qualified Contract to satisfy the RMDs with respect to other retirement plans established for your benefit, only the amount computed by us as the RMD with respect to your Qualified Contract is treated as an RMD for purposes of the SecurePay rider. Also, if you do not provide us with Written Notice of an RMD at the time you request a SecurePay Withdrawal, the entire amount by which the withdrawal exceeds any remaining AWA for the Contract Year will reduce the amount of your future AWA and could reduce your Benefit Base.

In the future, we may institute certain procedures, including requiring that RMD be established as automatic, periodic distributions, in order to ensure that RMDs for a calendar year do not exceed the AWA for the corresponding Contract Year.

In general, under the SecurePay rider, you may withdraw the greater of (i) your AWA for a contract year or (ii) the RMD attributable to your Contract that is determined as of December 31 st immediately preceding the beginning of your contract year.

Note: If you submit your Benefit Election Form before the first RMD under Code Section 401(a)(9) is due, we may adjust the amount of your maximum SecurePay withdrawal for the contract year that includes the due date for the first RMD so that the maximum amount of your withdrawal under the SecurePay Benefit will be the greater of your first RMD or AWA plus the greater of your second RMD or AWA minus your actual withdrawals in the previous contract year. Thereafter, the maximum allowed is the greater of the AWA or the RMD determined as of the preceding December 31 st .

Benefit Available on Maximum Annuity Commencement Date (oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95 th birthday)

You must annuitize the Contract no later than the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95 th birthday ("Maximum Annuity Commencement Date"). The SecurePay rider will terminate on the Annuity Commencement Date, whether or not you have begun your SecurePay Withdrawals.

If your SecurePay rider is in effect on the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date, in addition to the other Annuity Options available to you under your Contract, one of your Annuity Options will be to receive monthly annuity payments for life equal to the AWA divided by 12. If you do not select an Annuity Option, your monthly annuity payments will be the greater of (i) the AWA divided by 12 or (ii) payments based upon the Contract Value for the life of the Annuitant with a 10-year Certain Period. We must receive written notification of your election of such annuity payments at least three days but no earlier than 90 days before the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date. For more information regarding Annuity Options, including Certain Period options, see ANNUITY PAYMENTS, Annuity Options.

SecurePay Fee

We deduct a fee for the SecurePay rider that compensates us for the costs and risks we assume in providing this benefit. This SecurePay Fee is a percentage of the Benefit Base. We deduct this fee from your Contract Value on the Valuation Day that occurs after each Valuation Period containing a Monthly Anniversary Day. The SecurePay Fee is deducted from the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account only; it is not deducted from the assets


53



in the DCA. Accordingly, you must have transferred some assets from your DCA account to Sub-Accounts in accordance with the Allocation by Investment Category program before the fee is charged.

The SecurePay Fee will vary depending on when you purchase the rider and whether or not you have selected an optional SecurePay feature.

SecurePay riders issued on or after May 1, 2009:  
    Maximum   Current  
Purchase of SecurePay rider at time of Contract Purchase     0.95 %     0.50 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider under RightTime ® option     0.95 %     0.60 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit at time of Contract Purchase     1.40 %     0.90 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit under RightTime ® option     1.60 %     1.00 %  
SecurePay riders issued before May 1, 2009:  
    Maximum   Current*  
SecurePay rider     0.95 %     0.70 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit     1.40 %     0.90 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay GMAB     1.30 %     0.85 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit and SecurePay GMAB     1.70 %     1.05 %  

 

*  The current SecurePay Fee may be lower for certain Owners who elected not to pay an increase in the fee that became effective on February 16, 2009.

We may increase the SecurePay fee. However, we will not increase the SecurePay Fee above the maximum amounts listed in the table above.

If we increase the SecurePay Fee, we will give you at least 30 days' notice prior to the increase. You may elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. If you elect not to pay the increased SecurePay Fee, your SecurePay rider will not terminate, but your Benefit Base will be capped at its then current value (i.e., your SecurePay Anniversary Value will be reset to $0) and you will give up the opportunity for any future increases in the Benefit Base if your Contract Value exceeds your Benefit Base on subsequent Contract Anniversaries. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee. If you purchased the SecurePay R72 Benefit, we also will no longer calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value when determining your Benefit Base if you elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, even though you will no longer be entitled to additional SecurePay Roll-up Values. See "SecurePay R72 Benefit."

If you purchased a SecurePay rider before May 1, 2009 and you purchased the SecurePay GMAB, you also will not be permitted to "step-up" the GMAB Guaranteed Amount or repurchase the SecurePay GMAB following its termination if you elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, even though you will no longer be entitled to additional "step-ups" of the GMAB Guaranteed Amounts or repurchase the SecurePay GMAB following its termination. See Appendix F: The SecurePay GMAB (Not Available On or After May 1, 2009).

Terminating the SecurePay Rider

The SecurePay rider will terminate upon the earliest of:

•  termination of the SecurePay rider by the Owner (permitted after the SecurePay rider has been in effect for at least ten years);

•  full surrender or termination of the Contract;

•  changing your designation of a Covered Person or Persons on or after the Benefit Election Date;

•  the Annuity Commencement Date;

•  noncompliance with the Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions.

Deduction of the monthly fee for the SecurePay rider ceases upon termination. If purchased, the SecurePay R72 Benefit will terminate on the date the SecurePay rider terminates (if not sooner). See "Secure Pay R72 Benefit".


54



Spousal Continuation

If the Benefit Election indicates Single Life Coverage and the SecurePay rider terminates due to the death of the Covered Person following the Benefit Election Date and the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and become the new Owner, the surviving spouse may also exercise the RightTime ® option immediately (if it is available at that time) and purchase a new SecurePay rider. We will waive the 5-year waiting period. The surviving spouse's benefit under the SecurePay rider will be subject to the terms and conditions of the rider in effect at that time. See "Purchasing a New SecurePay Rider after Termination of the Prior SecurePay Rider."

If the SecurePay Benefit Election indicates Joint Life Coverage (see "Selecting Your Coverage Option"), and the surviving spouse elects to continue the Contract and the SecurePay rider, the Annual Withdrawal Amount remains the same until the next Contract Anniversary. On the next Contract Anniversary, the Benefit Base will be the greater of the Contract Value (which will reflect the Death Benefit) or the current Benefit Base and we will recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount, if necessary, using the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage.

Reinstating the SecurePay Rider Within 30 Days of Termination

If your SecurePay rider terminated due to a Prohibited Allocation instruction (See "Allocation Guidelines and Restrictions") and you made no additional Purchase Payment after the termination, you may request that we reinstate the rider.

Your written reinstatement request must correct the previous Prohibited Allocation instruction by either directing us to allocate your Contract Value in accordance with the required Sub-Account allocations under the Allocation by Investment Category program and/or resume portfolio rebalancing. We must receive your written reinstatement request within 30 days of the date the rider terminated. The reinstated rider will have the same terms and conditions, including the same SecurePay Rider Effective Date, Benefit Base, AWA, SecurePay Fee and, if applicable, Maximum Withdrawal Percentage, as it had prior to termination. In addition, if you purchased the SecurePay R72 Benefit, we also will reinstate your SecurePay R72 Benefit. (And, if you purchased a SecurePay rider before May 1, 2009 and you selected the SecurePay GMAB, we also will reinstate your SecurePay GMAB.)

Purchasing a New SecurePay Rider after Termination of the Prior SecurePay Rider

If your SecurePay rider has terminated, you may exercise the RightTime ® option and purchase a new SecurePay rider before the Annuity Commencement Date if five years have passed since the termination of the prior SecurePay rider. We do not require a five-year waiting period, however, if your prior SecurePay rider terminated because of the death or change of a Covered Person during the Benefit Period.

If all the conditions to purchase a new SecurePay rider have been met, we will issue the rider upon our receipt of your written request to exercise the RightTime ® option. The new rider will be subject to the terms and conditions of the SecurePay rider in effect at the time it is issued. This means:

•  The initial Benefit Base will be equal to the Contract Value as of the new Rider Effective Date.

•  We will impose the current SecurePay Fee in effect on the new Rider Effective Date.

If you have selected the SecurePay R72 Benefit with your new SecurePay rider, then when we calculate the AWA under the new SecurePay rider, we will base the Maximum Withdrawal Percentage on the age of the Owner (the younger Owner in the case of two Owners), as of the new rider's Benefit Election Date.

Please note you may only purchase a new SecurePay rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit if this benefit was available on the date that you purchased the Contract.

Tax Consequences

For a discussion of tax consequences specific to the SecurePay benefit, please see TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL, Tax Consequences of SecurePay Rider.


55



SUSPENSION OR DELAY IN PAYMENTS

Payments of a partial or full surrender of the Variable Account value or death benefit are usually made within seven (7) calendar days. However, we may delay such payment of a partial or full surrender of the Variable Account value or death benefit for any period in the following circumstances where permitted by state law:

(1)  when the New York Stock Exchange is closed; or

(2)  when trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted; or

(3)  when an emergency exists (as determined by the SEC as a result of which (a) the disposal of securities in the Variable Account is not reasonably practical; or (b) it is not reasonably practical to determine fairly the value of the net assets of the Variable Account); or

(4)  when the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders.

We may delay payment of a partial or full surrender from the Guaranteed Account for up to six months where permitted.

SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTS

If mandated under applicable law, we may be required to reject a Purchase Payment. We also may be required to provide additional information about your account to government regulators or law enforcement authorities. In addition, we may be required to block an Owner's account and thereby refuse to pay any request for transfers, withdrawals, surrenders, or death benefits until instructions are received from the appropriate regulator or law enforcement authorities.

CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)

General.

We do not deduct any charge for sales expenses from Purchase Payments at the time you make them. However, within certain time limits described below, we deduct a surrender charge (contingent deferred sales charge) from the Contract Value when you make a full or partial surrender before the Annuity Commencement Date or when you fully or partially surrender your Contract for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A (payments for a certain period) are being made. (See "Annuitization, Annuity Commencement Date."). We do not apply the surrender charge to the payment of a death benefit or when we apply your Annuity Value to an Annuity Option.

In the event surrender charges are not sufficient to cover sales expenses, we will bear the loss; conversely, if the amount of such charges provides more than enough to cover such expenses, we will retain the excess. Protective Life does not currently believe that the surrender charges imposed will cover the expected costs of distributing the Contracts. Any shortfall will be made up from Protective Life's general assets, which may include amounts derived from the mortality and expense risk charge.

If you elect the SecurePay rider, we impose a surrender charge on Excess Withdrawals but not on SecurePay Withdrawals. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")

Penalty-Free Withdrawal Amount.

Each Contract Year you may withdraw a specified amount, called the "penalty-free withdrawal amount", from your Contract without incurring a surrender charge. During the first Contract Year the penalty-free withdrawal amount is equal to 10% of your initial Purchase Payment. In any subsequent Contract Year the penalty-free withdrawal amount is equal to the greatest of: (1) the earnings in your Contract as of the prior Contract Anniversary; (2) 10% of your cumulative Purchase Payments as of the prior Contract Anniversary; or (3) 10% of the Contract Value as of the prior Contract Anniversary. For the purpose of determining the penalty-free


56



withdrawal amount, earnings equal the Contract Value minus the Purchase Payments not previously assessed with a surrender charge, both measured as of the Contract Anniversary for which values are being determined. Withdrawals in excess of the penalty-free withdrawal amount in any Contract Year may be subject to surrender charges. Withdrawals, including withdrawals of the penalty-free withdrawal amount, may be subject to income taxation and may be subject to a 10% federal penalty tax if taken before the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 . (See "Taxation of Annuities in General, Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders.")

If you elect the SecurePay rider, we count SecurePay Withdrawals and Excess Withdrawals when determining the penalty-free withdrawal amount. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")

Determining the Surrender Charge.

We calculate the surrender charge by first allocating surrendered Contract Value in excess of any penalty-free withdrawal amount to Purchase Payments or portions of Purchase Payments not previously assessed with a surrender charge on a "first-in, first-out" (FIFO) basis. We then allocate any remaining surrendered Contract Value pro-rata to these Purchase Payments. The surrender charge is the total of each of the allocated amounts of surrendered Contract Value multiplied by its applicable surrender charge percentage, as shown below. If the surrendered Contract Value exceeds any penalty-free withdrawal amount and if no surrendered Contract Value was allocated to Purchase Payments, we determine the surrender charge on the surrendered Contract Value by applying the surrender charge percentage associated with the most recent Purchase Payment we accepted.

Number of Full Years Elapsed
Between the Date Purchase Payment was
Accepted and the Date of Surrender
  Surrender Charge as Percentage
of Amount Surrendered
 
  0       7.0 %  
  1       7.0 %  
  2       6.0 %  
  3+       0 %  

 

Refer to Appendix B for an example of how the surrender charge is calculated.

We will monitor the amount of the surrender charge we assess such that the amount of any surrender charge we impose, when added to any surrender charge previously paid on the Contract, will not exceed nine percent (9%) of aggregate Purchase Payments made to date for your Contract.

Waiver of Surrender Charges.

We will not apply a surrender charge if you fully surrender your Contract when the Contract Value is 25% or less of the value of the death benefit.

We may decrease or waive surrender charges on Contracts issued to a trustee, employer or similar entity pursuant to a retirement plan or when sales are made in a similar arrangement where offering the Contracts to a group of individuals under such a program results in savings of sales expenses. We will determine the entitlement to such a reduction in surrender charge.

We may also waive surrender charges on partial surrenders taken as a minimum distribution required under federal or state tax laws on amounts attributable to Protective Life annuity contracts. (See "Qualified Retirement Plans".) During any Contract Year, the total amount of such partial surrenders will reduce the penalty-free withdrawal amount available on any subsequent partial surrender.

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge

To compensate Protective Life for assuming mortality and expense risks, we deduct a daily mortality and expense risk charge. We deduct the mortality and expense risk charge only from the Variable Account. The charge is equal, on an annual basis, to 1.35% of the average daily net assets of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract.


57



The mortality risk Protective Life assumes is that Annuitant(s) may live for a longer period of time than estimated when the guarantees in the Contract were established. Because of these guarantees, each Payee is assured that longevity will not have an adverse effect on the annuity payments received. The expense risk that Protective Life assumes is the risk that the administration charge, contract maintenance fee and transfer fees may be insufficient to cover actual future expenses. We expect to make a reasonable profit with respect to the Contracts. We may make a profit or incur a loss from the mortality and expense risk charge. Any profit, including profit from the mortality and expense risk charge, may be used to finance distribution and other expenses.

Administration Charge

We will deduct an administration charge equal, on an annual basis, to 0.15% of the daily net asset value of the Variable Account attributable to your Contract. We make this deduction to reimburse Protective Life for expenses incurred in the administration of the Contract and the Variable Account. We deduct the administration charge only from the Variable Account value.

Death Benefit Fee

If you select the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit, we assess a death benefit fee to compensate us for the cost of providing this death benefit. (There is no fee for the Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit.) We calculate the death benefit fee as of each Monthly Anniversary Day on which the fee is assessed, and we deduct it from your Contract Value on the next Valuation Day. We will deduct the death benefit fee pro-rata from the Allocation Options ( e.g ., in the same proportion that each Allocation Option has to Contract Value). The deduction of the death benefit fee will reduce your Contract Value, but it will not otherwise reduce the value of your Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit. We do not assess the death benefit fee after the Annuity Commencement Date.

If you select the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit, you must elect either the CoverPay Fee, which is based on the value of the death benefit on the day the fee is assessed, or the ValuPay Fee, which is based on the Net Amount at Risk on the day the fee is assessed. You must make this election when you apply for your Contract, and you cannot change your election after your Contract is issued. It is possible that either of these fees (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a partial surrender from the Contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.") Before electing the fee option for your Contract, you should consult a qualified financial adviser to help you carefully consider the relative costs, benefits and risks of the fee options in your particular situation.

CoverPay ® Fee

The CoverPay Fee is based on the value of the death benefit in your Contract on the day the fee is assessed. We begin assessing the CoverPay Fee on the first Monthly Anniversary Day, and we assess it monthly until the Annuity Commencement Date.

The CoverPay Fee is equal, on an annualized basis, to 0.20% of your annualized death benefit value measured on each Monthly Anniversary Day. The value of your Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit on any Monthly Anniversary Day is the greatest of (1) your Contract Value, (2) your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments, or (3) your greatest anniversary value attained as of that day. ( See DEATH BENEFIT, Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit for a more complete description.) For example, if on a Monthly Anniversary Day your Contract Value equals $125,000, your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, and your greatest anniversary value attained equals $120,000, the CoverPay Fee we deduct on that day will be based on your Contract Value of $125,000. Alternatively, if your Contract Value equals only $115,000, your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, and your greatest anniversary value attained equals $120,000, the CoverPay Fee we deduct on that day will be based on your greatest anniversary value attained of $120,000. ( See "Comparative Examples of Death Benefit Fees" for examples intended to help you compare the death benefit fee options that are available in the Contract.)


58



ValuPay ® Fee

The ValuPay Fee is based on the Net Amount at Risk and the oldest Owner's age, each measured on the day the fee is assessed. The Net Amount at Risk is the amount by which the value of your death benefit exceeds your Contract Value. There is no Net Amount at Risk when your Contract Value equals your death benefit. Whenever your Contract Value is lower than the value of your death benefit, however, there is a Net Amount at Risk. The Net Amount at Risk will vary as your Contract Value fluctuates. Factors that affect your Contract Value include the investment performance of the Allocation Options you have chosen and the fees and charges, including the ValuPay Fee, that are deducted from your Contract Value or from the Variable Account.

We do not assess the ValuPay Fee during the first Contract Year. We begin assessing it on the 13 th Monthly Anniversary Day, and we assess it monthly until the Annuity Commencement Date. There is no ValuPay Fee on any Monthly Anniversary Day on which your Contract Value equals your death benefit.

The ValuPay fee is calculated by multiplying the Net Amount at Risk by the monthly cost factor. The monthly cost factor varies by the age of the oldest Owner. The following table shows the monthly cost factor per $1,000 of Net Amount at Risk by Owner's age. It also shows the cost factor expressed as an annualized percentage of the Net Amount at Risk on each Monthly Anniversary Day.


Oldest
Owner's Age
  Monthly Cost Factor Per $1,000
of Net Amount at Risk
  Annualized Percentage
of Monthly Net
Amount at Risk
 
  50 or less   $ 0.25034       0.30 %  
  51-60     $ 0.50138       0.60 %  
  61-65     $ 1.00554       1.20 %  
  66-70     $ 1.47016       1.75 %  
  71-75     $ 2.53505       3.00 %  
  76-80     $ 3.82964       4.50 %  
  81     $ 5.09893       5.95 %  
  82     $ 5.71812       6.65 %  
  83     $ 6.34158       7.35 %  
  84     $ 6.96937       8.05 %  
  85     $ 7.60156       8.75 %  
  86     $ 8.37522       9.60 %  
  87     $ 9.15558       10.45 %  
  88     $ 9.94277       11.30 %  
  89     $ 10.73689       12.15 %  
  90     $ 11.53809       13.00 %  
  91     $ 12.96964       14.50 %  
  92     $ 14.42441       16.00 %  
  93     $ 15.90318       17.50 %  
  94     $ 17.40681       19.00 %  
  95     $ 18.93618       20.50 %  

 

The value of your death benefit on each Monthly Anniversary Day is the greatest of (1) your Contract Value, (2) your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments on that day, or (3) your greatest anniversary value attained as of that day. ( See DEATH BENEFIT, Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefi t for a more compete description.) The Net Amount at Risk on any Monthly Anniversary Day is the amount by which the value of your Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit exceeds your Contract Value on that day. The ValuPay Fee is equal to the monthly cost factor for your age multiplied by the Net Amount at Risk on the Monthly Anniversary Day.

For example, if you are 78 years old on your 20 th Monthly Anniversary Day and on that day your Contract Value equals $125,000, your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, and your greatest anniversary value attained equals $120,000, there is no Net Amount at Risk and we deduct no ValuPay Fee.


59



Alternatively, if on that day your Contract Value equals only $115,000, your adjusted aggregate Purchase Payments equal $100,000, and your greatest anniversary value attained equals $120,000, the Net Amount at Risk is $5,000 (greatest anniversary value attained of $120,000 minus Contract Value of $115,000). We would deduct a ValuPay Fee of $19.15 (monthly cost factor of $3.82964 per $1,000 multiplied by 5). (See "Comparative Examples of Death Benefit Fees" for examples intended to help you compare the death benefit fee options that are available in the Contract.)

Selecting a Death Benefit Fee.

The relative costs of the CoverPay Fee and the ValuePay Fee will vary depending on the Contract's investment performance and, in the case of the ValuPay Fee, the oldest Owner's age. In choosing a death benefit fee for your Contract, you may want to consider the following factors in addition to any other factors that apply in your particular circumstances:

CoverPay ® Fee   ValuPay ® Fee  
Assessed each month until the Annuity Commencement Date   Assessed only when the death benefit is higher than the Contract Value;
Not assessed during the first Contract Year or after the Annuity Commencement Date
 
Does not vary based on age   Cost factor increases based on age  
When the death benefit is higher than the Contract Value, the fee is based on—  
The value of the death benefit   The difference in values  
When the death benefit is the Contract Value, the
fee is based on—
 
The value of the death benefit, which is the same as the Contract Value   There is no fee  

 

Over time, if investment performance is generally positive and the death benefit is the same as the Contract Value on most days on which we assess the death benefit fee, the aggregate dollar amount of the CoverPay Fee will generally be more than the aggregate dollar amount of the ValuPay Fee. On the other hand, at any time when the death benefit is higher than the Contract Value on the day we assess the ValuPay Fee, the ValuPay Fee may be more than the CoverPay Fee on that day. During prolonged periods in which the death benefit is higher than the Contract Value on the days we assess the ValuPay Fee, especially if the difference is significant and/or an Owner has reached an older age, the aggregate dollar amount of the ValuPay Fee could be more than the aggregate dollar amount of the CoverPay Fee.

Comparative Examples Of Death Benefit Fees

The following examples are intended to help you compare the death benefit fee options that are available in the Contract. The examples show what each of the death benefit fees would be for one month based on the facts assumed in the example. Please remember that the examples are illustrations and do not predict or guarantee the amount of the death benefit fee that will apply to your Contract. Your actual fee may be higher or lower than those shown. Similarly, your investment results and death benefit may be higher or lower than those shown in the examples.

For all of the examples, assume the following facts:

The Initial Purchase Payment was $100,000;  
No withdrawals or additional Purchase Payments were made;  
The greatest anniversary value attained was $110,000;  
The death benefit fee is being assessed on a Monthly Anniversary Day after the 1 st Contract Year; and  
The Contract Value, death benefit value, and Owner's age are as shown in each example.  

 


60



The examples show the amount of each of the death benefit fees that would apply on the Monthly Anniversary Day on which the fee is being assessed.

EXAMPLE 1  
Contract Value:   $ 100,000    
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit value:   $ 110,000    
Net Amount at Risk for Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit   $ 10,000    

 

    Maximum Anniversary Value
Death Benefit
 
    CoverPay Fee   ValuPay Fee  
Owner's age 56   $ 18.36     $ 5.01    
Owner's age 76   $ 18.36     $ 38.30    

 

EXAMPLE 2  
Contract Value:   $ 85,000    
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit value:   $ 110,000    
Net Amount at Risk for Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit   $ 25,000    

 

    Maximum Anniversary Value
Death Benefit
 
    CoverPay Fee   ValuPay Fee  
Owner's age 56   $ 18.36     $ 12.53    
Owner's age 76   $ 18.36     $ 95.74    

 

EXAMPLE 3  
Contract Value:   $ 110,000    
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit value:   $ 110,000    
Net Amount at Risk for Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit   $ 0    

 

    Maximum Anniversary Value
Death Benefit
 
    CoverPay Fee   ValuPay Fee  
Owner's age 56   $ 18.36     $ 0.00    
Owner's age 76   $ 18.36     $ 0.00    

 


61



EXAMPLE 4  
Contract Value:   $ 115,000    
Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit value:   $ 115,000    
Net Amount at Risk for Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit   $ 0    

 

    Maximum Anniversary Value
Death Benefit
 
    CoverPay Fee   ValuPay Fee  
Owner's age 56   $ 19.19     $ 0.00    
Owner's age 76   $ 19.19     $ 0.00    

 

SecurePay Fee

We deduct a fee for the SecurePay rider that compensates us for the costs and risks we assume in providing this benefit. This SecurePay Fee is a percentage of the Benefit Base. We deduct this fee from your Contract Value on the Valuation Day that occurs after each Valuation Period containing a Monthly Anniversary Day.

The SecurePay Fee will vary depending on when you purchase the rider and whether or not you have selected an optional SecurePay feature, as follows:

SecurePay riders issued on or after May 1, 2009:  
    Maximum   Current  
Purchase of SecurePay rider at time of Contract Purchase     0.95 %     0.50 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider under RightTime ® option     0.95 %     0.60 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit at time of Contract Purchase     1.40 %     0.90 %  
Purchase of SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit under RightTime ® option     1.60 %     1.00 %  
SecurePay riders issued before May 1, 2009:  
    Maximum   Current*  
SecurePay rider     0.95 %     0.70 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit     1.40 %     0.90 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay GMAB     1.30 %     0.85 %  
SecurePay rider with SecurePay R72 Benefit and SecurePay GMAB     1.70 %     1.05 %  

 

*  The current SecurePay Fee may be lower for certain Owners who elected not to pay an increase in the fee that became effective on February 16, 2009.

We may increase the SecurePay Fee. However, we will not increase the SecurePay Fee above the maximum amounts listed in the tables above.

If we increase the SecurePay Fee, we will give you at least 30 days' notice prior to the increase. You may elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. If you elect not to pay the increased SecurePay Fee, your SecurePay rider will not terminate, but your Benefit Base will be capped at its then current value (i.e., your SecurePay Anniversary Value will be reset to $0) and you will give up the opportunity for any future increases in the Benefit Base if your Contract Value exceeds your Benefit Base on subsequent Contract Anniversaries. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee. If you purchased the SecurePay R72 Benefit, we also will no longer calculate the SecurePay Roll-up Value when determining your Benefit Base if you elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, even though you will no longer be entitled to additional SecurePay Roll-up Values. See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option."

If you purchased a SecurePay rider before May 1, 2009 and you purchased the SecurePay GMAB, you also will not be permitted to "step-up" the GMAB Guaranteed Amount or repurchase the SecurePay GMAB following its termination if you elect not to pay the increase in your SecurePay Fee. You will continue to be assessed your current SecurePay Fee, even though you will no longer be entitled to additional "step-ups" of the GMAB Guaranteed Amounts or repurchase the SecurePay GMAB following its termination. See Appendix F: The SecurePay GMAB (Not Available On or After May 1, 2009).


62



SecurePay Medical Evaluation Fee. Under the SecurePay rider, we will assess a charge for evaluating your request for an increased Annual Withdrawal Amount ("AWA") if we determine that you qualify for an increased AWA and you elect to begin taking your SecurePay withdrawals at the increased AWA. However, if you request an increase in AWA under the SecurePay ME feature more than twice, we will deduct the charge from your current Contract Value whether or not we determine that you qualify for an increased AWA and whether or not you begin taking your SecurePay withdrawals at the increased AWA. The current fee is $150 for each person designated as a "Covered Person" in the Benefit Election Form, in other words, $150 for Single Coverage and $300 for Joint Coverage if the AWA is increased. Although we may increase this charge, it will not be more than $300 per Covered Person. We will deduct the charge from your current Contract Value when you submit your Benefit Election Form. It is possible that this fee (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a partial surrender from the Contract. (See "Federal Tax Matters.")

Transfer Fee

Currently, there is no charge for transfers. Protective Life reserves the right, however, to charge $25 for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any Contract Year. For the purpose of assessing the fee, we would consider each request to be one transfer, regardless of the number of Allocation Options affected by the transfer in one day. We would deduct the fee from the amount being transferred.

Contract Maintenance Fee

Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we deduct a contract maintenance fee of $30 from the Contract Value on each Contract Anniversary, and on any day that you surrender the Contract other than the Contract Anniversary. We will deduct the contract maintenance fee from the Allocation Options in the same proportion as their values are to the Contract Value. We will waive the contract maintenance fee in the event the Contract Value or the aggregate Purchase Payments reduced by surrenders and associated surrender charges equals or exceeds $50,000 on the date we are to deduct the contract maintenance fee.

Fund Expenses

The net assets of each Sub-Account of the Variable Account will reflect the investment management fees and other operating expenses the Funds incur. For each Fund, an investment manager receives a daily fee for its services. Some Funds also deduct 12b-1 fees from Fund assets. Over time these fees, which are paid out of a Fund's assets on an ongoing basis, will increase the cost of an investment in Fund shares. (See the prospectuses for the Funds for information about the Funds.)

Premium Taxes

Some states impose premium taxes at rates currently ranging up to 3.5%. If premium taxes apply to your Contract, we will deduct them from the Purchase Payment(s) when accepted or from the Contract Value upon a full or partial surrender, death or annuitization.

Other Taxes

Currently, no charge will be made against the Variable Account for federal, state or local taxes other than premium taxes. We reserve the right, however, to deduct a charge for taxes attributable to the operation of the Variable Account.

Other Information

We sell the Contracts through registered representatives of broker-dealers. These registered representatives are also appointed and licensed as insurance agents of Protective Life. We pay commissions and other compensation to the broker-dealers for selling the Contracts. You do not directly pay the commissions and other compensation, we do. We intend to recover commissions and other compensation, marketing, administrative and


63



other expenses and costs of Contract benefits through the fees and charges imposed under the Contracts. See "Distribution of the Contracts" for more information about payments we make to the broker-dealers.

ANNUITY PAYMENTS

Annuity Commencement Date

On the Effective Date, the Annuity Commencement Date is the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95 th birthday. You may elect a different Annuity Commencement Date, provided that it is no later than the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95 th birthday. You may not choose an Annuity Commencement Date that is less than 3 years after the most recent Purchase Payment. Annuity Commencement Dates that occur or are scheduled to occur at an advanced age for the Annuitant ( e.g ., past age 85), may in certain circumstances have adverse income tax consequences. (See "Federal Tax Matters".) Distributions from Qualified Contracts may be required before the Annuity Commencement Date. We will terminate the SecurePay rider if in effect on the Annuity Commencement Date. (See "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option.")

Changing the Annuity Commencement Date.

The Owner may change the Annuity Commencement Date by Written Notice. The new Annuity Commencement Date must be at least 30 days after the date we receive the written request, and no later than the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95 th birthday. You may not choose a new Annuity Commencement Date that is less than 3 years after the most recent Purchase Payment. You must also elect as your Annuity Option either payments for the life of the Annuitant with no certain period or for a certain period of no less than 10 years.

Annuity Value

The Annuity Value is the amount we will apply to the Annuity Option you have selected. Generally the Annuity Value is your Contract Value on the Annuity Commencement Date, less any applicable fees, charges and premium tax on that date. In the circumstances described below, however, we may use an Annuity Value that is higher than the Contract Value.

PayStream Plus ® Annuitization Benefit.

If your Annuity Commencement Date is on or after your 10 th Contract Anniversary and you select Annuity Option B (life income with or without a certain period) with a certain period of at least 10 years, your Annuity Value will be your Contract Value on the Annuity Commencement Date plus 2% of the Contract Value on that date, less any applicable fees, charges and premium tax.

Annuity Income Payments

On the Annuity Commencement Date, we will apply your Annuity Value to the Annuity Option you have selected to determine your annuity income payment. You may elect to receive a fixed income payment, a variable income payment, or a combination of both using the same Annuity Option and certain period.

Fixed Income Payments.

Fixed income payments are periodic payments from Protective Life to the designated Payee, the amount of which is fixed and guaranteed by Protective Life. Fixed income payments are not in any way dependent upon the investment experience of the Variable Account. Once fixed income payments have begun, they may not be surrendered.

Variable Income Payments.

Variable income payments are periodic payments from Protective Life to the designated Payee, the amount of which varies from one payment to the next as a reflection of the net investment experience of the Sub-Account(s) you select to support the payments. You may fully or partially surrender variable income payments for a


64



commuted value if those payments are being made under Annuity Option A (payments for a certain period). Refer to Appendix C for an explanation of the commuted value calculation. You may not surrender variable income payments if those payments are being made under Annuity Option B (life income with or without a certain period).

A surrender charge will apply if you fully or partially surrender variable income payments within 7 years after our receipt of any Purchase Payment. In this case, the surrender charge will be determined as described in the "Charges and Deductions, Surrender Charge" section of this prospectus, but without regard to any penalty-free withdrawal amount that may have otherwise been available.

Annuity Units.

On the Annuity Commencement Date, we will apply the Annuity Value you have allocated to variable income payments (less applicable charges and premium taxes) to the variable Annuity Option you have selected. Using an interest assumption of 5%, we will determine the dollar amount that would equal a variable income payment if a payment were made on that date. (No payment is actually made on that date.) We will then allocate that dollar amount among the Sub-Accounts you selected to support your variable income payments, and we will determine the number of Annuity Units in each of those Sub-Accounts that is credited to your Contract. We will make this determination based on the Annuity Unit values established at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the Annuity Commencement Date. If the Annuity Commencement Date is a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed, we will determine the number of Annuity Units on the next day the New York Stock Exchange is open. The number of Annuity Units attributable to each Sub-Account under a Contract generally remains constant unless there is an exchange of Annuity Units between Sub-Accounts.

Determining the Amount of Variable Income Payments.

We will determine the amount of your variable income payment no earlier than five Valuation Days before the date on which a payment is due, using values established at the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange that day.

We determine the dollar amount of each variable income payment attributable to each Sub-Account by multiplying the number of Annuity Units of that Sub-Account credited to your Contract by the Annuity Unit value (described below) for that Sub-Account on the Valuation Period during which the payment is determined. The dollar value of each variable income payment is the sum of the variable income payments attributable to each Sub-Account.

The Annuity Unit value of each Sub-Account for any Valuation Period is equal to (a) multiplied by (b) divided by (c) where:

(a)  is the net investment factor for the Valuation Period for which the Annuity Unit value is being calculated;

(b)  is the Annuity Unit value for the preceding Valuation Period; and

(c)  is a daily Assumed Investment Return (AIR) factor adjusted for the number of days in the Valuation Period.

The AIR is equal to 5%.

If the net investment return of the Sub-Account for a variable income payment period is equal to the AIR during that period, the variable income payment attributable to that Sub-Account for that period will equal the payment for the prior period. To the extent that such net investment return exceeds the AIR for that period, the payment for that period will be greater than the payment for the prior period; to the extent that such net investment return falls short of the AIR for that period, the payment for that period will be less than the payment for the prior period.

Refer to Appendix C for an explanation of the variable income payment calculation.


65



Exchange of Annuity Units.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, you may exchange the dollar amount of a designated number of Annuity Units of a particular Sub-Account for an equivalent dollar amount of Annuity Units of another Sub-Account. On the date of the exchange, the dollar amount of a variable income payment generated from the Annuity Units of either Sub-Account would be the same. We allow only one exchange between Sub-Accounts in any calendar month, and allow no exchanges between the Guaranteed Account and the Variable Account.

Annuity Options.

You may select an Annuity Option, or change your selection by Written Notice that Protective Life receives no later than 30 days before the Annuity Commencement Date. You may not change your selection of an Annuity Option less than 30 days before the Annuity Commencement Date. We will send you a notice in advance of your Annuity Commencement Date which asks you to select your Annuity Option. If you have not selected an Annuity Option within 30 days of the Annuity Commencement Date, we will apply your Annuity Value to Option B — Life Income with Payments for a 10 Year Certain Period, with the Variable Account value used to purchase variable income payments and the Guaranteed Account value used to purchase fixed income payments.

You may select from among the following Annuity Options:

Option A — Payments For a Certain Period:

We will make payments for the period you select. No certain period may be longer than 30 years. Payments under this Annuity Option do not depend on the life of an Annuitant.

Option B — Life Income With Or Without A Certain Period:

Payments are based on the life of the named Annuitant(s). If you elect to include a certain period, we will make payments for the lifetime of the Annuitant(s), with payments guaranteed for the certain period you select. No certain period may be longer than 30 years. Payments stop at the end of the selected certain period or when the Annuitant(s) dies, whichever is later. We reserve the right to demand proof that the Annuitant(s) is living prior to making any payment under Option B. If no certain period is selected, payments will stop upon the death of the Annuitant(s), no matter how few or how many payments have been made.

Additional Option:

You may use the Annuity Value to purchase any annuity contract that we offer on the date you elect this option.

Minimum Amounts

If your Annuity Value is less than $5,000 on the Annuity Commencement Date, we reserve the right to pay the Annuity Value in one lump sum. If at any time your annuity income payments are less than the minimum payment amount according to the Company's rules then in effect, we reserve the right to change the frequency to an interval that will result in a payment at least equal to the minimum.

Death of Annuitant or Owner After Annuity Commencement Date

In the event of the death of any Owner on or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Beneficiary will become the new Owner. If any Owner or Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Commencement Date and before all benefits under the Annuity Option you selected have been paid, we will pay any remaining portion of such benefits at least as rapidly as under the Annuity Option in effect when the Owner or Annuitant died. After the death of the Annuitant, any remaining payments shall be payable to the Beneficiary unless you specified otherwise before the Annuitant's death.


66



YIELDS AND TOTAL RETURNS

From time to time, Protective Life may advertise or include in sales literature yields, effective yields, and total returns for the Sub-Accounts. These figures are based on historic results and do not indicate or project future performance.

Yields, effective yields, and total returns for the Sub-Accounts are based on the investment performance of the corresponding Funds. The Funds' performance also reflects the Funds' expenses, including any 12b-1 fees. Certain of the expenses of each Fund may be reimbursed by the investment manager. (See the Prospectuses for the Funds.)

Yields

The yield of the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified seven-day period. The yield is calculated by assuming that the income generated for that seven-day period is generated each seven day period over a 52 week period and is shown as a percentage of the investment. The effective yield is calculated similarly but when annualized the income earned by an investment in the Sub-Account is assumed to be reinvested. The effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.

The yield of a Sub-Account (except the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account) refers to the annualized income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a specified 30 day or one-month period. The yield is calculated by assuming that the income generated by the investment during that 30 day or one month period is generated each period over a 12 month period and is shown as a percentage of the investment.

Total Returns

The total return of a Sub-Account refers to return quotations assuming an investment under a Contract has been held in the Sub-Account for various periods of time including a period measured from the date the Sub-Account commenced operations. Average annual total return refers to total return quotations that are based on an average return over various periods of time.

Certain Funds have been in existence prior to the investment by the Sub-Accounts in such Funds. Protective Life may advertise and include in sales literature the performance of the Sub-Accounts that invest in these Funds for these prior periods. The performance information of any period prior to the investments by the Sub-Accounts is calculated as if the Sub-Accounts had invested in those Funds during those periods, using current charges and expenses associated with the Contract.

Standardized Average Annual Total Returns

The average annual total return quotations represent the average annual compounded rates of return that would equate an initial investment of $1,000 under a Contract to the redemption value of that investment as of the last day of each of the periods for which the quotations are provided. Average annual total return information shows the average percentage change in the value of an investment in the Sub-Account from the beginning date of the measuring period to the end of that period. This standardized version of average annual total return reflects all historical investment results, less all charges and deductions applied under the Contract and any surrender charges that would apply if you terminated the Contract at the end of each indicated period, but excluding any deductions for premium taxes.

When a Sub-Account has been in operation prior to the commencement of the offering of the Contract described in this prospectus, Protective Life may advertise and include in sales literature the performance of the Sub-Accounts for these prior periods. The Sub-Account performance information of any period prior to the commencement of the offering of the Contract is calculated as if the Contract had been offered during those periods, using current charges and expenses.


67



Until a Sub-Account (other than the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account) has been in operation for 10 years, Protective Life will always include quotes of standard average annual total return for the period measured from the date that Sub-Account began operations. When a Sub-Account (other than the Oppenheimer Money Fund Sub-Account) has been in operation for one, five and ten years, respectively, the standard version average annual total return for these periods will be provided.

Non-Standard Average Annual Total Returns

In addition to the standard version of average annual total return described above, total return performance information computed on non-standard bases may be used in advertisements or sales literature. Non-standard average annual total return information may be presented, computed on the same basis as the standard version except deductions may not include the surrender charges or the contract maintenance fee. In addition, Protective Life may from time to time disclose average annual total return in other non-standard formats and cumulative total return for Contracts funded by the Sub-Accounts.

Protective Life may, from time to time, also disclose yield, standard average annual total returns, and non-standard total returns for the Funds.

Non-standard performance data will only be disclosed if the standard performance data for the periods described in "Standardized Average Annual Total Returns," above, is also disclosed.

Performance Comparisons

Protective Life may, from time to time, advertise or include in sales literature Sub-Account performance relative to certain performance rankings and indices compiled by independent organizations. In advertising and sales literature, the performance of each Sub-Account may be compared to the performance of other variable annuity issuers in general or to the performance of particular types of variable annuities investing in mutual funds, or investment portfolios of mutual funds with investment objectives similar to each of the Sub-Accounts. Lipper Analytical Services, Inc. ("Lipper"), the Variable Annuity Research Data Service ("VARDS"), and Morningstar Inc. ("Morningstar") are independent services which monitor and rank the performance of variable annuity issuers in each of the major categories of investment objectives on an industry-wide basis.

Lipper and Morningstar rankings include variable life insurance issuers as well as variable annuity issuers. VARDS rankings compare only variable annuity issuers. The performance analyses prepared by Lipper, Morningstar and VARDS each rank such issuers on the basis of total return, assuming reinvestment of distributions, but do not take sales charges, redemption fees, or certain expense deductions at the separate account level into consideration. In addition, VARDS prepares risk adjusted rankings, which consider the effects of market risk on total return performance. This type of ranking provides data as to which funds provide the highest total return within various categories of funds defined by the degree of risk inherent in their investment objectives.

Advertising and sales literature may also compare the performance of each Sub-Account to the Standard & Poor's Index of 500 Common Stocks, a widely used measure of stock performance. This unmanaged index assumes the reinvestment of dividends but does not reflect any "deduction" for the expense of operating or managing an investment portfolio. Other independent ranking services and indices may also be used as a source of performance comparison.

Other Matters

Protective Life may also report other information including the effect of tax-deferred compounding on a Sub-Account's investment returns, or returns in general, which may be illustrated by tables, graphs, or charts.

All income and capital gains derived from Sub-Account investments are reinvested and can lead to substantial long-term accumulation of assets, provided that the underlying Fund's investment experience is positive.


68



FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

Introduction

The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the Contract is not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations, and is not intended as tax advice. The federal income tax treatment of the Contract is unclear in certain circumstances, and you should always consult a qualified tax adviser regarding the application of law to individual circumstances. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Department regulations, and interpretations existing on the date of this Prospectus. These authorities, however, are subject to change by Congress, the Treasury Department, and judicial decisions.

This discussion does not address state or local tax consequences associated with the purchase of the Contract. In addition, Protective Life makes no guarantee regarding any tax treatment — federal, state or local — of any Contract or of any transaction involving a Contract.

The Company's Tax Status

Protective Life is taxed as a life insurance company under the Code. Since the operations of the Variable Account are a part of, and are taxed with, the operations of the Company, the Variable Account is not separately taxed as a "regulated investment company" under the Code. Under existing federal income tax laws, investment income and capital gains of the Variable Account are not taxed to the extent they are applied under a Contract. Protective Life does not anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability attributable to such income and gains of the Variable Account, and therefore does not intend to make provision for any such taxes. If Protective Life is taxed on investment income or capital gains of the Variable Account, then Protective Life may impose a charge against the Variable Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period

Under existing provisions of the Code, except as described below, any increase in an Owner's Contract Value is generally not taxable to the Owner until received, either in the form of annuity payments as contemplated by the Contracts, or in some other form of distribution. However, this rule applies only if:

(1)  the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified" in accordance with Treasury Department regulations;

(2)  the Company, rather than the Owner, is considered the owner of the assets of the Variable Account for federal income tax purposes; and

(3)  the Owner is an individual (or an individual is treated as the Owner for tax purposes).

Diversification Requirements.

The Code and Treasury Department regulations prescribe the manner in which the investments of a segregated asset account, such as the Variable Account, are to be "adequately diversified." If the Variable Account fails to comply with these diversification standards, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes and the Owner would generally be taxable currently on the excess of the Contact Value over the premiums paid for the Contract. Protective Life expects that the Variable Account, through the Funds, will comply with the diversification requirements prescribed by the Code and Treasury Department regulations.

Ownership Treatment.

In certain circumstances, variable annuity contract owners may be considered the owners, for federal income tax purposes, of the assets of a segregated asset account, such as the Variable Account, used to support their contracts. In those circumstances, income and gains from the segregated asset account would be currently includable


69



in the contract owners' gross income. The Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the owner of the assets of a segregated asset account if the owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets.

The ownership rights under the Contract are similar to, but differ in certain respects from, the ownership rights described in certain IRS rulings where it was determined that contract owners were not owners of the assets of a segregated asset account (and thus not currently taxable on the income and gains). For example, the Owner of this Contract has the choice of more investment options to which to allocate purchase payments and Variable Account values than were addressed in such rulings. These differences could result in the Owner being treated as the owner of the assets of the Variable Account and thus subject to current taxation on the income and gains from those assets. In addition, the Company does not know what standards will be set forth in any further regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department or IRS may issue. Protective Life therefore reserves the right to modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent Contract Owners from being considered the owners of the assets of the Variable Account. However, there is no assurance such efforts would be successful.

Nonnatural Owner.

As a general rule, Contracts held by "nonnatural persons" such as a corporation, trust or other similar entity, as opposed to a natural person, are not treated as annuity contracts for federal tax purposes. The income on such Contracts (as defined in the tax law) is taxed as ordinary income that is received or accrued by the Owner of the Contract during the taxable year. There are several exceptions to this general rule for nonnatural Owners. First, Contracts will generally be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other entity which holds the Contract as an agent for a natural person. Thus, if a group Contract is held by a trust or other entity as an agent for certificate owners who are individuals, those individuals should be treated as owning an annuity for federal income tax purposes. However, this special exception will not apply in the case of any employer who is the nominal owner of a Contract under a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement for its employees.

In addition, exceptions to the general rule for nonnatural Owners will apply with respect to:

(1)  Contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of the decedent;

(2)  certain Qualified Contracts;

(3)  Contracts purchased by employers upon the termination of certain Qualified Plans;

(4)  certain Contracts used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and

(5)  Contracts purchased with a single purchase payment when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of the Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.

Delayed Annuity Commencement Dates.

If the Contract's Annuity Commencement Date occurs (or is scheduled to occur) at a time when the Annuitant has reached an advanced age (e.g ., past age 85), it is possible that the Contract would not be treated as an annuity for federal income tax purposes. In that event, the income and gains under the Contract could be currently includable in the Owner's income.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Contract will be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes.

Taxation of Partial and Full Surrenders

In the case of a partial surrender, amounts you receive are generally includable in income to the extent your Contract Value before the surrender exceeds your "investment in the contract." All amounts includable in income with respect to the Contract are taxed as ordinary income; no amounts are taxed at the special lower rates applicable to long term capital gains and corporate dividends. Amounts received under a partial automatic withdrawal plan are treated as partial surrenders. In the case of a full surrender, amounts received are includable


70



in income to the extent they exceed the "investment in the contract." For these purposes, the investment in the contract at any time equals the total of the Purchase Payments made under the Contract to that time (to the extent such payments were neither deductible when made nor excludable from income as, for example, in the case of certain contributions to Qualified Contracts) less any amounts previously received from the Contract which were not includable in income.

Partial and full surrenders may be subject to a 10% penalty tax. (See "Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions.") Partial and full surrenders may also be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "Federal Income Tax Withholding.") In addition, in the case of partial and full surrenders from certain Qualified Contracts, mandatory withholding requirements may apply, unless a "direct rollover" of the amount surrendered is made. (See "Direct Rollovers.")

As described elsewhere in this prospectus, the Company assesses a fee with respect to the Maximum Anniversary Value death benefit. The fee is assessed as a fee based on the Net Amount at Risk ("ValuPay Fee") or a death benefit-based fee ("CoverPay Fee"). The Company also assesses a fee for determining whether it will allow an increased amount of SecurePay withdrawals for certain medical conditions. It is possible that these fees (or some portion thereof) could be treated for federal tax purposes as a partial surrender from the Contract.

Taxation of Annuity Payments

Normally, the portion of each annuity income payment taxable as ordinary income equals the excess of the payment over the exclusion amount. In the case of variable income payments, the exclusion amount is the "investment in the contract" (defined above) you allocate to the variable Annuity Option when payments begin, adjusted for any period certain or refund feature, divided by the number of payments expected (as determined by Treasury Department regulations which take into account the Annuitant's life expectancy and the form of annuity benefit selected). In the case of fixed income payments, the exclusion amount is determined by multiplying (1) the payment by (2) the ratio of the investment in the contract you allocate to the fixed Annuity Option, adjusted for any period certain or refund feature, to the total expected amount of annuity income payments for the term of the Contract (determined under Treasury Department regulations).

Once the total amount of the investment in the contract is excluded using the above formulas, annuity income payments will be fully taxable. If annuity income payments cease because of the death of the Annuitant and before the total amount of the investment in the contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will be allowed as a deduction.

There may be special income tax issues present in situations where the Owner and the Annuitant are not the same person and are not married to one another within the meaning of family law. You should consult a tax adviser in those situations.

Annuity income payments may be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "Federal Income Tax Withholding.") In addition, in the case of annuity income payments from certain Qualified Plans, mandatory withholding requirements may apply, unless a "direct rollover" of such annuity payments is made. (See "Direct Rollovers.")

Tax Consequences of SecurePay Rider

Withdrawals, pledges, or gifts. In general, SecurePay Withdrawals are treated for tax purposes as partial surrenders. As described elsewhere, in the case of a partial surrender, an assignment or pledge of any portion of a Contract, or a transfer of the Contract without adequate consideration, the Owner will be required to include in income an amount determined by reference to the excess of his or her Contract Value over the "investment in the contract" at the time of the transaction. If you purchase the SecurePay rider, the IRS may determine that the income in connection with such transactions should be determined by reference to the excess of the greater of the AWA or the Contract Value over the "investment in the contract." In addition, if you purchased the SecurePay rider prior to May 1, 2009 and you selected the SecurePay GMAB, the IRS may determine that the income in connection with such transactions should be determined by reference to the excess of the greatest of the Contract Value, the GMAB Guaranteed Amount and the AWA over the "investment in the contract."


71



Annuity Payments. If the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95 th birthday occurs while the SecurePay rider is in effect, and we provide monthly payments equal to the greater of (1) the AWA divided by 12, and (2) payments under a life annuity with a 10 year certain period, we will treat such monthly payments as annuity income payments. Also, if the Contract Value is reduced to zero due to the deduction of fees and charges or a SecurePay Withdrawal, we will treat periodic payments made on or after the Annuity Commencement Date established under the SecurePay settlement as annuity income payments. As described above, annuity income payments are includable in gross income to the extent they exceed the exclusion amount. Once the total amount of the investment in the contract is excluded from income, annuity income payments will be fully taxable. It is possible that the total amount of the investment in the contract will be excluded from income as a result of partial surrenders taken prior to the Annuity Commencement Date established under the SecurePay settlement, in which case all payments made on or after that date will be fully includable in income.

Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds

Prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we may distribute amounts from a Contract because of the death of an Owner or, in certain circumstances, the death of the Annuitant. Such death benefit proceeds are includable in income as follows:

(1)  if distributed in a lump sum, they are taxed in the same manner as a full surrender, as described above; or

(2)  if distributed under an Annuity Option, they are taxed in the same manner as annuity income payments, as described above.

After the Annuity Commencement Date, if a guaranteed period exists under an Annuity Option and the Annuitant dies before the end of that period, payments we make to the Beneficiary for the remainder of that period are includable in income as follows:

(1)  if received in a lump sum, they are included in income to the extent that they exceed the unrecovered investment in the contract at that time; or

(2)  if distributed in accordance with the existing Annuity Option selected, they are fully excluded from income until the remaining investment in the contract is deemed to be recovered, and all annuity income payments thereafter are fully includable in income.

Proceeds payable on death may be subject to federal income tax withholding requirements. (See "Federal Income Tax Withholding.") In addition, in the case of such proceeds from certain Qualified Contracts, mandatory withholding requirements may apply, unless a "direct rollover" of such proceeds is made. (See "Direct Rollovers.")

Assignments, Pledges, and Gratuitous Transfers

Other than in the case of Qualified Contracts (which generally cannot be assigned or pledged), any assignment or pledge of (or agreement to assign or pledge) any portion of the Contract Value is treated for federal income tax purposes as a surrender of such amount or portion. The investment in the contract is increased by the amount includable as income with respect to such assignment or pledge, though it is not affected by any other aspect of the assignment or pledge (including its release). If an Owner transfers a Contract without adequate consideration to a person other than the Owner's spouse (or to a former spouse incident to divorce), the Owner will be required to include in income the difference between his or her Contract Value and the investment in the contract at the time of transfer. In such case, the transferee's "investment in the contract" will increase to reflect the increase in the transferor's income.

Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions

Where we have not issued the Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan, there generally is a 10% penalty tax on the amount of any payment from the Contract that is includable in income unless the payment is:

(a)  received on or after the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 ;

(b)  attributable to the Owner's becoming disabled (as defined in the tax law);


72



(c)  made on or after the death of the Owner or, if the Owner is not an individual, on or after the death of the primary annuitant (as defined in the tax law);

(d)  made as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and a designated beneficiary (as defined in the tax law); or

(e)  made under a Contract purchased with a single Purchase Payment when the annuity starting date is no later than a year from purchase of the Contract and substantially equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the annuity period.

Certain other exceptions to the 10% penalty tax not described herein also may apply. (Similar rules, discussed below, apply in the case of certain Qualified Contracts.)

Aggregation of Contracts

In certain circumstances, the IRS may determine the amount of an annuity income payment or a surrender from a Contract that is includable in income by combining some or all of the annuity contracts a person owns that were not issued in connection with Qualified Plans. For example, if a person purchases a Contract offered by this Prospectus and also purchases at approximately the same time an immediate annuity issued by Protective Life, the IRS may treat the two contracts as one contract. In addition, if a person purchases two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, all such contracts will be treated as one contract for purposes of determining whether any payment that was not received as an annuity (including surrenders prior to the Annuity Commencement Date) is includable in income. The effects of such aggregation are not always clear; however, it could affect the amount of a surrender or an annuity payment that is taxable and the amount which might be subject to the 10% penalty tax described above.

Exchanges of Annuity Contracts

We may issue the Contract in exchange for all or part of another annuity contract that you own. Such an exchange will be tax free if certain requirements are satisfied. If you exchange all of another annuity contract and the exchange is tax free, your investment in the Contract immediately after the exchange will generally be the same as that of the annuity contract exchanged, increased by any additional Purchase Payment made as part of the exchange. Your Contract Value immediately after the exchange may exceed your investment in the Contract. That excess may be includable in income should amounts subsequently be withdrawn or distributed from the Contract ( e.g ., as a partial surrender, full surrender, annuity income payment, or death benefit).

If you exchange part of an existing contract for the Contract, and within 12 months of the exchange you receive a payment ( e.g ., you make a withdrawal) from either contract, the exchange may not be treated as a tax free exchange. Rather, the exchange may be treated as if you had made a partial surrender from the existing contract and then purchased the Contract. In these circumstances, some or all of the amount exchanged into the Contract could be includible in your income and subject to a 10% penalty tax. There are various circumstances in which a partial exchange followed by receipt of a payment within 12 months of the exchange is unlikely to affect the tax free treatment of the exchange.

You should consult your tax advisor in connection with an exchange of all or part of an annuity contract for the Contract, especially if you may make a withdrawal from either contract within 12 months after the exchange.

Loss of Interest Deduction Where Contract Is Held By or For the Benefit of Certain Nonnatural Persons

In the case of Contracts issued after June 8, 1997, to a nonnatural taxpayer (such as a corporation or a trust), or held for the benefit of such an entity, a portion of otherwise deductible interest may not be deductible by the entity, regardless of whether the interest relates to debt used to purchase or carry the Contract. However, this interest deduction disallowance does not affect Contracts where the income on such Contracts is treated as ordinary income that the Owner received or accrued during the taxable year. Entities that are considering purchasing the Contract, or entities that will be Beneficiaries under a Contract, should consult a tax adviser.


73



QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLANS

In General

The Contracts are also designed for use in connection with certain types of retirement plans which receive favorable treatment under the Code. Those who are considering the purchase of a Contract for use in connection with a Qualified Plan should consider, in evaluating the suitability of the Contract, that the Contract requires a minimum initial Purchase Payment of at least $25,000. Numerous special tax rules apply to the participants in Qualified Plans and to Contracts used in connection with Qualified Plans. Therefore, we make no attempt in this prospectus to provide more than general information about use of the Contract with the various types of Qualified Plans. State income tax rules applicable to Qualified Plans and Qualified Contracts often differ from federal income tax rules, and this prospectus does not describe any of these differences. Those who intend to use the Contract in connection with Qualified Plans should seek competent advice.

The tax rules applicable to Qualified Plans vary according to the type of plan and the terms and conditions of the plan itself. For example, for full surrenders, partial automatic withdrawals, partial surrenders, and annuity income payments under Qualified Contracts, there may be no "investment in the contract" and the total amount received may be taxable. Both the amount of the contribution that you and/or your employer may make, and the tax deduction or exclusion that you and/or your employer may claim for such contribution, are limited under Qualified Plans.

If you use this Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan, the Owner and Annuitant generally must be the same individual and generally may not be changed. Additionally, for Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"), the spouse or former spouse of the Owner will have rights in the Contract. In such a case, the Owner may need the consent of the spouse or former spouse to change annuity options, to elect a partial automatic withdrawal option, or to make a partial or full surrender of the Contract.

In the case of Qualified Contracts, special rules apply to the time at which distributions must commence and the form in which the distributions must be paid. For example, the length of any guarantee period may be limited in some circumstances to satisfy certain minimum distribution requirements under the Code. Furthermore, failure to comply with minimum distribution requirements applicable to Qualified Plans will result in the imposition of an excise tax. This excise tax generally equals 50% of the amount by which a minimum required distribution exceeds the actual distribution from the Qualified Plan. In the case of Individual Retirement Accounts or Annuities (IRAs), distributions of minimum amounts (as specified in the tax law) must generally commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Owner attains age 70 1 / 2 . In the case of certain other Qualified Plans, distributions of such minimum amounts must generally commence by the later of this date or April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the employee retires. The death benefit under your Contract, the PayStream Plus annuitization benefit, the benefits under the SecurePay rider, and certain other benefits that the IRS may characterize as "other benefits" for purposes of the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9), may increase the amount of the minimum required distribution that must be taken from your Contract. The foregoing requirements have been modified in some cases for calendar year 2009. Please consult your tax advisor.

There may be a 10% penalty tax on the taxable amount of payments from certain Qualified Contracts. There are exceptions to this penalty tax which vary depending on the type of Qualified Plan. In the case of an IRA, exceptions provide that the penalty tax does not apply to a payment:

(a)  received on or after the date the Owner reaches age 59 1 / 2 ;

(b)  received on or after the Owner's death or because of the Owner's disability (as defined in the tax law); or

(c)  made as part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and his designated beneficiary (as defined in the tax law).

These exceptions, as well as certain others not described herein, generally apply to taxable distributions from other Qualified Plans (although, in the case of plans qualified under sections 401 and 403, exception "c" above


74



for substantially equal periodic payments applies only if the Owner has separated from service). In addition, the penalty tax does not apply to certain distributions from IRAs which are used for qualified first time home purchases or for higher education expenses. You must meet special conditions to be eligible for these two exceptions to the penalty tax. Those wishing to take a distribution from an IRA for these purposes should consult their tax adviser.

When issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, we will amend a Contract as generally necessary to conform to the requirements of the plan. However, Owners, Annuitants, and Beneficiaries are cautioned that the rights of any person to any benefits under Qualified Plans may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plans themselves, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contract. In addition, the Company shall not be bound by terms and conditions of Qualified Plans to the extent such terms and conditions contradict the Contract, unless the Company consents.

Following are brief descriptions of various types of Qualified Plans in connection with which the Company may issue a Contract.

Individual Retirement Accounts and Annuities.

Section 408 of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an IRA. IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed and deducted, the persons who may be eligible and on the time when distributions must commence. Also, subject to the direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements (discussed below), you may "roll over" distributions from certain Qualified Plans on a tax-deferred basis into an IRA.

However, you may not use the Contract in connection with a "Coverdell Education Savings Account" (formerly known as an "Education IRA") under Section 530 of the Code, a "Simplified Employee Pension" under Section 408(k) of the Code, or a "Simple IRA" under Section 408(p) of the Code.

Roth IRAs.

Section 408A of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to a type of IRA known as a "Roth IRA." Roth IRAs are generally subject to the same rules as non-Roth IRAs, but differ in several respects. Among the differences is that, although contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible, "qualified distributions" from a Roth IRA will be excludable from income.

A qualified distribution is a distribution that satisfies two requirements. First, the distribution must be made in a taxable year that is at least five years after the first taxable year for which a contribution to any Roth IRA established for the Owner was made. Second, the distribution must be either (1) made after the Owner attains the age of 59 1 / 2 ; (2) made after the Owner's death; (3) attributable to the Owner being disabled; or (4) a qualified first-time homebuyer distribution within the meaning of Section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Code. In addition, distributions from Roth IRAs need not commence when the Owner attains age 70 1 / 2 . A Roth IRA may accept a "qualified rollover contribution" from a (1) non-Roth IRA, (2) a "designated Roth account" maintained under a Qualified Plan, and (3) certain Qualified Plans of eligible individuals. Special rules apply to rollovers from Qualified Plans and from designated Roth accounts under Qualified Plans. You should seek competent advice before making such a rollover.

Corporate and Self-Employed ("H.R. 10" and "Keogh") Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans.

Sections 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate employers to establish various types of tax-favored retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed Individuals' Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as "H.R. 10" or "Keogh," permits self-employed individuals also to establish such tax-favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such retirement plans may permit the purchase of the Contract in order to provide benefits under the plans.

Corporate and self-employed pension and profit sharing plans are also subject to nondiscrimination rules. The nondiscrimination rules generally require that benefits, rights or features of the plan not discriminate in favor


75



of highly compensated employees. In evaluating whether the Contract is suitable for purchase in connection with such a plan, you should consider the effect of the minimum initial Purchase Payment of at least $25,000 on the plan's compliance with applicable nondiscrimination requirements. Violation of these rules can cause loss of the plan's tax favored status under the Code. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.

Section 403(b) Annuity Contracts.

Protective Life no longer issues Contracts under Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code ( i.e ., tax sheltered annuities or "TSAs"). In addition, Protective no longer accepts additional premiums into existing TSAs without prior approval from the Company. Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school employees and employees of certain types of charitable, educational and scientific organizations specified in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code to have their employers purchase annuity contracts for them and, subject to certain limitations, to exclude the amount of purchase payments from gross income for tax purposes. Purchasers of the Contracts for use as a "Section 403(b) annuity contract" should seek competent advice as to eligibility, limitations on permissible amounts of purchase payments and other tax consequences associated with such Contracts.

Section 403(b) annuity contracts contain restrictions on withdrawals of:

  (i)  contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement in years beginning after December 31, 1988;

  (ii)  earnings on those contributions; and

  (iii)  earnings after December 31, 1988, on amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions held as of December 31, 1988.

These amounts can be paid only if the employee has reached age 59 1 / 2 , had a severance from employment, died, has become disabled, in the case of hardship, or if the amount is a qualified reservist distribution under Section 72(t)(2)(G) of the Code. Amounts permitted to be distributed in the event of hardship are limited to actual contributions; earnings thereon can not be distributed on account of hardship. In addition, in the case of contracts issued on or after January 1, 2009, a Section 403(b) contract is permitted to distribute retirement benefits (other than those attributable to salary reduction contributions) to a participant no earlier than upon the earlier of the participant's severance from employment or upon the prior occurrence of some event, such as after a fixed number of years, the attainment of a stated age, or disability. (These limitations on withdrawals and distributions do not apply to the extent the Company is directed to transfer or exchange some or all of the Contract Value to the issuer of another Section 403(b) annuity contract or into a Section 403(b)(7) custodial account.)

Section 403(b) plans are subject to nondiscrimination rules. The nondiscrimination rules generally require that benefits, rights or features of the plan not discriminate in favor of highly compensated employees. In evaluating whether the Contract is suitable for purchase in connection with a tax sheltered annuity plan, you should consider the effect of the minimum initial Purchase Payment of at least $25,000 on the plan's compliance with applicable nondiscrimination requirements. Violation of these rules can cause loss of the plan's tax favored status under the Code. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent advice.

Income tax regulations impose a written plan requirement and certain information sharing requirements on Section 403(b) contracts (including Section 403(b) annuity contracts and Section 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, subject to certain conditions). In particular, a rollover to a Section 403(b) contract from an eligible retirement plan, a transfer to a Section 403(b) plan from another Section 403(b) plan, and the exchange of a Section 403(b) contract for another Section 403(b) contract under the same Section 403(b) plan must be permitted under the Section 403(b) plan pursuant to which the contract is maintained. In addition, the issuer of the Section 403(b) contract and the employer maintaining the Section 403(b) plan generally must agree to provide each other, from time to time, with information necessary for the Section 403(b) contract, or any other contract to which contributions have been made by the employer, to satisfy Section 403(b) and other tax requirements. If these requirements are not met, there may be adverse tax consequences to the Contract Owner, including current taxation of amounts that would otherwise be tax deferred.


76



In light of the limitations in the income tax regulations, the Company generally will not accept rollovers, transfers, or exchanges into a Section 403(b) annuity contract, absent satisfaction of the written plan and information sharing requirements. If you wish to make a rollover, transfer, or exchange from your Section 403(b) annuity contract with the Company to another Section 403(b) contract, you should consider that the recipient contract will fail to qualify as a Section 403(b) contract, if the requirements applicable to Section 403(b) contracts, including the written plan and information sharing requirements, are not satisfied. Before making a rollover, transfer, or exchange to another Section 403(b) contract, you should consult your tax adviser about the tax consequences to you in the event that the written plan and information sharing requirements are not satisfied.

Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations.

Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred compensation plan. Generally, a Contract purchased by a state or local government or a tax-exempt organization will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal income tax purposes. The Contract will be issued in connection with a Section 457 deferred compensation plan sponsored by a state or local government only if the plan has established a trust to hold plan assets, including the Contract.

Direct Rollovers

If your Contract is used in connection with a pension, profit-sharing, or annuity plan qualified under Sections 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, is a Section 403(b) annuity contract, or is used with an eligible deferred compensation plan that has a government sponsor and that is qualified under Section 457(b) of the Code, any "eligible rollover distribution" from the Contract will be subject to direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements. An eligible rollover distribution generally is any taxable distribution from a qualified pension plan under Section 401(a) of the Code, qualified annuity plan under Section 403(a) of the Code, Section 403(b) annuity contract or custodial account, or an eligible Section 457(b) deferred compensation plan that has a government sponsor, excluding certain amounts (such as minimum distributions required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, distributions which are part of a "series of substantially equal periodic payments" made for life or a specified period of 10 years or more, or hardship distributions as defined in the tax law).

Under these requirements, federal income tax equal to 20% of the eligible rollover distribution will be withheld from the amount of the distribution. Unlike withholding on certain other amounts distributed from the Contract, discussed below, you cannot elect out of withholding with respect to an eligible rollover distribution. However, this 20% withholding will not apply if, instead of receiving the eligible rollover distribution, you elect to have it directly transferred to certain Qualified Plans (such as an IRA). Prior to receiving an eligible rollover distribution, you will receive a notice (from the plan administrator or the Company) explaining generally the direct rollover and mandatory withholding requirements and how to avoid the 20% withholding by electing a direct transfer.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Protective Life will withhold and remit to the federal government a part of the taxable portion of each distribution made under a Contract unless the distributee notifies Protective Life at or before the time of the distribution that he or she elects not to have any amounts withheld. In certain circumstances, Protective Life may be required to withhold tax. The withholding rates applicable to the taxable portion of periodic annuity payments (other than eligible rollover distributions) are the same as the withholding rates generally applicable to payments of wages. In addition, a 10% withholding rate applies to the taxable portion of non-periodic payments (including surrenders prior to the Annuity Commencement Date) and conversions of, or rollovers from, non-Roth IRAs and Qualified Plans to Roth IRAs. Regardless of whether you elect not to have federal income tax withheld, you are still liable for payment of federal income tax on the taxable portion of the payment. As discussed above, the withholding rate applicable to eligible rollover distributions is 20%.


77



GENERAL MATTERS

Error in Age or Gender

When a benefit of the Contract is contingent upon any person's age or gender, we may require proof of such. We may suspend payments until we receive proof. When we receive satisfactory proof, we will make the payments which were due during the period of suspension. Where the use of unisex mortality rates is required, we will not determine or adjust benefits based upon gender.

If after we receive proof of age and gender (where applicable), we determine that the information you furnished was not correct, we will adjust any benefit under this Contract to that which would be payable based upon the correct information. If we have underpaid a benefit because of the error, we will make up the underpayment in a lump sum. If the error resulted in an overpayment, we will deduct the amount of the overpayment from any current or future payment due under the Contract. We will deduct up to the full amount of any current or future payment until the overpayment has been fully repaid. Underpayments and overpayments will bear interest at an annual effective interest rate of 3% when permitted by the state of issue.

Incontestability

We will not contest the Contract.

Non-Participation

The Contract is not eligible for dividends and will not participate in Protective Life's surplus or profits.

Assignment or Transfer of a Contract

You have the right to assign or transfer a Contract if it is permitted by law. Generally, you do not have the right to assign or transfer a Qualified Contract. We do not assume responsibility for any assignment or transfer. Any claim made under an assignment or transfer is subject to proof of the nature and extent of the assignee's or transferee's interest before we make a payment. Assignments and transfers have federal income tax consequences. An assignment or transfer may result in the Owner recognizing taxable income. (See "Taxation of Annuities in General, Assignments, Pledges and Gratuitous Transfers" in the prospectus.)

Notice

All instructions and requests to change or assign the Contract must be in writing in a form acceptable to us, signed by the Owner(s), and received at our administrative office. The instruction, change or assignment will relate back to and take effect on the date it was signed, except we will not be responsible for following any instruction or making any change or assignment before we receive it.

Modification

No one is authorized to modify or waive any term or provision of this Contract unless we agree to the modification or waiver in writing and it is signed by our President, Vice-President or Secretary. We reserve the right to change or modify the provisions of this Contract to conform to any applicable laws, rules or regulations issued by a government agency, or to assure continued qualification of the Contract as an annuity contract under the Code. We will send you a copy of the endorsement that modifies the Contract, and where required we will obtain all necessary approvals, including that of the Owner(s).

Reports

At least annually prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we will send to you at the address contained in our records a report showing the current Contract Value and any other information required by law.


78



Settlement

Benefits due under this Contract are payable from our administrative office. You may apply the settlement proceeds to any payout option we offer for such payments at the time you make the election. Unless directed otherwise in writing, we will make payments according to the Owner's instructions as contained in our records at the time we make the payment. We shall be discharged from all liability for payment to the extent of any payments we make.

Receipt of Payment

If any Owner, Annuitant, Beneficiary or Payee is incapable of giving a valid receipt for any payment, we may make such payment to whomever has legally assumed his or her care and principal support. Any such payment shall fully discharge us to the extent of that payment.

Protection of Proceeds

To the extent permitted by law and except as provided by an assignment, no benefits payable under this Contract will be subject to the claims of creditors.

Minimum Values

The values available under the Contract are at least equal to the minimum values required in the state where the Contract is delivered.

Application of Law

The provisions of the Contract are to be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state where the Contract is delivered, with the Code and with applicable regulations.

No Default

The Contract will not be in default if subsequent Purchase Payments are not made.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACTS

Distribution

We have entered into an agreement with Investment Distributors, Inc. ("IDI") under which IDI has agreed to distribute the Contracts on a "best efforts" basis. Under the agreement, IDI serves as principal underwriter (as defined under Federal securities laws and regulations) for the Contracts. IDI is a Tennessee corporation and was established in 1993. IDI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PLC, is an affiliate of and shares the same address as Protective Life. IDI is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA").

IDI does not sell Contracts directly to purchasers. IDI, together with Protective Life, enters into distribution agreements with other broker-dealers, including ProEquities, Inc., an affiliate of Protective Life and IDI, (collectively, "Selling Broker-Dealers") for the sale of the Contracts. Registered representatives of the Selling Broker-Dealers sell the Contracts directly to purchasers. Registered representatives of the Selling Broker-Dealers must be licensed as insurance agents by applicable state insurance authorities and appointed as agents of Protective Life in order to sell the Contracts.

We pay commissions and additional asset-based compensation to Selling Broker-Dealers through IDI. IDI does not retain any commission payment or other amounts as principal underwriter for the Contracts. However, we may pay some or all of IDI's operating and other expenses.


79



We paid the following aggregate dollar amounts to IDI in commissions and additional asset-based compensation relating to sales of our variable annuity contracts, including the Contracts. IDI did not retain any of these amounts.

Fiscal Year Ended   Amount Paid to IDI  
December 31, 2006   $ 23,814    
December 31, 2007   $ 22,900    
December 31, 2008   $ 50,336    

 

We offer the Contract on a continuous basis. While we anticipate continuing to offer the Contracts, we reserve the right to discontinue the offering at any time.

Selling Broker-Dealers

We pay commissions and may provide some form of non-cash compensation to all Selling Broker-Dealers in connection with the promotion and sale of the Contracts. A portion of any payments made to Selling Broker-Dealers may be passed on to their registered representatives in accordance with their internal compensation programs. We may use any of our corporate assets to pay commissions and other costs of distributing the Contracts, including any profit from the mortality and expense risk charge or other fees and charges imposed under the Contracts. Commissions and other incentives or payments described below are not charged directly to Contract owners or the Variable Account. We intend to recoup commissions and other sales expenses through fees and charges deducted under the Contracts or from our general account.

Compensation Paid to All Selling Broker-Dealers. We pay commissions as a percentage of initial and subsequent Purchase Payments at the time we receive them, as a percentage of Contract Value on an ongoing basis, or a combination of both. While the amount and timing of commissions may vary depending on the distribution agreement, we do not expect them to exceed 8% of any Purchase Payment (if compensation is paid as a percentage of Purchase Payments) and/or 1.0% annually of average Contract Value (if compensation is paid as a percentage of Contract Value). In the normal course of business, we may also provide non-cash compensation in connection with the promotion of the Contracts, including conferences and seminars (including travel, lodging and meals in connection therewith), and items of relatively small value, such as promotional gifts, meals, or tickets to sporting or entertainment events.

The registered representative who sells you the Contract typically receives a portion of the compensation we pay to his or her Selling Broker-Dealer, depending on the agreement between the Selling Broker-Dealer and your registered representative and the Selling Broker-Dealer's internal compensation program. These programs may include other types of cash and non-cash compensation and other benefits. If you would like information about what your registered representative and the Selling Broker-Dealer for whom he or she works may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract, please ask your registered representative.

Additional Compensation Paid to Selected Selling Broker-Dealers. In addition to ordinary commissions and non-cash compensation, we may pay additional asset-based compensation to selected Selling Broker-Dealers. These payments are made through IDI. These payments may be (1) additional amounts as a percentage of purchase payments and/or premiums we receive on our variable insurance products (including the Contracts), and (2) additional "trail" commissions, which are periodic payments as a percentage of the contract and policy values or variable account values of our variable insurance products (including Contract Values and Variable Account values of the Contracts). Some or all of these additional asset-based compensation payments may be conditioned upon the Selling Broker-Dealer producing a specified amount of new purchase payments and/or premiums (including Purchase Payments for the Contracts) and/or maintaining a specified amount of contract and policy value (including Contract Values of the Contracts) with us.

The Selling Broker-Dealers to whom we pay additional asset-based compensation may provide preferential treatment with respect to our products (including the Contracts) in their marketing programs. Preferential treatment of our products by a Selling Broker-Dealer may include any or all of the following: (1) enhanced marketing of our products over non-preferred products; (2) increased access to the Selling Broker-Dealer's registered representatives; and (3) payment of higher compensation to registered representatives for selling our products (including the Contracts) than for selling non-preferred products.


80



In 2008, we paid additional asset-based compensation to the Selling Broker-Dealers Edward Jones, LPL Financial, UBS, and Raymond James in connection with the sale of our variable insurance products (including the Contracts). Some of these payments were substantial.

These additional asset-based compensation arrangements are not offered to all Selling Broker-Dealers. These arrangements are designed to specially encourage the sale of our products (and/or our affiliates' products) by such Selling Broker-Dealers. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional asset-based compensation may provide Selling Broker-Dealers and/or their registered representatives with an incentive to favor sales of our variable insurance products (including the Contracts) over other variable insurance products (or other investments) with respect to which a Selling Broker-Dealer does not receive additional compensation, or receives lower levels of additional compensation. You may wish to take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendation relating to the Contracts. If you would like information about what your registered representative and the Selling Broker-Dealer for whom he or she works may receive in connection with your purchase of a Contract, please ask your registered representative.

We may also pay to selected Selling Broker-Dealers, including those listed above as well as others, additional compensation in the form of (1) payments for participation in meetings and conferences that include presentations about our products (including the Contracts), and (2) payments to help defray the costs of sales conferences and educational seminars for the Selling Broker-Dealers' registered representatives.

Arrangements with Affiliated Selling Broker-Dealer. In addition to the ordinary commissions and non-cash compensation that we pay to all Selling Broker-Dealers, including ProEquities, Inc., we or our parent company, Protective Life Corporation, pay some of the operating and other expenses of ProEquities, Inc., such as paid-in-capital and certain overhead expenses. Additionally, employees of ProEquities, Inc. may be eligible to participate in various employee benefit plans offered by Protective Life Corporation.

Inquiries

You may make inquiries regarding a Contract by writing to Protective Life at its administrative office.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Protective Life and its subsidiaries, like other insurance companies, in the ordinary course of business are involved in some class action and other lawsuits, or alternatively in arbitration. In some class action and other lawsuits involving insurance companies, substantial damages have been sought and material settlement payments have been made. Although the outcome of any litigation or arbitration cannot be predicted, Protective Life believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on IDI's, Protective Life's or the Variable Account's financial position.

VOTING RIGHTS

In accordance with its view of applicable law, Protective Life will vote the Fund shares held in the Variable Account at special shareholder meetings of the Funds in accordance with instructions received from persons having voting interests in the corresponding Sub-Accounts. If, however, the 1940 Act or any regulation thereunder should be amended, or if the present interpretation thereof should change, or Protective Life determines that it is allowed to vote such shares in its own right, it may elect to do so.

The number of votes available to an Owner will be calculated separately for each Sub-Account of the Variable Account, and may include fractional votes. The number of votes attributable to a Sub-Account will be determined by applying an Owner's percentage interest, if any, in a particular Sub-Account to the total number of votes attributable to that Sub-Account. An Owner holds a voting interest in each Sub-Account to which that Owner has allocated Accumulation Units or Annuity Units. Before the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner's percentage interest, if any, will be percentage of the dollar value of Accumulation Units allocated for his or her Contract to the total dollar value of that Sub-Account. On or after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Owner's percentage interest, if any, will be percentage of the dollar value of the liability for future variable


81



income payments to be paid from the Sub-Account to the total dollar value of that Sub-Account. The liability for future payments is calculated on the basis of the mortality assumptions, (if any), the Assumed Investment Return and the Annuity Unit Value of that Sub-Account. Generally, as variable income payments are made to the payee, the liability for future payments decreases as does the number of votes.

The number of votes which are available to the Owner will be determined as of the date coincident with the date established by the Fund for determining shareholders eligible to vote at the relevant meeting of that Fund. Voting instructions will be solicited by written communication prior to such meeting in accordance with procedures established by the Fund.

It is important that each Owner provide voting instructions to Protective Life because shares as to which no timely instructions are received and shares held by Protective Life in a Sub-Account as to which no Owner has a beneficial interest will be voted in proportion to the voting instructions which are received with respect to all Contracts participating in that Sub-Account. As a result, a small number of Owners may control the outcome of a vote. Voting instructions to abstain on any item to be voted upon will be applied to reduce the votes eligible to be cast on that item.

Protective Life will send or make available to each person having a voting interest in a Sub-Account proxy materials, reports, and other material relating to the appropriate Fund.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited statement of assets and liabilities of the Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life as of December 31, 2008 and the related statement of operations for the year then ended and the statements of changes in net assets for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are contained in the Statement of Additional Information.

The statutory financial statements of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related statutory statements of operations, changes in capital and surplus and cash flows for each of the two years then ended as well as the Report of Independent Auditors are contained in the Statement of Additional Information.


82




STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Page  
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS     3    
STATE REGULATION     3    
RECORDS AND REPORTS     3    
LEGAL MATTERS     3    
EXPERTS     3    
OTHER INFORMATION     4    
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     4    

 


83




APPENDIX A
EXAMPLE OF DEATH BENEFIT CALCULATIONS

Assume an Owner is 55 on the Effective Date, 1/1/yy. Assume the following transactions occur prior to the Owner's death and that the Contract Value before the partial surrender on 4/1/(yy+2) is $125,000.

Date   Transaction   Amount  
1 /1/yy   Purchase Payment   $ 100,000    
4 /1/(yy+2)

  Partial Surrender
(including applicable
surrender charges)
   
$ 25,000
   
10 /1(yy+4)   Purchase Payment   $ 80,000    

 

The Contract Values on each Contract Anniversary are shown below. These Contract Values are hypothetical and are solely for the purpose of illustrating death benefit calculations. The Contract Values presented are net of all expenses and charges including Fund expenses and Periodic Charges. This illustration does not reflect historical investment results, nor does it predict or guarantee future investment results. Actual results may be higher or lower.

Anniversary Date   Contract Value  
1 /1(yy+1)   $ 120,000    
1 /1(yy+2)   $ 130,000    
1 /1(yy+3)   $ 105,000    
1 /1(yy+4)   $ 110,000    
1 /1(yy+5)   $ 180,000    

 

Finally, assume the Owner dies on 7/1(yy+5) when the Contract Value is $185,000. Also assume that proof of death was provided immediately, and no premium tax is applicable.

Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit

The Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit is equal to the greater of:

(1)  Contract Value of $185,000 or,

(2)  aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each surrender*, or $180,000 less $20,000 equals $160,000.

The death benefit payable is then $185,000.

*  The adjustment for each partial surrender is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the death benefit at the time of the partial surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. In this example, the $25,000 partial surrender reduces the $125,000 Contract Value on the date of the surrender by 20%. The amount that would reduce the death benefit in the same proportion on the date of the partial surrender is 20% of $100,000 or $20,000.


A-1



Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit

The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is equal to the greater of (1) the Contract Value, (2) the aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each partial surrender (see "Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit," above), or (3) the greatest maximum anniversary value attained. A maximum anniversary value equals the Contract Value on the Contract Anniversary plus all subsequent Purchase Payments minus an adjustment for each subsequent amount surrendered**, as shown below.

Anniversary Date   Anniversary Value  
1 /1/(yy+1)   $120,000 minus $26,000 plus $80,000 equals $174,000  
1 /1/(yy+2)   $130,000 minus $26,000 plus $80,000 equals $184,000  
1 /1/(yy+3)   $105,000 plus $80,000 equals $185,000  
1 /1/(yy+4)   $110,000 plus $80,000 equals $190,000  
1 /1/(yy+5)   $ 180,000  

 

**  The adjustment for each surrender is the amount that reduces the death benefit at the time of the surrender in the same proportion that the amount surrendered reduces the Contract Value. If the Contract Value is lower than the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit at the time of the surrender, the adjustment will be larger than the amount surrendered. In this example, the $25,000 partial surrender reduces the $125,000 Contract Value on the date of the surrender by 20%. The amount that would reduce the Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit in the same proportion on the date of the surrender is 20% of $130,000 or $26,000.

The Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit is equal to the greater of:

(1)  Contract Value of $185,000,

(2)  aggregate Purchase Payments less an adjustment for each surrender (see "Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit," above), or $180,000 less $20,000 equals $160,000.

(3)  the greatest maximum anniversary value attained, or $190,000.

The death benefit payable is then $190,000.


A-2




APPENDIX B
EXAMPLE OF SURRENDER CHARGE CALCULATION

Surrender charges are applied to Contract Value surrendered according to the table below:

Number of Full Years Elapsed
Between the Date Purchase Payment was
Accepted and the Date of Surrender
  Surrender Charge
Percentage
 
  0       7.0 %  
  1       7.0 %  
  2       6.0 %  
  3+       0 %  

 

Assume an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000 is made on the Effective Date, followed 1 year later by a subsequent Purchase Payment of $25,000. On the second Contract Anniversary, assume the Contract Value is $130,000.

During the third Contract Year, when the Contract Value has increased to $135,000, a partial surrender of $10,000 is requested. On the fourth Contract Anniversary, when the contract Value is $145,000, a full surrender is requested. To start, the surrender charge can never exceed 9% of aggregate Purchase Payments, in this case, $11,250.

When the $10,000 partial surrender is requested, $5,000 represents earnings in the Contract and is available free of surrender charges. The remaining surrendered amount of $5,000 is allocated to the initial $100,000 Purchase Payment. Since 2 full years have elapsed since the initial Purchase Payment, a 6.0% surrender charge percentage will apply and the surrender charge is $5,000 times 6.0%, which equals $300.

From the $145,000 full surrender, $25,000 represents earnings in the Contract and is free of surrender charges. The remaining $120,000 is prorated to the Purchase Payments as follows:

•  $95,000 is allocated to the initial Purchase Payment

•  $25,000 is allocated to the subsequent Purchase Payment

Since 3 full years have elapsed since the initial Purchase Payment, a 0.0% surrender charge percentage will apply to $95,000.

Since 2 full years have elapsed since the subsequent Purchase Payment, a 6.0% surrender charge will apply to $25,000.

The total surrender charge upon the full surrender is $1,500.


B-1




APPENDIX C
EXPLANATION OF THE VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENT CALCULATION

Assuming an Annuity Value of $100,000 on the Annuity Commencement Date and annual variable income payments selected under Option A with a 5 year certain period, the dollar amount of the payment determined, but not paid, on the Annuity Commencement Date is calculated using an interest assumption of 5%, as shown below.

There are 5 annual payments scheduled. Assuming an interest rate of 5%, the applied Annuity Value is then assumed to have a balance of $0 after the last payment is made at the end of the 5 th year. The amount of the payment determined on the Annuity Commencement Date is the amount necessary to force this balance to $0.

Date   Interest
Earned
During Year
at 5%
  Annuity
Value
Before
Payment
  Payment
Made
  Annuity
Value
After
Payment
 
Annuity Commencement Date          $ 100,000.00     $ 0.00     $ 100,000.00    
End of 1 st year   $ 5,000.00     $ 105,000.00     $ 23,097.48     $ 81,902.52    
End of 2 nd year   $ 4,095.13     $ 85,997.65     $ 23,097.48     $ 62,900.17    
End of 3 rd year   $ 3,145.01     $ 66,045.17     $ 23,097.48     $ 42,947.69    
End of 4 th year   $ 2,147.38     $ 45,095.08     $ 23,097.48     $ 21,997.60    
End of 5 th year   $ 1,099.88     $ 23,097.48     $ 23,097.48     $ 0.00    

 

Assuming an interest rate of 5%, a payment of $23,097.48 is determined, but not paid, on the Annuity Commencement Date.

The actual variable income payment made at the end of the 1 st year will equal $23,097.48 only if the net investment return during the 1 st year equals 5%. If the net investment return exceeds 5%, then the 1 st payment will exceed $23,097.48. If the net investment return is less than 5%, then the 1 st payment will be less than $23,097.48.

Subsequent variable payments will vary based on the net investment return during the year in which the payment is scheduled to be made. A payment will equal the payment made at the end of the prior year only if the net investment return equals 5%. If the net investment return exceeds 5%, then the payment will exceed the prior payment. If the net investment return is less than 5%, then the payment will be less than the prior payment.

EXPLANATION OF THE COMMUTED VALUE CALCULATION

A Contract may be fully or partially surrendered for a commuted value while variable income payments under Annuity Option A are being made. (See "Annuity Options.") If the Contract is surrendered, the amount payable will be the commuted value of future payments at the assumed interest rate of 5%, which will be equal to the values shown in the column titled "Annuity Value after Payment," above. If the Contract is surrendered while variable income payments are being made under Annuity Option A and within 3 years of a Purchase Payment, the amount payable will be reduced by any applicable surrender charge. (See "Annuity Income Payments, Variable Income Payments. ")


C-1




APPENDIX D
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Sub-Accounts

The date of inception of each of the Sub-Accounts available in the ProtectiveRewards ® Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract as follows:

October 2, 2000 — Van Kampen LIT MidCap Growth II (formerly Aggressive Growth II)
May 1, 2002 — Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture
Lord Abbett Growth and Income
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value
May 1, 2008 — Fidelity VIP Contrafund ® -SC2
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income-SC2
Fidelity VIP Freedom Fund — 2015 Maturity-SC2
Fidelity VIP Freedom Fund — 2020 Maturity-SC2
Fidelity VIP Growth-SC2
Fidelity VIP Index 500-SC2
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond-SC2
Fidelity VIP Mid-Cap-SC2
Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities-SC2
Franklin Income Securities-SC2
Franklin Rising Dividends Securities-SC2
Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth Securities-SC2
Franklin U.S. Government-SC2
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth Service Class
Goldman Sachs Growth and Income Service Class
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity Service Class
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity Service Class
Goldman Sachs Structured U.S. Equity Service Class
Lord Abbett America's Value
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities
Lord Abbett International
Lord Abbett Large-Cap Core
MFS Growth SS (formerly Emerging Growth SS)
MFS Investors Growth Stock SS
  May 1, 2008 — MFS Investors Trust SS
MFS New Discovery SS
MFS Research SS
MFS Total Return SS
MFS Utilities SS
Mutual Shares Securities-C2
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation SS
Oppenheimer Global Securities SS
Oppenheimer High Income SS
Oppenheimer Main Street SS
Oppenheimer Mid-Cap SS
Oppenheimer Money Fund
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond SS
Templeton Foreign Securities-C2
Templeton Global Bond Securities-C2 (formerly Templeton Global Income Securities-C2)
Templeton Growth Securities-C2
Van Kampen LIT Capital Growth II (formerly Strategic Growth II)
Van Kampen LIT Comstock II
Van Kampen LIT Enterprise II*
Van Kampen LIT Government II
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income II
Van Kampen's UIF Equity and Income II
Van Kampen's UIF Global Real Estate II
Van Kampen's UIF International Growth Equity II
 

 

*  The Van Kampen LIT Enterprise Portfolio was liquidated April 24, 2009.


D-1



Accumulation Units

The following tables show, for each available Sub-Account, Accumulation Unit values and outstanding Accumulation Units for the class of Accumulation Units available in the ProtectiveRewards ® Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract as of December 31 of each year listed. We offer other variable annuity contracts with classes of Accumulation Units in each available Sub-Account that have different mortality and expense risk charges and administration charges than the class of Accumulation Units offered in the ProtectiveRewards ® Elite NY Variable Annuity. Only the classes of Accumulation Units available in the ProtectiveRewards ® Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract are shown in the following tables. For charges associated with this class of Accumulation Units, see "Fees and Expenses, Periodic Charges," on page 4 of this prospectus.

You should read the information in the following tables in conjunction with the Variable Account's financial statements and the related notes in the Statement of Additional Information.

Accumulation Unit Values

ALL ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES ARE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST WHOLE CENT

Sub Account   Year Ended  
Fidelity VIP Contrafund ® — Service Class 2     2008     $ 9.62    
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income — Service Class 2     2008     $ 8.04    
Fidelity VIP Freedom Fund — 2015 Maturity — Service Class 2     2008     $ 7.59    
Fidelity VIP Freedom Fund — 2020 Maturity — Service Class 2     2008     $ 7.11    
Fidelity VIP Growth — Service Class 2     2008     $ 7.44    
Fidelity VIP Index 500 — Service Class 2     2008     $ 8.55    
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond — Service Class 2     2008     $ 10.32    
Fidelity VIP Mid-Cap — Service Class 2     2008     $ 10.92    
Franklin Templeton — Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities — Class 2     2008     $ 7.15    
Franklin Templeton — Franklin Income Securities — Class 2     2008     $ 7.98    
Franklin Templeton — Franklin Rising Dividends Securities — Class 2     2008     $ 7.54    
Franklin Templeton — Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth Securities — Class 2     2008     $ 6.16    
Franklin Templeton — Mutual Shares Securities — Class 2     2008     $ 6.99    
Franklin Templeton — Templeton Foreign Securities — Class 2     2008     $ 7.51    
Franklin Templeton — Templeton Global Bond Securities — Class 2     2008     $ 11.18    
Franklin Templeton — Templeton Growth Securities — Class 2     2008     $ 6.54    
Franklin Templeton — U.S. Government Fund — Class 2     2008     $ 11.04    
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth — Service Class     2008     $ 8.56    
Goldman Sachs Growth and Income — Service Class     2008     $ 9.35    
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity — Service Class     2008     $ 9.33    
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity — Service Class     2008     $ 9.25    

 


D-2



Sub Account   Year Ended  
Goldman Sachs Structured U.S. Equity — Service Class     2008     $ 9.36    
Lord Abbett America's Value     2008     $ 11.58    
Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture     2008     $ 11.63    
Lord Abbett Growth and Income     2008     $ 8.69    
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities     2008     $ 10.11    
Lord Abbett International     2008     $ 5.54    
Lord Abbett Large-Cap Core     2008     $ 7.25    
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     2008     $ 8.80    
MFS Growth — Service Shares     2008     $ 10.52    
MFS Investors Growth Stock — Service Shares     2008     $ 4.44    
MFS Investors Trust — Service Shares     2008     $ 10.09    
MFS New Discovery — Service Shares     2008     $ 11.85    
MFS Research — Service Shares     2008     $ 9.84    
MFS Total Return — Service Shares     2008     $ 14.37    
MFS Utilities — Service Shares     2008     $ 16.08    
OppenheimerFunds Capital Appreciation — Service Shares     2008     $ 10.43    
OppenheimerFunds Global Securities — Service Shares     2008     $ 15.96    
OppenheimerFunds High Income — Service Shares     2008     $ 2.90    
OppenheimerFunds Main Street — Service Shares     2008     $ 9.17    
OppenheimerFunds Mid Cap — Service Shares     2008     $ 7.88    
OppenheimerFunds Money Fund     2008     $ 1.40    
OppenheimerFunds Strategic Bond — Service Shares     2008     $ 14.12    
Van Kampen LIT Comstock II     2008     $ 10.58    
Van Kampen LIT Enterprise II     2008     $ 3.72    
Van Kampen LIT Government II     2008     $ 11.03    
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income II     2008     $ 10.24    
Van Kampen LIT Mid Cap Growth II     2008     $ 3.27    
Van Kampen LIT Capital Growth II     2008     $ 2.67    
Van Kampen's UIF Equity and Income II     2008     $ 11.30    
Van Kampen's UIF Global Real Estate II     2008     $ 5.80    
Van Kampen's UIF International Growth Equity II     2008     $ 5.60    

 


D-3



Accumulation Unit Outstanding

ALL ACCUMULATION UNITS ARE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST UNIT

Sub Account   Year Ended  
Fidelity VIP Contrafund ® — Service Class 2     2008          
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income — Service Class 2     2008          
Fidelity VIP Freedom Fund — 2015 Maturity — Service Class 2     2008          
Fidelity VIP Freedom Fund — 2020 Maturity — Service Class 2     2008          
Fidelity VIP Growth — Service Class 2     2008          
Fidelity VIP Index 500 — Service Class 2     2008          
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond — Service Class 2     2008          
Fidelity VIP Mid-Cap — Service Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities — Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — Franklin Income Securities — Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — Franklin Rising Dividends Securities — Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — Franklin Small-Mid-Cap Growth Securities — Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — Mutual Shares Securities — Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — Templeton Foreign Securities — Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — Templeton Global Bond Securities — Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — Templeton Growth Securities — Class 2     2008          
Franklin Templeton — U.S. Government Fund — Class 2     2008          
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth — Service Class     2008          
Goldman Sachs Growth and Income — Service Class     2008          
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity — Service Class     2008          
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity — Service Class     2008          
Goldman Sachs Structured U.S. Equity — Service Class     2008          
Lord Abbett America's Value     2008          
Lord Abbett Bond-Debenture     2008          
Lord Abbett Growth and Income     2008          
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities     2008          

 


D-4



Sub Account   Year Ended  
Lord Abbett International     2008          
Lord Abbett Large-Cap Core     2008          
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     2008          
MFS Growth — Service Shares     2008          
MFS Investors Growth Stock — Service Shares     2008          
MFS Investors Trust — Service Shares     2008          
MFS New Discovery — Service Shares     2008          
MFS Research — Service Shares     2008          
MFS Total Return — Service Shares     2008          
MFS Utilities — Service Shares     2008          
OppenheimerFunds Capital Appreciation — Service Shares     2008          
OppenheimerFunds Global Securities — Service Shares     2008          
OppenheimerFunds High Income — Service Shares     2008          
OppenheimerFunds Main Street — Service Shares     2008          
OppenheimerFunds Mid Cap — Service Shares     2008          
OppenheimerFunds Money Fund     2008          
OppenheimerFunds Strategic Bond — Service Shares     2008          
Van Kampen LIT Comstock II     2008          
Van Kampen LIT Enterprise II     2008          
Van Kampen LIT Government II     2008          
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income II     2008          
Van Kampen LIT Mid Cap Growth II     2008          
Van Kampen LIT Capital Growth II     2008          
Van Kampen's UIF Equity and Income II     2008          
Van Kampen's UIF Global Real Estate II     2008          
Van Kampen's UIF International Growth Equity II     2008          

 


D-5




APPENDIX E

Example of SecurePay Rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit

For Contract Owners Who Purchased the Rider on or After May 1, 2009

The purpose of the following example is to demonstrate the operation of the SecurePay Rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit ("SecurePay Rider") for Contract Owners who purchased the rider on or after May 1, 2009. The example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Separate Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict performance. There is, of course, no assurance that the Separate Account will experience positive investment performance. The example does not reflect the deduction of fees and charges.

ASSUMPTIONS:

•  Joe, 55 years old on the Effective Date

•  Purchased the SecurePay Rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit at time of Contract Purchase and after May 1, 2009

•  Elected Single Life Coverage

•  Began making SecurePay Withdrawals 13 years after the Rider Effective Date

•  Because Joe was 68 on the Benefit Election Date, he received the 5% Maximum Withdrawal Percentage

Contract
Year
  Purchase
Payments
  Net
Withdrawals
  Hypothetical
Contract
Value
  SecurePay
Roll-Up
Value
  Benefit
Base
  Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
  Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
Balance
 
  At issue       100,000       N/A       100,000       100,000 (A)       100,000 (A)                
  1       15,000 (B)             119,336       122,200 (C)       122,200 (D)                
  2                   133,212       130,998 (E)       133,212 (F)                
  3       10,000 (G)             145,941       142,803 (H)       142,803 (I)                
  4                   154,057       153,084       153,084 (J)                
  5                   116,753       164,106       164,106 (K)                
  6                   99,317       175,922       175,922 (L)                
  7                   117,908       188,588       188,588 (M)                
  8                   93,575       188,588 (N)       188,588 (O)                
  9       12,000             112,836       202,166 (P)       202,166 (Q)                
  10             10,000       105,382 (R)       197,939 (S)       197,939 (T)                
  11                   120,015       212,191       212,191 (U)                
  12                   143,194       N/A (V)         212,191 (W)                
  13             10,610 (X)       150,931       N/A       212,191       10,610          
  14             10,610 (X)       158,078       N/A       212,191       10,610          
  15             10,610 (X)       155,209       N/A       212,191       10,610          
  16             2,000 (Y)       163,611       N/A       212,191 (Y)       10,610       8,610 (Y)    
  17             10,610 (Z)       154,962       N/A       212,191       10,610          
  18             10,610 (Z)       152,795       N/A       212,191       10,610            

 

(A)   The initial Benefit Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment of $100,000

(B)   The $15,000 Purchase Payment is added to the current Benefit Base of $100,000. The new Benefit Base is $115,000. Keep in mind Purchase Payments made more than two years after the date the SecurePay Rider is issued (the Rider Effective Date) will not be included in the calculation of the Benefit Base.


E-1



(C)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($115,000) plus 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (7.2% of $100,000).

(D)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of the Benefit Base on that anniversary, the SecurePay Anniversary Value, and the SecurePay Roll-Up Value (max of $115,000, $119,336, and $122,200, respectively).

(E)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($122,200) plus 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (7.2% of $122,200).

(F)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of the Benefit Base on that anniversary, the SecurePay Anniversary Value, and the SecurePay Roll-Up Value (max of $122,200, $133,212, and $130,998, respectively).

(G)   The $10,000 Purchase Payment is not added to the current Benefit Base because it is made more than 2 years after the Rider Effective Date.

(H)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($133,212) plus 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (7.2% of $133,212).

(I)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($142,803) is compared to the Contract Value reduced by Purchase Payments made two years after the Rider Effective Date ($145,941 – $10,000).

(J)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-Up Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Anniversary Value of $144,057 ($154,057 – $10,000).

(K)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($164,106) is compared to the Contract Value reduced by Purchase Payments made two years after the Rider Effective Date ($116,753 – $10,000).

(L)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-Up Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Anniversary Value of $89,317 ($99,317 – $10,000).

(M)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($188,588) is compared to the Contract Value reduced by Purchase Payments made two years after the Rider Effective Date ($117,908 – $10,000).

(N)   Since the Contract Value is <50% of the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($188,588), the SecurePay Roll-Up Value does not change.

(O)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($188,588) is compared to the Contract Value reduced by Purchase Payments made two years after the Rider Effective Date ($93,575 – $10,000).

(P)   Since the Contract Value is >=50% of the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($188,588), the SecurePay Roll-Up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($188,588) plus 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (7.2% of $188,588).

(Q)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($202,166) is compared to the Contract Value reduced by Purchase Payments made two years after the Rider Effective Date ($112,836 – $22,000).

(R)   The Benefit Base is reduced proportionally due to the $10,000 withdrawal. The Benefit Base is reduced by 8.7% ($10,000 [ amount of withdrawal ]/$115,382 [ Contract Value before withdrawal ] = 0.087. The new Benefit Base is $184,645 ($202,166 – ($202,166 * ($10,000/$115,382))).

(S)   The Roll-Up Guaranteed increase is also reduced in the same proportion of the Benefit Base (.072 * $202,166 * (1 – .087)) to $13,294. The Roll-Up Value is then calculated by adding the adjusted Roll-Up Guaranteed amount to the adjusted Benefit Base ($184,645 + $13,294).

(T)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of the Benefit Base on that anniversary, the SecurePay Anniversary Value ($105,382 – $22,000) and the SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($197,939).

(U)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-Up Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Anniversary Value of $98,015 ($120,015 – $22,000).


E-2



(V)   Since 10 contract anniversaries have elapsed where the Roll-up Amount was >$0 (ie, the SecurePay Roll-Up Value increased), the Roll-Up period ends.

(W)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-Up Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Anniversary Value of $121,194 ($143,194 – $22,000).

(X)   For the next three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $10,610 (.05 * $212,191)

(Y)   In year 16, Joe only takes $2,000 of the available $10,610. Please note that the $8,610 is not carried over to the next year. The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $319,462 ($359,462 – $40,000)

(Z)   For the last two years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $10,610 (.05 * $212,191)


E-3



Example of SecurePay Rider
(without the SecurePay R72 Benefit)
For Contract Owners Who Purchased the Rider on or After May 1, 2009

The purpose of the following example is to demonstrate the operation of SecurePay ("SecurePay Rider") without the SecurePay R72 Benefit for Contract Owners who purchased the rider on or after May 1, 2009. The example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Separate Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict performance. There is, of course, no assurance that the Separate Account will experience positive investment performance. The example does not reflect the deduction of fees and charges.

ASSUMPTIONS:

•  Joe, 55 years old on the Effective Date

•  Purchased the SecurePay Rider at time of Contract Purchase and after May 1, 2009

•  Elected Single Life Coverage

•  Began making SecurePay Withdrawals 11 years after the Rider Effective Date

•  He received the 5% Maximum Withdrawal Percentage



Contract
Year
 

Purchase
Payments
 

Net
Withdrawals
 
Hypothetical
Contract
Value
 

Benefit
Base
 
Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
  Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
Balance
 
  At issue       100,000       N/A       100,000       100,000 (A)       0       0    
  1       50,000 (B)       0       153,975       153,975 (C)       0       0    
  2       0       0       161,676       161,676 (D)       0       0    
  3       25,000 (E)       0       210,964       185,964 (F)       0       0    
  4       0       0       208,164       185,964 (G)       0       0    
  5       0       0       246,037       221,037 (H)       0       0    
  6       15,000 (I)       0       249,536       221,037 (J)       0       0    
  7       0       0       290,987       250,987 (K)       0       0    
  8       0       10,000 (L)       288,172       248,172 (M)       0       0    
  9       0       0       312,085       272,085 (N)       0       0    
  10       0       0       337,317       297,317 (O)       0       0    
  11       0       14,866 (P)       313,603       297,317       14,866       0    
  12       0       14,866 (P)       329,576       297,317       14,866       0    
  13       0       14,866 (P)       333,375       297,317       14,866       0    
  14       0       5,000 (Q)       359,462       319,462 (Q)       14,866       9,866 (Q)    
  15       0       15,973 (R)       355,423       319,462       15,973       0    
  16       0       15,973 (R)       348,558       319,462       15,973       0    
  17       0       15,973 (R)       334,053       319,462       15,973       0    

 

(A)   The initial Benefit Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment of $100,000.

(B)   The $50,000 Purchase Payment is added to the current Benefit Base of $100,000. The new Benefit Base is $150,000. Keep in mind Purchase Payments made more than two years after the date the SecurePay Rider is issued (the Rider Effective Date) will not be included in the calculation of the Benefit Base.

(C)   The Benefit Base of $150,000 is compared to the Anniversary Value of $153,975. The Benefit Base steps up to $153,975.

(D)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $161,676.


E-4



(E)   The $25,000 Purchase Payment does not get added to the current Benefit Base, because it is made more than 2 years after the Rider Effective Date.

(F)   The Anniversary Value equals $185,964 ($210,964 – $25,000). The Benefit Base steps up to $185,964, since that is greater than the current Benefit Base of $161,676.

(G)   The Benefit Base remains at $185,964 since the Anniversary Value is less ($208,164 – $25,000 = 183,164).

(H)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $221,037 ($246,037 – $25,000).

(I)   The $15,000 Purchase Payment does not get added to the current Benefit Base, because it is made more than 2 years after the Rider Effective Date.

(J)   The Benefit Base remains at $221,037 since the Anniversary Value is less ($249,536 – $40,000 = $209,536).

(K)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $250,987 ($290,987 – $40,000).

(L)   The Benefit Base is reduced proportionally due to the $10,000 withdrawal. The Benefit Base is reduced by 3.4% ($10,000 [ amount of withdrawal ] /$298,172 [ Contract Value before withdrawal ] = 0.034). The new Benefit Base is $242,569 ($250,987 – ($250,987 * ($10,000/$298,172))).

(M)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $248,172 ($288,172 – $40,000).

(N)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $272,085 ($312,085 – $40,000).

(O)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $297,317 ($337,317 – $40,000).

(P)   For the next three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $14,866 (.05 x $297,317).

(Q)   In year 14, Joe only takes $5,000 of the available $14,866. Please note that the $9,866 is not carried over to the next year. The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $319,462 ($359,462 – $40,000).

(R)   For the last three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $15,973 (.05 x $319,462).


E-5



APPENDIX F

The SecurePay GMAB (Not Available On or After May 1, 2009)

If you purchased the SecurePay rider prior to May 1, 2009, we offered the rider by itself or, for an increased SecurePay Fee, with an optional SecurePay feature that could be selected at the time you purchased the rider (but not after purchase): the SecurePay Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB).

As of May 1, 2009, the SecurePay GMAB is no longer available with the purchase of the SecurePay rider, even if you purchased your Contract prior to May 1, 2009 and you purchase the rider on or after May 1, 2009 by exercising the RightTime ® option.

The following describes the SecurePay GMAB for those Owners who purchased it with their SecurePay rider prior to May 1, 2009. If you selected the SecurePay GMAB, you may not cancel it. This feature will terminate when your SecurePay rider terminates (if not sooner). All of the terms and conditions of the rider apply in addition to the specific terms and conditions of the benefit. Please see "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option" in the prospectus. For hypothetical examples of the SecurePay rider issued before May 1, 2009, please see Appendix G and Appendix H in this prospectus.

SecurePay Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit (GMAB) (Not available on or after May 1, 2009)

The SecurePay GMAB was designed to protect you from poor investment performance under the Contract during a specified period. Subject to certain conditions, the SecurePay GMAB provides a future "safety net" by guaranteeing that at the end of a specified period ("GMAB Period"), your Contract Value will not be less than a minimum guaranteed amount ("GMAB Guaranteed Amount"). If your Contract Value is less than this amount on that date we will increase your Contract Value to equal the GMAB Guaranteed Amount.

Important Considerations

•  A partial surrender will reduce the GMAB Guaranteed Amount in the same proportion that the partial surrender reduces your Contract Value. Thus, partial surrenders may significantly reduce the value of the SecurePay GMAB.

•  The SecurePay GMAB must remain in effect for the entire GMAB Period in order to obtain the guarantee under this benefit. If you establish the Benefit Election Date prior to the end of the GMAB Period, we will terminate the SecurePay GMAB and you will not receive any increase in your Contract Value to equal the GMAB Guaranteed Amount (or any refund of the increased SecurePay Fee). However, delaying the Benefit Election Date may limit the time during which you may take SecurePay Withdrawals, due to life expectancy. See the discussion titled Beginning Your SecurePay Withdrawals in the "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option" section of the prospectus. You should carefully weigh the advantages of the SecurePay GMAB with the disadvantages of delaying taking SecurePay Withdrawals.

•  Purchase Payments received by us more than one year after the Rider Effective Date are not included in the calculation of the GMAB Guaranteed Amount.

•  Because your Contract Value may be greater than or equal to the GMAB Guaranteed Amount at the end of the GMAB Period, you may never need to rely on the SecurePay GMAB. Thus, you may be paying for a benefit that you never realize. We will not refund the increased SecurePay Fee if your Contract Value is not increased by the SecurePay GMAB.

•  If your Contract Value is reduced to zero during the GMAB Period, your SecurePay GMAB will terminate and you will not receive any increase in your Contract Value equal to the GMAB Guaranteed Amount.

Calculating the GMAB Guaranteed Amount

On the Rider Effective Date, we will determine your initial GMAB Guaranteed Amount. Your initial GMAB Guaranteed Amount is equal to your initial Purchase Payment. Thereafter, we increase the GMAB Guaranteed


F-1



Amount dollar-for-dollar for each Purchase Payment received by us during the first year following the Rider Effective Date. Any Purchase Payments that we receive after the first year will not increase the GMAB Guaranteed Amount. We reduce the GMAB Guaranteed Amount for each partial surrender from the Contract in the same proportion that each partial surrender reduces your Contract Value as of the date we process the partial surrender request.

Example: Assume that on January 1 st you purchase the SecurePay rider with the SecurePay GMAB and make an initial Purchase Payment of $100,000. The GMAB Guaranteed Amount would equal $100,000. To continue this example, assume:

On March 1 st of that same year, your Contract Value increases to $101,000 due to favorable market performance and you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000. Your Contract Value would increase to $111,000 ($101,000 + $10,000) and your GMAB Guaranteed Amount would increase to $110,000 ($100,000 + $10,000).

On September 1 st , your Contract Value further increases to $115,000 due to favorable market performance and you make a $20,000 partial surrender. Your Contract Value would decrease to $95,000 ($115,000 – $20,000). Because the partial surrender reduced your Contract Value by 17.39% (($115,000 – $95,000)/$115,000), we would proportionally reduce your GMAB Guaranteed Amount by 17.39%, or $19,130.43 ($110,000 – 17.39%) to $95,869.56 ($115,000 – $19,130.43).

Note: Partial surrenders could reduce your GMAB Guaranteed Amount by substantially more than the actual amount of the partial surrender. For example, assume your GMAB Guaranteed Amount is $100,000. If you make a partial surrender of $45,000 and your Contract Value at that time is $90,000 ( i.e. , the partial surrender is 50% of your Contract Value), then the GMAB Guaranteed Amount is reduced by 50% to $50,000. Thus, the $45,000 partial surrender would reduce the GMAB Guaranteed Amount by more than $45,000 — it would reduce it by $50,000.

On February 1 st of the following year, your Contract Value decreases to $90,000 due to unfavorable market performance and you make an additional Purchase Payment of $5,000. Your Contract Value would increase to $95,000 ($90,000 + $5,000), but your GMAB Guaranteed Amount would remain at $90.869.57 since you made the additional Purchase Payment more than one year following the Rider Effective Date. However, any additional partial surrenders would continue to decrease your GMAB Guaranteed Amount.

"Stepping Up" the GMAB Guaranteed Amount

On the 5 th Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date, you may "step-up" the GMAB Guaranteed Amount to equal your current Contract Value and begin a new GMAB Period. To do so:

•  you must elect the step-up in writing within 90 days prior to the 5 th Contract Anniversary;

•  your Contract Value on the 5 th Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date must be greater than the GMAB Guaranteed Amount on that date;

•  the new GMAB Period must not extend beyond the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect;

•  we must receive your request prior to the oldest Owner's 85 th birthday (or, in the case of a Qualified Contract, the Annuitant's 85 th birthday); and

•  the SecurePay GMAB must still be in effect.

If you elect the step-up, a new GMAB Period will begin on the 5th Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date. We also will adjust your GMAB Guaranteed Amount so that it is equal to your Contract Value on the 5th Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date. Please note that any Purchase Payments we receive following the date of reset will not increase the GMAB Guaranteed Amount. Upon step-up, we reserve the right to change your SecurePay Fee to the fee we are currently charging for a newly issued SecurePay rider, although this fee will never be greater than the maximum SecurePay Fee listed in your rider.


F-2



Note: If you establish the Benefit Election Date prior to the end of the new GMAB Period, we will terminate the SecurePay GMAB and you will not receive any increase in your Contract Value to equal the GMAB Guaranteed Amount (or any refund of the increased SecurePay Fee). However, delaying the Benefit Election Date may limit the time during which you may take SecurePay Withdrawals, due to life expectancy. See the discussion titled Beginning Your SecurePay Withdrawals in the "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option" section of the prospectus. You should carefully weigh the advantages of "stepping up" the GMAB Guaranteed Amount with the disadvantages of delaying taking SecurePay Withdrawals.

Determining the GMAB Period

On the Rider Effective Date, we will begin the GMAB Period. The GMAB Period will continue until the earliest of:

(1)  the 10 th Contract Anniversary following the later of: (a) the Rider Effective Date; or (b) the date you "step-up" the GMAB Period, as discussed above;

(2)  the Benefit Election Date; or

(3)  termination of your SecurePay rider (see the discussion titled Terminating the SecurePay Rider in the "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option" section of the prospectus).

Expiration of the GMAB Period

If, at the end of the GMAB Period, your Contract Value is less than the GMAB Guaranteed Amount, we will increase your Contract Value to equal the GMAB Guaranteed Amount. We will allocate the increase in Contract Value pro-rata among the Sub-Accounts in which you are invested.

Example: Assume that on January 1, 2018, your GMAB Period ends, your Contract Value equals $100,000, and your GMAB Guaranteed Amount equals $150,000. Since your Contract Value ($100,000) is less than your GMAB Guaranteed Amount ($150,000) at the end of your GMAB Period, we will increase your Contract Value to $150,000 to equal your GMAB Guaranteed Amount. We will allocate the increased amount ($50,000) pro-rata among the Sub-Accounts in which you are invested.

Termination of the SecurePay GMAB

The SecurePay GMAB will terminate on the earliest of:

(1)  the end of the GMAB Period (or the end of the new GMAB Period following "step-up" of the GMAB Guaranteed Amount);

(2)  the Benefit Election Date; or

(3)  termination of your SecurePay rider (see the discussion titled Terminating the SecurePay Rider in the "Guaranteed Lifetime Withdrawal Benefit ("SecurePay") With RightTime ® Option" section of the prospectus).

If the SecurePay GMAB terminates due to the establishment of the Benefit Election Date or the termination of your SecurePay rider, you will not receive any increase in your Contract Value to equal the GMAB Guaranteed Amount (or any refund of the increased SecurePay Fee).

Upon termination of the SecurePay GMAB, we will no longer assess the increased SecurePay Fee for the SecurePay GMAB. However, we will continue to assess the SecurePay Fee for the SecurePay rider or, if purchased, the increased SecurePay Fee for the SecurePay R72 Benefit until termination of the rider.


F-3



Repurchasing the SecurePay GMAB

If your SecurePay GMAB terminated before the oldest Owner's 85th birthday (or, in the case of a Qualified Contract, the Annuitant's 85th birthday), you may request to repurchase the SecurePay GMAB. We must receive your written request within 90 days prior to the date of termination, your SecurePay rider must still be in effect, the new GMAB Period must not extend beyond the Annuity Commencement Date then in effect, and you must not have established the Benefit Election Date. We will treat the SecurePay GMAB as a new purchase, which means that a new GMAB Period will begin as of the date of termination and your GMAB Guaranteed Amount will be equal to your Contract Value as of that date. We also will increase the GMAB Guaranteed Amount dollar-for-dollar for each Purchase Payment received by us during the first year following the date of repurchase (although any Purchase Payments that we receive after that first year will not increase the GMAB Guaranteed Amount). We will set your SecurePay Fee to equal the fee we are currently charging for a newly issued SecurePay rider, although this fee will never be greater than the maximum SecurePay Fee listed in your rider.


F-4




APPENDIX G

Example of SecurePay Rider
(without the SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB)

For Contract Owners Who Purchased the Rider Before May 1, 2009

The purpose of the following example is to demonstrate the operation of the SecurePay Rider ("SecurePay Rider") without the SecurePay R72 Benefit or the SecurePay GMAB for Contract Owners who purchased the rider before May 1, 2009. The example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Separate Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict performance. There is, of course, no assurance that the Separate Account will experience positive investment performance. The example does not reflect the deduction of fees and charges.

ASSUMPTIONS:

•  Joe, 55 years old on the Effective Date

•  Purchased the SecurePay Rider at time of Contract Purchase and prior to May 1, 2009

•  Elected Single Life Coverage

•  Began making SecurePay Withdrawals 11 years after the Rider Effective Date

•  Because the Benefit Election Date was 11 years after the Rider Effective Date and Joe was 66 on that date, he received the 6% Maximum Withdrawal Percentage

Contract
Year
  Purchase
Payments
  Net
Withdrawals
  Hypothetical
Contract
Value
  Benefit
Base
  Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
  Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
Balance
 
  At issue       100,000       N/A       100,000       100,000 (A)       0       0    
  1       50,000 (B)       0       158,955       158,955 (C)       0       0    
  2       0       0       165,987       165,987 (D)       0       0    
  3       25,000 (E)       0       215,760       190,760 (F)       0       0    
  4       0       0       211,719       190,760 (G)       0       0    
  5       0       0       248,856       223,856 (H)       0       0    
  6       15,000 (I)       0       251,276       223,856 (J)       0       0    
  7       0       0       291,400       251,400 (K)       0       0    
  8       0       10,000 (L)       286,952       246,952 (M)       0       0    
  9       0       0       309,046       269,046 (N)       0       0    
  10       0       0       332,184       292,184 (O)       0       0    
  11       0       17,531 (P)       307,062       292,184       17,531       0    
  12       0       17,531 (P)       320,745       292,184       17,531       0    
  13       0       17,531 (P)       322,393       292,184       17,531       0    
  14       0       5,000 (Q)       345,506       305,506 (Q)       17,531       12,531 (Q)    
  15       0       18,330 (R)       339,725       305,506       18,330       0    
  16       0       18,330 (R)       331,210       305,506       18,330       0    
  17       0       18,330 (R)       315,437       305,506       18,330       0    

 

(A)   The initial Benefit Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment of $100,000.

(B)   The $50,000 Purchase Payment is added to the current Benefit Base of $100,000. The new Benefit Base is $150,000. Keep in mind Purchase Payments made more than two years after the date the Rider is issued (the Rider Effective Date) will not be included in the calculation of the Benefit Base.


G-1



(C)   The Benefit Base of $150,000 is compared to the Anniversary Value of $158,955. The Benefit Base steps up to $158,955.

(D)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $165,987.

(E)   The $25,000 Purchase Payment does not get added to the current Benefit Base, because it is made more than 2 years after the Rider Effective Date.

(F)   The Anniversary Value equals $190,760 ($215,760 – $25,000). The Benefit Base steps up to $190,760, since that is greater than the current Benefit Base of $165,987.

(G)   The Benefit Base remains at $190,760 since the Anniversary Value is less ($211,719 – $25,000 = 186,716).

(H)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $223,856 ($248,856 – $25,000).

(I)   The $15,000 Purchase Payment does not get added to the current Benefit Base, because it is made more than 2 years after the Rider Effective Date.

(J)   The Benefit Base remains at $223,856 since the Anniversary Value is less ($251,276 – $40,000 = $211,276).

(K)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $251,400 ($291,400 – $40,000).

(L)   The Benefit Base is reduced proportionally due to the $10,000 withdrawal. The Benefit Base is reduced by 3.4% ($10,000 [ amount of withdrawal ]/$296,952 [ Contract Value before withdrawal ] = 0.034). The new Benefit Base is $242,934 ($251,400 – ($251,400 * ($10,000/$296,952))).

(M)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $246,952 ($286,952 – $40,000).

(N)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $269,046 ($309,046 – $40,000).

(O)   The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $292,184 ($332,184 – $40,000).

(P)   For the next three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $17,531 (.06 x $292,184).

(Q)   In year 14, Joe only takes $5,000 of the available $17,531. Please note that the $12,531 is not carried over to the next year. The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $305,506 ($345,506 – $40,000).

(R)   For the last three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $18,330 (.06 x $305,506).


G-2




APPENDIX H

Example of SecurePay Rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit
and the SecurePay GMAB

For Contract Owners Who Purchased the Rider Before May 1, 2009

The purpose of the following example is to demonstrate the operation of the SecurePay Rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB ("SecurePay Rider") for Contract Owners who purchased the rider before May 1, 2009. The example is based on hypothetical Contract Values and transactions and assumes hypothetical positive and negative investment performance of the Separate Account. The example is not representative of past or future performance and is not intended to project or predict performance. There is, of course, no assurance that the Separate Account will experience positive investment performance. The example does not reflect the deduction of fees and charges.

ASSUMPTIONS:

•  Joe, 55 years old on the Effective Date

•  Purchased the SecurePay Rider with the SecurePay R72 Benefit and the SecurePay GMAB at time of Contract Purchase and prior to May 1, 2009

•  Elected Single Life Coverage

•  Began making SecurePay Withdrawals 11 years after the Rider Effective Date

•  Because Joe was 66 on the Benefit Election Date, he received the 5% Maximum Withdrawal Percentage

Contract
Year
  Purchase
Payments
  Net
Withdrawals
  Hypothetical
Contract
Value
  SecurePay
Roll-Up
Value
  Benefit
Base
  Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
  Annual
Withdrawal
Amount
Balance
  GMAB
Guaranteed
Amount
 
  At issue       100,000       N/A       100,000       100,000 (A)       100,000 (A)                   100,000 (A)    
  1       50,000 (B)             153,975       157,200 (C)       157,200 (D)                   100,000    
  2                   161,676       168,518 (E)       168,518 (F)                   100,000    
  3       25,000 (G)             209,964       180,651 (H)       184,964 (I)                   100,000    
  4                   208,164       198,281       198,281 (J)                   100,000    
  5                   246,037       212,557       221,037 (K)                   100,000    
  6       15,000             249,536       236,951       236,951 (L)                   100,000    
  7                   290,987       248,798       250,987 (M)                   100,000    
  8             10,000       288,172 (N)       260,026 (O)       260,026 (P)                   96,646 (Q)    
  9                   312,085       278,748       278,748 (R)                   96,646    
  10                   337,317       298,818       298,818 (S)                   96,646 (T)    
  11             14,941 (U)       313,603       N/A (V)         298,818       14,941             N/A    
  12             14,941 (U)       329,576       N/A       298,818       14,941             N/A    
  13             14,941 (U)       333,375       N/A       298,818       14,941             N/A    
  14             5,000 (W)       359,462       N/A       319,462 (W)       14,941       9,941 (W)       N/A    
  15             15,973 (X)       355,423       N/A       319,462       15,973             N/A    
  16             15,973 (X)       348,558       N/A       319,462       15,973             N/A    
  17             15,973 (X)       334,053       N/A       319,462       15,973             N/A    

 

(A)   The initial Benefit Base and initial GMAB Guaranteed Amount are each equal to the initial Purchase Payment of $100,000

(B)   The $50,000 Purchase Payment is added to the current Benefit Base of $100,000. The new Benefit Base is $150,000. Keep in mind Purchase Payments made more than two years after the date the SecurePay Rider is issued (the Rider Effective Date) will not be included in the calculation of the Benefit Base.


H-1



(C)   The SecurePay Roll-up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($150,000) plus 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous Contract Anniversary (7.2% of $100,000).

(D)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of the Benefit Base on that anniversary, the SecurePay Anniversary Value, and the SecurePay Roll-up Value (max of $150,000, $153,975, and $157,200, respectively).

(E)   The SecurePay Roll-up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($157,200) plus 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (7.2% of $157,200).

(F)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of the Benefit Base on that anniversary, the SecurePay Anniversary Value, and the SecurePay Roll-up Value (max of $155,000, $161,676, and $168,518, respectively).

(G)   The $25,000 Purchase Payment is not added to the current BenefitBase because it is made more than 2 years after the Rider Effective Date.

(H)   The SecurePay Roll-up Value is equal to the most recently calculated Benefit Base ($168,518) plus 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the previous contract anniversary (7.2% of $168,518).

(I)   The SecurePay Roll-up Value ($180,651) is compared to the Contract Value reduced by Purchase Payments made two years after the Rider Effective Date ($209,964 – $25,000). Note that the Roll-Up period is reset since the Benefit Base is set equal to the SecurePay Anniversary Value.

(J)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-Up Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Anniversary Value of $183,164 ($208,164 – $25,000).

(K)   The SecurePay Roll-up Value ($212,557) is compared to the Contract Value reduced by Purchase Payments made two years after the Rider Effective Date ($246,037 – $25,000). Note that the Roll-Up Period is reset since the Benefit Base is set equal to the SecurePay Anniversary Value.

(L)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-up Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Anniversary Value of $209,536 ($249,536 – $40,000).

(M)   The SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($248,798) is compared to the Contract Value reduced by Purchase Payments made two years after the Rider Effective Date ($290,987 – $40,000). Note that the Roll-Up Period is reset since the Benefit Base is set equal to the SecurePay Anniversary Value.

(N)   The Benefit Base is reduced proportionally due to the $10,000 withdrawal. The Benefit Base is reduced by 3.4% ($10,000 [ amount of withdrawal ]/$298,172 [ Contract Value before withdrawal ] = 0.034. The new Benefit Base is $242,569 ($250,987 – ($250,987 * ($10,000/$298,172))).

(O)   The Roll-Up Guaranteed increase is also reduced in the same proportion of the Benefit Base (.072 * $250,987 * (1 – .034)) to $17,457. The Roll-Up Value is then calculated by adding the adjusted Roll-Up Guaranteed amount to the adjusted Benefit Base ($242,569 + $17,457).

(P)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the greatest of the Benefit Base on that anniversary, the SecurePay Anniversary Value ($288,172 – $40,000) and the SecurePay Roll-Up Value ($260,026).

(Q)   The GMAB Guaranteed Amount is reduced proportionally due to the $10,000 withdrawal. The amount is reduced by 3.4% ($10,000 [ amount of withdrawal ]/$298,172 [ Contract Value before withdrawal ] = 0.034. The new GMAB Guaranteed Amount is $96,646 ($100,000 – ($100,000 * ($10,000/$298,172))).

(R)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-up Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Anniversary Value of $272,085 ($312,085 – $40,000).

(S)   The recalculated Benefit Base is equal to the SecurePay Roll-up Value since it is higher than the SecurePay Anniversary Value of $297,317 ($337,317 – $40,000).

(T)   Since the GMAB Guaranteed Amount was not stepped-up at the end of year 5, the GMAB benefit is no longer available after year 10.


H-2



(U)   For the next three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $14,941 (.05 * $298,818)

(V)   Since the withdrawals under the rider begin, the Roll-Up Period stops.

(W)   In year 14, Joe only takes $5,000 of the available $14,941. Please note that the $9,941 is not carried over to the next year. The Benefit Base steps up to the Anniversary Value of $319,462 ($359,462 – $40,000)

(X)   For the last three years, Joe takes the full Annual Withdrawal Amount of $15,973 (.05 * $319,462)


H-3



Please tear off, complete and return this form to order a free Statement of Additional Information for the Contracts offered under the prospectus. Address the form to Protective Life's Life and Annuity Division, customer service center at the address shown on the cover.

Please send me a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information for the ProtectiveRewards Elite NY Variable Annuity.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Name:
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Address
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
City, State, Zip
 
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Daytime Telephone Number
 

 




PART B

INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE IN
THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

P.O. Box 10648
Birmingham, Alabama 35202-0648
Telephone: 1-800-456-6330

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE
PROTECTIVEREWARDS ELITE NY VARIABLE ANNUITY
A FLEXIBLE PREMIUM
DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACT

This Statement of Additional Information contains information in addition to the information described in the Prospectus for the ProtectiveRewards Elite NY Variable Annuity, a group and individual flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contract (the "Contract") offered by Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company. This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus. It should be read only in conjunction with the Prospectuses for the Contract and the Funds. The Prospectus for the Contract is dated the same as this Statement of Additional Information. You may obtain a copy of the Prospectus by writing or calling us at our address or phone number shown above.

THE DATE OF THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS MAY 1, 2009.



STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Page  
SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS     3    
STATE REGULATION     3    
RECORDS AND REPORTS     3    
LEGAL MATTERS     3    
EXPERTS     3    
OTHER INFORMATION     4    
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     4    

 



SAFEKEEPING OF ACCOUNT ASSETS

Title to the assets of the Variable Account is held by Protective Life. The assets are kept physically segregated and held separate and apart from the Company's General Account assets and from the assets in any other separate account.

Records are maintained of all purchases and redemptions of Fund shares held by each of the Sub-Accounts.

The officers and employees of Protective Life are covered by an insurance company blanket bond issued in the amount of $20 million dollars. The bond insures against dishonest and fraudulent acts of officers and employees.

STATE REGULATION

Protective Life is subject to regulation and supervision by the Department of Insurance of the State of Tennessee which periodically examines its affairs. It is also subject to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where it is authorized to do business. Where required, a copy of the Contract form has been filed with, and, if applicable, approved by, insurance officials in each jurisdiction where the Contracts are sold. Protective Life is required to submit annual statements of its operations, including financial statements, to the insurance departments of the various jurisdictions in which it does business for the purposes of determining solvency and compliance with local insurance laws and regulations.

RECORDS AND REPORTS

Protective Life will maintain all records and accounts relating to the Variable Account. As presently required by the 1940 Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, reports containing such information as may be required under the Act or by any other applicable law or regulation will be sent to Owner(s) periodically at the last known address.

LEGAL MATTERS

Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP of Washington, D. C. has provided advice on certain matters relating to the federal securities laws.

EXPERTS

The statement of assets and liabilities of Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life as of December 31, 2008 and the related statement of operations for the year then ended and the statement of changes in net assets for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 included in this SAI, have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The statutory financial statements of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company as of December 31, 2008, and 2007 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2008 included in this SAI, have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


3



OTHER INFORMATION

A registration statement has been filed with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, with respect to the Contracts discussed in this Statement of Additional Information. Not all the information set forth in the registration statement, amendments and exhibits thereto has been included in this Statement of Additional Information. Statements contained in this Statement of Additional Information concerning the content of the Contracts and other legal instruments are intended to be summaries. For a complete statement of the terms of these documents, reference should be made to the instruments filed with the SEC at 100 F Street, N. E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited statement of assets and liabilities of Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life as of December 31, 2008 and the related statement of operations for the year then ended and the changes in net assets for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are contained herein.

The statutory financial statements of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related statutory statements of operations, changes in capital and surplus and cash flows for each of the two years then ended as well as the Report of Independent Auditors are contained herein. Protective Life's financial statements should be considered only as bearing on its ability to meet its obligations under the Contracts. They should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held in the Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life.

Financial Statements follow this page.


4




INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2  
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2008   F-3  
Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2008   F-8  
Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the year ended December 31, 2008   F-16  
Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the year ended December 31, 2007   F-24  
Notes to Financial Statements   F-30  
PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY  
Report of Independent Auditors   F-47  
Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities, and Capital and Surplus ended December 31, 2008, and 2007   F-48  
Statement of Operations as of December 31, 2008 and 2007   F-49  
Statement of Changes in Capital and Surplus   F-50  
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, and 2007   F-51  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-52  
Supplemental Schedules:  
Selected Financial Data Schedule   S-1  
Summary Investment Schedule   S-4  
Investment Risk Interrogatories   S-5  

 

All other schedules to the consolidated financial statements required by Article 7 of Regulation S-X are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.


F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Contract Owners of
The Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life
and Board of Directors of
Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

In our opinion, the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities and the related statements of operations and changes in net assets present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the subaccounts, as listed in Note 1 to such financial statements, of The Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life at December 31, 2008, and the results of each of their operations and changes in each of their net assets for each of the periods presented, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Those financial statements are the responsibility of the management of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits, which included confirmation of fund shares owned at December 31, 2008 by correspondence with the transfer agent of the investee mutual funds, provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
April 24, 2009


F-2




THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income
  Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Structured
US Equity
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 51     $ 91     $ 157    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     51       91       157    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 51     $ 91     $ 157    
    Goldman
Sachs
Structured
Small Cap
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Capital
Growth
  Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income SC
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 70     $ 84     $ 12    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     70       84       12    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 70     $ 84     $ 12    
    Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity SC
  MFS
Growth
Series IC
  MFS
Research IC
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 12     $ 96     $ 47    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     12       96       47    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 12     $ 96     $ 47    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    MFS
Investors
Trust IC
  MFS
Total
Return IC
  MFS
New
Discovery IC
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 63     $ 124     $ 10    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     63       124       10    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 63     $ 124     $ 10    
    MFS
Utilities IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock SC
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 107     $     $ 6    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     107       0       6    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 107     $     $ 6    
    Oppenheimer
Money
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
MidCap
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation
Fund/VA
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 155     $ 63     $ 88    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     155       63       88    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 155     $ 63     $ 88    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Oppenheimer
Main
Street
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Global
Securites
Fund/VA
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 92     $ 157     $ 189    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     92       157       189    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 92     $ 157     $ 189    
    Oppenheimer
High
Income
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation
Fund/VA SC
  Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond
Fund/VA SC
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 2     $ 8     $ 24    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     2       8       24    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 2     $ 8     $ 24    
    Van Eck WW
Hard Asset
  Van Kampen
Capital
Growth
  Van Kampen
Enterprise
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 1     $ 100     $ 131    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     1       100       131    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 1     $ 100     $ 131    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Van Kampen
Comstock
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income
  Van Kampen
Mid-Cap
Growth II
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 449     $ 509     $ 17    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     449       509       17    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 449     $ 509     $ 17    
    Van Kampen
Government
Portfolio II
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income II
  Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 70     $ 20     $ 310    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     70       20       310    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 70     $ 20     $ 310    
    Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture
  Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value
  Lord Abbett
Growth
Opportunities
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 254     $ 163     $ 4    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     254       163       4    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 254     $ 163     $ 4    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Fidelity
Contrafund
Portfolio SC2
  Fidelity
Mid Cap SC2
  Fidelity
Investment
Grade
Bonds SC2
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 30     $ 16     $ 23    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     30       16       23    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 30     $ 16     $ 23    
    Franklin
Income
Securities
  Franklin
Rising
Dividend
Securities
  Mutual
Shares
Securities
 
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 6     $ 6     $ 6    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     6       6       6    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 6     $ 6     $ 6    
    Franklin
US Gov't
Fund
  Templeton
Foreign
Securities
  Total  
Assets  
Investment in sub-accounts at market value   $ 23     $ 17     $ 3,863    
Receivable from Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Total Assets     23       17       3,863    
Liabilities  
Payable to Protective Life & Annuity Insurance Company                    
Net Assets   $ 23     $ 17     $ 3,863    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-7



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income
  Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Structured
US Equity
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 1     $ 4     $ 3    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     1       2       3    
Net investment income (loss)           2          
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (2 )     (3 )     (13 )  
Capital gain distribution           8       2    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (2 )     5       (11 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (27 )     (90 )     (95 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (29 )     (85 )     (106 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (29 )   $ (83 )   $ (106 )  
    Goldman
Sachs
Structured
Small Cap
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Capital
Growth
  Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income SC
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 1     $     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     1       2          
Net investment income (loss)           (2 )        
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (1 )     (8 )        
Capital gain distribution                    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (1 )     (8 )        
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (37 )     (58 )     (2 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (38 )     (66 )     (2 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (38 )   $ (68 )   $ (2 )  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-8



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity SC
  MFS
Growth
Series IC
  MFS
Research IC
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 1     $     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges           2       1    
Net investment income (loss)     1       (2 )     (1 )  
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares           (2 )        
Capital gain distribution     1                
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     1       (2 )        
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (4 )     (57 )     (26 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (3 )     (59 )     (26 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (2 )   $ (61 )   $ (27 )  
    MFS
Investors
Trust IC
  MFS
Total
Return IC
  MFS
New
Discovery IC
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 1     $ 6     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     1       2          
Net investment income (loss)           4          
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares           (6 )        
Capital gain distribution     6       11       3    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     6       5       3    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (40 )     (52 )     (10 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (34 )     (47 )     (7 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (34 )   $ (43 )   $ (7 )  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-9



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    MFS
Utilities IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock SC
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 3     $     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     3                
Net investment income (loss)                    
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (38 )              
Capital gain distribution     34                
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (4 )              
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (106 )           (1 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (110 )           (1 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (110 )   $     $ (1 )  
    Oppenheimer
Money
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
MidCap
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation
Fund/VA
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 2     $     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     1       1       2    
Net investment income (loss)     1       (1 )     (2 )  
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares           (9 )     (1 )  
Capital gain distribution                    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           (9 )     (1 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (1 )     (53 )     (77 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (1 )     (62 )     (78 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $     $ (63 )   $ (80 )  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-10



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Oppenheimer
Main Street
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Global
Securites
Fund/VA
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 3     $ 13     $ 4    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     2       3       4    
Net investment income (loss)     1       10          
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (3 )     7          
Capital gain distribution     11       3       18    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     8       10       18    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (81 )     (52 )     (149 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (73 )     (42 )     (131 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (72 )   $ (32 )   $ (131 )  
    Oppenheimer
High Income
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation
Fund/VA SC
  Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond
Fund/VA SC
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 1     $     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges                    
Net investment income (loss)     1                
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares                    
Capital gain distribution                    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments                    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (8 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (8 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (7 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-11



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Van Eck WW
Hard Asset
  Van Kampen
Capital
Growth
  Van Kampen
Enterprise
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $     $ 1     $ 2    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     1       2       3    
Net investment income (loss)     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (25 )     (1 )     2    
Capital gain distribution     9                
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (16 )     (1 )     2    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (17 )     (98 )     (109 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (33 )     (99 )     (107 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (34 )   $ (100 )   $ (108 )  
    Van Kampen
Comstock
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income
  Van Kampen
Mid-Cap
Growth II
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 19     $ 16     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     10       10          
Net investment income (loss)     9       6          
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares           1          
Capital gain distribution     41       26       9    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     41       27       9    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (349 )     (299 )     (24 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (308 )     (272 )     (15 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (299 )   $ (266 )   $ (15 )  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-12



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Van Kampen
Government
Portfolio II
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income II
  Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $     $     $ 6    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges                 6    
Net investment income (loss)                    
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares           (1 )     (8 )  
Capital gain distribution                 1    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           (1 )     (7 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    2       (5 )     (184 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     2       (6 )     (191 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ 2     $ (6 )   $ (191 )  
    Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture
  Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value
  Lord Abbett
Growth
Opportunities
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $ 19     $ 3     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges     4       3          
Net investment income (loss)     15                
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (1 )     (7 )        
Capital gain distribution     1       10          
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           3          
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (74 )     (119 )     (1 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (74 )     (116 )     (1 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (59 )   $ (116 )   $ (1 )  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-13



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Fidelity
Contrafund
Portfolio SC2
  Fidelity
Mid Cap SC2
  Fidelity
Investment
Grade
Bonds SC2
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $     $     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges                    
Net investment income (loss)                    
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares     (1 )              
Capital gain distribution                    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (1 )              
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (15 )     (10 )        
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (16 )     (10 )        
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (16 )   $ (10 )   $    
    Franklin
Income
Securities
  Franklin
Rising
Dividend
Securities
  Mutual
Shares
Securities
 
Investment Income  
Dividends   $     $     $    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges                    
Net investment income (loss)                    
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares                    
Capital gain distribution                    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments                    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
    (1 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-14



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Franklin
US Gov't
Fund
  Templeton
Foreign
Securities
  Total  
Investment Income  
Dividends   $     $     $ 109    
Expense  
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges                 70    
Net investment income (loss)                 39    
Net Realized and Unrealized Gains on Investments  
Net realized gain (loss) from redemption of investment shares           (1 )     (121 )  
Capital gain distribution                 194    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           (1 )     73    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on
investments during the period
          (8 )     (2,341 )  
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments           (9 )     (2,268 )  
Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets resulting from Operations   $     $ (9 )   $ (2,229 )  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-15



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income
  Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Structured
US Equity
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $ 2     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (2 )     5       (11 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (27 )     (90 )     (95 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (29 )     (83 )     (106 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (12 )     (11 )     (51 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (2 )     1       1    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (14 )     (10 )     (50 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (43 )     (93 )     (156 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     94       184       313    
End of Year   $ 51     $ 91     $ 157    
    Goldman
Sachs
Structured
Small Cap
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Capital
Growth
  Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income SC
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $ (2 )   $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (1 )     (8 )        
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (37 )     (58 )     (2 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (38 )     (68 )     (2 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                 14    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (2 )     (35 )        
Death benefits     (4 )     (6 )        
Transfer (to) from other portfolios           2          
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (6 )     (39 )     14    
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (44 )     (107 )     12    
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     114       191          
End of Year   $ 70     $ 84     $ 12    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-16



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity SC
  MFS
Growth
Series IC
  MFS
Research IC
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 1     $ (2 )   $ (1 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     1       (2 )        
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (4 )     (57 )     (26 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (2 )     (61 )     (27 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments     14                
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders           (8 )     (13 )  
Death benefits                 (7 )  
Transfer (to) from other portfolios                 1    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    14       (8 )     (19 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     12       (69 )     (46 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year           165       93    
End of Year   $ 12     $ 96     $ 47    
    MFS
Investors
Trust IC
  MFS
Total
Return IC
  MFS New
Discovery IC
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $ 4     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     6       5       3    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (40 )     (52 )     (10 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (34 )     (43 )     (7 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (9 )     (12 )     (5 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios           3          
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (9 )     (9 )     (5 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (43 )     (52 )     (12 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     106       176       22    
End of Year   $ 63     $ 124     $ 10    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-17



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    MFS
Utilities IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock SC
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (4 )              
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (106 )           (1 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (110 )           (1 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                 7    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (7 )     (4 )        
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (58 )              
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (65 )     (4 )     7    
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (175 )     (4 )     6    
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     282       4          
End of Year   $ 107     $     $ 6    
    Oppenheimer
Money
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
MidCap
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation
Fund/VA
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 1     $ (1 )   $ (2 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           (9 )     (1 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (1 )     (53 )     (77 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations           (63 )     (80 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders           (12 )     (23 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     98             (19 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    98       (12 )     (42 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     98       (75 )     (122 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     57       138       210    
End of Year   $ 155     $ 63     $ 88    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-18



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Oppenheimer
Main Street
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Global
Securites
Fund/VA
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 1     $ 10     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     8       10       18    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (81 )     (52 )     (149 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (72 )     (32 )     (131 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (38 )     (43 )        
Death benefits     (3 )           (5 )  
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (11 )     (49 )     (1 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (52 )     (92 )     (6 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (124 )     (124 )     (137 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     216       281       326    
End of Year   $ 92     $ 157     $ 189    
    Oppenheimer
High Income
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation
Fund/VA SC
  Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond
Fund/VA SC
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 1     $     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments                    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (8 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (7 )     (1 )     (1 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments           9       25    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders                    
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios                    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
          9       25    
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (7 )     8       24    
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     9                
End of Year   $ 2     $ 8     $ 24    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-19



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Van Eck WW
Hard Asset
  Van Kampen
Capital
Growth
  Van Kampen
Enterprise
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (16 )     (1 )     2    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (17 )     (98 )     (109 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (34 )     (100 )     (108 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders           (8 )     (34 )  
Death benefits                 (4 )  
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (21 )     (4 )     1    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (21 )     (12 )     (37 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (55 )     (112 )     (145 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     56       212       276    
End of Year   $ 1     $ 100     $ 131    
    Van Kampen
Comstock
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income
  Van Kampen
Mid-Cap
Growth II
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 9     $ 6     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     41       27       9    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (349 )     (299 )     (24 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (299 )     (266 )     (15 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (45 )     (81 )        
Death benefits     (5 )              
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (83 )     (21 )     3    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (133 )     (102 )     3    
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (432 )     (368 )     (12 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     881       877       29    
End of Year   $ 449     $ 509     $ 17    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-20



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Van Kampen
Government
Portfolio II
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income II
  Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           (1 )     (7 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     2       (5 )     (184 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     2       (6 )     (191 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments     68       26       20    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders                 (41 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios                 20    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    68       26       (1 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     70       20       (192 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year                 502    
End of Year   $ 70     $ 20     $ 310    
    Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture
  Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value
  Lord Abbett
Growth
Opportunities
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 15     $     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           3          
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (74 )     (119 )     (1 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (59 )     (116 )     (1 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments     7             5    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (10 )     (11 )        
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     36       1          
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    33       (10 )     5    
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (26 )     (126 )     4    
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     280       289          
End of Year   $ 254     $ 163     $ 4    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-21



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Fidelity
Contrafund
Portfolio
SC2
  Fidelity
Mid Cap
SC2
  Fidelity
Investment
Grade
Bonds SC2
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (1 )              
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (15 )     (10 )        
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (16 )     (10 )        
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments     46       26       23    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders                    
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios                    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    46       26       23    
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     30       16       23    
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year                    
End of Year   $ 30     $ 16     $ 23    
    Franklin
Income
Securities
  Franklin
Rising
Dividend
Securities
  Mutual
Shares
Securities
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments                    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments     7       7       7    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders                    
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios                    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    7       7       7    
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     6       6       6    
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year                    
End of Year   $ 6     $ 6     $ 6    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-22



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2008
(in thousands)

    Franklin
US Gov't
Fund
  Templeton
Foreign
Securities
  Total  
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $     $ 39    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           (1 )     73    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period           (8 )     (2,341 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations           (9 )     (2,229 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments     23       24       358    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders                 (515 )  
Death benefits                 (34 )  
Transfer (to) from other portfolios           2       (100 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    23       26       (291 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     23       17       (2,520 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year                 6,383    
End of Year   $ 23     $ 17     $ 3,863    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-23



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in thousands)

    Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income
  Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Structured
US Equity
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 1     $ (1 )   $ (1 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     12       20       18    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (15 )     (7 )     (24 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (2 )     12       (7 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (36 )     (17 )     (98 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     57       20       83    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    21       3       (15 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     19       15       (22 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     75       169       335    
End of Year   $ 94     $ 184     $ 313    
    Goldman
Sachs
Structured
Small Cap
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Capital
Growth
  Calvert
Social
Small Cap
Growth
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ (2 )   $ (3 )   $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     11       (3 )     5    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (38 )     25       (4 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (29 )     19       1    
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (8 )     (53 )     (27 )  
Death benefits           (1 )        
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (45 )     (11 )        
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (53 )     (65 )     (27 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (82 )     (46 )     (26 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     196       237       26    
End of Year   $ 114     $ 191     $    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-24



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in thousands)

    Calvert
Social
Balanced
  MFS
Emerging
Growth IC
  MFS
Research IC
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $     $ (2 )   $ (1 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments           (6 )     (1 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period           35       16    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations           27       14    
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (3 )     (31 )     (68 )  
Death benefits           (1 )     (1 )  
Transfer (to) from other portfolios           15       (17 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (3 )     (17 )     (86 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (3 )     10       (72 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     3       155       165    
End of Year   $     $ 165     $ 93    
    MFS
Investors
Trust IC
  MFS
Total
Return IC
  MFS New
Discovery IC
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ (1 )   $ 2     $ (1 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     2       7       9    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     9       (3 )     (6 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     10       6       2    
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (9 )     (5 )     (46 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios           (15 )     (10 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (9 )     (20 )     (56 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     1       (14 )     (54 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     105       190       76    
End of Year   $ 106     $ 176     $ 22    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-25



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in thousands)

    MFS
Utility IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock IC
  Oppenheimer
Money
Fund/VA
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ (1 )   $     $ 6    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     17       2          
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     36       (1 )        
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     52       1       6    
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders             (7 )     (245 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     45             130    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    45       (7 )     (115 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     97       (6 )     (109 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     185       10       166    
End of Year   $ 282     $ 4     $ 57    
    Oppenheimer
Mid Cap/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appr/VA
  Oppenheimer
Main
Street/VA
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ (2 )   $ (3 )   $ (1 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     (54 )     (19 )     30    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     65       52       (19 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     9       30       10    
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                 1    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (52 )     (73 )     (117 )  
Death benefits     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (11 )     (54 )     (47 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (64 )     (128 )     (164 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (55 )     (98 )     (154 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     193       308       370    
End of Year   $ 138     $ 210     $ 216    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-26



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in thousands)

    Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond/VA
  Oppenheimer
Global
Securites
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
High Income
Fund/VA
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 6     $     $ 1    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     2       36       (1 )  
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     13       (20 )        
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     21       16          
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments           13          
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (51 )     (65 )     (4 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios           (12 )        
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (51 )     (64 )     (4 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (30 )     (48 )     (4 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     311       374       13    
End of Year   $ 281     $ 326     $ 9    
    Van Eck WW
Hard Asset
  Van Kampen
Strategic
Growth
  Van Kampen
Enterprise
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ (1 )   $ (3 )   $ (3 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     1             16    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     10       34       15    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     10       31       28    
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                          
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders           (20 )     (17 )  
Death benefits                 (1 )  
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (24 )     (23 )     (2 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (24 )     (43 )     (20 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (14 )     (12 )     8    
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     70       224       268    
End of Year   $ 56     $ 212     $ 276    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-27



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in thousands)

    Van Kampen
Comstock
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income
  Van Kampen
Aggressive
Growth II
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 3     $ 1     $    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     30       34          
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (65 )     (24 )     1    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     (32 )     11       1    
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments     13       12          
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (40 )     (36 )     (9 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     (20 )     13       20    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (47 )     (11 )     11    
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (79 )           12    
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     960       877       17    
End of Year   $ 881     $ 877     $ 29    
    Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income
  Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture
  Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value
 
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ (2 )   $ 13     $ (4 )  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     62       2       58    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (49 )     (2 )     (57 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     11       13       (3 )  
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments                    
Contract maintenance fees                    
Surrenders     (62 )     (16 )     (37 )  
Death benefits                    
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     3       5       (21 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity
contract transactions
    (59 )     (11 )     (58 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (48 )     2       (61 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     550       278       350    
End of Year   $ 502     $ 280     $ 289    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-28



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS, CONTINUED
Year Ended December 31, 2007
(in thousands)

    Total  
From Operations  
Net investment income (loss)   $ 1    
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     290    
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments during the period     (23 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     268    
From Variable Annuity Contract Transactions  
Contractowners' net payments     39    
Contract maintenance fees        
Surrenders     (1,252 )  
Death benefits     (7 )  
Transfer (to) from other portfolios     79    
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from variable annuity contract transactions     (1,141 )  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     (873 )  
Net Assets  
Beginning of Year     7,256    
End of Year   $ 6,383    

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-29




THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

1.  ORGANIZATION

The Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life (Separate Account) was established by Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (PLAIC) on December 1, 1997, with sales beginning August 21, 1998. The Separate Account is an investment account to which net proceeds from individual flexible premium deferred variable annuity contracts (Contracts) are allocated until maturity or termination of the Contracts.

PLAIC has structured the Separate Account into a unit investment trust form registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

At December 31, 2008, the Separate Account was comprised of forty-four subaccounts:

Goldman Sachs Growth & Income
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income SC
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity SC
MFS Growth Series IC
MFS Research IC
MFS Investors Trust IC
MFS Total Return IC
MFS New Discovery IC
MFS Utilities IC
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC
MFS Investors Growth Stock SC
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA
Oppenheimer MidCap Fund/VA
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA
Oppenheimer Main Street Fund/VA
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA
Oppenheimer Global Securites Fund/VA
Oppenheimer High Income Fund/VA
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA SC
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA SC
Van Eck WW Hard Asset
Van Kampen Capital Growth
Van Kampen Enterprise
Van Kampen Comstock
Van Kampen Growth & Income
Van Kampen Mid-Cap Growth II
Van Kampen Government Portfolio II
Van Kampen Growth & Income II
Lord Abbett Growth & Income
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities
Fidelity Contrafund Portfolio SC2
Fidelity Mid Cap SC2
Fidelity Investment Grade Bonds SC2
Franklin Income Securities
Franklin Rising Dividend Securities
Mutual Shares Securities
Franklin US Gov't Fund
Templeton Foreign Securities

Gross premiums from the Contracts are allocated to the subaccounts in accordance with contract owner instructions and are recorded as variable annuity contract transactions in the statement of changes in net assets. Such amounts are used to provide money to pay contract values under the Contracts. The Separate Account's assets are the property of PLAIC.

Contract owners may allocate some or all of gross premiums or transfer some or all of the contract value to the Guaranteed Account, which is part of PLAIC's General Account. The assets of PLAIC's General Account support its insurance and annuity obligations and are subject to PLAIC's general liabilities from business operations. The Guaranteed Account's balance as of December 31, 2008 was approximately $1.1 million. Transfers to/from other portfolios, included in the statement of changes in net assets, include transfers between the individual subaccounts and between the subaccounts and the Guaranteed Account.


F-30



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

1.  ORGANIZATION — (Continued)

Pursuant to the terms of an agreement with PLAIC, Protective Life Insurance Company, its ultimate parent company, administers the Contracts. Contract administration includes: processing applications for the Contracts and subsequent owner requests; processing purchase payments, transfers, surrenders and death benefit claims as well as performing record maintenance and disbursing annuity income payments.

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Investment Valuation

Investments are made in shares and are valued at the net asset values of the respective portfolios. The net assets of each sub-account of the Separate Account reflect the investment management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the Funds. Transactions with the Funds are recorded on the trade date. Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.

Realized Gains and Losses

Realized gains and losses on investments include gains and losses on redemptions of the Funds' shares (determined on the last-in-first-out (LIFO) basis) and capital gain distributions from the Funds.

Dividend Income and Capital Gain Distributions

Dividend income and capital gain distributions are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Distributions are from net investment income and net realized gains recorded in the financial statements of the underlying investment company. Dividends and capital gain distributions received from mutual funds are reinvested in additional shares of the respective mutual funds.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make various estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Federal Income Taxes

The results of the operations of the Separate Account are included in the federal income tax return of Protective Life Corporation (parent of PLAIC). Under the provisions of the Contracts, PLAIC has the right to charge the Separate Account for federal income tax attributable to the Separate Account. No charge has been made against the Separate Account for such tax.

Annuity Payouts

Net assets allocated to contracts in the annuity payout period are computed according to the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table. The assumed investment return is 5%. The mortality risk is fully borne by PLAIC and may result in additional amounts being transferred into the variable annuity separate account by PLAIC to cover greater longevity of annuitants than expected. Conversely, if amounts allocated exceed amounts required, transfers may be made to PLAIC. There are currently no polices in the annuity payout phase.


F-31



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — (Continued)

Risks and Uncertainties

The Separate Account provides for various investment options in any combination of mutual funds. Generally, all investments are exposed to various risks, such as interest rate, market and credit risks. Due to the level of risk associated with certain investments and the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of investments, it is at least reasonably possible that changes in risks in the near term could materially affect investment balances, the amounts reported in the statements of assets and liabilities and the amounts reported in the statement of changes in net assets.

3.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Effective January 1, 2008, the Separate Account determined the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurement ("SFAS No. 157") which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.

In compliance with SFAS No. 157, the Separate Account has categorized its financial instruments, based on the priority of the inputs to the valuation technique, into a three level hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). If the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the category level is based on the lowest priority level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument.

Financial assets recorded at fair value on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities are categorized as follows:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in an active market.

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active or significant inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include the following:

  a) Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets

  b) Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in non-active markets

  c) Inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable

  d) Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means.

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. They reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset.

The following table presents the Separate Account hierarchy for its assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:

(in thousands)   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
Assets:  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income   $ 51     $     $     $ 51    
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity     91                   91    
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity     157                   157    
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity     70                   70    

 


F-32



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

3.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands)   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
Assets:  
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth   $ 84     $     $     $ 84    
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income SC     12                   12    
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity SC     12                   12    
MFS Growth Series IC     96                   96    
MFS Research IC     47                   47    
MFS Investors Trust IC     63                   63    
MFS Total Return IC     124                   124    
MFS New Discovery IC     10                   10    
MFS Utilities IC     107                   107    
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC                          
MFS Investors Growth Stock SC     6                   6    
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA     155                   155    
Oppenheimer MidCap Fund/VA     63                   63    
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA     88                   88    
Oppenheimer Main Street Fund/VA     92                   92    
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA     157                   157    
Oppenheimer Global Securites Fund/VA     189                   189    
Oppenheimer High Income Fund/VA     2                   2    
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA SC     8                   8    
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA SC     24                   24    
Van Eck WW Hard Asset     1                   1    
Van Kampen Capital Growth     100                   100    
Van Kampen Enterprise     131                   131    
Van Kampen Comstock     449                   449    
Van Kampen Growth & Income     509                   509    
Van Kampen Mid-Cap Growth II     17                   17    
Van Kampen Government Portfolio II     70                   70    
Van Kampen Growth & Income II     20                   20    
Lord Abbett Growth & Income     310                   310    
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture     254                   254    
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     163                   163    
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities     4                   4    
Fidelity Contrafund Portfolio SC2     30                   30    
Fidelity Mid Cap SC2     16                   16    
Fidelity Investment Grade Bonds SC2     23                   23    
Franklin Income Securities     6                   6    
Franklin Rising Dividend Securities     6                   6    
Mutual Shares Securities     6                   6    
Franklin US Gov't Fund     23                   23    
Templeton Foreign Securities     17                   17    
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis   $ 3,863     $     $     $ 3,863    

 


F-33



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

3.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS — (Continued)

Determination of fair values

The valuation methodologies used to determine the fair values of assets and liabilities under the guidance within SFAS No. 157 reflect market participant assumptions and are based on the application of the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable market inputs over unobservable inputs. The Separate Account determines the fair values of certain financial assets based on quoted market prices. All of the assets included in Level 1 above are open-ended mutual funds. All of the open-ended mutual funds are valued at the net asset values of the respective portfolios. There are no restrictions on purchases or sales of these open-ended mutual funds.

4.  CHANGES IN UNITS OUTSTANDING

The change in units outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows (in thousands):

    2008
In Thousands
  2007
In Thousands
 
    Units
Issued
  Units
Redeemed
  Net
Increase
(Decrease)
  Units
Issued
  Units
Redeemed
  Net
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income           (1 )     (1 )     3       (2 )     1    
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity           (1 )     (1 )     1       (1 )        
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity           (2 )     (2 )     3       (4 )     (1 )  
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity                             (2 )     (2 )  
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth           (2 )     (2 )           (2 )     (2 )  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income SC     2             2                      
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity SC     2             2                      
MFS Growth Series IC     1       (1 )           1       (3 )     (2 )  
MFS Research IC           (1 )     (1 )           (6 )     (6 )  
MFS Investors Trust IC           (1 )     (1 )                    
MFS Total Return IC     1       (2 )     (1 )           (1 )     (1 )  
MFS New Discovery IC                             (3 )     (3 )  
MFS Utilities IC     1       (5 )     (4 )     5       (3 )     2    
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC           (1 )     (1 )           (1 )     (1 )  
MFS Investors Growth Stock SC     1             1                      
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA     78       (9 )     69       106       (188 )     (82 )  
Oppenheimer MidCap Fund/VA           (1 )     (1 )           (4 )     (4 )  
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA           (3 )     (3 )           (6 )     (6 )  
Oppenheimer Main Street Fund/VA           (4 )     (4 )           (11 )     (11 )  
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA           (5 )     (5 )           (4 )     (4 )  
Oppenheimer Global Securites Fund/VA                       2       (4 )     (2 )  
Oppenheimer High Income Fund/VA                                      
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA SC     1             1                      
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA SC     2             2                      
Van Eck WW Hard Asset     1       (2 )     (1 )     1       (2 )     (1 )  
Van Kampen Capital Growth           (2 )     (2 )           (9 )     (9 )  
Van Kampen Enterprise     2       (9 )     (7 )     3       (6 )     (3 )  

 


F-34



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

4.  CHANGES IN UNITS OUTSTANDING — (Continued)

    2008
In Thousands
  2007
In Thousands
 
    Units
Issued
  Units
Redeemed
  Net
Increase
(Decrease)
  Units
Issued
  Units
Redeemed
  Net
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Van Kampen Comstock           (10 )     (10 )     1       (3 )     (2 )  
Van Kampen Growth & Income           (7 )     (7 )     4       (5 )     (1 )  
Van Kampen Mid-Cap Growth II     1       (1 )           3       (1 )     2    
Van Kampen Government Portfolio II     6             6                      
Van Kampen Growth & Income II     4       (2 )     2                      
Lord Abbett Growth & Income     4       (5 )     (1 )     3       (7 )     (4 )  
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture     4       (1 )     3             (1 )     (1 )  
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     1       (2 )     (1 )     1       (5 )     (4 )  
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities                                      
Fidelity Contrafund Portfolio SC2     6       (3 )     3                      
Fidelity Mid Cap SC2     3       (2 )     1                      
Fidelity Investment Grade Bonds SC2     2             2                      
Franklin Income Securities     1             1                      
Franklin Rising Dividend Securities     1             1                      
Mutual Shares Securities     1             1                      
Franklin US Gov't Fund     2             2                      
Templeton Foreign Securities     5       (3 )     2                      

 

5.  INVESTMENTS

At December 31, 2008, the investments by the respective subaccounts were as follows:

(in thousands except share data)   2008  
Fund Name   Shares   Cost   Market Value   Net Asset Value
Per Share
 
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income     6,455     $ 83     $ 51     $ 7.97    
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity     14,206       206       91       6.41    
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity     19,652       301       157       7.99    
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity     10,058       113       70       6.98    
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth     11,393       144       84       7.40    
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income SC     1,534       14       12       7.99    
Goldman Sachs Strategic International Equity SC     1,942       15       12       6.42    
MFS Growth Series IC     6,145       141       96       15.62    
MFS Research IC     3,614       67       47       12.90    
MFS Investors Trust IC     4,322       87       63       14.64    
MFS Total Return IC     8,035       141       124       15.42    
MFS New Discovery IC     1,185       14       10       8.23    
MFS Utilities IC     5,872       138       107       18.24    
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC     3                   7.10    
MFS Investors Growth Stock SC     864       7       6       6.95    

 


F-35



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

(in thousands except share data)   2008  
Fund Name   Shares   Cost   Market Value   Net Asset Value
Per Share
 
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA     155,266     $ 155     $ 155     $ 1.00    
Oppenheimer MidCap Fund/VA     2,302       157       63       27.54    
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA     3,440       136       88       25.67    
Oppenheimer Main Street Fund/VA     6,316       128       92       14.56    
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA     34,920       170       157       4.49    
Oppenheimer Global Securites Fund/VA     9,354       263       189       20.21    
Oppenheimer High Income Fund/VA     1,167       12       2       1.58    
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA SC     305       9       8       25.42    
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA SC     5,267       25       24       4.56    
Van Eck WW Hard Asset     57       1       1       18.75    
Van Kampen Capital Growth     5,857       220       100       17.10    
Van Kampen Enterprise     13,224       215       131       9.87    
Van Kampen Comstock     54,370       586       449       8.25    
Van Kampen Growth & Income     37,009       558       509       13.74    
Van Kampen Mid-Cap Growth II     8,445       45       17       2.04    
Van Kampen Government Portfolio II     7,565       68       70       9.26    
Van Kampen Growth & Income II     1,491       26       20       13.71    
Lord Abbett Growth & Income     17,948       344       310       17.27    
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture     28,517       308       254       8.92    
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     15,468       210       163       10.51    
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities     406       5       4       9.88    
Fidelity Contrafund Portfolio SC2     1,978       45       30       15.14    
Fidelity Mid Cap SC2     898       26       16       18.12    
Fidelity Investment Grade Bonds SC2     1,952       23       23       11.62    
Franklin Income Securities     572       7       6       11.43    
Franklin Rising Dividend Securities     459       7       6       13.72    
Mutual Shares Securities     515       7       6       11.78    
Franklin US Gov't Fund     1,789       23       23       12.99    
Templeton Foreign Securities     1,566       25       17       10.76    
      513,703     $ 5,275     $ 3,863            

 


F-36



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

During the year ended December 31, 2008, transactions in shares were as follows.

Fund Name   Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income
  Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Structured
US Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Structured
Small Cap
Equity
  Goldman
Sachs
Capital
Growth
  Goldman
Sachs
Growth &
Income SC
 
Shares Purchased     2       128       289       20       80       1,494    
Shares received from reinvestment of
dividends
    184       1,960       714       123       22       43    
Total shares acquired     186       2,088       1,003       143       102       1,537    
Shares redeemed     (1,260 )     (1,273 )     (5,099 )     (775 )     (3,684 )     (3 )  
Net Increase (decrease) in shares owned     (1,074 )     815       (4,096 )     (632 )     (3,582 )     1,534    
Shares owned, beginning of period     7,529       13,391       23,748       10,690       14,975          
Shares owned, end of period     6,455       14,206       19,652       10,058       11,393       1,534    
Cost of shares acquired (000's)   $ 1     $ 13     $ 8     $ 1     $ 1     $ 14    
Proceeds from sales (000's)   $ 15     $ 14     $ 57     $ 7     $ 41     $    
Fund Name   Goldman
Sachs
Strategic
International
Equity SC
  MFS
Growth
Series IC
  MFS
Research IC
  MFS
Investors
Trust IC
  MFS
Total
Return IC
  MFS
New
Discovery IC
 
Shares Purchased     1,685       39       64       0       1,199       1    
Shares received from reinvestment of
dividends
    261       13       21       335       874       254    
Total shares acquired     1,946       52       85       335       2,073       255    
Shares redeemed     (4 )     (488 )     (1,077 )     (514 )     (2,144 )     (393 )  
Net Increase (decrease) in shares owned     1,942       (436 )     (992 )     (179 )     (71 )     (138 )  
Shares owned, beginning of period           6,581       4,606       4,501       8,106       1,323    
Shares owned, end of period     1,942       6,145       3,614       4,322       8,035       1,185    
Cost of shares acquired (000's)   $ 15     $ 1     $ 1     $ 7     $ 42     $ 3    
Proceeds from sales (000's)   $     $ 10     $ 21     $ 11     $ 37     $ 5    
Fund Name   MFS
Utilities IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock IC
  MFS
Investors
Growth
Stock SC
  Oppenheimer
Money
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
MidCap
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation
Fund/VA
 
Shares Purchased     612             866       110,163       14       1    
Shares received from reinvestment of
dividends
    1,321       18             1,846             6    
Total shares acquired     1,933       18       866       112,009       14       7    
Shares redeemed     (4,225 )     (367 )     (2 )     (13,899 )     (268 )     (1,023 )  
Net Increase (decrease) in shares
owned
    (2,292 )     (349 )     864       98,110       (254 )     (1,016 )  
Shares owned, beginning of period     8,164       352             57,156       2,556       4,456    
Shares owned, end of period     5,872       3       864       155,266       2,302       3,440    
Cost of shares acquired (000's)   $ 53     $     $ 7     $ 112     $     $    
Proceeds from sales (000's)   $ 84     $ 4     $     $ 14     $ 13     $ 45    

 


F-37



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

Fund Name   Oppenheimer
Main
Street
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Global
Securites
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
High
Income
Fund/VA
  Oppenheimer
Capital
Appreciation
Fund/VA SC
  Oppenheimer
Strategic
Bond
Fund/VA SC
 
Shares Purchased     31       1,273       212       (1 )     306       5,279    
Shares received from
reinvestment of dividends
    667       3,086       745       81                
Total shares acquired     698       4,359       957       80       306       5,279    
Shares redeemed     (2,798 )     (19,957 )     (523 )     (20 )     (1 )     (12 )  
Net Increase (decrease) in
shares owned
    (2,100 )     (15,598 )     434       60       305       5,267    
Shares owned, beginning of
period
    8,416       50,518       8,920       1,107                
Shares owned, end of period     6,316       34,920       9,354       1,167       305       5,267    
Cost of shares
acquired (000's)
  $ 14     $ 23     $ 28     $ 1     $ 9     $ 25    
Proceeds from sales (000's)   $ 55     $ 102     $ 15     $     $     $    
Fund Name   Van Eck
WW Hard
Asset
  Van Kampen
Capital
Growth
  Van Kampen
Enterprise
  Van Kampen
Comstock
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income
  Van Kampen
Mid-Cap
Growth II
 
Shares Purchased     706       16       741       280       4       1,009    
Shares received from
reinvestment of dividends
    276       30       150       5,081       2,297       2,526    
Total shares acquired     982       46       891       5,361       2,301       3,535    
Shares redeemed     (2,279 )     (489 )     (3,467 )     (14,572 )     (6,354 )     (124 )  
Net Increase (decrease) in
shares owned
    (1,297 )     (443 )     (2,576 )     (9,211 )     (4,053 )     3,411    
Shares owned, beginning of
period
    1,354       6,300       15,800       63,581       41,062       5,034    
Shares owned, end of period     57       5,857       13,224       54,370       37,009       8,445    
Cost of shares
acquired (000's)
  $ 34     $ 1     $ 13     $ 63     $ 42     $ 11    
Proceeds from sales (000's)   $ 46     $ 15     $ 51     $ 146     $ 112     $    
Fund Name   Van Kampen
Government
Portfolio II
  Van Kampen
Growth &
Income II
  Lord Abbett
Growth &
Income
  Lord Abbett
Bond
Debenture
  Lord Abbett
Mid-Cap
Value
  Lord Abbett
Growth
Opportunities
 
Shares Purchased     7,584       2,541       2,183       3,795       764       398    
Shares received from
reinvestment of dividends
                484       2,318       1,291       9    
Total shares acquired     7,584       2,541       2,667       6,113       2,055       407    
Shares redeemed     (19 )     (1,050 )     (2,706 )     (1,391 )     (1,869 )     (1 )  
Net Increase (decrease) in
shares owned
    7,565       1,491       (39 )     4,722       186       406    
Shares owned, beginning of
period
                17,987       23,795       15,282          
Shares owned, end of period     7,565       1,491       17,948       28,517       15,468       406    
Cost of shares acquired (000's)   $ 68     $ 45     $ 66     $ 65     $ 26     $ 5    
Proceeds from sales (000's)   $     $ 19     $ 65     $ 16     $ 27     $    

 


F-38



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

Fund Name   Fidelity
Contrafund
Portfolio SC2
  Fidelity
Mid Cap SC2
  Fidelity
Investment
Grade
Bonds SC2
  Franklin
Income
Securities
  Franklin
Rising
Dividend
Securities
  Mutual
Shares
Securities
 
Shares Purchased     3,537       1,804       1,957       573       460       516    
Shares received from reinvestment of
dividends
    23       1                            
Total shares acquired     3,560       1,805       1,957       573       460       516    
Shares redeemed     (1,582 )     (907 )     (5 )     (1 )     (1 )     (1 )  
Net Increase (decrease) in shares owned     1,978       898       1,952       572       459       515    
Shares owned, beginning of period                                      
Shares owned, end of period     1,978       898       1,952       572       459       515    
Cost of shares acquired (000's)   $ 84     $ 52     $ 23     $ 7     $ 7     $ 7    
Proceeds from sales (000's)   $ 38     $ 26     $     $     $     $    

 

Fund Name   Franklin
US Gov't Fund
  Templeton
Foreign
Securities
  Total  
Shares Purchased     1,794       3,150       157,568    
Shares received from reinvestment of dividends                 27,060    
Total shares acquired     1,794       3,150       184,628    
Shares redeemed     (5 )     (1,584 )     (98,215 )  
Net Increase (decrease) in shares owned     1,789       1,566       86,413    
Shares owned, beginning of period                 427,290    
Shares owned, end of period     1,789       1,566       513,703    
Cost of shares acquired (000's)   $ 23     $ 51     $ 1,072    
Proceeds from sales (000's)   $     $ 25     $ 1,136    

 


F-39



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

    As of December 31, 2008   For the Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Units   Unit
Fair
Value
  Unit
Fair
Value
  Net
Assets
  Investment
Income
  Expense Ratio   Total Return  
Fund Name   (000's)   Lowest   Highest   (000's)   Ratio*   Lowest**   Highest**   Lowest***   Highest***  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income     3     $ 17.01     $ 17.01     $ 51       1.89 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –35.44 %     –35.44 %  
Goldman Sachs Strategic
International Equity
    7     $ 12.51     $ 12.51     $ 91       2.97 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –46.71 %     –46.71 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity     8     $ 18.57     $ 18.57     $ 157       1.48 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –37.88 %     –37.88 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity     4     $ 17.09     $ 17.09     $ 70       0.68 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –34.95 %     –34.95 %  
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth     6     $ 14.27     $ 14.27     $ 84       0.11 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –42.57 %     –42.57 %  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income SC     2     $ 6.88     $ 9.36     $ 12       12.64 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –34.56 %     9.79 %(a)  
Goldman Sachs Strategic
International Equity SC
    2     $ 6.06     $ 9.34     $ 12       20.28 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –43.66 %     14.55 %(a)  
MFS Growth Series IC     9     $ 10.74     $ 10.74     $ 96       0.23 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –38.29 %     –38.29 %  
MFS Research IC     5     $ 10.05     $ 10.05     $ 47       0.59 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –36.98 %     –36.98 %  
MFS Investors Trust IC     6     $ 10.29     $ 10.29     $ 63       0.87 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –34.02 %     –34.02 %  
MFS Total Return IC     8     $ 14.68     $ 14.68     $ 124       3.40 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –23.22 %     –23.22 %  
MFS New Discovery IC     1     $ 12.11     $ 12.11     $ 10       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –40.18 %     –40.18 %  
MFS Utilities IC     7     $ 16.42     $ 16.42     $ 107       1.54 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –38.54 %     –38.54 %  
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC     0     $ 4.53     $ 4.53     $       1.34 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –37.76 %     –37.76 %  
MFS Investors Growth Stock SC     1     $ 4.38     $ 9.12     $ 6       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –35.66 %     9.69 %(a)  
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA     110     $ 1.00     $ 11.14     $ 155       2.59 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     0.01 %     1.34 %  
Oppenheimer MidCap Fund/VA     8     $ 8.05     $ 8.05     $ 63       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –49.78 %     –49.78 %  
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA     8     $ 10.64     $ 10.64     $ 88       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –46.28 %     –46.28 %  
Oppenheimer Main Street Fund/VA     10     $ 9.32     $ 9.32     $ 92       1.65 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –39.33 %     –39.33 %  
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA     11     $ 14.42     $ 14.42     $ 157       5.99 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –15.41 %     –15.41 %  
Oppenheimer Global Securites Fund/VA     12     $ 16.27     $ 16.27     $ 189       1.57 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –41.03 %     –41.03 %  
Oppenheimer High Income Fund/VA     1     $ 2.94     $ 2.94     $ 2       7.53 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –78.97 %     –78.97 %  
Oppenheimer Capital
Appreciation Fund/VA SC
    1     $ 7.22     $ 10.43     $ 8       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –44.55 %     12.52 %(a)  
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA SC     2     $ 9.28     $ 14.12     $ 24       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –17.80 %     5.46 %(a)  
Van Eck WW Hard Asset     0     $ 25.75     $ 25.75     $ 1       0.25 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –46.88 %     –46.88 %  
Van Kampen Capital Growth     37     $ 2.72     $ 2.72     $ 100       0.53 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –49.70 %     –49.70 %  
Van Kampen Enterprise     34     $ 3.80     $ 3.80     $ 131       1.09 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –43.75 %     –43.75 %  
Van Kampen Comstock     42     $ 10.80     $ 10.80     $ 449       2.73 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –36.57 %     –36.57 %  
Van Kampen Growth & Income     49     $ 10.46     $ 10.46     $ 509       2.24 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –32.99 %     –32.99 %  
Van Kampen Mid-Cap Growth II     5     $ 3.23     $ 8.92     $ 17       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –47.58 %     13.23 %  
Van Kampen Government Portfolio II     6     $ 10.32     $ 11.58     $ 70       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     0.48 %     5.82 %(a)  
Van Kampen Growth & Income II     2     $ 9.35     $ 10.24     $ 20       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –30.53 %     12.00 %(a)  
Lord Abbett Growth & Income     35     $ 8.60     $ 9.43     $ 310       1.54 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –37.31 %     15.12 %  
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture     22     $ 9.59     $ 11.70     $ 254       6.97 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –19.08 %     5.40 %  
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     18     $ 8.52     $ 9.46     $ 163       1.25 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –40.21 %     14.28 %  
Lord Abbett Growth Opportunities     0     $ 9.11     $ 10.11     $ 4       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –35.20 %     11.77 %(a)  
Fidelity Contrafund Portfolio SC2     3     $ 6.81     $ 9.62     $ 30       1.49 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –40.23 %     11.93 %(a)  
Fidelity Mid Cap SC2     1     $ 6.83     $ 11.17     $ 16       0.17 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –37.36 %     14.18 %(a)  
Fidelity Investment Grade Bonds SC2     2     $ 9.93     $ 10.75     $ 23       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –5.20 %     3.10 %(a)  
Franklin Income Securities     1     $ 7.95     $ 9.62     $ 6       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –31.02 %     9.36 %(a)  
Franklin Rising Dividend Securities     1     $ 7.51     $ 9.65     $ 6       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –28.12 %     12.17 %(a)  
Mutual Shares Securities     1     $ 6.96     $ 9.11     $ 6       19.24 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –34.45 %     8.67 %(a)  
Franklin US Gov't Fund     2     $ 10.37     $ 11.13     $ 23       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.50 %     5.10 %(a)  
Templeton Foreign Securities     2     $ 7.48     $ 9.38     $ 17       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –38.12 %     13.16 %(a)  

 

*These amounts represent the dividends, excluding distributions of capital gains, received by the sub-account from the underlying mutual fund, net of management fees assessed by the fund manager, divided by the average of net assets. These ratios exclude those expense charges, that result in direct reductions in the unit values. The recognition of investment income by the sub-account is affected by the timing of the declaration of dividend by the underlying fund in which the sub-accounts invests.


F-40



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS — (Continued)

**These ratios represent the annualized contract expenses of the Separate Account, consisting primarily of mortality and expense risk charges, for each period indicated. The ratios include only those expenses that result in a direct reduction to unit values. Charges made directly to contract owner accounts through redemption of units and expenses of the underlying funds are excluded.

***These amounts represent the total return for the periods indicated, including changes in the value of the underlying fund. The total return does not include any expenses assessed through redemption of units; inclusion of these expenses in the calculation would result in a reduction in the total return presented.

(a)  Start date May 1, 2008


F-41



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS — (Continued)

    As of December 31, 2007   For the Year Ended December 31, 2007  
    Units   Unit
Fair
Value
  Unit
Fair
Value
  Net
Assets
  Investment
Income
  Expense Ratio      
Fund Name   (000's)   Lowest   Highest   (000's)   Ratio*   Lowest**   Highest**   Total Return***  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income     4     $ 26.34     $ 26.34     $ 94       2.16 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     0.07 %  
Goldman Sachs International Equity     8     $ 23.48     $ 23.48     $ 184       1.31 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.37 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity     10     $ 29.89     $ 29.89     $ 313       1.20 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –3.01 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity     4     $ 26.27     $ 26.27     $ 114       0.30 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –17.66 %  
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth     8     $ 24.85     $ 24.85     $ 191       0.17 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     8.58 %  
Calvert Social Small Cap Growth     0     $ 14.73     $ 14.73     $       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     5.31 %  
Calvert Social Balanced     0     $ 15.25     $ 15.25     $       0.01 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.31 %  
MFS Emerging Growth IC     9     $ 17.40     $ 17.40     $ 165       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     19.47 %  
MFS Research IC     6     $ 15.95     $ 15.95     $ 93       0.77 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     11.61 %  
MFS Investors Trust IC     7     $ 15.60     $ 15.60     $ 106       0.84 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     8.76 %  
MFS Total Return IC     9     $ 19.12     $ 19.12     $ 176       2.64 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     2.75 %  
MFS New Discovery IC     1     $ 20.24     $ 20.24     $ 22       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.08 %  
MFS Utility IC     11     $ 26.71     $ 26.71     $ 282       0.92 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     26.10 %  
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC     1     $ 7.27     $ 7.27     $ 4       0.36 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     9.79 %  
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA     41     $ 1.39     $ 1.39     $ 57       4.85 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     3.48 %  
Oppenheimer Mid Cap/VA     9     $ 16.02     $ 16.02     $ 138       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     4.84 %  
Oppenheimer Capital Appr/VA     11     $ 19.81     $ 19.81     $ 210       0.27 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     12.54 %  
Oppenheimer Main Street/VA     14     $ 15.36     $ 15.36     $ 216       0.98 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     2.78 %  
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond/VA     16     $ 17.05     $ 17.05     $ 281       3.55 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     8.15 %  
Oppenheimer Global Securities/VA     12     $ 27.59     $ 27.59     $ 326       1.44 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     4.82 %  
Oppenheimer High Income/VA     1     $ 13.98     $ 13.98     $ 9       6.98 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –1.51 %  
Van Eck Worldwide Hard Assets Fund     1     $ 48.47     $ 48.47     $ 56       0.08 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     43.31 %  
Van Kampen Strategic Growth     39     $ 5.41     $ 5.41     $ 212       0.05 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     15.32 %  
Van Kampen Enterprise     41     $ 6.76     $ 6.76     $ 276       0.40 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     11.10 %  
Van Kampen Comstock     52     $ 17.03     $ 17.03     $ 881       1.76 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –3.42 %  
Van Kampen Growth & Income     56     $ 15.61     $ 15.61     $ 877       1.54 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.35 %  
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth II     5     $ 6.28     $ 6.28     $ 29       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     15.95 %  
Lord Abbett Growth & Income     36     $ 13.96     $ 13.96     $ 502       1.11 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.98 %  
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture     19     $ 14.39     $ 14.39     $ 280       5.99 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     4.69 %  
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     19     $ 14.82     $ 14.82     $ 289       0.38 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –0.83 %  

 

*These amounts represent the dividends, excluding distributions of capital gains, received by the sub-account from the underlying mutual fund, net of management fees assessed by the fund manager, divided by the average of net assets. These ratios exclude those expense charges, that result in direct reductions in the unit values. The recognition of investment income by the sub-account is affected by the timing of the declaration of dividend by the underlying fund in which the sub-accounts invests.

**These ratios represent the annualized contract expenses of the Separate Account, consisting primarily of mortality and expense risk charges, for each period indicated. The ratios include only those expenses that result in a direct reduction to unit values. Charges made directly to contract owner accounts through redemption of units and expenses of the underlying funds are excluded.

***These amounts represent the total return for the periods indicated, including changes in the value of the underlying fund. The total return does not include any expenses assessed through redemption of units; inclusion of these expenses in the calculation would result in a reduction in the total return presented.


F-42



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS — (Continued)

    As of December 31, 2006   For the Year Ended December 31, 2006  
    Units   Unit
Fair
Value
  Unit
Fair
Value
  Net
Assets
  Investment
Income
  Expense Ratio      
Fund Name   (000's)   Lowest   Highest   (000's)   Ratio*   Lowest**   Highest**   Total Return***  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income     3     $ 26.32     $ 26.32     $ 75       0.58 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     20.92 %  
Goldman Sachs International Equity     8     $ 22.07     $ 22.07     $ 169       1.33 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     20.40 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity     6     $ 31.90     $ 31.90     $ 196       0.60 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     10.70 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity     11     $ 30.82     $ 30.82     $ 335       0.96 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     11.32 %  
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth     10     $ 22.88     $ 22.88     $ 237       0.08 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.05 %  
Calvert Social Small Cap Growth     2     $ 13.98     $ 13.98     $ 26       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –0.62 %  
Calvert Social Balanced     0     $ 15.05     $ 15.05     $ 3       0.25 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.26 %  
MFS Emerging Growth IC     11     $ 14.57     $ 14.57     $ 155       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.39 %  
MFS Research IC     12     $ 14.29     $ 14.29     $ 165       0.53 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     8.94 %  
MFS Investors Trust IC     7     $ 14.35     $ 14.35     $ 105       0.55 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     11.42 %  
MFS Total Return IC     10     $ 18.61     $ 18.61     $ 190       2.40 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     10.33 %  
MFS New Discovery IC     4     $ 20.03     $ 20.03     $ 76       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     11.64 %  
MFS Utility IC     9     $ 21.18     $ 21.18     $ 185       2.11 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     29.43 %  
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC     2     $ 6.62     $ 6.62     $ 10       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.08 %  
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA     13     $ 15.28     $ 15.28     $ 193       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.52 %  
Oppenheimer Mid Cap/VA     17     $ 17.60     $ 17.60     $ 308       0.38 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.44 %  
Oppenheimer Capital Appr/VA     25     $ 14.95     $ 14.95     $ 370       1.27 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     13.42 %  
Oppenheimer Main Street/VA     123     $ 1.35     $ 1.35     $ 166       4.57 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     3.27 %  
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond/VA     20     $ 15.76     $ 15.76     $ 311       4.97 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     5.99 %  
Oppenheimer Global Securities/VA     14     $ 26.32     $ 26.32     $ 374       1.02 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     16.05 %  
Oppenheimer High Income/VA     1     $ 14.19     $ 14.19     $ 13       12.16 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.90 %  
Van Eck Worldwide Hard Assets Fund     2     $ 33.82     $ 33.82     $ 70       0.02 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     22.76 %  
Van Kampen Strategic Growth     48     $ 4.69     $ 4.69     $ 224       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.42 %  
Van Kampen Enterprise     44     $ 6.08     $ 6.08     $ 268       0.42 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     5.59 %  
Van Kampen Comstock     54     $ 17.63     $ 17.63     $ 960       1.43 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     14.66 %  
Van Kampen Growth & Income     57     $ 15.40     $ 15.40     $ 877       1.17 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     14.61 %  
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth II     3     $ 5.42     $ 5.42     $ 17       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     3.46 %  
Lord Abbett Growth & Income     40     $ 13.69     $ 13.69     $ 550       1.29 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     15.64 %  
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture     20     $ 13.75     $ 13.75     $ 278       6.11 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.80 %  
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     23     $ 14.94     $ 14.94     $ 350       0.46 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     10.67 %  

 

*These amounts represent the dividends, excluding distributions of capital gains, received by the sub-account from the underlying mutual fund, net of management fees assessed by the fund manager, divided by the average of net assets. These ratios exclude those expense charges, that result in direct reductions in the unit values. The recognition of investment income by the sub-account is affected by the timing of the declaration of dividend by the underlying fund in which the sub-accounts invests.

**These ratios represent the annualized contract expenses of the Separate Account, consisting primarily of mortality and expense risk charges, for each period indicated. The ratios include only those expenses that result in a direct reduction to unit values. Charges made directly to contract owner accounts through redemption of units and expenses of the underlying funds are excluded.

***These amounts represent the total return for the periods indicated, including changes in the value of the underlying fund. The total return does not include any expenses assessed through redemption of units; inclusion of these expenses in the calculation would result in a reduction in the total return presented.


F-43



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS — (Continued)

    As of December 31, 2005   For the Year Ended December 31, 2005  
    Units   Unit
Fair
Value
  Unit
Fair
Value
  Net
Assets
  Investment
Income
  Expense Ratio      
Fund Name   (000's)   Lowest   Highest   (000's)   Ratio*   Lowest**   Highest**   Total Return***  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income     11     $ 21.50     $ 21.77     $ 241       1.67 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.67 %  
Goldman Sachs International Equity     14     $ 18.11     $ 18.33     $ 262       1.18 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     3.03 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity     8     $ 28.44     $ 28.82     $ 238       0.19 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.81 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity     18     $ 27.34     $ 27.68     $ 508       1.23 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.71 %  
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth     24     $ 21.11     $ 21.38     $ 509       0.77 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –0.10 %  
Calvert Social Small Cap Growth     5     $ 13.90     $ 14.07     $ 70       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –10.43 %  
Calvert Social Balanced     9     $ 13.86     $ 14.03     $ 124       2.24 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     4.18 %  
MFS Emerging Growth IC     14     $ 13.52     $ 13.69     $ 198       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.39 %  
MFS Research IC     19     $ 12.95     $ 13.12     $ 249       1.24 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     12.71 %  
MFS Investors Trust IC     18     $ 12.72     $ 12.88     $ 229       0.69 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     10.76 %  
MFS Total Return IC     20     $ 16.66     $ 16.86     $ 336       1.90 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     0.89 %  
MFS New Discovery IC     10     $ 17.72     $ 17.94     $ 187       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     3.63 %  
MFS Utility IC     15     $ 16.16     $ 16.36     $ 250       1.27 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     4.50 %  
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC     2     $ 6.17     $ 6.24     $ 9       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     15.21 %  
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA     17     $ 14.87     $ 15.06     $ 255       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.39 %  
Oppenheimer Mid Cap/VA     25     $ 16.33     $ 16.53     $ 415       0.39 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.24 %  
Oppenheimer Capital Appr/VA     43     $ 13.02     $ 13.18     $ 569       1.04 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     9.56 %  
Oppenheimer Main Street/VA     145     $ 1.29     $ 1.30     $ 189       0.93 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     2.91 %  
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond/VA     30     $ 14.69     $ 14.87     $ 448       5.17 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.43 %  
Oppenheimer Global Securities/VA     15     $ 22.40     $ 22.68     $ 349       1.19 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     49.56 %  
Oppenheimer High Income/VA     5     $ 12.99     $ 13.15     $ 69       7.65 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     19.32 %  
Van Eck Worldwide Hard Assets Fund     0     $ 27.21     $ 27.55     $ 11       0.27 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.64 %  
Van Kampen Strategic Growth     56     $ 4.57     $ 4.62     $ 258       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     5.03 %  
Van Kampen Enterprise     46     $ 5.69     $ 5.76     $ 263       0.37 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     4.59 %  
Van Kampen Comstock     69     $ 15.19     $ 15.38     $ 1,062       0.89 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     12.12 %  
Van Kampen Growth & Income     60     $ 13.27     $ 13.44     $ 800       0.92 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     1.51 %  
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth II     3     $ 5.17     $ 5.24     $ 16       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     2.48 %  
Lord Abbett Growth & Income     56     $ 11.73     $ 11.84     $ 663       0.83 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     3.78 %  
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture     22     $ 12.63     $ 12.75     $ 281       4.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     5.82 %  
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     37     $ 13.37     $ 13.50     $ 505       0.22 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.30 %  

 

*These amounts represent the dividends, excluding distributions of capital gains, received by the sub-account from the underlying mutual fund, net of management fees assessed by the fund manager, divided by the average of net assets. These ratios exclude those expense charges, that result in direct reductions in the unit values. The recognition of investment income by the sub-account is affected by the timing of the declaration of dividend by the underlying fund in which the sub-accounts invests.

**These ratios represent the annualized contract expenses of the Separate Account, consisting primarily of mortality and expense risk charges, for each period indicated. The ratios include only those expenses that result in a direct reduction to unit values. Charges made directly to contract owner accounts through redemption of units and expenses of the underlying funds are excluded.

***These amounts represent the total return for the periods indicated, including changes in the value of the underlying fund. The total return does not include any expenses assessed through redemption of units; inclusion of these expenses in the calculation would result in a reduction in the total return presented.


F-44



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS — (Continued)

    As of December 31, 2004   For the Year Ended December 31, 2004  
    Units   Unit
Fair
Value
  Unit
Fair
Value
  Net
Assets
  Investment
Income
  Expense Ratio      
Fund Name   (000's)   Lowest   Highest   (000's)   Ratio*   Lowest**   Highest**   Total Return***  
Goldman Sachs Growth & Income     15     $ 21.04     $ 21.24     $ 309       1.26 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     17.14 %  
Goldman Sachs International Equity     19     $ 16.19     $ 16.35     $ 313       1.17 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     11.90 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured US Equity     11     $ 27.26     $ 27.55     $ 308       0.20 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     14.79 %  
Goldman Sachs Structured Small Cap Equity     27     $ 26.10     $ 26.36     $ 716       1.08 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     13.33 %  
Goldman Sachs Capital Growth     32     $ 20.85     $ 21.06     $ 666       0.70 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.56 %  
Calvert Social Small Cap Growth     5     $ 15.56     $ 15.71     $ 78       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     8.91 %  
Calvert Social Balanced     13     $ 13.34     $ 13.47     $ 171       1.71 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.74 %  
MFS Emerging Growth IC     16     $ 12.59     $ 12.72     $ 204       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     11.38 %  
MFS Research IC     24     $ 12.22     $ 12.34     $ 293       1.14 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     14.23 %  
MFS Investors Trust IC     25     $ 12.05     $ 12.17     $ 299       0.63 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     9.80 %  
MFS Total Return IC     18     $ 16.47     $ 16.63     $ 297       1.80 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     9.77 %  
MFS New Discovery IC     13     $ 17.12     $ 17.29     $ 218       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     5.03 %  
MFS Utility IC     15     $ 14.07     $ 14.20     $ 218       1.60 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     28.38 %  
MFS Investors Growth Stock IC     2     $ 6.00     $ 6.06     $ 14       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.66 %  
Oppenheimer Money Fund/VA     21     $ 13.46     $ 13.59     $ 282       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     18.10 %  
Oppenheimer Mid Cap/VA     29     $ 15.80     $ 15.96     $ 461       0.33 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     5.44 %  
Oppenheimer Capital Appr/VA     71     $ 12.49     $ 12.61     $ 901       0.88 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.93 %  
Oppenheimer Main Street/VA     146     $ 1.27     $ 1.28     $ 187       1.01 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     –0.43 %  
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond/VA     28     $ 14.55     $ 14.69     $ 414       4.81 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.15 %  
Oppenheimer Global Securities/VA     17     $ 19.92     $ 20.12     $ 336       1.28 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     17.50 %  
Oppenheimer High Income/VA     5     $ 12.91     $ 13.04     $ 67       6.39 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     7.44 %  
Van Eck Worldwide Hard Assets Fund     0     $ 18.24     $ 18.42     $ 7       0.38 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     22.25 %  
Van Kampen Strategic Growth     58     $ 4.30     $ 4.35     $ 250       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     5.54 %  
Van Kampen Enterprise     49     $ 5.35     $ 5.40     $ 262       0.39 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     2.60 %  
Van Kampen Comstock     78     $ 14.79     $ 14.94     $ 1,169       0.98 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     16.11 %  
Van Kampen Growth & Income     68     $ 12.27     $ 12.39     $ 846       0.96 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     12.78 %  
Van Kampen Aggressive Growth II     3     $ 4.73     $ 4.78     $ 14       0.00 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     13.29 %  
Lord Abbett Growth & Income     58     $ 11.55     $ 11.63     $ 680       0.83 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     11.08 %  
Lord Abbett Bond Debenture     17     $ 12.68     $ 12.77     $ 221       4.76 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     6.38 %  
Lord Abbett Mid-Cap Value     34     $ 12.57     $ 12.65     $ 431       0.32 %     1.40 %     1.65 %     22.31 %  

 

*These amounts represent the dividends, excluding distributions of capital gains, received by the sub-account from the underlying mutual fund, net of management fees assessed by the fund manager, divided by the average of net assets. These ratios exclude those expense charges, that result in direct reductions in the unit values. The recognition of investment income by the sub-account is affected by the timing of the declaration of dividend by the underlying fund in which the sub-accounts invests.

**These ratios represent the annualized contract expenses of the Separate Account, consisting primarily of mortality and expense risk charges, for each period indicated. The ratios include only those expenses that result in a direct reduction to unit values. Charges made directly to contract owner accounts through redemption of units and expenses of the underlying funds are excluded.

***These amounts represent the total return for the periods indicated, including changes in the value of the underlying fund. The total return does not include any expenses assessed through redemption of units; inclusion of these expenses in the calculation would result in a reduction in the total return presented.


F-45



THE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF PROTECTIVE LIFE

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2008

5.  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS — (Continued)

The following is a summary of Separate Account expense charges which are assessed either as a direct reduction in unit values or through a redemption of units for all contracts contained within the Separate Account:

Expense Type   Range  
Mortality and Expense Risk Change
To compensate PLAIC for assuming mortality and expense risks, a daily mortality and expense risk is deducted through the reduction of unit values. The charge is assessed on an annual basis and is calculated as a percent of the average daily net assets and varies depending on the product purchased and the death benefit option selected.
  0.95 % - 1.50%  
Administrative Charge
An annual fee is assessed to reimburse PLAIC for expenses incurred in the administration of the contract and the Separate Account. The charge is assessed through the reduction of unit values.
  0.10 % - 0.15%  
Contract Maintenance Fee
This annual charge is assessed through the redemption of units and is waived when the account value or purchase payments less surrenders and associated surrender charges equals or exceeds $50,000.
  $ 0 - $30  
Surrender Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge)
This charge is assessed as a percent of the amount surrendered and is imposed to reimburse PLAIC for some of the costs of distributing the contracts. The percentage charged is assessed through the redemption of units and is based upon the number of full years which have elapsed between the date the contract was purchased and the surrender date.
  0.00 % - 7.00%  
Transfer Fee
Currently there is no fee charged for transfers; however, PLAIC has reserved the right to charge for each transfer after the first 12 transfers in any contract year as a redemption of units.
  $ 25  
Optional Benefit Fee
Optional benefits may be elected by policyholders. These benefits include death benefits and living benefits. The fees for such benefits are deducted monthly and assessed through redemption of units. These fees are calculated on either a "Benefit Base" basis or a "Net Amount at Risk" basis.
  0.10% - 1.15% on benefit base $0.25034 per $1000 - $18 per $1000  

 

6.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Contract owners' net payments represent premiums received from policyholders less certain deductions made by PLAIC in accordance with the contract terms. These deductions include, where appropriate, taxes, surrender, mortality and expense risk, and administrative charges. These deductions are made to the individual contracts in accordance with the terms governing each contract, as set forth in the contract.

PLAIC offers a loan privilege to certain contract owners. Such contract owners may obtain loans using the contract as the only security for the loan. Loans are subject to provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to applicable retirement program rules. There were no loans outstanding as of December 31, 2008.


F-46




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Share Owners of
Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company:

We have audited the accompanying statutory statements of admitted assets, liabilities, and capital and surplus of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (the "Company") as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related statutory statements of operations, changes in capital and surplus, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As described in Notes 1 and 2 to the financial statements, the Company prepared these financial statements using accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Insurance Department of the State of Alabama, which practices differ from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The effects on the financial statements of the variances between such practices and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America are material; they are described in Note 2.

In our opinion, because of the effects of the matter discussed in the preceding paragraph, the financial statements referred to above do not present fairly, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, or the results of its operations or its cash flows for the years then ended.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the admitted assets, liabilities, and capital and surplus of the Company as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, on the basis of accounting described in Notes 1 and 2.

Our audit was conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the basic statutory basis financial statements taken as a whole. The accompanying Supplemental Selected Financial Data Schedule, Summary Investment Schedule and Investment Risk Interrogatories of the Company as of December 31, 2008 and for the year then ended are presented for purposes of additional analysis and are not a required part of the basic statutory basis financial statements. Such information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic statutory basis financial statements and, in our opinion, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the basic statutory basis financial statements taken as a whole.

April 13, 2009


F-47




PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF ADMITTED ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS

(Statutory Basis)

    December 31  
    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands, except
share amounts)
 
ADMITTED ASSETS  
Bonds (market: 2008 — $434,620; 2007 — $473,528)   $ 496,368     $ 464,341    
Preferred stocks (market: 2008 — $25,440; 2007 — $32,923)     39,875       34,865    
Mortgage loans on real estate     39,998       16,940    
Contract loans     48,828       50,081    
Cash on hand and on deposit and cash equivalents     11,561       (3,748 )  
Short term investments     77,557       3,319    
Receivable for securities     1       1    
Total cash and investments     714,188       565,799    
Amounts recoverable from reinsurers     681       1,901    
Deferred and uncollected premiums     (1,877 )     (1,729 )  
Investment income due and accrued     9,744       8,988    
Deferred tax asset     562       946    
Current federal income tax receivable     0       0    
Other assets     379       490    
Assets held in separate accounts     30,810       44,602    
Total admitted assets   $ 754,487     $ 620,997    
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL AND SURPLUS  
Aggregate reserves:  
Life policies and contracts   $ 634,746     $ 500,379    
Accident and health     5,773       5,982    
Liability for deposit-type contracts     5,724       5,777    
Policy and contract claims:  
Life     1,176       1,646    
Accident and health     101       116    
Other policyholders' funds and policy and contract liabilities     515       563    
Interest maintenance reserve (IMR)     4,024       3,571    
Transfers from separate accounts due or accrued, net     10,263       5,328    
Taxes, licenses and fees due or accrued     21       45    
Current federal income taxes     2,811       3,182    
Remittances and items not allocated     4,388       671    
Asset valuation reserve (AVR)     2,860       4,307    
Payable to parent, subsidiaries, and affiliates     2,673       1,764    
Funds held under coinsurance     2,367       2,787    
Other liabilities     2,002       2,279    
Liabilities held in separate accounts     30,810       44,602    
Total liabilities     710,254       582,999    
Capital and surplus:  
Common stock, $10.00 par value; 500,000 shares authorized; 250,000 shares issued and outstanding     2,500       2,500    
Preferred stocks, $1 par value, shares authorized, issued and outstanding: 2,000     2       2    
Gross paid-in and contributed surplus     85,426       85,426    
Aggregate write-ins for other than special surplus funds     5       5    
Unassigned funds     (43,700 )     (49,935 )  
Total capital and surplus     44,233       37,998    
Total liabilities and capital and surplus   $ 754,487     $ 620,997    

 

See notes to the financial statements (statutory basis).
F-48



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Statutory Basis)

    December 31  
    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Income:  
Premiums and annuity considerations   $ 163,371     $ 78,298    
Net investment income     37,241       33,594    
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded     2,431       2,701    
Amortization of interest maintenance reserve     313       281    
Net gain from operations from Separate Accounts     (5,045 )     (263 )  
Other income     92       122    
Total income     198,403       114,733    
Benefits and expenses:  
Death and annuity benefits     10,463       8,714    
Accident and health benefits     1,264       1,451    
Surrender benefits and other fund withdrawals     33,228       27,997    
Other policy and contract benefits     242       319    
Increase in aggregate reserves     134,158       54,084    
Commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance assumed     351       448    
Commissions     10,114       5,874    
General expenses     7,763       6,786    
Insurance taxes, licenses, and fees     1,267       1,339    
Transfers from Separate Accounts, net     (8,895 )     (6,496 )  
Other expenses, net     84       100    
Total benefits and expenses     190,039       100,616    
Net income from operations before dividends to policyholders and federal
income taxes
    8,364       14,117    
Dividends to policyholders     92       95    
Federal income taxes     2,570       5,250    
Net income from operations     5,702       8,772    
Net realized capital gains (less $265 and $163 of capital gains tax in
2008 and 2007, respectively, and excluding $766 and $303 transferred to the IMR in  
2008 and 2007, respectively)
    0       0    
Net income   $ 5,702     $ 8,772    

 

See notes to the financial statements (statutory basis).
F-49



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL AND SURPLUS

(Statutory Basis)

    ($ in thousands)  
Capital and surplus, December 31, 2006   $ 43,094    
Net income for 2007     8,772    
Change in nonadmitted assets and related items     (633 )  
Change in asset valuation reserve     (762 )  
Change in net deferred income tax     333    
Change in unauthorized reinsurance     (6 )  
Capital distribution     (12,800 )  
Capital and surplus, December 31, 2007     37,998    
Net income for 2008     5,702    
Change in nonadmitted assets and related items     (604 )  
Change in asset valuation reserve     1,447    
Change in net deferred income tax     (317 )  
Change in unauthorized reinsurance     7    
Capital and surplus, December 31, 2008   $ 44,233    

 

See notes to the financial statements (statutory basis).
F-50



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Statutory Basis)

    December 31  
    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Cash from operations  
Premiums and annuity considerations   $ 163,571     $ 78,582    
Commission and expense allowances ceded     2,431       2,701    
Net investment income     36,402       32,789    
Miscellaneous income     (4,952 )     (141 )  
Benefit and loss related payments     (44,542 )     (39,223 )  
Commissions and expenses paid     (19,636 )     (14,511 )  
Net transfers from Separate Accounts     13,831       5,213    
Dividends paid to policyholders     (94 )     (96 )  
Federal and foreign income taxes recovered     (2,941 )     307    
Net cash from operations     144,070       65,621    
Cash from investments  
Proceeds from investments sold, matured or repaid:  
Bonds     53,005       29,151    
Stocks           8,714    
Mortgage loans     854       280    
Miscellaneous proceeds           115    
Total investment proceeds     53,859       38,260    
Cost of investments acquired:  
Bonds     (83,982 )     (52,163 )  
Stocks     (5,000 )     (22,676 )  
Mortgage loans     (23,910 )     (16,509 )  
Miscellaneous applications     0       0    
Total investments acquired     (112,892 )     (91,348 )  
Net decrease in policy loans and premium notes     928       640    
Net cash from investments     (58,105 )     (52,448 )  
Cash from financing and miscellaneous sources  
Cash provided (applied):  
Funds held under coinsurance     (420 )     (2,141 )  
Net withdrawals on deposit-type contract funds     (53 )     (623 )  
Reduction in paid in capital           (12,800 )  
Other cash provided, net     4,055       (5,677 )  
Net cash from financing and miscellaneous sources     3,582       (21,241 )  
Net change in cash and short term investments     89,547       (8,068 )  
Cash and short term investments, beginning of year     (429 )     7,639    
Cash and short term investments, end of year   $ 89,118     $ (429 )  

 

See notes to the financial statements (statutory basis).
F-51




PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

1.  GENERAL

Basis of Presentation

The statutory financial statements of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (the Company) have been prepared in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Alabama Department of Insurance (the Department). The Company is a stock, legal reserve, life, and accident and health insurer.

All outstanding shares of the Company's common stock are owned by Protective Life Insurance Company (PLICO), a life insurance company domiciled in the State of Tennessee. All outstanding shares of the Company's preferred stock are owned by Protective Life Corporation (PLC), an insurance holding company domiciled in the State of Delaware. PLICO is a wholly owned subsidiary of PLC. Other affiliated insurers include Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Company, Golden Gate Captive Insurance Company, Citizens Accident and Health Insurance Company, Lyndon Property Insurance Company, Tower Captive Insurance Company, Protective Life Insurance Company of New York, and West Coast Life Insurance Company.

The Department recognizes only statutory practices prescribed or permitted by the State of Alabama for determining and reporting the financial condition and results of operations of an insurance company, and for determining its solvency under Alabama Insurance Law. The National Association of Insurance Commissioners' (NAIC) Accounting Practices and Procedures manual, effective January 1, 2001, (NAIC SAP) has been adopted as a component of prescribed or permitted practices by the state of Alabama. The State has adopted certain prescribed accounting practices that differ from those found in NAIC SAP.

The Company has no material permitted practices at or for the years ending December 31, 2008 or 2007.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Statutory Accounting Principles requires management to make various estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Nature of Operations

The Company is the entity through which PLC markets, distributes and services insurance and annuity products primarily in the state of New York. New York direct premiums were 96.8% of total direct premiums and annuity direct premiums accounted for 90.0% of total direct premiums.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made in the previously reported statutory basis financial statements and accompanying notes to make the prior year amounts comparable to those of the current year. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income, admitted assets or capital and surplus.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company uses the following accounting policies:

Cash and Investments

Investments are stated at values prescribed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC"). Bonds not backed by other loans are stated at amortized cost using the interest method, except for bonds with a NAIC designation of 6 which are carried at the lower of amortized cost or market.


F-52



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

1.  GENERAL — (Continued)

Loan-backed bonds and structured securities are stated at amortized cost and utilize anticipated prepayments to determine the effective yield at purchase. Prepayment assumptions for loan-backed bonds and structured securities were obtained from broker-dealer survey values, outside market data providers or internal estimates. These assumptions are consistent with the current interest rate and economic environment. Significant changes in estimated cash flows from the original purchase assumptions are accounted for using the retrospective method.

Bond market values are determined using rates prescribed by the NAIC, when available. For bonds with no published NAIC rate or where the NAIC market rate is amortized cost, quoted market prices, estimates from independent pricing services, and/or estimates derived from fair value model calculations are used.

Preferred stocks are stated at amortized cost or NAIC market values, depending on the assigned credit ratings. For preferred stocks at NAIC market, the difference between cost and NAIC market value is reflected in unassigned surplus.

Mortgage loans on real estate are stated at the aggregate unpaid principal balance. Book value adjustments are made for other-than-temporary declines. Temporary declines in value are reflected in unassigned surplus.

Contract loans are carried at the unpaid principal balance. The excess of unpaid contract loan balances over the cash surrender value, if any, is nonadmitted and reflected as an adjustment to surplus. Interest is capitalized on the anniversary date.

Cash includes all demand deposits reduced by the amount of outstanding checks and drafts. The Company has deposits with certain financial institutions which exceed federally insured limits. The Company reviews the credit worthiness of these financial institutions and believes there is minimal risk of material loss.

Short-term investments are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. Short-term investments include those investments whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less.

Receivables and payables for securities represent balances outstanding with brokers related to purchase and sale transactions. These balances are cleared as amounts are received or paid.

Investment income is recorded when earned.

Realized gains and losses on the sale or maturity of investments are determined on the basis of specific identification and are included in the Summary of Operations, net of the amount transferred to the Interest Maintenance Reserve ("IMR") and net of applicable federal income taxes. The Company analyzes various factors to determine if any specific other-than-temporary asset impairments exist. Once a determination has been made that a specific other-than-temporary impairment exists, a realized loss is incurred and the cost basis of the impaired asset, other than mortgage/asset backed securities, is adjusted to its fair value. Mortgage/asset backed securities are adjusted to the sum of undiscounted future expected cash flows.

Premium Revenue and Related Commissions

Premiums and annuity considerations are recognized over the premium paying periods of policies. Annuity considerations are recognized as revenue when received. Premiums for flexible premiums/universal life policies and single premium credit life are recognized as revenues when collected. Premiums for traditional life insurance products are recognized as revenues when due. Accident and health premiums are earned ratably over the terms of the related insurance contracts.

Considerations for deposit type contracts, which do not have any life contingencies, are recorded directly to the related liability.


F-53



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

1.  GENERAL — (Continued)

Acquisition costs, such as commissions and other costs related to new business, are expensed as incurred.

The amount of dividends to be paid to policyholders is determined annually by the Company's Board of Directors. The aggregate amount of policyholders' dividends is related to actual interest, mortality, morbidity and expense experience for the year and judgment as to the appropriate level of statutory surplus to be retained by the Company.

Aggregate Reserves for Policies and Contracts

Policy reserves for future policy benefits are actuarially computed in accordance with certain state statutes and administrative regulations including both net level and modified reserve bases. The mortality table and interest assumptions currently being used on the majority of policies in force are the 1941, 1958, 1980 and 2001 Commissioner's Standard Ordinary tables with 2.25% to 6.0% interest. These liabilities are computed using statutory actuarial tables, which do not allow for modification based on the Company's experience, investment yields, mortality or withdrawals. Aggregate reserves are shown net of the credit taken for reinsurance ceded.

The Company waives deduction of deferred fractional premiums upon death of the insureds and returns any portion of the final premium beyond the month of death. The Company has certain surrender values in excess of the legally computed reserves which are included in the liability section of the Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities, and Capital and Surplus.

The method used in the valuation of substandard policies is based on the normal tabular reserves plus one half of the annual substandard extra premium.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company has $921.3 million of insurance in force for which the gross premiums are less than the net premiums according to the standard valuation set by the State of Alabama. Reserves to cover this insurance totaled $3.9 million and are reported in the liability section of the Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital and Surplus. Tabular interest, tabular less actual reserves released and tabular cost are determined by formula. Other net change in reserves includes $1.7 million and $1.2 million of excess interest on universal life policies for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The Company's variable annuity ("VA") contracts contain guaranteed minimum death benefit ("GMDB") and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit ("GMWB") features. The VA GMDB becomes payable upon death. The guaranteed amount varies by the particular contract and option elected, and may be based on amounts deposited or maximum account value on prior anniversaries. All guarantees are reduced for prior partial withdrawal activity. The charge for the GMDB is based on a percentage of account value. Reserves for GMDB are calculated in accordance with Actuarial Guideline 34, "Variable Annuity Minimum Guaranteed Death Benefit Reserves". Gross reserves for the VA GMDB were $144 thousand and $82 thousand at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company does not reinsure the GMDB feature. The VA GMWB is only available on more recent contracts. The charge is a percentage of the guaranteed benefit base, and the annual guaranteed withdrawal amount is equal to 5-7% depending on the contract owner's age. Reserves for GMWB are calculated in accordance with Actuarial Guideline 39, "Reserves for Variable Annuities with Guaranteed Living Benefits". Reserves for the GMWB were less than $1 thousand at December 31, 2008.

Reserves for deposit type funds are equal to deposits received and interest credited to contract holders less surrenders and withdrawals that represent a return to the contract holder. Interest rates credited ranged from 3.3% to 7.6% for immediate annuities during 2008.


F-54



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

1.  GENERAL — (Continued)

Liabilities for Single Premium Deferred Annuity contracts are calculated in accordance with Actuarial Guideline 33 (AG33). The reserves are calculated using a CARVM approach such that the reserve equals the greatest present value of future benefits floored at the cash surrender value of the contract. Future benefits include death, surrender and annuitization. Mortality and discount rates used in the reserve calculation are specified by regulatory authorities.

Liabilities for accident and health policies include unearned premiums and additional reserves. The liability for future policy benefits and claims on life and health insurance products includes estimated unpaid claims that have been reported to the Company and claims incurred but not yet reported. Changes in estimates are reflected in earnings currently.

Liabilities for losses and loss/claim adjustment expenses for accident and health contracts are estimated by the Company's valuation actuary using statistical claim development models to develop best estimates of liabilities for medical expense business and using tabular reserves employing mortality/morbidity tables and discount rates specified by regulatory authorities for disability income business.

The Company anticipates investment income as a factor in the premium deficiency calculation, in accordance with SSAP No. 54 — "Individual and Group Accident and Health Contracts."

Asset Valuation Reserve (AVR) and Interest Maintenance Reserve (IMR)

The Company established certain reserves as required by NAIC SAP. The AVR is based upon a statutory formula as prescribed by the NAIC to provide a standardized reserve for realized and unrealized losses from default and/or equity risks associated with all invested assets, excluding cash, contract loans, premium notes, collateral loans, and investment receivables. Realized gains and losses related to fixed maturities resulting from changes in credit quality and capital gains and losses related to all other investments, net of applicable federal income taxes, are reflected in the calculation of AVR. Unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable deferred federal income taxes, are also reflected in the calculation. Changes in AVR are charged or credited directly to unassigned surplus.

The IMR captures realized gains and losses, net of applicable federal income taxes, from the sale of fixed maturities. The portion of these realized gains and losses resulting from changes in the general level of interest rates is not recognized currently, but is amortized into income over the approximate remaining life of the investment sold.

Federal Income Taxes

The provision for federal income taxes is computed in accordance with those sections of the Internal Revenue Code applicable to life insurance companies. Deferred income taxes are provided based upon the expected future impact of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The admission of gross deferred income tax assets is subject to various limitations as specified by NAIC SAP. Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized as a separate component of gains and losses in unassigned surplus.

Reinsurance

In the normal course of business the Company seeks to limit aggregate and single exposure to losses on large risks by purchasing reinsurance from other reinsurers. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers related to paid policy claims are included in Amounts recoverable from reinsurers in the Statement of Assets. Insurance liabilities are reported net of reinsurance recoverables in the Statement of Liabilities, Surplus and Other Funds. Receivables and payables from the same reinsurer, including funds withheld, are generally offset. For reserve credits taken related


F-55



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

1.  GENERAL — (Continued)

to reinsurers considered to be unauthorized by the Department, the Company must obtain letters of credit, funds withheld, or other forms of collateral in amounts at least equal to reserve credits. To the extent such collateral is not obtained, the Company must record a liability for reinsurance in unauthorized companies.

Reinsurance premiums ceded and reinsurance recoveries on policy claims are netted against the respective earned premiums and policy claims in the Summary of Operations. Revenues from commissions and expense allowances on reinsurance ceded are recognized in the period in which the transaction occurs and recorded in commissions and expense allowances ceded.

The Company is liable with respect to reinsurance ceded in that the liability for such reinsurance would become that of the Company upon the failure of any reinsurer to meet its obligations under a particular reinsurance agreement. In compliance with regulatory requirements of the assuming reinsurer's state of domicile, the assuming reinsurer has deposited securities with its state insurance department for the benefit of the policyholders to cover such liabilities; however, the Company remains primarily liable as the direct insurer on all risk reinsured. The Company reviews the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors the amount of reinsurance it has with its reinsurers.

Separate Accounts

The Company issues market value adjusted annuities and has a block of deferred variable annuities. Absent any contract guarantees, either a minimum return or account value upon death or annuitization, variable annuity and life contract holders bear the investment risk that the Separate Accounts funds may not meet their stated investment objectives. The assets and liabilities related to Separate Accounts are valued at market and reported separately as assets and liabilities related to Separate Accounts. Fees charged on separate account contract owner deposits are included in the Statements of Operations. In the event that the asset value of certain contract holder accounts are projected to be below the value guaranteed by the Company, a liability is established through a charge to earnings.

2.  STATUTORY AND GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES DIFFERENCES

Accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Department vary in some respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). A summary of significant accounting practices, which differ from GAAP, are as follows:

(1)  the costs related to acquiring business, principally commissions and certain policy issue expenses, are charged to income in the year incurred and thus are not amortized over the period benefited, whereas premiums are taken into earnings over the premium paying period of the related policies;

(2)  deposits to universal life contracts, investment contracts and limited payment contracts are credited to revenue;

(3)  future policy benefit reserves are based on statutory mortality and interest requirements without the consideration of the Company's experience, investment yields, mortality, or withdrawals;

(4)  assets must be included in the statutory financial statements at "admitted asset value" and "nonadmitted assets" must be excluded through a charge against surplus;

(5)  bonds and short term investments are generally carried at amortized cost and preferred stocks at cost, irrespective of the Company's investment portfolio activity;


F-56



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

2.  STATUTORY AND GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES DIFFERENCES — (Continued)

(6)  certain assets and liabilities are reported net of ceded reinsurance balances;

(7)  realized capital gains and losses are reflected net of transfers to IMR and federal income tax in the Statements of Operations;

(8)  deferred federal income tax is provided based upon the expected future impact of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The admission of gross deferred income taxes is subject to various limitations as specified by NAIC SAP. In addition, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized as a separate component of gains and losses in unassigned surplus;

(9)  adjustments reflecting the revaluation of investments at the statement date are carried to the surplus account as unrealized investment gains or losses, without providing for federal income tax or income tax reductions;

(10)  sales of assets between affiliated companies are generally recorded at fair value;

(11)  the AVR is reported as a liability rather than as a reduction in investments and is charged directly to surplus;

(12)  the IMR is reported as a liability and the amortization of the IMR is reported as revenue;

(13)  the statements of cash flows are presented in the required statutory format;

(14)  the changes in nonadmitted assets, net deferred income taxes, reserves on account of a change in valuation basis, AVR, liability for unauthorized reinsurance, and net unrealized capital gains and losses are recorded as direct increases and decreases to surplus;

(15)  life insurance premiums deferred and uncollected represent annual or fractional premiums, either due and uncollected or not yet due, where policy reserves have been provided on the assumption that the full premium for the current policy year has been collected;

(16)  policy reserves for future policy benefits are actuarially computed in accordance with certain state statutes and administrative regulations including both net level and modified reserve bases. These liabilities are computed using statutory actuarial tables which do not allow for modification based on the Company's experience, investment yields, mortality, or withdrawals. Aggregate reserves are shown net of the credit taken for reinsurance;

(17)  for reserve credits taken related to reinsurers considered "unauthorized" by the Department, the Company must obtain letters of credit, funds withheld or other forms of collateral in amounts at least equal to the reserve credits. To the extent such collateral is not obtained, the Company must record a liability for reinsurance in unauthorized companies with a charge to unassigned surplus;

(18)  market value adjusted annuities are included in the Company's general account for GAAP purposes, but are included in Separate Accounts on a statutory basis.

Statutory capital and surplus was $40.0 million and $77.0 million less than GAAP stockholder's equity at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The primary differences relate to policyholder benefits, premiums, reserves, deferred acquisition costs, federal income taxes, investments valuation, the AVR, and the IMR. Statutory net income was $4.2 million and $1.3 million less than GAAP net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The primary differences relate to policyholder benefits, premiums, and reserves, deferred acquisition costs, investment income, and federal income taxes.


F-57



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

2.  STATUTORY AND GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES DIFFERENCES — (Continued)

The principle effects on the statements of cash flows for the differences between statutory accounting practices compared to that reported in conformity with GAAP have not been quantified, although they are presumed to be material.

3.  INVESTMENTS

Net Investment Income

Net investment income for the years ended December 31 consists of the following:

    December 31  
    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Bond   $ 31,412     $ 29,162    
Stocks     2,457       1,939    
Mortgage loans     1,885       208    
Cash, cash equivalents and short term investments     466       601    
Contract loans     3,363       3,598    
Other           8    
Total investment income     39,583       35,516    
Investment expenses     (2,342 )     (1,922 )  
Net investment income   $ 37,241     $ 33,594    

 

Due and accrued income is excluded from investment income on the following basis:

Mortgage loans — on loans delinquent more than 90 days. For loans less than 90 days delinquent, interest is accrued unless it is determined that the accrued interest is not collectible.

Bonds — where collection of interest is uncertain.

The total amount of due and accrued investment income excluded was $482 thousand and $417 thousand at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Realized gains and (losses)

Realized investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31 are summarized as follows:

    December 31  
    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Bonds   $ 1,031     $ 64    
Stocks     0       402    
Cash, cash equivalents and short term investments     0       0    
Other-than-temporary write-downs     0       0    
Less:  
Interest maintenance reserve     766       303    
Federal income taxes     265       163    
Net realized investment gains (losses)   $ 0     $ 0    

 


F-58



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

3.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

Proceeds from the sales of investments in bonds during 2008 and 2007 were approximately $42.7 million and $14 million, respectively. The Company realized gross gains of $1 million and $64 thousand on those sales for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Gross losses of $28 thousand and $0 were realized on those sales for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Unrealized gains and (losses)

The Company did not have any unrealized gains (losses) included in surplus for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Bonds

The statement value and estimated market value of the Company's bond and preferred stock investments at December 31 are as follows:

    Statement
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Estimated
Market Value
 
2008                                  
Bonds:  
US Governments   $ 6,726     $ 160     $ 0     $ 6,886    
Special revenue & special assessment     10,866       117       (38 )     10,945    
Public utilities     92,194       237       (10,836 )     81,595    
Industrial and miscellaneous     386,582       6,503       (57,891 )     335,194    
Total bonds     496,368       7,017       (68,765 )     434,620    
Preferred stock     39,875       0       (14,435 )     25,440    
Total bonds and preferred stocks   $ 536,243     $ 7,017     $ (83,200 )   $ 460,060    
2007                                  
Bonds:  
US Governments   $ 6,828     $ 43     $ 0     $ 6,871    
Special revenue & special assessment     24,320       126       (160 )     24,286    
Public utilities     81,886       2,094       (2,356 )     81,624    
Industrial and miscellaneous     351,307       15,652       (6,212 )     360,747    
Total bonds     464,341       17,915       (8,728 )     473,528    
Preferred stock     34,865       783       (2,725 )     32,923    
Total bonds and preferred stocks   $ 499,206     $ 18,698     $ (11,453 )   $ 506,451    

 


F-59



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

3.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

The statement value and estimated market value of bonds at December 31, 2008, by expected maturity is shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay certain of these obligations.

    Statement
Value
  Estimated
Market Value
 
    ($ in thousands)  
Due in 1 year or less   $ 25,713     $ 25,765    
Due after 1 year through 5 years     88,106       85,786    
Due after 5 years through 10 years     103,491       86,572    
Due after 10 years     235,481       199,858    
Subtotal     452,791       397,981    
Mortgage-backed securities     43,577       36,639    
Total bonds   $ 496,368     $ 434,620    

 

The Company's investment gross unrealized losses and estimated market value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, at December 31, 2008, are as follows:

    Less Than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total  
    Estimated
Market
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Loss
  Estimated
Market
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Loss
  Estimated
Market
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Loss
 
    ($ in thousands)  
Special revenue & special assessment   $ 4,722     $ 38     $ 0     $ 0     $ 4,722     $ 38    
Public utilities     46,646       5,087       25,759       5,749       72,405       10,836    
Industrial and miscellaneous     210,895       37,933       43,916       19,958       254,811       57,891    
Preferred stock     14,076       4,080       11,364       10,355       25,440       14,435    
Total bonds and preferred stocks   $ 276,339     $ 47,138     $ 81,039     $ 36,062     $ 357,378     $ 83,200    

 

The Company generally considers a number of factors in determining whether an impairment is other than temporary. These include, but are not limited to: 1) actions taken by rating agencies, 2) default by the issuer, 3) the significance of the decline, 4) the intent and ability of the Company to hold the investment until recovery, 5) the time period during which the decline has occurred, 6) an economic analysis of the issuer's industry, and 7) the financial strength, liquidity, and recoverability of the issuer. Management performs a security by security review each quarter in evaluating the need for any other-than-temporary impairments. Although no set formula is used in this process, the investment performance, collateral position and continued viability of the issuer are significant measures considered. The Company believes that it will collect all amounts contractually due and has the intent and the ability to hold these securities until recovery. The Company did not recognize any other than temporary impairments during 2008.

The Company had securities with a market value of $81 million in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months at December 31, 2008, composed of primarily public utilities, communications, financial services, and basic industrial industry securities. The aggregate decline in market value of these securities was deemed temporary due to positive factors supporting the recoverability of the respective investments. Positive factors considered included credit ratings, the financial health of the investee, the continued access of the investee to capital markets, and other pertinent information.


F-60



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

3.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

The Company's exposure to subprime mortgage related risk is limited to investments in residential mortgage-backed securities. The Company classifies a security as subprime when the weighted average FICO score is less than 700 or if the security/underlying loans falls under Bloomberg's criteria for B or C rated loans. The Company does have some exposure to Alt-A bonds which were made to borrowers with less than conventional documentation of their income and/or net assets. These securities are detailed in section (3) below. The Company has exposure to unrealized losses on these holdings from changes in market values due to spread widening and interest rate fluctuations in a difficult and illiquid market environment. In addition, the Company has exposure to realized losses if it is determined that the security is other-than-temporarily impaired. These risks are mitigated somewhat by the Company's ability and intent to hold these securities to recovery, which may be at maturity. These securities are reviewed monthly to ensure they are performing as expected and to ensure sufficient credit support. The Company has no direct exposure through investments in subprime mortgage loans.

The following information relates to the Company's other investments with subprime exposure (in thousands):

Alt-A Securities:

a. Actual cost:  $  1,457

b. Book adjusted carrying value:  $  1,400

c. Fair value:  $  895

d. No other-than-temporary impairment losses have been recognized to date.

Individual securities issued by the following companies exceeded 10% of capital and surplus at December 31, 2008.

    Carrying Value  
    ($ in thousands)  
AEP Texas Central Co     5,973    
Allstate Corp     4,801    
Arizona Public Service     5,135    
Banc of America Funding Corp     4,956    
BRUCE MANSFIELD UNIT 1 2     5,000    
CABOT OIL & GAS     7,000    
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL     4,987    
Citigroup Inc     4,998    
Citizens Banking     5,890    
Comcast Corp     5,990    
COMMONWEALTH EDISON     5,976    
Cox Communications Inc.     7,973    
Enterprise Products     6,000    
FHLMC     9,503    
FPL Group Capital     4,989    
Inco LTD     5,999    
Jefferies Group Inc     4,979    
Johnson Controls Inc     5,922    
Michigan Consolidated Gas     5,980    
Montpelier RE Holdings     5,985    

 


F-61



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

3.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

    Carrying Value  
    ($ in thousands)  
Northwest Natural Gas     5,000    
Ohio Natl Financial Svcs Inc     5,990    
Ohio Power     4,979    
Phelps Dodge Corp     4,994    
Philipos Electronics NV     5,659    
Renaissance Rein Holdings LTD     5,994    
Suntrust Capital IX — Preferred     5,000    
Transalta Corp     5,963    
U S Treasury Notes     5,713    
Union Electric Co     4,949    
Union Pacific Corp     4,431    
UNITEDHEALTH GROUP INC     5,910    
Webster Bank     4,999    
XTO Energy Inc     4,986    

 

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, bonds having a market value of $6.8 million and $6.7 million were on deposit with various governmental authorities as required by law.

Preferred Stock

The following table details the Company's hybrid security holdings at December 31, 2008. These securities were previously classified as bonds, but were required under NAIC guidelines to be reclassified as preferred stock.

General Account Holdings  
Cusip   Issuer   Description   Book / Adjusted
Carrying Value
 
            ($ in thousands)  
  020002 AU5   Allstate Corp   Adj % Due 5/15/2057   $ 4,801    
  05529 MAA0   BB&T CAPITAL TRUST I   5.85 % Due 8/18/2035     957    
  06738 C828   Barclays Bank PLC   Adj % Due Perpetual     3,000    
  171232 AP6   Chubb Corporation   Adj % Due 3/29/2067     1,929    
  20036 CAA7   COMERICA CAP TR II   Adj % Due 2/20/2037     2,960    
  25746 RAE6   Dominion Resources Cap Tr I   7.83 % Due 12/1/2027     3,349    
  302570 AY2   FPL Group Capital   Adj % Due 9/1/2067     4,989    
  42205 MAB2   HBOS PLC   Adj % Due Perpetual     2,000    
  42205 MAC0   HBOS PLC   Adj % Due Perpetual     2,000    
  7591 ELAA7   REGIONS FINANCING TR II   Adj % Due 5/1/2047     2,999    
  90342 YAA1   US AGBANK FCB   Adj % Due Perpetual     3,000    
  929767 AA9   Wachovia Cap Tr I   7.64 % Due 1/15/2027     2,889    
            $ 34,873    

 


F-62



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

3.  INVESTMENTS — (Continued)

Separate Account Holdings  
Cusip   Issuer   Description   Carrying Value  
            ($ in thousands)  
  01039 XAA8   Alabama Power Capital Trust V   Adj % Due 10/1/2042   $ 501    
  25746 RAE6   Dominion Resources Cap Tr I   7.83 % Due 12/1/2027     893    
  929767 AA9   Wachovia Cap Tr I   7.64 % Due 1/15/2027     707    
            $ 2,101    

 

Mo rtgage loans

At December 31, 2008, the Company's mortgage loan portfolio had the following concentrations by type of property:

    % of Portfolio  
Apartment     36.3 %  
Retail     34.8    
Other commercial     14.6    
Office buildings     9.2    
Industrial     5.1    
Total     100.0 %  

 

At December 31, 2008, the Company's mortgage loan portfolio had the following concentrations by location:

    % of Portfolio  
Tennessee     31.5 %  
Florida     19.7    
Ohio     11.3    
North Carolina     11.0    
Alabama     9.3    
Illinois     5.6    
Mississippi     5.0    
Texas     4.1    
Michigan     2.5    
Total     100.0 %  

 

The minimum and maximum lending rates for new commercial loans made during 2008 were 6.00% and 6.75%.

During 2008, the Company did not exclude any interest or reduce interest rates on any outstanding loans.

The maximum percentage of any one loan to the value of collateral at the time of the loan, exclusive of insured or guaranteed or purchase money mortgages, is generally 75%. At December 31, 2008, the Company had no mortgage loans that exceeded a 75% loan to value ratio.

At December 31, 2008, the Company did not have any mortgages with interest more than 30 days past due.

At December 31, 2008, no taxes and/or assessments had been advanced but not repaid or included in the mortgage loan total.

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had no foreclosed properties or impaired loans.


F-63



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

4.  INCOME TAXES

The Company is included in the consolidated federal income tax return of PLC and its subsidiaries. The method of allocation between the affiliates is subject to a written agreement. Pursuant to PLC's tax sharing agreement, income tax expense is allocated to those entities within the group as if each individual entity filed a separate return and the Company incurs a liability to PLC to the extent that a separate return calculation indicates that the Company has a federal income tax liability. If the Company has an income tax benefit, the benefit is recorded currently to the extent the Company's income tax benefit can be carried back against prior years' separate company income tax expense. Any amount not carried back is carried forward on a separate company basis. Income tax expense is settled periodically.

The components of the net deferred tax asset recognized in the Company's Statements of Admitted Assets, Liabilities and Capital and Surplus at December 31 are as follows:

    2008   2007   Change  
    ($ in thousands)  
Gross deferred tax assets   $ 1,906     $ 1,969     $ (63 )  
Gross deferred tax liabilities     (479 )     (225 )     (254 )  
Net deferred tax asset     1,427       1,744       (317 )  
Deferred tax asset nonadmitted     (865 )     (798 )     (67 )  
Net admitted deferred tax asset   $ 562     $ 946     $ (384 )  
    2007   2006   Change  
    ($ in thousands)  
Gross deferred tax assets   $ 1,969     $ 1,959     $ 10    
Gross deferred tax liabilities     (225 )     (548 )     323    
Net deferred tax asset     1,744       1,411       333    
Deferred tax asset nonadmitted     (798 )     (190 )     (608 )  
Net admitted deferred tax asset   $ 946     $ 1,221     $ (275 )  

 

The provisions for incurred taxes on earnings for the year ended December 31 are as follows:

    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Current year expense   $ 2,811     $ 5,462    
Prior year under (over) accrual     25       (49 )  
Federal income taxes incurred   $ 2,836     $ 5,413    

 


F-64



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

4.  INCOME TAXES — (Continued)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31 are as follows:

    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Deferred tax assets:  
Deferred acquisition costs   $ 1,138     $ 861    
Unearned premiums     149       164    
Reserves     21       516    
Bond basis differential     0       53    
Other     598       375    
Total deferred tax assets     1,906       1,969    
Nonadmitted deferred tax assets     (865 )     (798 )  
Admitted deferred tax assets     1,041       1,171    
Deferred tax liabilities:  
Method change     0       225    
Bond basis differential     479       0    
Total deferred tax liabilities     479       225    
Net admitted deferred tax asset   $ 562     $ 946    

 

The provision for federal and foreign income taxes incurred is different from that which would be obtained by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to income before income taxes. The significant items causing this difference at December 31 are as follows:

    2008   Effective
Tax Rate
  2007   Effective
Tax Rate
 
    ($ in thousands)  
Provision computed at statutory rate   $ 2,896       35.0 %   $ 4,908       35.0 %  
Tax on statutory capital gains     361       4.3       145       1.0    
Change in nonadmitted assets     (188 )     (2.2 )     (9 )     (0.1 )  
Amortization of IMR     (110 )     (1.3 )     (98 )     (0.7 )  
Prior year current true-up     25       0.3       (49 )     (0.3 )  
Prior year deferred true-up     189       2.2       195       1.4    
Other     (20 )     (0.2 )     (12 )     (0.1 )  
Total   $ 3,153       38.1 %   $ 5,080       36.2 %  
Federal income taxes incurred   $ 2,836       34.3 %   $ 5,413       38.6 %  
Change in net deferred income taxes     317       3.8       (333 )     (2.4 )  
Total statutory income taxes   $ 3,153       38.1 %   $ 5,080       36.2 %  

 

At December 31, 2008, the Company had no net operating or tax credit available to offset future net income subject to federal income taxes.


F-65



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

4.  INCOME TAXES — (Continued)

The Company incurred the following amount of income taxes in the current year and the preceding years that are available for recoupment in the event of future net losses:

    ($ in thousands)  
  2008     $ 2,811    
  2007       5,462    
  2006       6,026    

 

The Company had no deposits admitted under Section 6603 of the Internal Revenue Code at December 31, 2008 or 2007.

The Company recorded a net current federal income tax payable of $2.8 and $3.2 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The Company had no state transferable tax credits at December 31, 2008 or 2007.

The Company's federal income tax return for 2008 is consolidated with:

Acceleration National Service Corporation
The Advantage Warranty Corporation
Chesterfield International Reinsurance Ltd.
Citizen's Accident & Health Insurance Co.
Dealer Services Reinsurance, Ltd.
Financial Protection Marketing, Inc.
First Protection Company
First Protection Corporation, Inc.
First Protection Corporation of Florida
First Protective Insurance Group, Inc.
First Variable Capital Services, Inc.
Golden Gate Captive Insurance Company
Golden Gate II Captive Insurance Co.
Gulfco Insurance Services, Inc.
Gulfco Life Insurance Company
Hotel Development Company, Inc.
Indigo Captive Insurance Company
Investment Distributors, Inc.
Investors Brokerage Services, Inc.
IProtectdirect, Inc.
Lyndon Financial Corporation
Lyndon Insurance Group, Inc.
Lyndon Property Insurance Company
Oracare Consultants, Inc.
PLC Life Alliance, Inc.
PMG Asset Management, Inc.
PMG Securities Corporation
ProEquities, Inc.
Protective Administrative Services, Inc.
Protective Finance Corporation
Protective Finance Corporation II
Protective Investment Advisors, Inc.
Protective Life Corporation
Protective Life Insurance Company
Protective Producers Association, Inc.
Protective Real Estate Holdings, Inc.
Real Estate Asset Purchase Corporation
Tower Captive Insurance Company
Warranty Business Services Corporation
West Coast Life Insurance Company
Western Diversified Services, Inc.
Western General Dealer Services, Inc.
Western General Warranty Corporation
Western General Warranty, Inc.

The Company has considered the need for the recognition of contingent tax liabilities, under the provisions of Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles No. 5 (SSAP 5), "Liabilities, Contingencies and Impairments of Assets" and SSAP 10, "Income Taxes," and has determined that there were none to be recorded or disclosed.


F-66



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

5.  INFORMATION CONCERNING PARENT, SUBSIDIARIES, AND AFFILIATES.

During 2007, the Company received approval from the Alabama Department of Insurance and paid distributions of $12.8 million to PLICO. The distributions were accounted for as return of capital distributions. The Company paid no distributions during 2008.

The Company routinely receives from or pays to affiliates under the control of PLC reimbursements for expenses incurred on one another's behalf. Receivables and payables among affiliates are generally settled monthly. At December 31, 2008, the Company had an intercompany payable of $2.7 million. At December 31, 2007, the Company had an intercompany payable of $1.8 million.

PLC has contracts with its affiliates under which it supplies investment, legal and data processing services on a fee basis and other managerial and administrative services on a shared cost basis. In addition, the affiliates have a joint contract relating to allocation of costs for services performed by employees of one affiliate for another. The Company paid $9.6 million and $8.2 million during the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for these services.

PLICO entered into a guaranty agreement on October 27, 1993, with the Company. PLICO has guaranteed the payment of all insurance policy claims made by the holders or beneficiaries of any policies, which were issued after the date of the guaranty agreement in accordance with the terms of said policies. Total liabilities for policies covered by this agreement were $316.8 million and $175.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

PLICO entered into a guaranty agreement on December 31, 1995, whereby PLICO guaranteed that the Company will perform all of the obligations of PLICO pursuant to the terms and conditions of an indemnity coinsurance agreement between PLICO and an unaffiliated life insurance company. Total liabilities related to this coinsurance agreement were $7.6 million and $7.9 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

6.  CAPITAL AND SURPLUS, SHAREHOLDERS' DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

Dividends on preferred and common stock are non-cumulative and are paid as determined by the Board of Directors. Normally, dividends may be paid without approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Alabama in an amount, together with that of other dividends or distributions made within the preceding twelve months, up to the greater of 10% of policyholders' surplus as of the preceding December 31, or the Company's net gain from operations for the preceding year. The Company paid an ordinary cash distribution of $12.8 million to PLICO in 2007. No dividends on common stock were paid to PLICO during 2008. The Company did not pay dividends on the preferred stock in 2008 or 2007. During 2009, the Company can pay $5.7 million in dividends without the approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Alabama. The participating preferred stock can be redeemed at the option of the Company at $1,000 per share.

The portion of unassigned funds (surplus) reduced for nonadmitted assets was $1.5 million at December 31, 2008.

The NAIC's risk-based capital requirements require insurance companies to calculate and report information under a risk-based capital formula. These requirements are intended to allow insurance regulators to identify inadequately capitalized insurance companies based upon the types and mixtures of risk inherent in the insurer's operations. The formula includes components for asset risk, liability risk, interest rate exposure, and other factors. The Company is adequately capitalized under the formula at December 31, 2008 and 2007.


F-67



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

7.  CONTINGENCIES

In most states, under insurance guaranty fund laws, insurance companies doing business therein can be assessed up to prescribed limits for policyholder losses incurred by insolvent companies. Most of these laws do provide, however, that an assessment may be excused or deferred if it would threaten an insurer's own financial strength. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company accrued liabilities of $3 thousand and less than $1 thousand, respectively, for future assessments. The Company accrued related assets for future premium tax credits of $3 thousand and less than $1 thousand for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition at both December 31, 2008 and 2007, assets of $5 thousand relate to assessments already paid that will be taken as credits on future premium tax returns.

Commitments to extend mortgage loans are agreements to lend to a borrower, provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. The Company enters into these agreements to commit to future loan fundings at a predetermined interest rate. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Total commitments to extend mortgage loans were $5.4 million and zero at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

A number of civil jury verdicts have been returned against insurers, broker-dealers, and other providers of financial services involving sales, underwriting practices, product design, product disclosure, administration, denial or delay of benefits, charging excessive or impermissible fees, recommending unsuitable products to customers, breaching fiduciary or other duties to customers, refund or claims practices, alleged agent misconduct, failure to properly supervise representatives, relationships with agents or other persons with whom the insurer does business, payment of sales or other contingent commissions, and other matters. Often these lawsuits have resulted in the award of substantial judgments that are disproportionate to the actual damages, including material amounts of punitive non-economic compensatory damages. In some states, juries, judges, and arbitrators have substantial discretion in awarding punitive and non-economic compensatory damages, which creates the potential for unpredictable material adverse judgments or awards in any given lawsuit or arbitration. Arbitration awards are subject to very limited appellate review. In addition, in some class action and other lawsuits, companies have made material settlement payments. The Company, like other financial services companies, in the ordinary course of business is involved in litigation and arbitration. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of any litigation or arbitration, the Company does not believe that any such outcome will have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

8.  REINSURANCE

The Company assumes risks from and reinsures certain parts of its risks with other insurers under yearly renewable term, coinsurance, and modified coinsurance agreements. The Company is liable with respect to reinsurance ceded in that the liability for such reinsurance would become that of the Company upon the failure of any reinsurer to meet its obligations under a particular reinsurance agreement. In compliance with regulatory requirements of the assuming reinsurer's state of domicile, the assuming reinsurer has deposited securities with its state insurance department for the benefit of the policyholders to cover such liabilities; however, the Company remains primarily liable as the direct insurer on all risk reinsured. In 2005, the Company increased its retention on certain traditional life products from $500,000 to $1,000,000 on any one life, which remained in effect for 2008. The Company reviews the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors the amount of reinsurance it has with its reinsurers.


F-68



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

8.  REINSURANCE — (Continued)

The Company has ceded the following to affiliated insurers at and for the years ending December 31:

    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Life:  
Insurance in force   $ 6,987     $ 12,605    
Policy and claim reserves ceded     206       410    
Policy claim liabilities ceded     5       10    
Premiums ceded     (11 )     11    
Accident and health:  
Policy and claim reserves ceded     234       481    
Policy claim liabilities ceded     89       162    
Premiums ceded     10       10    

 

The Company has ceded the following to non-affiliated insurers at and for the years ending December 31:

    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Life:  
Insurance in force   $ 7,873,286     $ 7,992,978    
Policy and claim reserves ceded     81,823       68,495    
Policy claim liabilities ceded     5,515       5,975    
Premiums ceded     27,396       27,106    
Accident and health:  
Policy and claim reserves ceded     613       670    
Policy claim liabilities ceded     7       169    
Premiums ceded     17       9    

 

The Company has assumed from non-affiliated insurers at and for the years ending December 31 as follows:

    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Life:  
Insurance in force   $ 3,845,784     $ 4,121,580    
Policy and claim reserves assumed     415,239       420,155    
Policy claim liabilities assumed     3,855       4,763    
Premiums assumed     32,101       34,195    
Accident and health:  
Policy and claim reserves assumed     983       1,242    
Policy claim liabilities assumed     94       168    
Premiums assumed     22       23    

 

None of the reinsurers included as "non-affiliated" in the above tables are owned in excess of 10% or controlled, either directly or indirectly, by the Company or any representative, officer, trustee, or director of the Company. No policies issued by the Company have been reinsured with a company charted in a country other than the United States (excluding U.S. Branches of such companies) which is owned in excess of 10% or controlled directly or indirectly by an insured, a beneficiary, a creditor of an insured or any other person not primarily engaged in the insurance business.


F-69



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

8.  REINSURANCE — (Continued)

The Company non-admitted $4 thousand in reinsurance receivables at December 31, 2008 due to uncertainty of collection. The company has not written any receivables off as uncollectible. The Company has not commuted any ceded reinsurance amounts during the year.

Approximately 69.6% of the reinsurance receivable balance at December 31, 2008 relates to one insurance company rated "A+" (Superior) by the A. M. Best Company, an independent rating organization.

At December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, the Company had $239 thousand and $492 thousand of accident and health recoverables and reinsurance credits with PLICO which represented less than 1% of capital and surplus.

9.  CHANGE IN INCURRED LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

Activities in the liability for accident and health policy and contract claims are summarized as follows:

    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Balance at January 1   $ 3,294     $ 3,443    
Less reinsurance recoverables     7       22    
Net balance at January 1     3,287       3,421    
Acquisitions and reserve transfers Incurred:  
Related to current year     741       649    
Related to prior year     232       364    
Total incurred     973       1,013    
Paid:  
Related to current year     146       208    
Related to prior year     763       939    
Total paid     909       1,147    
Net balance at December 31     3,351       3,287    
Plus reinsurance recoverables     7       7    
Balance at December 31   $ 3,358     $ 3,294    

 

Claims incurred related to prior years are due to changes in anticipated costs to settle accident and health insurance claims for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007. Included in the aggregate reserves for accident and health policies are $3.3 million and $3.1 million of policy contract claim reserves as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

10.  PARTICIPATING POLICIES

Premiums under individual life and annuity participating policies were $75 thousand or 0.04% and $77 thousand or 0.1%, for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, of total individual life and annuity premiums earned. The Company accrues dividends when declared by the Board of Directors. The Company paid dividends in the amount of $92 thousand and $95 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company has not allocated any additional income to participating policyholders.


F-70



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

11.  ANALYSIS OF ANNUITY ACTUARIAL RESERVES AND DEPOSIT LIABILITIES BY WITHDRAWAL CHARACTERISTICS

Withdrawal characteristics of annuity actuarial reserves and deposit liabilities are as follows:

    2008  
    ($ in thousands)  
Subject to discretionary withdrawal:  
with market value adjustments   $ 35,299       14.4 %  
at book value less surrender charge     12,137       5.0    
at market     3,849       1.6    
Subtotal     51,285       21.0    
Subject to discretionary withdrawal - without adjustments
at book value (minimal or no charge or adjustments)
    186,779       76.4    
Not subject to discretionary withdrawal provision     6,480       2.6    
Total annuity actuarial reserves and deposit fund
liabilities (gross)
    244,544       100.0 %  
Less: reinsurance     0          
Total annuity actuarial reserves and deposit liabilities (net)   $ 244,544          
    2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Subject to discretionary withdrawal:  
with market value adjustments   $ 41,091       35.3 %  
at book value less surrender charge     4,087       3.5    
at market     6,341       5.5    
Subtotal     51,519       44.3    
Subject to discretionary withdrawal - without adjustments
at book value (minimal or no charge or adjustments)
    58,789       50.6    
Not subjected to discretionary withdrawal provision     5,934       5.1    
Total annuity actuarial reserves and deposit fund
liabilities (gross)
    116,242       100.0 %  
Less: reinsurance     0          
Total annuity actuarial reserves and deposit liabilities (net)   $ 116,242          

 

12.  PREMIUMS AND ANNUITY CONSIDERATIONS DEFERRED AND UNCOLLECTED

Life insurance premiums deferred and uncollected represent annual or fractional premiums, either due and uncollected or not yet due, where policy reserves have been provided on the assumption that the full premium for the current policy year has been collected.


F-71



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

12.  PREMIUMS AND ANNUITY CONSIDERATIONS DEFERRED AND UNCOLLECTED — (Continued)

Deferred and uncollected life insurance premiums and annuity considerations as of December 31 were as follows:

    2008   2007  
Type   Gross   Net of
Loading
  Gross   Net of
Loading
 
    ($ in thousands)  
Ordinary new business   $ (86 )   $ (86 )   $ (66 )   $ (66 )  
Ordinary renewal     (1,085 )     (1,184 )     (992 )     (1,107 )  
Group life     (607 )     (607 )     (556 )     (556 )  
Total   $ (1,778 )   $ (1,877 )   $ (1,614 )   $ (1,729 )  

 

13.  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

Separate Accounts held by the Company are for market value adjusted annuities and individual and group variable annuity contracts. The Separate Account for market value adjusted annuities provides the opportunity for the policyholder to invest in one or any combination of interest rate guarantee periods. The assets for this account are carried at market value and are held in a non-unitized Separate Account. Amounts withdrawn from the contract in excess of the free withdrawal amount are subject to market value adjustment, which can be positive or negative. The market value adjusted annuities business has been included in the Nonindexed Guarantee less than 4% and Nonindexed Guarantee greater than 4% in the table below.

The Separate Accounts for the individual and group variable business invest in shares of various mutual funds with external investment advisors. The net investment experience of the separate account is credited directly to the policyholder and can be positive or negative. The individual and group variable business has been included in the Nonguaranteed Separate Accounts column in the table below.

Some of the variable annuity contracts contain GMDB and GMWB features, which are described in Note 1.

Information regarding the Company's Separate Accounts is as follows:

    Nonindexed
Guarantee
Less Than
4%
  Nonindexed
Guarantee
More Than
4%
  Nonguaranteed
Separate
Account
  Total      
    ($ in thousands)      
2008                                      
 1. Premiums, consideration or deposits for the year
ended 12/31/08
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 358     $ 358    
 2. Reserves at 12/31/08      
 I. For accounts with assets at:      
 a. Market value   $ 138     $ 35,272     $ 3,849     $ 39,259    
 b. Amortized cost                       0    
Total reserves   $ 138     $ 35,272     $ 3,849     $ 39,259        

 


F-72



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

13.  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS — (Continued)

    Nonindexed
Guarantee
Less Than
4%
  Nonindexed
Guarantee
More Than
4%
  Nonguaranteed
Separate
Account
  Total      
    ($ in thousands)      
  2008            
II.   By withdrawal characteristics:      
 a. Subject to discretionary withdrawals   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0        
 b. With MV adjustment     138       35,272       0       35,410        
 c. At book value without MV adjustment and
with current surrender charge of 5% or more
    0       0       0       0        
 d. At market value     0       0       3,849       3,849        
 e. At book value without MV adjustment and
with current surrender charge less than 5%
    0       0       0       0        
 f. Subtotal     138       35,272       3,849       39,259        
 g. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal     0       0       0       0        
 h. Total   $ 138     $ 35,272     $ 3,849     $ 39,259        
    Nonindexed
guarantee
less Than
4%
  Nonindexed
Guarantee
More Than
4%
  Nonguaranteed
Separate
Account
  Total      
    ($ in thousands)      
2007          
 1. Premiums, consideration or deposits for the year
ended 12/31/07
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 38     $ 38        
 2. Reserves at 12/31/07      
 I. For accounts with assets at:      
 a. Market value   $ 1,132     $ 40,185     $ 6,341     $ 47,658        
 b. Amortized cost     0       0       0       0        
Total reserves   $ 1,132     $ 40,185     $ 6,341     $ 47,658        
 II. By withdrawal characteristics:      
 a. Subject to discretionary withdrawals   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0        
 b. With MV adjustment     1,132       40,185       0       41,317        
 c. At book value without MV adjustment and
with current surrender charge of 5% or more
    0       0       0       0        
 d. At market value     0       0       6,341       6,341        
 e. At book value without MV adjustment and
with current surrender charge less than 5%
    0       0       0       0        
 f. Subtotal     1,132       40,185       6,341       47,658        
 g. Not subject to discretionary withdrawal     0       0       0       0        
 h. Total   $ 1,132     $ 40,185     $ 6,341     $ 47,658        

 


F-73



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

13.  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS — (Continued)

Reconciliation of net transfers to (from) separate accounts is as follows:

    2008   2007  
    ($ in thousands)  
Transfers as reported in the Summary of Operations of the Separate
Accounts Statement:
 
Transfers to Separate Accounts   $ 357     $ 38    
Transfers from Separate Accounts     (9,252 )     (6,534 )  
Net transfers to (from) Separate Accounts   $ (8,895 )   $ (6,496 )  
Transfers as reported in the Statement of Operations   $ (8,895 )   $ (6,496 )  

 

14.  ESTIMATED FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amount and estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments at December 31 are as follows:

    2008   2007  
    Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Carrying
Amount
  Estimated
Fair Value
 
    ($ in thousands)  
AS SETS                                  
Investments:  
Bonds   $ 496,368     $ 434,620     $ 464,341     $ 473,528    
Preferred stocks     39,875       25,440       34,865       32,923    
Mortgage loans on real estate     39,998       49,090       16,940       18,130    
Short term investments     77,557       77,557       3,319       3,319    
Cash & cash equivalents     11,561       11,561       (3,748 )     (3,748 )  
Contract loans     48,828       48,828       50,081       50,081    
Separate account assets     30,810       30,810       44,602       44,602    
LIABILITIES                                  
Annuities     203,388       199,362       66,697       63,854    

 

Bond and preferred stock market values are determined using rates prescribed by the NAIC, when available. For bonds and preferred stock with no published NAIC rate or where the NAIC market rate is amortized cost, quoted market prices or estimates from independent pricing services are used.

The Company believes the fair value of its short-term investments, cash, and cash equivalents approximate book value.

The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage loans using an internally developed model. This model includes inputs derived by the Company based on assumed discount rates relative to the Company's current mortgage loan lending rate and an expected cash flow analysis based on a review of the mortgage loan terms. The model also contains the Company's determined representative risk adjustment assumptions related to nonperformance and liquidity risks.

The Company believes the fair value of contract loans approximates carrying value. Contract loans are funds provided to policy holders in return for a claim on the account value of the policy. The funds provided are limited


F-74



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

14.  ESTIMATED FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS — (Continued)

to a certain percent of the account balance. The nature of contract loans is to have low default risk as the loans are fully collateralized by the value of the policy. The majority of contract loans do not have a stated maturity and the balances and accrued interest are repaid with proceeds from the policy account balance. Due to the collateralized nature of contract loans and unpredictable timing of repayments, the Company believes the fair value of contract loans approximates carrying value.

The separate account assets represent funds for which the Company does not bear the investment risk. These assets are carried at fair value and are equal to the separate account liabilities, which represent the policyholder's equity in those assets. These amounts are reported separately as assets and liabilities related to separate accounts in the accompanying financial statements. Separate account assets are invested in bonds, preferred stocks, and open-ended mutual funds. The fair value of bonds and preferred stock held in separate accounts are determined using rates prescribed by the NAIC, when available. For bonds and preferred stock with no published NAIC rate or where the NAIC market rate is amortized cost, quoted market prices, estimates from independent pricing services, and/or estimates derived from fair value model calculations are used. These valuations are generally categorized as a level 2 valuation as defined by FASB Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurement ("SFAS No. 157"). The fair value of open-ended mutual funds held in separate accounts was obtained from unadjusted quoted market prices. These valuations are categorized as a level 1 valuation as defined by SFAS No. 157.

As of December 31, 2008, the Company estimated the fair value of annuity account balances using models based on discounted estimated cash flows. The discount rates used in the models were based on a current market rate for similar financial instruments. As of December 31, 2007, the Company estimated the fair value of its annuities using surrender values.

15.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Employee Retirement Plan

PLC has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of its employees. The plan is not separable by affiliates participating in the plan. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee's highest thirty-six consecutive months of compensation. PLC's funding policy is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA plus such additional amounts as PLC may determine to be appropriate from time to time. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. PLC allocates the costs of the plan to each subsidiary based on a percentage of payroll. Effective January 1, 2008, PLC made certain changes to the plan as follows; (1) employees hired after December 31, 2007, will receive benefits under a cash balance plan, (2) employees active on December 31, 2007, with age plus vesting service less than 55 years will receive a final pay-based pension benefit for service through December 31, 2007, plus a cash balance benefit for service after December 31, 2007, (3) employees active on December 31, 2007 with age plus vesting service equaling or exceeding 55 years, will receive a final pay-based pension benefit for service both before and after December 31, 2007, with a modest reduction in the formula for benefits earned after December 31, 2007, and (4) all participants terminating employment on or after December 31, 2007 may elect to receive a lump sum benefit. The Company has no legal obligation for benefits under the plan.

PLC also sponsors an unfunded excess benefits plan, which is a nonqualified plan that provides defined pension benefits in excess of limits imposed on qualified plans by federal tax law. The plan is not separable by affiliates participating in the plan. PLC allocates the cost of the plan to each subsidiary based on a percentage of payroll. The Company has no legal obligation for benefits under the plan.


F-75



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

(Statutory Basis)

15.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS — (Continued)

In addition to pension benefits, PLC provides limited healthcare benefits to eligible retired employees until age 65. This postretirement benefit is provided by an unfunded plan. PLC's obligation is not materially affected by a 1% change in the healthcare cost trend assumptions used in the calculation of the obligation.

Life Insurance benefits for retirees are provided through the purchase of life insurance policies upon retirement from $9,000 up to a maximum of $75,000. This plan is partially funded at a maximum of $50,000 face amount of insurance.

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company participates in PLC's long-range performance share plan for selected employees. Payments of any benefits under this plan require PLC to achieve certain earnings goals during the four-year period following award under the plan. The plan provides for payment in shares of PLC common stock, except for an amount equal to the employee's tax withholdings on the total payment, which is paid in cash.

The Company also participates in PLC's qualified defined contribution retirement plan, which covers substantially all employees. Employee contributions are made on a before-tax basis as provided by Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In 1990 PLC established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) to match voluntary employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan. In 1994 a stock bonus was added to the 401(k) Plan for employees who are not otherwise under a bonus or sales incentive plan. Expenses related to the ESOP consists of the cost of the shares allocated to participating employees, plus the interest expense on the ESOP's note payable to the Company, less dividends on shares held by the ESOP. PLC allocates the cost of these benefits to each subsidiary based on a percentage of payroll. The Company has no legal obligation for benefits under these plans.

The Company participates in PLC's Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers for certain officers who may elect to defer part or all of their cash and stock bonuses. Any obligation of the Company under the Plan is transferred to PLC at the time of the deferral.

The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for agents whereby agents may elect to defer part or all of their commissions. The Company credits each agent's account annually with interest on the amounts accumulated at a current interest rate.

The Company's share of net costs related to employee benefit plans was approximately $15 thousand and $17 thousand for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.


F-76



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE

as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008

    ($ in thousands)  
($ in thousands)  
  Government bonds   $ 247    
  Bonds exempt from U.S. tax Other bonds (unaffiliated)     31,165    
  Preferred stock (unaffiliated)     2,457    
  Mortgage loans     1,885    
  Premium notes, policy loans and liens     3,363    
  Cash/short term investments     466    
  Aggregate write-ins for investment income     0    
Gross investment income   $ 39,583    
Mortgage loans — book value:  
  Residential mortgages   $      
  Commercial mortgages     39,998    
Total mortgage loans   $ 39,998    
Mortgage loans by standing — book value:  
  Good standing   $ 39,998    
Bonds, short term investments, and cash equivalents by class and maturity:  
Bonds and short term investments by maturity — statement value  
  Due within one year   $ 122,727    
  Over 1 year through 5 years     112,634    
  Over 5 years through 10 years     108,444    
  Over 10 years through 20 years     61,055    
  Over 20 years     179,040    
Total by maturity   $ 583,900    
Bonds, short term investments, and cash equivalents by class — statement value  
  Class 1   $ 264,284    
  Class 2     286,912    
  Class 3     20,270    
  Class 4     3,313    
  Class 5     9,121    
  Class 6     0    
Total by class   $ 583,900    
  Total bonds and short term publicly traded   $ 528,402    
  Total bonds and short term privately placed   $ 55,498    
Short term investments — book value   $ 77,557    
Cash on deposit   $ 1,586    

 

See Report of Independent Auditors and Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements
S-1



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE

as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008

    ($ in thousands)  
Life insurance in force:  
Ordinary   $ 1,078,840    
Credit life   $ 72,010    
Group   $ 320,618    
Amount of accidental death insurance in force under Ordinary policies   $ 122,038    
Life insurance policies with disability provisions in force:  
Ordinary   $ 65,949    
Credit   $ 21,941    
Supplementary contracts in force:  
  Ordinary — not involving life contingencies  
Amount on deposit   $ 478    
Income payable   $ 49    
  Ordinary — involving life contingencies  
Income payable   $ 14    
Annuities:  
   Ordinary   
Immediate — amount of income payable   $ 1,002    
Deferred — fully paid — account balance   $ 200,847    
Accident and health insurance — premiums in force:  
Group   $ 0    
Credit   $ 4,603    
Other   $ 106    
Deposit funds and dividends accumulations:  
Dividends accumulations — account balance   $ 1,541    

 

See Report of Independent Auditors and Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements
S-2



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA SCHEDULE

as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008

    ($ in thousands)  
Claims payments 2008:  
Other accident and health  
  2008   $ 17    
  2007   $ 22    
  2006   $ 10    
  2005   $ 68    
  2004   $ 22    
  Prior   $ 171    
Other coverages that use development methods to calculate claims reserves  
  2008   $ 128    
  2007   $ 231    
  2006   $ 113    
  2005   $ 75    
  2004   $ 39    
  Prior   $ 13    

 

See Report of Independent Auditors and Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements
S-3



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

SUMMARY INVESTMENT SCHEDULE

as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008

    Gross Investment
Holdings
  Admitted Assets  
    Amounts   Percentage   Amount   Percentage  
    ($ in thousands)  
Bonds  
US Treasury securities   $ 6,682       0.9 %   $ 6,682       0.9 %  
Mortgage-backed securities (includes residential and
commercial MBS):
 
Pass-through securities:  
Guaranteed by GNMA     44       0.0       44       0.0    
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC     1,362       0.2       1,362       0.2    
CMO and REMIC  
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC     9,503       1.3       9,503       1.3    
Issued by non-U.S. Government issuers     32,668       4.6       32,668       4.6    
Other debt and other fixed income securities
(excluding short term):
 
Unaffiliated domestic securities     393,946       55.2       393,946       55.2    
Unaffiliated foreign securities     52,163       7.3       52,163       7.3    
Preferred stocks:  
Unaffiliated     39,875       5.6       39,875       5.6    
Mortgage loans:  
Single family residential properties  
Commercial loans     39,998       5.6       39,998       5.6    
Contract loans     48,854       6.8       48,827       6.8    
Receivables for securities     1       0.0       1       0.0    
Cash and short term investments     89,118       12.5       89,118       12.5    
Total invested assets   $ 714,214       100.0 %   $ 714,187       100.0 %  

 

See Report of Independent Auditors and Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements
S-4



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

INVESTMENT RISK INTERROGATORIES

for the year ended December 31, 2008

1.  The Company's total admitted assets (excluding Separate Accounts) as of December 31, 2008 were $724 million.

2.  State by investment category the 10 largest exposures to a single issuer/borrower/investment, excluding (i) U.S. Government, U.S. Government agency securities and those U.S. Government money market funds listed in the Appendix to the SVO Purposes and Procedures Manual as exempt, (ii) property occupied by the Company and (iii) policy loans.

Investment Category   Amortized Cost   % of Admitted
Assets
 
    ($ in thousands)      
Bonds:  
Ohio Natl Financial Svcs Inc   $ 9,979       1.4 %  
Cox Communications Inc     8,970       1.2    
Enterprise Products     7,975       1.1    
CABOT OIL & GAS     7,000       1.0    
Canadian Natural Resources     6,071       0.8    
Northwest Natural Gas     6,000       0.8    
Inco LTD     5,999       0.8    
Renaissance Rein Holdings LTD     5,994       0.8    
Comcast Corp     5,990       0.8    
Montepelier RE Holdings     5,985       0.8    

 

3.  State the amounts and percentages of the reporting entity's total admitted assets held in bonds, short term, cash equivalents and preferred stocks by NAIC rating.

Investment Category   Amortized Cost   % of Admitted
Assets
 
    ($ in thousands)      
Bonds, short term investments, and cash equivalents:  
NAIC Rated 1   $ 264,284       36.5 %  
NAIC Rated 2     286,912       39.6    
NAIC Rated 3     20,270       2.8    
NAIC Rated 4     3,313       0.5    
NAIC Rated 5     9,121       1.3    
Preferred Stocks:  
NAIC Rated 1     8,847       1.2 %  
NAIC Rated 2     31,028       4.3    

 

4.  State the amounts and percentages of the reporting entity's total admitted assets held in foreign investments:

  4.01  Are assets held in foreign investments less than 2.5% of the reporting entity's total admitted assets. No.

  4.02  Total admitted assets held in foreign investments of $18.7 million (2.6% of total admitted assets).

  4.03  Foreign-currency denominated investments of $0

  4.04  Insurance liabilities denominated in that same foreign currency of $0

See Report of Independent Auditors and Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements
S-5



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

INVESTMENT RISK INTERROGATORIES

for the year ended December 31, 2008

5.  Aggregate foreign investment exposure categorized by NAIC sovereign rating:

NAIC Rating   Book Value   % of Admitted
Assets
 
    ($ in thousands)      
Countries rated NAIC-1   $ 18,653       2.6 %  

 

6.  The Company's largest foreign investment exposures in a single country, categorized by the country's NAIC rating:

NAIC Rating   Book Value   % of Admitted
Assets
 
    ($ in thousands)      
Countries rated NAIC-1  
United Kingdom   $ 7,000       1.0 %  
Bermuda     5,994       0.8    

 

10.  The Company's largest non-sovereign (i.e. non-governmental) foreign issues:

Issuer   NAIC Rating   Book Value   % of Admitted
Assets
 
        (unaudited)   (unaudited)  
Barclays Bank PLC    P2LFE   $ 3,000       0.4 %  
HBOS PLC    P2LFE     4,000       0.6    
Philipos Electronics NV    1 FE     5,659       0.8    
Renaissance Rein Holdings LTD    2 FE     5,994       0.8    

 

11.  Amounts and percentages of the reporting entity's total admitted assets held in Canadian investments and unhedged Canadian currency exposure:

  11.01  Are assets held in Canadian investments less than 2.5% of the reporting entity's total admitted assets. No

  11.02  Total admitted assets held in Canadian investments of $40.5 million or 5.6%.

  11.03  Canadian-currency-denominated investments of $0.

  11.04  Supporting Canadian-denominated insurance liabilities of $0.

  11.05  Unhedged Canadian currency exposure of $0.

13.  The amounts and percentages of admitted assets held in the largest 10 equity interests are as follows:

Issuer   Book Value   % of Admitted
Assets
 
    ($ in thousands)      
SUNTRUST CAPITAL IX   $ 5,000       0.7 %  
FPL GROUP CAPITAL     4,989       0.7    
DOMINION RESOURCES CAP TR     3,349       0.5    
ALLSTATE CORP     4,801       0.7    
HBOS PLC     4,000       0.6    
COMERICA CAP TR II     2,960       0.4    
REGIONS FINANCING TR II     2,999       0.4    
US AGBANK FCB     3,000       0.4    
WACHOVIA CAP TR I     2,889       0.4    
BARCLAYS BANK PLC     3,000       0.4    

 

See Report of Independent Auditors and Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements
S-6



PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

INVESTMENT RISK INTERROGATORIES

for the year ended December 31, 2008

16.  The Company's mortgage loan portfolio is $40 million or 5.3% of the Company's total admitted assets.

Information regarding the Company's 10 largest mortgage interests is as follows:

Type   Book Value   % of Admitted
Assets
 
    ($ in thousands)      
Commercial   $ 3,164       0.4 %  
Commercial     2,947       0.4 %  
Commercial     2,897       0.4 %  
Commercial     2,615       0.4 %  
Commercial     2,371       0.3 %  
Commercial     2,362       0.3 %  
Commercial     2,336       0.3 %  
Commercial     2,259       0.3 %  
Commercial     2,056       0.3 %  
Commercial     2,034       0.3 %  

 

The Company had no construction loans, loans over 90 days past due, loans in the process of foreclosure, loans foreclosed, or restructured loans at December 31, 2008.

17.  Mortgage loans had the following loan-to-value ratios, as determined by the most current appraisal:

Commercial   Book Value   % of Admitted
Assets
 
    ($ in thousands)      
Above 95%    $ 0       0.0 %  
91 to 95%      0       0.0 %  
81 to 90%      0       0.0 %  
71 to 80%      4,788       0.7 %  
Below 70%      35,211       4.9 %  

 

Note: Interrogatories 7 through 9, 12, 14, 15 and 18 through 23 were not applicable.

See Report of Independent Auditors and Notes to Statutory Basis Financial Statements
S-7




PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a)  Financial Statements:

All required financial statements are included in Part A and Part B of this Registration Statement.

(b)  Exhibits:

1.  Resolution of the Board of Directors of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (formerly American Foundation Life Company) authorizing establishment of the Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life (1)

2.  Not applicable

3.  (a)  Form of Underwriting Agreement among Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company, Investment Distributors, Inc. and the Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life (1)

(b)  Form of Distribution Agreement between Investment Distributors, Inc. and broker-dealers (1)

4.  (a)  Form of Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract (4)

(b)  Guaranteed Account Endorsement (4)

(c)  Return of Purchase Payments Death Benefit Endorsement (4)

(d)  Maximum Anniversary Value Death Benefit Rider (2)

(e)  Net Amount at Risk Fee Endorsement (4)

(f)  Annuitization Bonus Endorsement (4)

(g)  Benefit Based Fee Endorsement (4)

(h)  Traditional Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA) Endorsement (2)

(i)  Roth Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA) Endorsement (2)

(j)  Tax Sheltered Annuity (TSA) Endorsement (2)

(k)  Qualified Retirement Plan Endorsement (2)

(l)  Form of Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider (2)

(m)  Form of Enhanced GMWB Withdrawal Percentages for Certain Medical Conditions Endorsement (2)

(n)  Waiver of Surrender Charge Endorsement (4)

(o)  Contract Value Annual Bonus Endorsement (3)

(p)  Lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider with Annual Roll-up (3)

(q)  Guaranteed Minimum Accumulation Benefit Rider (3)

(r)  Lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider with SecurePay R72

(s)  Lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Rider with SecurePay Annual Step-Up

5.  Form of Contract Application for Individual Flexible Premium Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity Contract (4)

6.  (a)  Charter of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company. (1)

(b)  By-Laws of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company. (1)

7.  Not applicable

8.  (a)  Participation Agreement (Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds)

(b)  Participation Agreement (MFS Variable Insurance Trust)

(c)  Participation Agreement (Van Kampen Life Investment Trust) (6)

(d)  Participation Agreement (Lord Abbett Series Fund)

(e)  Participation Agreement (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust)

(f)  Participation Agreement (Fidelity ® Variable Insurance Products)


C-1



(g)  Participation Agreement (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust)

(h)  Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust)

(i)  Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust)

(j)  Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Lord Abbett Series Fund)

(k)  Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (MFS Variable Insurance Trust)

(l)  Rule 22c-2 Shareholder Information Agreement (Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds)

(m)  Participation Agreement (UIF)

9.  Opinion and Consent of Max Berueffy, Esq. (5)

10.  (a)  Consent of Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan, LLP

(b)  Consent of Pricewaterhouse Coopers

11.  No financial statements will be omitted from Item 23

12.  Not applicable

13.  Not applicable

14.  Powers of attorney

(1)   Incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement, (File No. 333-41577) filed with the Commission on April 15, 1998.

(2)   Incorporated herein by reference to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-146508) filed with the Commission on December 19, 2007.

(3)   Incorporated herein by reference to the Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-146508) filed with the Commission on March 25, 2008.

(4)   Incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-153041), filed with the Commission on August 15, 2008.

(5)   Incorporated herein by reference to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 333-153043) filed with the Commission on October 30, 2008.

(6)   Incorporated herein by reference to the Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to the Form N-4 Registration Statement (File No. 33-70984) filed with the Commission on April 20, 2000.


C-2



Item 25. Directors and Officers of Depositor.

Name and Principal Business Address   Position and Offices with Depositor  
John D. Johns
Wayne E. Stuenkel
Richard J. Bielen
Carolyn Johnson
Deborah J. Long
Carl S. Thigpen
Steven G. Walker
Carolyn King
John B. Deremo
Brent Griggs
Kevin J. Howard
  Director
President, Chief Actuary, Illustration Actuary, and Director
Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer, and Director
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary
Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer,
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
Senior Vice President, Acquisitions and Corporate Development
Senior Vice President and Chief Distribution Officer
Senior Vice President, Asset Protection
Senior Vice President, Certifying Compliance Officer for Illustrations, Chief Product Actuary LAD
 

 

*  Unless otherwise indicated, principal business address is 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.

Item 26. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control With the Depositor and Registrant.

The registrant is a segregated asset account of the Company and is therefore owned and controlled by the Company. All of the Company's outstanding voting common stock is owned by Protective Life Corporation. Protective Life Corporation is described more fully in the prospectus included in this registration statement. Various companies and other entities controlled by Protective Life Corporation may therefore be considered to be under common control with the registrant or the Company. Such other companies and entities, together with the identity of their controlling persons (where applicable), are set forth in Exhibit 21 to Form 10-K of Protective Life Corporation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 1-11339) filed with the Commission on February 27, 2009.

Item 27. Number of Contractowners.

As of March 31, 2009, there were no contract owners of ProtectiveRewards ® Elite NY individual and group flexible premium deferred variable and fixed annuity contracts offered by Registrant.

Item 28. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Article XI of the By-laws of Protective Life provides, in substance, that any of Protective Life's directors and officers, who is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, other than an action by or in the right of Protective Life, by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer or director, shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such claim, action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Protective Life and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. If the claim, action or suit is or was by or in the right of Protective Life to procure a judgment in its favor, such person shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Protective Life, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to Protective Life unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper. To the extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified by Protective Life against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith, not withstanding that he has not been successful on


C-3



any other claim issue or matter in any such action, suit or proceeding. Unless ordered by a court, indemnification shall be made by Protective Life only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the officer or director is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct Such determination shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to, or who have been successful on the merits or otherwise with respect to, such claim action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (c) by the shareholders.

In addition, the executive officers and directors are insured by PLC's Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance Policy including Company Reimbursement and are indemnified by a written contract with PLC which supplements such coverage.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 29. Principal Underwriter.

(a)  Investment Distributors, Inc. ("IDI") is the principal underwriter of the Contracts as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940. IDI is also principal underwriter for the Protective Variable Life Separate Account, Protective Variable Annuity Separate Account, and Protective Acquired Variable Annuity Separate Account.

(b)  The following information is furnished with respect to the officers and directors of Investment Distributors, Inc.

Name and Principal
Business Address*
  Position and Offices   Position and Offices with Registrant  
Edwin V. Caldwell


Kevin B. Borie


Barry K. Brown

Cindy McGill
Gary Carroll


Julena Johnson
Thomas R. Barrett

Jason P. Dees

Steve M. Callaway
  President, Secretary and Director


Director


Assistant Secretary

Assistant Secretary
Assistant Compliance Officer and
Director

Assistant Compliance Officer
Chief Financial Officer and
Director
Assistant Financial Officer

Chief Compliance Officer
  Vice President, New Business
Operations Life and Annuity
Division
Vice President and Chief Valuation
Actuary, Life and Annuity
Division
Second Vice President, LCC
Commissions
Assistant Secretary
Second Vice President,
Compliance, Life and Annuity
Division
Senior Compliance Analyst II
Director I, Life and Annuity
Division
Quantitative Analyst,
Asset/Liability Management
None
 

 

*  Unless otherwise indicated, principal business address is 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama, 35223.


C-4



(c)  The following commissions were received by each principal underwriter, directly or indirectly, from the Registrant during the Registrant's last fiscal year:

(1) Name of Principal
Underwriter
  (2) Net Underwriting
Discounts and Commissions
  (3) Compensation on
Redemption
  (4) Brokerage
Commissions
  (5) Other
Compensation
 
Investment Distributors, Inc.   N/A   None   N/A   N/A  

 

Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records.

All accounts and records required to be maintained by Section 31(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder are maintained by Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham, Alabama 35223.

Item 31. Management Services.

All management contracts are discussed in Part A or Part B.

Item 32. Undertakings.

(a)  Registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement as frequently as is necessary to ensure that the audited financial statements in the registration statement are never more than sixteen (16) months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts may be accepted.

(b)  Registrant hereby undertakes to include either (1) as part of any application to purchase a contract offered by the Prospectus, a space that an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a postcard or similar written communication affixed to or included in the Prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information; and

(c)  Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any financial statement required to be made available under this Form promptly upon written or oral request.

(d)  The Company represents that in connection with its offering of the Contracts as funding vehicles for retirement plans meeting the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, it is relying on a no-action letter dated November 28, 1988, to the American Council of Life Insurance (Ref. No. IP-6-88) regarding Sections 22(e), 27(c)(1), and 27(d) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and that paragraphs numbered (1) through (4) of that letter will be complied with.

(e)  Protective Life hereby represents that the fees and charges deducted under the Contract, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by Protective Life.


C-5



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant of this Registration Statement certifies that it meets the requirements of Securities Act Rule 485(b) for effectiveness of this Registration Statement and has duly caused this amendment to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Birmingham, State of Alabama, on April 24, 2009.

  VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT A OF
  PROTECTIVE LIFE

By:  /s/ WAYNE E. STUENKEL

  Wayne E. Stuenkel, President
  Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

  PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY
  INSURANCE COMPANY

By:  /s/ WAYNE E. STUENKEL

  Wayne E. Stuenkel, President
  Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature   Title   Date  
/S/ JOHN D. JOHNS
John D. Johns
  Director   April 24, 2009  
/S/ WAYNE E. STUENKEL
Wayne E. Stuenkel
  President, Chief Actuary and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   April 24, 2009  
*
Richard J. Bielen
  Vice Chairman, Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
  April 24, 2009  
*
Steven G. Walker
  Senior Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
  April 24, 2009  
*BY: /S/ MAX BERUEFFY
Max Berueffy
Attorney-in-Fact
      April 24, 2009  

 


C-6



(This page has been left blank intentionally.)



Exhibit 4.(r)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. BOX 10648 BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35202-0648

 

RIDER SCHEDULE

 

Contract #

 

Rider Effective Date:

 

 

 

Owner 1 Name:

 

Benefit Cost on the Rider Effective Date: [ % ]

 

 

 

Maximum Benefit Cost: [ 1.40% or 1.60% ]

 

Benefit Base on the Rider Effective Date: [ $ ]

 

 

LIFETIME GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT RIDER
with SecurePayR72®

 

We are amending the Contract to which this rider is attached to add a lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB”, or “the Benefit”). The terms and conditions in this rider supersede any conflicting provision in the Contact beginning on the Rider Effective Date and continuing until the rider is terminated. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this rider remain in full force and effect.

 

Lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit: Subject to the terms and conditions of this rider, beginning on the Benefit Election Date and continuing on each Contract Anniversary thereafter during the lifetime of a Covered Person, you may take aggregate annual withdrawals from the Contract that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount regardless of the Contract Value at that time.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Annual Withdrawal Amount - The maximum amount that may be withdrawn from the Contract each Contract Year after the Benefit Election Date without reducing the Benefit Base.

 

Benefit Base - The amount determined according to the terms of this rider and used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the monthly fee. The maximum Benefit Base is $5,000,000 (5 million dollars).

 

Benefit Election Date - The date as of which we first calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the date on which guaranteed withdrawals may begin.

 

Benefit Period - The period of time between the Benefit Election Date and the earlier of the Annuity Commencement Date or the rider termination date.

 

Covered Person - The person or persons upon whose lives the benefits of this rider are based. There may not be more than two Covered Persons.

 

RightTime® - The option to purchase the Benefit after the Contract’s Effective Date, if we are offering it at that time.

 

GMWB COST AND FEES

 

Benefit Cost - On the Rider Effective Date, the annualized Benefit Cost as a percentage of the Benefit Base is shown in the ‘Schedule’ of this rider. We have the right to change the Benefit Cost at any time. The new Benefit Cost will be the Benefit Cost in effect on that date for that option. The annualized Benefit Cost as a percentage of the Benefit Base will never exceed the Maximum Benefit Cost shown in the ‘Schedule’ of this rider. We will notify you of the new Benefit Cost in writing at the address contained in our records not less than 30 days prior to the date on which the new Benefit Cost becomes effective.

 

1



 

You may avoid changes in the Benefit Cost. We must receive your Written Notice declining the change before the end of the Valuation Period during which the new Benefit Cost becomes effective. However if you decline a Benefit Cost change, the SecurePay Anniversary Value on all future Contract Anniversaries will equal $0 and the Roll-up Period associated with SecurePay R72® will terminate immediately.

 

Monthly Fee - Beginning on the Rider Effective Date and continuing monthly until the Benefit terminates, we will calculate the fee for this rider and deduct that amount from the Contract Value. The monthly fee is calculated as of the end of the Valuation Period that includes the same day of the month as the Contract Effective Date, or the last Valuation Period of the month if that date does not occur during the month. We calculate the monthly fee using the formula:

 

Monthly Fee = [1 – (1 – Benefit Cost ) 1/12 ] x Benefit Base as of the calculation date.

 

Deducting the Monthly Fee - We deduct the monthly fee as of the Valuation Period immediately following the Valuation Period during which it was calculated. The monthly fee is deducted from the Allocation Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date. Deduction of the monthly fee is a partial surrender for the purpose of determining the Contract Value, but we will not assess a surrender charge on these deductions and the monthly fee will not reduce any penalty free surrender amount available under the Contract.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Restrictions on Allocation, Transfer and Surrender of Contract Value - While this rider is in force, your Contract allocation is restricted by the Allocation by Investment Category (“AIC”) program guidelines. The AIC program divides the Allocation Options into categories and specifies range of percentages that must be allocated to each category. Within each category, you select the Sub-Accounts and amounts allocated to them, provided the total percentage in each category is not less than the minimum required, nor more than the maximum permitted. The AIC guidelines on the Rider Effective Date were set out on the application you completed to purchase the rider. We may change the AIC guidelines from time to time but if we do, we will not require you to re-allocate your Contract Value.

 

You may transfer Contract Value among the Allocation Options by Written Notice provided the Contract Value immediately after the transfer meets the AIC guidelines in effect at that time. Your instruction to transfer Contract Value among the Allocation Options changes the Contract allocation as of the Valuation Period during which the transfer occurs. Purchase Payment allocation instructions also change the Contract allocation and must meet the AIC guidelines in effect at that time. Purchase Payments applied to the Contract and automatic transfers to facilitate dollar cost averaging made after any such instruction will use the new Contract allocation.

 

We rebalance the Variable Account Value each time the Contract allocation is changed, and semi-annually based on the Rider Effective Date, unless you instruct us to rebalance quarterly or annually.

 

Partial surrenders and withdrawals including applicable surrender charges, if any, are deducted from the Allocation Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date.

 

Determining the Benefit Base Prior to the Benefit Election Date - On the Rider Effective Date, the Benefit Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, or the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period that includes the Rider Effective Date if you purchased the Benefit by exercising the RightTime ® option. Thereafter, we increase the Benefit Base dollar-for-dollar for Purchase Payments credited to the Contract within 2 years of the Rider Effective Date, if any. We reduce the Benefit Base pro-rata for each partial surrender. The pro-rata reduction for each partial surrender is the amount that reduces the Benefit Base in the same proportion that the partial surrender including applicable surrender charges, if any, reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which the partial surrender was deducted.

 

2



 

SecurePay Anniversary Value - If you have not declined a Benefit Cost change, we calculate a SecurePay Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary after the Rider Effective Date. The SecurePay Anniversary Value is equal to the Contract Value as of that Contract Anniversary minus Purchase Payments credited to the Contract on or after the 2 nd  anniversary of the Rider Effective Date.

 

SecurePay R72® - On each Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date, we compare the Benefit Base to the SecurePay Anniversary Value and the R72 Anniversary Value (if one is calculated). The greatest of these three will become the new Benefit Base as of that date.

 

We calculate an R72 Anniversary Value for each Contract Anniversary that occurs during the Roll-up Period. The R72 Anniversary Value is equal to the Benefit Base as of the end of the Valuation Period immediately prior to the Contract Anniversary, plus the Roll-up Amount applicable to that Contract Anniversary.

 

If on a Contract Anniversary for which an R72 Anniversary Value is being calculated, the Contract Value is greater than or equal to 50% of the Benefit Base immediately prior to that Contract Anniversary, the Roll-up Amount is equal to 7.2% of the Benefit Base on the prior Contract Anniversary reduced proportionally for partial surrenders made since the prior Contract Anniversary. If on that Contract Anniversary the Contract Value is less than 50% of the Benefit Base immediately prior to that Contract Anniversary, the Roll-up Amount is equal to $0.

 

The Roll-up Period begins on the Rider Effective Date and ends on the Valuation Period immediately following the 10 th  Contract Anniversary on which we increase the Benefit Base to equal either the SecurePay or R72 Anniversary Value. When determining the Roll-up Period, we will not count Contract Anniversaries on which the Benefit Base does not increase.

 

We will also terminate the Roll-up Period if any of the following occur before the date described in the paragraph above:

 

1.     you decline a change in the Benefit Cost; or,

2.     you establish the Benefit Election Date; or,

3.     the GMWB rider terminates.

 

Termination - This rider, every benefit it provides, and deduction of the monthly fee terminate at the end of the Valuation Period during which any of the following first occur.

 

1.                We receive your instruction to:

a)               allocate any purchase payment; or,

b)              dollar cost average; or,

c)               transfer any Contract Value; or,

d)              deduct any partial surrender or withdrawal;

in a manner inconsistent with the AIC guidelines or the provisions of this rider.

 

2.                We receive your instruction to stop Portfolio Rebalancing.

3.                We receive your instruction to terminate this rider more than 10 years after its Rider Effective Date.

4.                We receive your instruction to change a Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date.

5.                We receive your instruction to annuitize the Contract.

6.                We receive any instruction that terminates the Contract to which this rider is attached.

 

We will notify you in writing that the rider has terminated and identify the cause. If this rider terminated as a result of a prohibited instruction described in items 1 or 2 of this provision, you may reinstate it within 30 days of the rider termination date unless the rider terminated after the Benefit Election Date and a Purchase Payment was applied to the Contract since the rider termination date.

 

3



 

We must receive your Written Notice requesting reinstatement and providing allocation instructions that meet current AIC guidelines, and/or resume portfolio rebalancing within 30 days of this rider’s termination date. We will deduct any fees and make any other adjustments that were scheduled during the period of termination so that after the reinstatement, the Contract and this rider will be as though the termination never occurred.

 

Exercising the RightTime® Option After the Rider Terminates - If the rider terminates as a result of any of the reasons in the ‘Terminations’ provision other than annuitization or termination of the Contract to which it is attached, you may purchase the Benefit using the RightTime ® option, if:

 

1.       we are offering the RightTime ® option when we receive your request to purchase it; and,

2.       5 years or more have elapsed since this rider terminated; and,

3.       the oldest Owner or Annuitant will not be older than age 85 on the new Rider Effective Date; and,

4.       the Contract has not reached the Annuity Commencement Date.

 

If this rider terminates because you instruct us to change a Covered Person, we will waive the 5-year waiting period as described in item #2 of this provision.

 

BENEFIT PERIOD

 

Establishing the Benefit Election Date - You must establish the Benefit Election Date to start the Benefit Period and access the guaranteed withdrawals provided by this rider. To establish the Benefit Election Date, you must send a Written Notice that instructs us to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount based on either one or two lives, and include proof of age for each Covered Person. The Benefit Election Date may not be earlier than the date on which the Covered Person (or the younger of the two Covered Persons) attains age 59 1 / 2 , nor later than the Annuity Commencement Date.

 

We will not accept additional Purchase Payments on or after the Benefit Election Date. Therefore, any Automatic Purchase Payment Plan in effect on the Benefit Election Date will be terminated as of that date.

 

Partial Automatic Withdrawals established prior to the Benefit Period terminate as of the Benefit Election Date.

 

Individuals Eligible to be a Covered Person - A Covered Person must be a living person who is either:

 

1.       an Owner of the Contract; or,

2.        if the spouse of the sole Owner of the Contract, the sole Primary Beneficiary.

 

If there is one Owner, the Owner is the Covered Person.

 

If there is one Owner and the sole Primary Beneficiary is the Owner’s spouse, the Owner is the Covered Person if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on one life. If there is one Owner and the sole Primary Beneficiary is the Owner’s spouse, both are Covered Persons if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on two lives.

 

If there are two Owners and they are married to each other, the older of the two is the Covered Person if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on one life. If there are two Owners and they are married to each other, both are Covered Persons if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on two lives.

 

If there are two Owners and they are not married to each other, only the older of the two is the Covered Person.

 

For the purposes of the GMWB, the terms ‘married’ and ‘spouse’ include bona fide domestic partners in states that afford legal recognition to same-sex Civil Unions.

 

4



 

Calculating the Annual Withdrawal Amount - We calculate the initial Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your Written Notice establishing the Benefit Election Date.  The initial Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to the Benefit Base on that date multiplied by the applicable GMWB withdrawal percentage from the table below. The GMWB withdrawal percentage is based on the number and age(s) of the Covered Person(s) on the Benefit Election Date.

 

GMWB WITHDRAWAL PERCENTAGES

 

Age of (younger) Covered Person

 

GMWB Withdrawal %

 

GMWB Withdrawal %

 

on the Benefit Election Date

 

(One Covered Person)

 

(Two Covered Persons)

 

at least 59 1 / 2  but less than 75 years old

 

5.00

%

4.50

%

75 years old or more

 

6.00

%

5.50

%

 

During the Benefit Period, aggregate withdrawals in any Contract Year that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount do not reduce the Benefit Base.

 

We re-calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount only on a Contract Anniversary and only if the Benefit Base changed since the prior Contract Anniversary. The new Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to the Benefit Base on the Contract Anniversary multiplied by the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date.

 

Accessing the Annual Withdrawal Amount - During the Benefit Period, you may request withdrawals individually or instruct us to send you specific amounts periodically. Your Written Notice must include all the information necessary for us to complete and remit the requested amounts.

 

Withdrawals made during the Benefit Period reduce the Contract Value in the same manner as partial surrenders made prior to the Benefit Election Date. We do not assess surrender charges on aggregate withdrawals during a Contract Year that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount. However, withdrawals count against any penalty free surrender amounts that would otherwise be available.

 

The Annual Withdrawal Amount is not cumulative. You may take the entire Annual Withdrawal Amount each Contract Year, but if you do not, the remaining portion does not carry forward.

 

Excess Withdrawals - During the Benefit Period any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Annual Withdrawal Amount constitutes an excess withdrawal. We will not recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount until the next Contract Anniversary, so any subsequent withdrawal taken that Contract Year is also an excess withdrawal. We assess applicable surrender charges, if any, on excess withdrawals.

 

Each excess withdrawal results in an immediate reduction of the Benefit Base. If, immediately after the excess withdrawal, the Contract Value minus any non-excess portion of the withdrawal is greater than the Benefit Base, we reduce the Benefit Base by the amount of the excess withdrawal including applicable surrender charges, if any. Otherwise, we reduce the Benefit Base by the same proportion that the excess withdrawal including applicable surrender charges, if any, reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which the excess withdrawal request was processed. If the excess withdrawal including applicable surrender charges, if any, reduces the Contract Value to $0, the Contract will terminate as of that date.

 

If you have instructed us to send you all or a portion of the Annual Withdrawal Amount periodically in specific amounts, an excess withdrawal automatically terminates those periodic withdrawals. If any Contract Value remains after the excess withdrawal, you may resume periodic withdrawals beginning on the next Contract Anniversary based on the recalculated Annual Withdrawal Amount by sending us instructions in a Written Notice.

 

5



 

Death of a Covered Person After the Benefit Election Date - If the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on the life of one Covered Person, this rider terminates upon the Covered Person’s death. If the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on the lives of two Covered Persons, this rider terminates upon the death of the last surviving Covered Person.

 

Spousal Continuation After the Benefit Election Date - The surviving spouse of a sole Covered Person who, pursuant to the Contract’s ‘Payment of the Death Benefit’ provision, continues the Contract and becomes the new sole Owner may purchase a new rider immediately using the RightTime ® option, if we are offering it at that time. If not purchased immediately, we will waive the 5-year waiting period described in item #2 of the ‘Exercising the RightTime ® Option After the Rider Terminates’ provision. However, regardless of when the RightTime ® option is exercised, only the surviving spouse is eligible to be a Covered Person under the new rider.

 

Annuity Commencement Date - You must begin periodic distributions of the entire interest in the Contract not later than the Annuity Commencement Date. If the Benefit Period has begun but you are not taking periodic withdrawals, we will begin monthly withdrawals of the Annual Withdrawal Amount on the Annuity Commencement Date. You may change the frequency of the withdrawals, but must take the entire Annual Withdrawal Amount available each Contract Year.

 

If this rider is in force on the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date, in addition to the other Annuity Options available to you under the Contract, you may select the Annuity Option that will pay monthly payments for life equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount divided by 12. If we have not received your Written Notice with the necessary information and proof of age for the Covered Person(s) by the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date and you have not selected an Annuity Option, we will begin monthly payments on that date. The monthly payments will be an amount equal to the greater of:

 

1.                the Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date divided by 12, where the Annual Withdrawal Amount is determined by using the withdrawal percentage associated with One Covered Person and Owner 1’s age (or the younger of Owner 1 and Owner 2 if there are two Owners of the Contract); or,

 

2.                the results of applying the Contract Value plus any applicable annuitization bonus to Annuity Option B with a 10-year Certain Period based on the life of the named Annuitant.

 

If we have not received your Written Notice with the information and proof of age for the Covered Person(s) by the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date but you have previously selected an Annuity Option, we will begin distributing the entire interest in the Contract according to the Annuity Option you have selected.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the Rider Effective Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

            Secretary

 

6


Exhibit 4.(s)

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY • P. O. BOX 10648 • BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA 35202-0648

 

RIDER SCHEDULE

 

Contract #

Rider Effective Date:

 

 

Owner 1 Name:

Benefit Cost on the Rider Effective Date: [ % ]

 

 

GMWB Withdrawal Percentage:

Benefit Base on the Rider Effective Date: [ $ ]

One Covered Person:   5.00%

 

Two Covered Persons: 4.50%

 

 

 

LIFETIME GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT RIDER
with
SecurePay ® ANNUAL STEP-UP

 

We are amending the Contract to which this rider is attached to add a lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB”, or “the Benefit”). The terms and conditions in this rider supersede any conflicting provision in the Contact beginning on the Rider Effective Date and continuing until the rider is terminated. Contract provisions not expressly modified by this rider remain in full force and effect.

 

Lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit: Subject to the terms and conditions of this rider, beginning on the Benefit Election Date and continuing on each Contract Anniversary thereafter during the lifetime of a Covered Person, you may take aggregate annual withdrawals from the Contract that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount regardless of the Contract Value at that time.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Annual Withdrawal Amount - The maximum amount that may be withdrawn from the Contract each Contract Year after the Benefit Election Date without reducing the Benefit Base.

 

Benefit Base - The amount determined according to the terms of this rider and used to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the monthly fee. The maximum Benefit Base is $5,000,000 (5 million dollars).

 

Benefit Election Date - The date as of which we first calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount and the date on which guaranteed withdrawals may begin.

 

Benefit Period - The period of time between the Benefit Election Date and the earlier of the Annuity Commencement Date or the rider termination date.

 

Covered Person - The person or persons upon whose lives the benefits of this rider are based. There may not be more than two Covered Persons.

 

RightTime® - The option to purchase the Benefit after the Contract’s Effective Date, if we are offering it at that time.

 

SecurePay ® Anniversary Value - After the Rider Effective Date, the Contract Value as of each Contract Anniversary minus Purchase Payments credited to the Contract on or after the 2 nd  anniversary of the Rider Effective Date.

 

1



 

GMWB COST AND FEES

 

Benefit Cost - On the Rider Effective Date, the annualized Benefit Cost as a percentage of the Benefit Base is shown in the ‘Schedule’ of this rider. We have the right to change the Benefit Cost at any time. The new Benefit Cost will be the Benefit Cost in effect on that date for that option. The annualized Benefit Cost will never exceed 0.95% of the Benefit Base. We will notify you of the new Benefit Cost in writing at the address contained in our records not less than 30 days prior to the date on which the new Benefit Cost becomes effective.

 

You may avoid changes in the Benefit Cost. We must receive your Written Notice declining the change before the end of the Valuation Period during which the new Benefit Cost becomes effective. However if you decline a Benefit Cost change, the SecurePay ® Anniversary Value on all future Contract Anniversaries will equal $0.

 

Monthly Fee - Beginning on the Rider Effective Date and continuing monthly until the Benefit terminates, we will calculate the fee for this rider and deduct that amount from the Contract Value. The monthly fee is calculated as of the end of the Valuation Period that includes the same day of the month as the Contract Effective Date, or the last Valuation Period of the month if that date does not occur during the month. We calculate the monthly fee using the formula:

 

Monthly Fee = [1 – (1 – Benefit Cost ) 1/12 ] x Benefit Base as of the calculation date.

 

Deducting the Monthly Fee - We deduct the monthly fee as of the Valuation Period immediately following the Valuation Period during which it was calculated. The monthly fee is deducted from the Allocation Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date. Deduction of the monthly fee is a partial surrender for the purpose of determining the Contract Value, but we will not assess a surrender charge on these deductions and the monthly fee will not reduce any penalty free surrender amount available under the Contract.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Restrictions on Allocation, Transfer and Surrender of Contract Value - While this rider is in force, your Contract allocation is restricted by the Allocation by Investment Category (“AIC”) program guidelines. The AIC program divides the Allocation Options into categories and specifies range of percentages that must be allocated to each category. Within each category, you select the Sub-Accounts and amounts allocated to them, provided the total percentage in each category is not less than the minimum required, nor more than the maximum permitted. The AIC guidelines on the Rider Effective Date were set out on the application you completed to purchase the rider.

 

We may change the AIC guidelines from time to time but if we do, we will not require you to re-allocate your Contract Value. We will continue to apply Purchase Payments you remit without allocation instructions, and process automatic transfers that facilitate dollar cost averaging according to the Contract allocation established before the AIC guidelines changed.

 

Allocation instructions that accompany a Purchase Payment and instructions to transfer Contract Value among the Allocation Options change the Contract allocation as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive the instruction, and must meet the AIC guidelines in effect at that time. Anytime the Contract allocation changes, we re-allocate the Contract Value according to the new Contract allocation. Purchase Payments applied to the Contract and transfers that facilitate dollar cost averaging after that date will be made according to that Contract allocation until you send a subsequent instruction that changes the Contract allocation and that satisfies the AIC guidelines then in effect.

 

In addition to the re-allocation of Contract Value that occurs each time the Contract allocation is changed, we rebalance the Variable Account Value to the current Contract semi-annually based on the Rider Effective Date, unless you instruct us to rebalance quarterly or annually.

 

Partial surrenders and withdrawals including applicable surrender charges, if any, are deducted from the Allocation Options in the same proportion that the value of each bears to the total Contract Value on that date.

 

2



 

Determining the Benefit Base Prior to the Benefit Election Date - On the Rider Effective Date, the Benefit Base is equal to the initial Purchase Payment, or the Contract Value as of the end of the Valuation Period that includes the Rider Effective Date if you purchased the Benefit by exercising the RightTime ® option. Thereafter, we increase the Benefit Base dollar-for-dollar for Purchase Payments credited to the Contract within 2 years of the Rider Effective Date, if any. We reduce the Benefit Base pro-rata for each partial surrender. The pro-rata reduction for each partial surrender is the amount that reduces the Benefit Base in the same proportion that the partial surrender including applicable surrender charges, if any, reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which the partial surrender was deducted.

 

On each Contract Anniversary following the Rider Effective Date, we calculate a SecurePay® Anniversary Value and compare it to the Benefit Base. If the SecurePay® Anniversary Value is greater than the Benefit Base, we increase the Benefit Base to equal the SecurePay ® Anniversary Value as of the end of the Valuation Period that contains that Contract Anniversary.

 

Termination - This rider, every benefit it provides, and deduction of the monthly fee terminate at the end of the Valuation Period during which any of the following first occur.

 

1.                We receive your instruction to:

a)               allocate any purchase payment; or,

b)              dollar cost average; or,

c)               transfer any Contract Value; or,

d)              deduct any partial surrender or withdrawal;

in a manner inconsistent with the AIC guidelines or the provisions of this rider.

 

2.                We receive your instruction to stop Portfolio Rebalancing.

 

3.                We receive your instruction to terminate this rider more than 10 years after its Rider Effective Date.

 

4.                We receive your instruction to change a Covered Person after the Benefit Election Date.

 

5.                We receive your instruction to annuitize the Contract.

 

6.                We receive any instruction that terminates the Contract to which this rider is attached.

 

We will notify you in writing that the rider has terminated and identify the cause. If this rider terminated as a result of a prohibited instruction described in items 1 or 2 of this provision, you may reinstate it within 30 days of the rider termination date unless the rider terminated after the Benefit Election Date and a Purchase Payment was applied to the Contract since the rider termination date.

 

We must receive your Written Notice requesting reinstatement and providing allocation instructions that meet current AIC guidelines, and/or resume portfolio rebalancing within 30 days of this rider’s termination date. We will deduct any fees and make any other adjustments that were scheduled during the period of termination so that after the reinstatement, the Contract and this rider will be as though the termination never occurred.

 

Exercising the RightTime® Option After the Rider Terminates - If the rider terminates as a result of any of the reasons in the ‘Terminations’ provision other than annuitization or termination of the Contract to which it is attached, you may purchase the Benefit using the RightTime ® option, if:

 

1.                we are offering the RightTime ® option when we receive your request to purchase it; and,

 

2.                5 years or more have elapsed since this rider terminated; and,

 

3.                the oldest Owner or Annuitant will not be older than age 85 on the new Rider Effective Date; and,

 

4.                the Contract has not reached the Annuity Commencement Date.

 

If this rider terminates because you instruct us to change a Covered Person, we will waive the 5-year waiting period as described in item #2 of this provision.

 

3



 

BENEFIT PERIOD

 

Establishing the Benefit Election Date - You must establish the Benefit Election Date to start the Benefit Period and access the guaranteed withdrawals provided by this rider. To establish the Benefit Election Date, you must send a Written Notice that instructs us to calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount based on either one or two lives, and include proof of age for each Covered Person. The Benefit Election Date may not be earlier than the date on which the Covered Person (or the younger of the two Covered Persons) attains age 59 1 / 2 , nor later than the Annuity Commencement Date.

 

We will not accept additional Purchase Payments on or after the Benefit Election Date. Therefore, any Automatic Purchase Payment Plan in effect on the Benefit Election Date will be terminated as of that date.

 

Partial Automatic Withdrawals established prior to the Benefit Period terminate as of the Benefit Election Date.

 

Individuals Eligible to be a Covered Person - A Covered Person must be a living person who is either:

 

1.     an Owner of the Contract; or,

 

2.     if the spouse of the sole Owner of the Contract, the sole Primary Beneficiary.

 

If there is one Owner, the Owner is the Covered Person.

 

If there is one Owner and the sole Primary Beneficiary is the Owner’s spouse, the Owner is the Covered Person if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on one life. If there is one Owner and the sole Primary Beneficiary is the Owner’s spouse, both are Covered Persons if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on two lives.

 

If there are two Owners and they are married to each other, the older of the two is the Covered Person if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on one life. If there are two Owners and they are married to each other, both are Covered Persons if the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on two lives.

 

If there are two Owners and they are not married to each other, only the older of the two is the Covered Person.

 

For the purposes of the GMWB, the terms ‘married’ and ‘spouse’ include bona fide domestic partners in states that afford legal recognition to same-sex Civil Unions.

 

Calculating the Annual Withdrawal Amount - We calculate the initial Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive your Written Notice establishing the Benefit Election Date. The initial Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to the Benefit Base on that date multiplied by the applicable GMWB withdrawal percentage. The GMWB withdrawal percentage depends upon the number of Covered Person(s) on the Benefit Election Date and is shown in the Rider Schedule.

 

During the Benefit Period, aggregate withdrawals in any Contract Year that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount do not reduce the Benefit Base.

 

We re-calculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount only on a Contract Anniversary and only if the Benefit Base changed since the prior Contract Anniversary. The new Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to the Benefit Base on the Contract Anniversary multiplied by the GMWB withdrawal percentage established on the Benefit Election Date.

 

4



 

Accessing the Annual Withdrawal Amount - During the Benefit Period, you may request withdrawals individually or instruct us to send you specific amounts periodically. Your Written Notice must include all the information necessary for us to complete and remit the requested amounts.

 

Withdrawals made during the Benefit Period reduce the Contract Value in the same manner as partial surrenders made prior to the Benefit Election Date. We do not assess surrender charges on aggregate withdrawals during a Contract Year that do not exceed the Annual Withdrawal Amount. However, withdrawals count against any penalty free surrender amounts that would otherwise be available.

 

The Annual Withdrawal Amount is not cumulative. You may take the entire Annual Withdrawal Amount each Contract Year, but if you do not, the remaining portion does not carry forward.

 

Excess Withdrawals - During the Benefit Period any portion of a withdrawal that, when aggregated with all prior withdrawals during that Contract Year, exceeds the Annual Withdrawal Amount constitutes an excess withdrawal. We will not recalculate the Annual Withdrawal Amount until the next Contract Anniversary, so any subsequent withdrawal taken that Contract Year is also an excess withdrawal. We assess applicable surrender charges, if any, on excess withdrawals.

 

Each excess withdrawal results in an immediate reduction of the Benefit Base. If, immediately after the excess withdrawal, the Contract Value minus any non-excess portion of the withdrawal is greater than the Benefit Base, we reduce the Benefit Base by the amount of the excess withdrawal including applicable surrender charges, if any. Otherwise, we reduce the Benefit Base by the same proportion that the excess withdrawal including applicable surrender charges, if any, reduced the Contract Value as of the Valuation Period during which the excess withdrawal request was processed. If the excess withdrawal including applicable surrender charges, if any, reduces the Contract Value to $0, the Contract will terminate as of that date.

 

If you have instructed us to send you all or a portion of the Annual Withdrawal Amount periodically in specific amounts, an excess withdrawal automatically terminates those periodic withdrawals. If any Contract Value remains after the excess withdrawal, you may resume periodic withdrawals beginning on the next Contract Anniversary based on the recalculated Annual Withdrawal Amount by sending us instructions in a Written Notice.

 

Death of a Covered Person After the Benefit Election Date - If the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on the life of one Covered Person, this rider terminates upon the Covered Person’s death. If the Annual Withdrawal Amount is based on the lives of two Covered Persons, this rider terminates upon the death of the last surviving Covered Person.

 

Spousal Continuation After the Benefit Election Date - The surviving spouse of a sole Covered Person who, pursuant to the Contract’s ‘Payment of the Death Benefit’ provision, continues the Contract and becomes the new sole Owner may purchase a new rider immediately using the RightTime ® option, if we are offering it at that time. If not purchased immediately, we will waive the 5-year waiting period described in item #2 of the ‘Exercising the RightTime ® Option After the Rider Terminates’ provision. However, regardless of when the RightTime ® option is exercised, only the surviving spouse is eligible to be a Covered Person under the new rider.

 

Annuity Commencement Date - You must begin periodic distributions of the entire interest in the Contract not later than the Annuity Commencement Date. If the Benefit Period has begun but you are not taking periodic withdrawals, we will begin monthly withdrawals of the Annual Withdrawal Amount on the Annuity Commencement Date. You may change the frequency of the withdrawals, but must take the entire Annual Withdrawal Amount available each Contract Year.

 

5



 

If this rider is in force on the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date, in addition to the other Annuity Options available to you under the Contract, you may select the Annuity Option that will pay monthly payments for life equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount divided by 12. If we have not received your Written Notice with the necessary information and proof of age for the Covered Person(s) by the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date and you have not selected an Annuity Option, we will begin monthly payments on that date. The monthly payments will be an amount equal to the greater of:

 

1.                the Annual Withdrawal Amount as of the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date divided by 12, where the Annual Withdrawal Amount is determined by using the withdrawal percentage associated with One Covered Person and Owner 1’s age (or the younger of Owner 1 and Owner 2 if there are two Owners of the Contract); or,

 

2.                the results of applying the Contract Value plus any applicable annuitization bonus to Annuity Option B with a 10-year Certain Period based on the life of the named Annuitant.

 

If we have not received your Written Notice with the information and proof of age for the Covered Person(s) by the Maximum Annuity Commencement Date but you have previously selected an Annuity Option, we will begin distributing the entire interest in the Contract according to the Annuity Option you have selected.

 

Signed for the Company and made a part of the Contract as of the Rider Effective Date.

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

            Secretary

 

6


Exhibit 8.(a)

 

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

Among

 

OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS ,

 

OPPENHEIMERFUNDS , INC .

 

and

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made and entered into as of the 1st day of May, 2008 by and among Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (hereinafter the “Company”), an Alabama corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate account of the Company named in Schedule 1 to this Agreement, as may be amended from time to time by mutual consent (hereinafter collectively the “Accounts”), Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds (hereinafter the “Fund”) and OppenheimerFunds, Inc. (hereinafter the “Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is an open-end management investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for separate accounts now in existence or to be established at any date hereafter for variable life insurance policies, variable annuity contracts and other tax-deferred products (collectively, the “Variable Insurance Products”) offered by life insurance companies (hereinafter “Participating Insurance Companies”);

 

WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in the Fund i s divide d into several series of shares, each designated a “Portfolio”, and each representing the interests in a particular managed pool of securities and other assets:

 

WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), dated July 16, 1986 (File No. 812-6324) granting Participating Insurance Companies and variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts

 



 

exemptions from the provisions of sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (hereinafter the “1940 Act”) and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies (hereinafter the “Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order”);

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and each class of shares of the Portfolios of the Fund is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the “1933 Act”);

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register certain variable annuity and/or life insurance contracts under the 1933 Act (hereinafter “Contracts”) (unless an exemption from registration is available);

 

WHEREAS, the Accounts are or will be duly organized, validly existing segregated asset accounts under applicable insurance law, established by resolution of the Board of Direct ors of the Company, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid variable contracts (the Separate Account(s) covered by the Agreement are specified in Schedule 1 attached hereto, as may be modified by mutual consent from time to time);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register the Accounts as unit investment trusts under the 1940 Act (unless an exclusion from registration is available);

 

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios (the Portfolios covered by this

 

2



 

Agreement are specified in Schedule 2 attached hereto as may be modified by mutual consent from time to time), on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Contracts, and the Fund is authorized to sell such shares to unit investment trusts such as the Accounts at net asset value; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Fund, the Adviser and the Company agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.   Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

 

1.1.          The Fund agrees to make available to the Company for purchase on behalf of the Accounts those shares of a Portfolio of the Fund which the Company orders on behalf of the Accounts, executing such orders on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the order for such shares, as established in accordance with the provisions of the then current prospectus of the Fund.

 

1.2.          The Fund will not sell shares of any Portfolio to any other Participating Insurance Company separate account unless an agreement containing provisions similar in substance to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of Article II, Sections 3.7 and 3.8 (other than the provision requiring the Fund to provide voting standards) of Article III and Article V of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales, it being agreed and understood by Company and the Fund that this provision is not intended to prevent the Fund from selling its shares to any potential investor whose purchase of shares does not render the shares of the Fund or any Portfolio ineligible for continued or additional investment by the Company and its Account(s), and it being further understood and agreed by the Company and the Fund that this provision shall apply prospectively to participation agreements that the Fund enters into on or after the date hereof.

 

1.3.          The Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of purchase orders and requests for redemptions or exchanges of shares of a Portfolio (“Instructions”). The Business Day on which such Instructions are received in proper form by the Company and time

 

3



 

stamped by the Company by the close of trading will be the date and time as of which Portfolio shares shall be deemed purchased, exchanged or redeemed as a result of such Instructions; provided that the Fund receives such Instructions by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the next following business day. Instructions received in proper form by the Company and time stamped after the close of trading on any given Business Day or received by the Fund after 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the next following business day shall be treated as if received on the next following Business Day. The Company warrants that all orders transmitted to the Fund by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on a Business Day were received by the Company in proper form and time stamped prior to the close of trading on the prior Business Day. “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC and its current prospectus.

 

The Fund shall calculate the net asset value per share of each Portfolio on each Business Day, and shall communicate these net asset values to the Company or its designee on a daily basis as soon as reasonably practicable after the calculation is completed (normally by 6:30 p.m. Eastern time). If the Fund is unable to meet the 6:30 p.m. time stated herein, the Fund shall provide additional time equal to the additional time it takes the Fund to make the net asset value available to the Company for the Company to place orders for the purchase and redemption of shares and make any applicable purchase payments.

 

The Company shall submit payment for the purchase of shares of a Portfolio in federal funds transmitted by wire to the Fund or to its designated custodian, which must receive such wires no later than the close of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, which is 6:00 p.m. Eastern time, on the Business Day following the Business Day for which such purchase orders have been placed.

 

4



 

Issuance and transfer of the Portfolio shares will be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or the Accounts. Portfolio shares purchased from the Fund will be recorded in the name of the appropriate Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

 

The Fund shall furnish, on or before the ex-dividend date, notice to the Company of any income dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the shares of any Portfolio. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as are payable on shares of a Portfolio in additional shares of that Portfolio, and the Company reserves the right to change this election in the future. The Fund will notify the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

 

Each party to this Agreement agrees that, in the event of a material error resulting from incorrect information or confirmations, the parties will seek to comply in all material respects with the provisions of applicable federal securities laws.

 

1.4.          The Fund agrees to make Portfolio shares available for purchase by the Company for their separate Accounts listed in Schedule 1 on those days on which a Portfolio calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC; provided, however, that the Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the “Trustees”) may refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Trustees, acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, in the best interests of the shareholders of any Portfolio (including without limitation purchase orders that individually or together with other contemporaneous orders represent large

 

5



 

transactions in shares of any Portfolio held for a relatively brief period of time). Such shares shall be purchased at the applicable net asset value per share, increased by any initial sales charge, if the Fund’s prospectus then in effect imposes such a charge on such purchases. Without limiting the foregoing, the Fund and the Fund’s transfer agent may take such other action (including, without limitation, rejecting specific purchase orders) as they deem necessary to reduce, discourage or eliminate market timing activity. The Company agrees to follow and adhere to the Fund’s market timing procedures and to cooperate with the Fund and the Adviser to assist in the implementation of the Fund’s restrictions on purchase, redemption and exchange activity that follows a market timing pattern, including but not limited to providing information on Contract owner transactions, holdings and other information as may reasonably be requested by the Fund, the Adviser or their duly authorized representatives.

 

1.5.          The Fund agrees to redeem or exchange, upon the Company’s request, any full or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption, reduced by any redemption fee or deferred sales charge, if the Fund’s prospectus in effect as of the date of such redemption imposes such a fee or charge on such redemptions. For purposes of this Section 1.4, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of requests for redemption and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives written (or facsimile) notice of such request for redemption by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the next following Business Day; however the Company undertakes to use its best efforts to provide such notice to the Fund by no later than 9:30 A.M. Eastern time on the next following Business Day. Payment shall be made within the time period specified in the Fund’s prospectus or statement of additional information (“SAI”), provided, however, that in

 

6



 

no event shall payment be delayed for a greater period than is permitted by the 1940 Act. In the event the Fund does not pay for the Fund shares that are redeemed on the next Business Day after a request to redeem shares is made, then the Fund shall apply any such delay in redemptions uniformly to all records holders of shares of that Portfolio. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire to the Company’s bank accounts as designated by the Company in writing from time to time. The Company further agrees to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Fund, the Adviser and their duly appointed agents a copy of the Company’s SAS 70 reports prepared by the Company’s independent auditor within a reasonable time such report is completed and to submit to an inspection by the Fund, the Adviser or their duly authorized agents of its books and records upon reasonable notice.

 

1.6.          The Company agrees to purchase and redeem the shares of the Portfolios named in Schedule 2 offered by the then current prospectus and SAI of the Fund in accordance with the provisions of such prospectus and SAI. The Company shall not permit any person other than a Contract owner to give instructions to the Company which would require the Company to purchase, redeem or exchange shares of the Fund.

 

ARTICLE II.   Representations and Warranties

 

2.1.          The Company represents and warrants that the securities deemed to be issued by the Accounts under the Contracts are or, prior to any issuance or sale will be, registered under the 1933 Act (unless an exemption from registration is available) and, that the Contracts will be issued, offered and sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including without limitation state insurance suitability requirements and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) conduct rules. The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and

 

7



 

in good standing under applicable state law and that it has legally and validly established the Accounts prior to the issuance or sale of units thereof as a segregated asset account under applicable insurance law and has registered the Accounts as unit investment trusts in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act (unless an exclusion from registration is available) to serve as segregated investment accounts for the Contracts, and that it will maintain such registration for so long as any Contracts are outstanding or until registration is no longer required under federal and state securities laws. The Company shall amend the registration statement under the 1933 Act for the Contracts and the registration statement under the 1940 Act for the Accounts from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of the Contracts or as may otherwise be required by applicable law. The Company shall register and qualify the Contracts for sale in accordance with the securities laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed necessary by the Company.

 

2.2.          The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are currently and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance or annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the regulations issued thereunder, and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund and the Adviser immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future. In addition, the Company represents and warrants that Accounts are a “segregated asset accounts” and that interests in the Accounts are offered exclusively through the purchase of or transfer into a “variable contract” within the meaning of such terms under Section 817 of the code and the regulations issued thereunder and any amendments or other modifications to such section or such regulations (and any revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices and other

 

8



 

published announcements of the Internal Revenue Service interpreting these provisions). The Company shall continue to meet such definitional requirements, and it will notify the Fund and the Adviser immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that such requirements have ceased to be met or that they might not be met in the future. The Company represents and warrants that it will not purchase Fund shares with assets derived from tax-qualified retirement plans except indirectly, through Contracts purchased in connection with such plans.

 

2.3.          The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act and duly authorized for issuance and sold in accordance with applicable state and federal law and that the Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act for as long as the Fund shares are sold. The Fund shall amend the registration statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares. The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund.

 

2 .4.          The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as variable contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Fund represents and warrants that each Portfolio of the Fund will comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or Regulations (and any revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices, and other published announcements of the Internal Revenue Service interpreting these provisions). In the event the Fund should fail to so qualify, it will take all reasonable steps (a) to notify the

 

9



 

Company of such breach and (b) to resume compliance with such diversification requirement within the grace period afforded by Treasury Regulation 1.817.5. The Fund and Adviser represent that each Portfolio is qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code and that it will maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor provision), and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

 

2.5.          If the Contracts purchase shares of a series and class of the Fund that have adopted a plan under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act to finance distribution expenses (a “12b-1 Plan”), the Company agrees to provide the Trustees any information as may be reasonably necessary for the Trustees to review the Fund’s 12b-1 Plan or Plans.

 

2.6.          The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply with applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

2.7.          The Adviser represents and warrants that it is and will remain duly registered under all applicable federal and state securities laws and that it shall perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance with any applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

2 .8.          The Fund and Adviser each represent and warrant that all of its respective directors, trustees, officers, employees, investment advisers, and transfer agent of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond (which may, at the Fund’s election, be in the form of a joint insured bond) or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the minimal coverage as required currently by Section 17(g) and Rule 17g-1 under the 1940 Act or related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time. The aforesaid B ond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a

 

10



 

reputable insurance company. The Adviser agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Company in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

 

2.9.                               The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors, officers, employees, agents, investment advisers, and other individuals and entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage in an amount not less than the equivalent of U.S. $10 million. The aforesaid bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable insurance company. The Company agrees that any amount received under such bond in connection with claims that derive from arrangements described in this Agreement will be paid by the Company for the benefit of the Fund. The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund and the Adviser in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

 

2.10.                         The Fund and the Adviser represent that they will make a good faith effort to furnish information to the Company about the Fund not otherwise available to the Company which is required by state insurance law to enable the Company to obtain the authority needed to issue the Contracts in any applicable state.

 

The Company undertakes and agrees to comply and to take full responsibility in complying with any and all laws, regulations, protocols and other requirements relating to money laundering, both United States and foreign, including, without limitation, the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001 (Title III of the USA Patriot Act), hereinafter, collectively with the rules, regulations and orders promulgated thereunder (the “Patriot Act”) and any requirements and/or requests in connection therewith,

 

11



 

made by regulatory authorities, the Fund or their duly appointed agents, either generally or in respect of a specific transaction, and/or in the context of a “primary money laundering concern” as defined in the Patriot Act. The Company agrees as a condition precedent to any transaction taking or continuing to be in effect under this Agreement, to comply with any and all anti-money laundering laws, regulations, orders or requirements, and without prejudice to the generality of the above, to provide regulatory authorities, the Fund or its duly appointed agents, with all necessary reports and information for the Fund or its agents to fulfill their obligations, if any, under the Patriot Act for the purposes of the Fund or other third parties complying with any and all anti-money laundering requirements imposed by the Patriot Act, including, without limitation, enhanced due diligence obligations, the filing of Currency Transaction Reports and/or of Suspicious Activity Reports obligations, and/or the sharing of information requirements. In the event reports and information deemed satisfactory by the Fund are not received within a reasonable time period from the date of the request, the Fund reserve the right to reject any transaction and/or cease to transact with the Company and/or the Accounts.

 

Further, the Company represent that the Company has not received notice of, and to the Company’s knowledge, there is no basis for, any claim, action, suit, investigation or proceeding that might result in a finding that the Company is not or has not been in compliance with the Patriot Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.11.                    The Company, the Fund and the Advisor each agree to notify the others immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that any of these representations and warranties are no longer true or accurate to a material extent.

 

12



 

2.12                         The Company shall maintain and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that Portfolio share orders transmitted to the Fund are segregated by time of receipt in order to prevent Share orders from being executed at a price based on a previously determined net asset value.

 

2.13                            The Company shall facilitate and cooperate with third-party audits arranged by the Fund or the Adviser to evaluate the effectiveness of its compliance controls.

 

2.14                            The Company shall provide the Fund’s chief compliance officer with direct access to its compliance personnel.

 

2.15                            The Company shall provide the Fund’s chief compliance officer with periodic reports and shall promptly provide the Fund’s chief compliance officer with special reports in the event of any compliance problems that arise.

 

ARTICLE III.   Sales Material , Prospectuses and Other Reports

 

3.1.                               The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Fund or the Adviser is named, at least ten Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably object to such use within ten Business Days after receipt of such material.

 

3.2.                               The Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund shares, as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund, or in sales

 

13



 

literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee, except with the permission of the Fund.

 

3.3.                               For purposes of this Article III, the phrase “sales literature or other promotional material” includes, but is not limited to, portions of the following that use any logo or other trademark related to the Fund or its affiliates, and any of the following that refer to the Fund or an affiliate of the Fund: advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboard or electronic media), and sales literature ( i.e., any written communication distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, market letters and form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts from any advertisement, sales literature or published article), educational training materials or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, and registration statements, prospectuses, SAIs, shareholder reports, and any other communications distributed or made generally available with regard to the Fund.

 

3.4.                               The Fund shall provide to the Company a copy of its current prospectus within a reasonable period of its filing date, and provide other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus for the Fund is supplemented or amended) to have the prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund’s prospectus printed together in one document. The Adviser shall be permitted to review and approve the typeset form of the Fund’s Prospectus prior to such printing.

 

3.5.                               The Fund or the Adviser shall provide the Company with either: (i) a copy of the Fund’s proxy material, reports to shareholders, other information relating to the Fund necessary to prepare financial reports, and other communications to shareholders for printing and

 

14



 

distribution to Contract owners, or (ii) camera ready, electronic file and/or printed copies, if appropriate, of such material for distribution to Contract owners at the Company expense, within a reasonable period of the filing date for definitive copies of such material. The Adviser shall be permitted to review and approve the typeset form of such proxy material, shareholder reports and communications prior to such printing.

 

3.6.                               The Company assumes sole responsibility for ensuring that the Fund’s prospectus, shareholder reports and communications, and proxy materials are delivered to Contract owners in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3.7.                               The Company shall:

 

(i)   solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;

 

(ii)  vote Fund shares in accordance with instructions received from Contract owners; and

 

(iii) vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been received in the same proportion as Fund shares of such Portfolio(s) for which instructions have been received,

 

so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners or to the extent otherwise required by law. The Company will vote Fund shares held in any segregated asset account, as well as shares owned by the Company, in the same proportion as Fund shares of such Portfolio for which voting instructions have been received from Contract owners, to the extent permitted by law.

 

3.8.                               Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for assuring that each of their separate accounts participating in a Portfolio calculates voting privileges as required

 

15



 

by the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order and consistent with any reasonable standards that the Fund may adopt and provide in writing.

 

ARTICLE IV.   Fees and Expenses

 

4.1.                               The Fund and Adviser shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this agreement, and the Company shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Fund or Adviser, except as provided herein.

 

4.2.                               All expenses incident to performance by each party of its respective duties under this Agreement shall be paid by that party. The Fund shall see to it that all its shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable federal law and, if and to the extent advisable by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares, preparation and filing of the Fund’s prospectus and registration statement, proxy materials and reports, and the preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law.

 

4.3.                              The Fund will pay the expenses associated with the following: setting the prospectus and profiles in type; printing copies of the prospectus and profiles to be delivered to existing Contract owners investing in the Portfolios; providing a reasonable number of copies of the SAI to the Company for itself and for any current owner of a Contract who requests such SAI; setting in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders (including the costs of printing a prospectus that constitutes an annual report); and the preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law.

 

4.4.                              Unless otherwise agreed, the Company shall bear the expenses of printing copies of the current prospectus and profiles for the Contracts; printing copies of the Fund’s prospectus and profiles that are used in connection with offering the Contracts; distributing the Fund’s prospectus to owners of Contracts issued by the Company; and of distributing the Fund’s

 

16



 

proxy materials and reports to such Contract owners. If the prospectus for the Contracts and the Fund’s prospectus are printed together in one or more documents, printing costs shall be allocated to reflect the Fund’s share, pursuant to Section 4.3, of the total costs for printing the Fund’s prospectus(es) to be delivered to existing Contract owners investing in the Portfolio(s), determined according to the number of pages of the Fund’s respective portions of the documents; provided that the Fund receives invoices for such expense within 45 days after printing.

 

4.5.                               In the event the Fund adds one or more additional Portfolios and the parties desire to make such Portfolios available to the respective Contract owners as an underlying investment medium, a new Schedule 2 or an amendment to this Agreement shall be executed by the parties authorizing the issuance of shares of the new Portfolios to the particular Accounts. The amendment may also provide for the sharing of expenses for the establishment of new Portfolios among Participating Insurance Companies desiring to invest in such Portfolios and the provision of funds as the initial investment in the new Portfolios.

 

ARTICLE V.   Potential Conflicts

 

5.1.                               The Trustees will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the Contract owners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by participating insurance companies or by variable annuity contract and variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting

 

17



 

instructions of Contract owners. The Trustees shall promptly inform the Company if it determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

 

5.2.                               The Company has reviewed a copy of the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, and in particular, has reviewed the conditions to the requested relief set forth therein. The Company agrees to be bound by the responsibilities of a participating insurance company as set forth in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, including without limitation the requirement that the Company report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is aware to the Trustees. The Company will assist the Trustees in carrying out their responsibilities in monitoring such conflicts under the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, by providing the Trustees in a timely manner with all information reasonably necessary for the Trustees to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Trustees whenever Contract owner voting instructions are disregarded and by confirming in writing, at the Fund’s request, that the Company are unaware of any such potential or existing material irreconcilable conflicts.

 

5.3.                               If it is determined by a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of its disinterested Trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company shall, at its expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested Trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (1) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group ( i.e., annuity contract owners, life

 

18



 

insurance contract owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected Contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2) establishing a new registered management investment company or managed separate accounts. The Company’s obligations under this Section 5.3 shall not depend on whether other affected participating insurance companies fulfill a similar obligation.

 

5.4.                               If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by the Company to disregard Contract owner voting instructions and that decision could conflict with the majority of Contract owner instructions, the Company may be required, at the Fund’s election, to withdraw the Accounts’ investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested Trustees. Any such withdrawal and termination must take place within six (6) months after the Fund gives written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the end of the six month period the Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase and redemption of shares of the Fund.

 

5.5.                               If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular state insurance regulator’s decision applicable to the Company conflicts with the majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the Accounts’ investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement within six months after the Trustees inform the Company in writing that it has determined that such decision has created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested

 

19



 

Trustees. Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase and redemption of shares of the Fund, subject to applicable regulatory limitation.

 

5.6.                               For purposes of Sections 5.3 through 5.6 of this Agreement, a majority of the disinterested Trustees shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by Section 5.3 to establish a new funding medium for Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict. In the event that the Trustees determine that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material conflict, then the Company will withdraw the particular Accounts’ investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Trustees inform the Company in writing of the foregoing determination, provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested Trustees.

 

ARTICLE VI.   Applicable Law

 

6.1.                               This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

6.2.                               This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemption from those statutes, rules and regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith, provided however that the term “Registration Statement or Prospectus for the Variable

 

20



 

Contracts” and terms of similar import shall include (i) any offering circular or similar document and sales literature or other promotional materials used to offer and/or sell the variable Contracts in compliance with the private offering exemption in the 1933 Act and applicable federal and state laws and regulations, and (ii) the term “Registration Statement” and “Prospectus” as defined in the 1933 Act.

 

ARTICLE VII.    Termination

 

7.1.                               This Agreement shall terminate:

 

(a)                                   at the option of any party upon six month’s advance written notice to the other parties;

 

(b)                                  at the option of the Company to the extent that shares of Portfolios are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of its Contracts or are not appropriate funding vehicles for the Contracts, as determined by the Company reasonably and in good faith. Prompt notice of the election to terminate for such cause and an explanation of such cause shall be furnished by the Company;

 

(c)                                   as provided in Article V;

 

(d)                                  at the option of the Fund or the Adviser upon institution of formal proceedings against the Company (or its parent) by FINRA, the SEC, the insurance commission of any state or any other regulatory body having jurisdiction over that party, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(e)                                   at the option of the Company upon institution of formal proceedings against the Fund or the Adviser (or its parent) by FINRA, the SEC, or any state securities or insurance department or any other regulatory body having jurisdiction over that

 

21



 

party, which would have a material adverse effect on the Adviser’s or the Fund’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(f)                                     at the option of the Company or the Fund upon receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals or the vote of the Contract owners having an interest in the Account (or any subaccount) to substitute the shares of another investment company for the corresponding Portfolio shares of the Fund in accordance with the terms of the Contracts for which those Portfolio shares have been selected to serve as the underlying investment media. The Company will give 45 days prior written notice to the Fund of the date of any proposed vote or other action taken to replace the Fund’s shares;

 

(g)                                  at the option of the Company or the Fund upon a determination by a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of the disinterested Trustees, that an irreconcilable material conflict exists among the interests of (i) all Contract owners of variable insurance products of all separate accounts or (ii) the interests of the Participating Insurance Companies investing in the Fund as delineated in Article VII of this Agreement;

 

(h)                                  at the option of the Company if the Fund ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code, or under any successor or similar provision, or if the Company reasonably believes that the Fund may fail to so qualify;

 

(i)                                      at the option of the Company if the Fund fails to meet the diversification requirements specified in Section 2.6 hereof or if the Company reasonably believes that the Fund will fail to meet such requirements;

 

(j)                                      at the option of any party to this Agreement, upon another party’s failure to cure a material breach of any provision of this Agreement within thirty days after written notice thereof;

 

22



 

(k)                                   at the option of the Company, if the Company determines in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that either the Fund or the Adviser has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations or financial condition since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity which is likely to have a material adverse impact upon the business and operations of the Company;

 

(l)                                      at the option of the Fund or the Adviser, if the Fund or Adviser respectively, shall determine in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Company has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations or financial condition since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity which is likely to have a material adverse impact upon the business and operations of the Fund or the Adviser;

 

(m)                                subject to the Fund’s compliance with Section 2.6 hereof, at the option of the Fund in the event any of the Contracts are not issued or sold in accordance with applicable requirements of federal and/or state law; or

 

(n)                                  at the option of the Fund if (i) the Company breaches any of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement; or (ii) the Company notifies the Fund that any of such representations and warranties may no longer be true or might not be true in the future; or (iii) any of the Company’s representations and warranties were not true on the effective date of this Agreement, are at any time no longer true, or have not been true during any time since the effective date of this Agreement.

 

7.2.                               It is understood and agreed that the right of any party hereto to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.1(a) may be exercised for cause or for no cause.

 

23



 

ARTICLE VIII.    Indemnification

 

8.1.                               Indemnification By The Company

 

(a)                                   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and the Adviser, each member of their Board of Trustees or Board of Directors, each of their officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation expenses (including the reasonable costs of investigating or defending any alleged loss, claim, damage, fine, liability or expense and reasonable legal counsel fees incurred in connection therewith (collectively, “Losses”)), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund’s shares or the Contracts and:

 

(i)                                      arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or SAI for the Contracts or contained in sales literature or other promotional material for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances which they were made; provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser for use in the registration statement, prospectus or SAI for the Contracts or sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

 

(ii)                                   arise out of or as a result of statements or representations by or on behalf of the Company (other than statements or representations contained in the Fund registration

 

24



 

statement, Fund prospectus or sales literature or other promotional material of the Fund not supplied by the Company or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or disposition of the Contracts or Fund shares, provided any such statement or representation or such wrongful conduct was not made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing, via fax or via electronic means, to the Company by or on behalf of the Advisor or the Fund; or

 

(iii)                                arise out of or result from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Fund registration statement. Fund prospectus, SAI or sales literature or other promotional material of the Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished in writing, via fax or via electronic means, to the Fund or the Adviser by or on behalf of the Company or persons under its control;

 

(iv)                               arise out of or result from any material breach of this Agreement by the Company;

 

(v)                                  arise out of or result from any failure by the Company to provide the services or furnish the materials required under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(vi)                               arise out of or result from a Contract failing to be considered a life insurance policy or an annuity Contract, whichever is appropriate, under applicable provisions of the Code thereby depriving the Fund of its compliance with Section 817(h) of the Code, unless such failure is due to the failure of the Fund or any of the other investment companies currently available as funding vehicles for the Contracts to invest the assets of any portfolio in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts, whichever is appropriate, under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder (or any successor provisions).

 

except to the extent provided in Sections 8.1(b) and 8.3 hereof. This indemnification shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

 

25



 

(b)                                  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

8.2.                               Indemnification by Adviser and Fund

 

(a)(1)                     The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors and officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Adviser) or litigation expenses (including any Losses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund’s shares or the Contracts and:

 

(i)                                      arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus, SAI or sales literature of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made; provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing, via fax or via electronic means, to the Adviser or the Fund by or on behalf of the Company for use in the Fund registration statement, prospectus or SAI, or sales literature

 

26



 

or other promotional material for the Contracts or of the Fund; or

 

(ii)                                   arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the Contracts or in the Contract registration statement, the Contract prospectus, SAI, or sales literature or other promotional material for the Contracts not supplied by the Adviser or the Fund or persons under the control of the Adviser or the Fund respectively) or wrongful conduct of the Adviser or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts, provided any such statement or representation or such wrongful conduct was not made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing, via fax or via electronic means, to the Adviser or the Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(iii)                                arise out of any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, SAI or sales literature covering the Contracts (or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished in writing, via fax or via electronic means, to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund or persons under the control of the Adviser; or

 

(iv)                               arise out of or result from any material breach of this Agreement by the Adviser.

 

except to the extent provided in Sections 8.2(b) and 8.3 hereof. This indemnification shall be in addition to any liability which the Adviser may otherwise have.

 

(a)(2)                     The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Fund) or litigation expenses (including Losses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect

 

27



 

thereof) or settlements are related to the operations of the Fund or the sale or acquisition of the Fund’s shares and:

 

(i)                                      arise out of or are based upon (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact or (b) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, if such fact, statement or omission is contained in the registration statement for the Fund or the Contracts, or in the prospectus or SAI for the Contracts or the Fund, or in any amendment to any of the foregoing, or in sales literature or other promotional material for the Contracts or of the Fund, provided, however, that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement, fact or omission or such alleged statement, fact or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing, via fax or via electronic means, to the Adviser or the Fund by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party; or

 

(ii)                                   arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the Contracts or in the Contract registration statement, the Contract prospectus, SAI, or sales literature or other promotional material for the Contracts not supplied by the Adviser or the Fund or persons under the control of the Adviser or the Fund respectively) or wrongful conduct of the Fund or persons under its control with respect to the sale or distribution of Contracts, provided any such statement or representation or such wrongful conduct was not made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing, via fax or via electronic means, to the Adviser or the Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(iii)                                arise out of or result from any material breach of this Agreement by the Fund (including a failure to comply with the diversification requirements specified in Section 2.6 of this Agreement).

 

except to the extent provided in Section 8.2(b) and 8.3 hereof. This indemnification shall be in addition to any liability which the Fund may otherwise have.

 

28



 

(b)                                  The Fund and Adviser shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Paity’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

8.3.                               Indemnification Procedure

 

Any person obligated to provide indemnification under this Article VIII (“indemnifying party” for the purpose of this Section 8.3) shall not be liable under the indemnification provisions of this Article VIII with respect to any claim made against a party entitled to indemnification under this Article VIII (“indemnified party” for the purpose of this Section 8.3) unless such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such indemnified party (or after such party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the indemnifying party of any such claim shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to the indemnified party against whom such action is brought under the indemnification provisions of this Article VIII, except to the extent that the failure to notify results in the failure of actual notice to the indemnifying party and such indemnifying party is damaged solely as a result of failure to give such notice. In case any such action is brought against the indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The indemnifying party also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the

 

29



 

indemnifying party to the indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election to assume the defense thereof, the indemnified party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the indemnifying party will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

 

A successor by law of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnification contained in this Article VIII. The indemnification provisions contained in this Article VIII shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IX.    Notices

 

Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify to the other party.

 

If to the Fund:

 

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

6803 South Tucson Way

Centennial, CO 80112

Attn: General Counsel

 

30



 

With a copy to :

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

Two World Financial Center

225 Liberty Street, 11 th  Floor

New York, NY 10080

Attn.: Director of Variable Accounts

 

If to the Adviser:

 

OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

6803 South Tucson Way

Centennial, CO 80112

Attn: General Counsel

 

With a copy to :

Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds

Two World Financial Center

225 Liberty Street, 11 th  Floor

New York, NY 10080

Attn.: Director of Variable Accounts

 

If to the Company:

 

John Sawyer

Protective life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

With a copy to :

Protective life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

Attention: Senior Associate Counsel – Variable Annuities

 

ARTICLE X.                              Miscellaneous

 

10.1.        The Company represents and warrants that any Contracts eligible to purchase shares of the Fund and offered and/or sold in private placements will comply in all material respects with the exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and applicable federal and state laws and regulations.

 

10.2.         Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses of the owners of the Contracts

 

31



 

and all information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by (i) this Agreement and (ii) by Title V, Subtitle A of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and by regulations adopted thereunder by regulators having jurisdiction over the parties hereto, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and addresses and other confidential information without the express written consent of the affected party until such time as it may come into the public domain.

 

10.3.        Each party shall treat as confidential all information of the other party which the parties agree in writing is confidential (“Confidential Information”). Except as permitted by this Agreement or as required by appropriate governmental authority (including, without limitation, the SEC, FINRA, or state securities and insurance regulators) the receiving party shall not disclose or use Confidential Information of the other party before it enters the public domain, without the express written consent of the party providing the Confidential Information.

 

10.4.        The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

10.5.        This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

10.6.        If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

10.7.        The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that all liabilities of the Fund arising, directly or indirectly, under this Agreement, of any and every nature whatsoever, shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Fund and that no Trustee, director,

 

32



 

officer, agent or holder of shares of beneficial interest of the Fund shall be personally liable for any such liabilities.

 

10.8.        The parties to this Agreement agree that the assets and liabilities of each Portfolio of the Fund are separate and distinct from the assets and liabilities of each other Portfolio. No Portfolio shall be liable or shall be charged for any debt, obligation or liability of any other Portfolio.

 

10.9.        Each party hereto shall cooperate with, and promptly notify each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the Securities and Exchange Commission, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

10.10.      The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

 

10.11.      It is understood by the parties that this Agreement is not an exclusive arrangement in any respect.

 

10.12.      The Company and the Adviser each understand and agree that the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement are not binding upon any Trustee or shareholder of the Fund personally, but bind only the Fund with respect to the Portfolio and the Portfolio’s property; the Company and the Adviser each represent that it has notice of the provisions of the Declaration of Trust of the Fund disclaiming Trustee and shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund.

 

33



 

10.13.      This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party hereto without the prior written consent of all the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Adviser may transfer or assign its rights, duties and obligations hereunder or interest herein to any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by Oppenheimer Acquisition Corp. (the Adviser’s parent corporation) or to a successor in interest pursuant to a merger, reorganization, stock sale, asset sale or other transaction, without the consent of the Company, as long as (i) that assignee agrees to assume all the obligations imposed on the Adviser by this Agreement, and (ii) the Fund consents to that assignment.

 

10.14.      This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties and supercedes all prior communications, agreements and understandings, oral or written, between the parties regarding the subject matter hereof.

 

34



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused its duly authorized officers to execute this Agreement.

 

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carolyn M. Johnson

 

 

Carolyn M. Johnson

 

 

 

Title:

Executive VP, Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUND

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian W. Wixted

 

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

Date:

5/29/08

 

 

 

 

 

OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Christina M. Nasta

 

 

Christina M. Nasta

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

Date:

5/19/08

 

35



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Separate Accounts

 

Products

 

 

 

Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life

 

ProtectiveAccess XL NY

 

 

 

 

 

ProtectiveRewards NY

 

36



 

SCHEDULE 2

 

Portfolios of Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds shown below do not include service class shares unless expressly indicated:

 

Capital Appreciation Fund/VA (service shares)

 

Global Securities Fund/VA (service shares)

 

High Income Fund/VA (service shares)

 

Main Street Fund/VA (service shares)

 

MidCap Fund/VA (service shares)

 

Money Fund/VA

 

Strategic Bond Fund/VA (service shares)

 

37


Exhibit 8.(b)

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

AMONG

MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST,

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

AND

MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 1st day of January, 2008, by and among MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Trust”), PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY (formerly American Foundation Life Insurance Company), an Alabama corporation (the “Company”) on its own behalf and on behalf of each of the segregated asset accounts of the Company set forth in Schedule A hereto, as may be amended from time to time (the “Accounts”), and MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (“MFS”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto entered into the Participation Agreement on April 29, 1997, which is hereby amended and restated;

 

WHEREAS, the Trust is registered as an open-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and its shares are registered or will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

 

WHEREAS, shares of beneficial interest of the Trust are divided into several series of shares, each representing the interests in a particular managed pool of securities and other assets;

 

WHEREAS, certain series of shares of the Trust are divided into two separate share classes, an Initial Class and a Service Class, and the Trust on behalf of the Service Class has adopted a Rule 1 2b- 1 plan under the 1940 Act pursuant to which the Service Class pays a distribution fee;

 

WHEREAS, the series of shares of the Trust (each, a “Portfolio,” and, collectively, the “Portfolios”) and the classes of shares of those Portfolios (the “Shares”) offered by the Trust to the Company and the Accounts are set forth on Schedule A attached hereto;

 

WHEREAS, MFS is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable state securities law, and is the Trust’s investment adviser;

 

WHEREAS, the Company will issue certain variable annuity and/or variable life insurance contracts (individually, the “Policy” or, collectively, the “Policies”) which, if required by applicable law, will be registered under the 1933 Act;

 

WHEREAS, the Accounts are duly organized, validly existing segregated asset accounts, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid variable annuity and/or variable life insurance contracts that are allocated to the

 



 

Accounts (the Policies and the Accounts covered by this Agreement, and each corresponding Portfolio covered by this Agreement in which the Accounts invest, is specified in Schedule A attached hereto as may be modified from time to time);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register the Accounts as unit investment trusts under the 1940 Act (unless exempt therefrom);

 

WHEREAS, MFS Fund Distributors, Inc. (the “Underwriter”) is registered as a broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (hereinafter the “1934 Act”), and is a member in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. (“FINRA”);

 

WHEREAS, Investment Distributors, Inc., the underwriter for the individual variable annuity and the variable life policies, is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC under the 1934 Act and is a member in good standing of FINRA; and

 

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase the Shares of the Portfolios as specified in Schedule A attached hereto on behalf of the Accounts to fund the Policies, and the Trust intends to sell such Shares to the Accounts at net asset value;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Trust, MFS, and the Company agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I. SALE OF TRUST SHARES

 

 1.1. The Trust agrees to sell to the Company those Shares which the Accounts order (based on orders placed by Policy holders prior to the pricing time set forth in the applicable Portfolio’s prospectus, e.g., the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) on that Business Day, as defined below) and which are available for purchase by such Accounts, executing such orders on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Trust or its designee of the order for the Shares. For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall be the designee of the Trust for receipt of such orders from Policy owners and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Trust; provided that the Trust receives notice of such orders by 10:00 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day and that the Company uses its best efforts to provide the Trust with such notice by 9:30 a.m. New York Time on the next following Business Day. “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the NYSE is open for trading and on which the Trust calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC. The Company will ensure that orders for transactions in Shares by Policy owners comply with each Portfolio’s prospectus (including statement of additional information) restrictions with respect to purchases, redemptions and exchanges. The Company will not engage in, authorize or facilitate market timing or late trading in Shares and will take all reasonable steps necessary to identify and prevent market timing and late trading in Shares by Policy holders.

 

 1.2. The Trust agrees to make the Shares available indefinitely for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and the Accounts on those days on which the Trust calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the SEC and the Trust shall calculate such net asset value on each day which the NYSE is open for trading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) may refuse to sell any Shares to the Company and the Accounts, or suspend or terminate the offering of the Shares if such action is required by law or by regulatory

 



 

authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interest of the Shareholders of such Portfolio.

 

 1.3. The Trust and MFS agree that the Shares will be sold only to insurance companies which have entered into participation agreements with the Trust and MFS (the “Participating Insurance Companies”) and their separate accounts, qualified pension and retirement plans and MFS or its affiliates, and any other person or plan permitted to hold shares of the Trust pursuant to Treasury Regulation 1.817-5 without impairing the ability of the Company, on behalf of its separate accounts, to consider the Shares as constituting investments of the separate accounts for the purpose of satisfying the diversification requirements of Section 817(h). The Trust and MFS will not sell Trust shares to any insurance company or separate account unless an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as Articles III and VII of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales. The Company will not resell the Shares except to the Trust or its agents.

 

 1.4. The Trust agrees to redeem for cash or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, in-kind, on the Company’s request, any full or fractional Shares held by the Accounts (based on orders placed by Policy owners prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on that Business Day), executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Trust or its designee of the request for redemption. For purposes of this Section 1.4, the Company shall be the designee of the Trust for receipt of requests for redemption from Policy owners and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Trust; provided that the Trust receives notice of such request for redemption by 10:00 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day and that the Company uses its best efforts to provide the Trust with such notice by 9:30 a.m. New York time on the next following Business Day.

 

 1.5. Each purchase, redemption and exchange order placed by the Company shall be placed separately for each Portfolio and shall not be netted with respect to any Portfolio. However, with respect to payment of the purchase price by the Company and of redemption proceeds by the Trust, the Company and the Trust shall net purchase and redemption orders with respect to each Portfolio and shall transmit one net payment for all of the Portfolios in accordance with Section 1.6 hereof.

 

 1.6. In the event of net purchases, the Company shall pay for the Shares by 2:00 p.m. New York time on the next Business Day after an order to purchase the Shares is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.1. hereof. In the event of net redemptions, the Trust shall pay the redemption proceeds by 2:00 p.m. New York time on the next Business Day after an order to redeem the shares is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.4. hereof. All such payments shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire.

 

 1.7. Issuance and transfer of the Shares will be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or the Accounts. The Shares ordered from the Trust will be recorded in an appropriate title for the Accounts or the appropriate subaccounts of the Accounts.

 

 1.8. The Trust shall furnish same day notice (by wire or telephone followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the Shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such dividends and distributions as are payable on a Portfolio’s Shares in additional Shares of that Portfolio. The Trust shall notify the Company of the number of Shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

 

3



 

 1.9. The Trust or its custodian shall make the net asset value per share for each Portfolio available to the Company on each Business Day as soon as reasonably practical after the net asset value per share is calculated and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 6:30 p.m. New York time. In the event that the Trust is unable to meet the 6:30 p.m. time stated herein, it shall provide additional time for the Company to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Shares. Such additional time shall be equal to the additional time which the Trust takes to make the net asset value available to the Company. If the Trust provides materially incorrect share net asset value information, the Trust shall make an adjustment to the number of shares purchased or redeemed for the Accounts to reflect the correct net asset value per share. Any material error in the calculation or reporting of net asset value per share, dividend or capital gains information shall be reported promptly upon discovery to the Company.

 

 1.10 Each party or its designee shall maintain and preserve all records as required by law to be maintained and preserved in connection with providing the services hereunder and in making Shares available to the Policy holders. Upon the request of MFS or the Trust, the Company shall provide copies of all the historical records relating to transactions between the Portfolios and the Policy holders, written communications regarding the Portfolios to or from such Policy holders’ accounts and other materials, in each case to the extent necessary for MFS or the Trust to meet its recordkeeping obligations under applicable law or regulation, including to comply with any request of a governmental body or self-regulatory organization.

 

ARTICLE II. CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

 2.1. The Company represents and warrants that the Policies are or will be registered under the 1933 Act or are exempt from or not subject to registration thereunder, and that the Policies will be issued, sold, and distributed in compliance in all material respects with all applicable state and federal laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and the 1940 Act. The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law and that it has legally and validly established the Account as a segregated asset account under applicable law and has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Policies, will register the Accounts as unit investment trusts in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act (unless exempt therefrom) to serve as segregated investment accounts for the Policies, and that it will maintain such registration for so long as any Policies are outstanding. The Company shall amend the registration statements under the 1933 Act for the Policies and the registration statements under the 1940 Act for the Accounts from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of the Policies or as may otherwise be required by applicable law. The Company shall register and qualify the Policies for sales in accordance with the securities laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed necessary by the Company.

 

 2.2. The Company represents and warrants that the Policies are currently and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance, endowment or annuity contract under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), that it will maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Trust or MFS immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Policies have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

 

 2.3.                            The Company represents and warrants that Investment Distributors, Inc., the underwriter for the individual variable annuity and the variable life policies, is a member in good standing of

 

4



 

FINRA and is a registered broker-dealer with the SEC. The Company represents and warrants that the Company and Investment Distributors, Inc. will sell and distribute such policies in accordance in all material respects with all applicable state and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.

 

 2.4. The Trust and MFS represent and warrant that the Shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Trust is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act. The Trust shall amend the registration statement for its Shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its Shares. The Trust shall register and qualify the Shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed necessary by the Trust.

 

 2.5. MFS represents and warrants that the Underwriter is a member in good standing of FINRA and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. The Trust and MFS represent that the Trust and the Underwriter will sell and distribute the Shares in accordance in all material respects with all applicable state and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.

 

 2.6. The Trust represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act and any applicable regulations thereunder.

 

 2.7. MFS represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly registered under all applicable federal securities laws and that it shall perform its obligations for the Trust in compliance in all material respects with any applicable federal securities laws and with the securities laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. MFS represents and warrants that it is not subject to state securities laws other than the securities laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it is exempt from registration as an investment adviser under the securities laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

 2.8. No less frequently than annually, the Company shall submit to the Board such reports, material or data as the Board may reasonably request so that it may carry out fully the obligations imposed upon it by the conditions contained in the exemptive application pursuant to which the SEC has granted exemptive relief to permit mixed and shared funding (the “Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order”).

 

 2.9. The Company acknowledges that, with respect to Service Class Shares of a Portfolio, it or its affiliate(s) may receive payments under the Trust’s Rule 12b-1 plan. The Company, and not the Trust, MFS nor the Underwriter, is responsible for providing any disclosures relating to this Agreement and/or payments made to the Company to Policy owners, other than those disclosures required in the registration statement of the applicable Portfolio.

 

ARTICLE III. PROSPECTUS AND PROXY STATEMENTS; VOTING

 

 3.1. At least annually, the Trust or its designee shall provide the Company, free of charge, with as many copies of the current prospectus (describing only the Portfolios listed in Schedule A hereto) for the Shares as the Company may reasonably request for distribution to existing Policy owners whose Policies are funded by such Shares. The Trust or its designee shall provide the

 

5



 

Company, at the Company’s expense, with as many copies of the current prospectus for the Shares as the Company may reasonably request for distribution to prospective purchasers of Policies. If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the Trust or its designee shall provide such documentation (including a “camera ready” copy of the new prospectus as set in type or, at the request of the Company, as a diskette in the form sent to the financial printer) and other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the parties hereto once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus for the Shares is supplemented or amended) to have the prospectus for the Policies and the prospectus for the Shares printed together in one document; the expenses of such printing to be apportioned between (a) the Company and (b) the Trust or its designee in proportion to the number of pages of the Policy and Shares’ prospectuses, taking account of other relevant factors affecting the expense of printing, such as covers, columns, graphs and charts; the Trust or its designee to bear the cost of printing the Shares’ prospectus portion of such document for distribution to owners of existing Policies funded by the Shares and the Company to bear the expenses of printing the portion of such document relating to the Accounts; provided, however, that the Company shall bear all printing expenses of such combined documents where used for distribution to prospective purchasers or to owners of existing Policies not funded by the Shares. In the event that the Company requests that the Trust or its designee provides the Trust’s prospectus in a “camera ready” or diskette format, the Trust shall be responsible for providing the prospectus in the format in which it or MFS is accustomed to formatting prospectuses and shall bear the expense of providing the prospectus in such format (e.g., typesetting expenses), and the Company shall bear the expense of adjusting or changing the format to conform with any of its prospectuses.

 

 3.2. The prospectus for the Shares shall state that the statement of additional information for the Shares is available from the Trust or its designee. The Trust or its designee, at its expense, shall print and provide such statement of additional information to the Company (or a master of such statement suitable for duplication by the Company) for distribution to any owner of a Policy funded by the Shares. The Trust or its designee, at the Company’s expense, shall print and provide such statement to the Company (or a master of such statement suitable for duplication by the Company) for distribution to a prospective purchaser who requests such statement or to an owner of a Policy not funded by the Shares.

 

 3.3. The Trust or its designee shall provide the Company free of charge copies, if and to the extent applicable to the Shares, of the Trust’s proxy materials, reports to Shareholders and other communications to Shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distribution to Policy owners.

 

 3.4. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3 above, or of Article V below, the Company shall pay the expense of printing or providing documents to the extent such cost is considered a distribution expense. Distribution expenses would include by way of illustration, but are not limited to, the printing of the Shares’ prospectus or prospectuses for distribution to prospective purchasers or to owners of existing Policies not funded by such Shares.

 

 3.5. The Trust hereby notifies the Company that it may be appropriate to include in the prospectus pursuant to which a Policy is offered disclosure regarding the potential risks of mixed and shared funding.

 

 3.6.                          If and to the extent required by law, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                   solicit voting instructions from Policy owners;

 

6



 

(b)                                  vote the Shares in accordance with instructions received from Policy owners; and

 

(c)                                  vote the Shares for which no instructions have been received in the same proportion as the Shares of such Portfolio for which instructions have been received from Policy owners;

 

so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass through voting privileges for variable contract owners. The Company will in no way recommend action in connection with or oppose or interfere with the solicitation of proxies for the Shares held for such Policy owners. The Company reserves the right to vote shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent permitted by law. Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for assuring that each of their separate accounts holding Shares calculates voting privileges in the manner required by the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order. The Trust and MFS will notify the Company of any changes of interpretations or amendments to the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order.

 

ARTICLE IV. SALES MATERIAL AND INFORMATION

 

 4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Trust or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Trust, MFS, any other investment adviser to the Trust, or any affiliate of MFS are named, at least three (3) Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Trust, MFS, or their respective designees reasonably objects to such use within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such material.

 

 4.2. The Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statement on behalf of the Trust, MFS, any other investment adviser to the Trust, or any affiliate of MFS or concerning the Trust or any other such entity in connection with the sale of the Policies other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or statement of additional information for the Shares, as such registration statement, prospectus and statement of additional information may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Trust, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Trust, MFS or their respective designees, except with the permission of the Trust, MFS or their respective designees. The Trust, MFS or their respective designees each agrees to respond to any request for approval on a prompt and timely basis. The Company shall adopt and implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that information concerning the Trust, MFS or any of their affiliates which is intended for use only by brokers or agents selling the Policies (i.e., information that is not intended for distribution to Policy owners or prospective Policy owners) is so used, and neither the Trust, MFS nor any of their affiliates shall be liable for any losses, damages or expenses relating to the improper use of such broker only materials.

 

 4.3. The Trust or its designee shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or the Accounts is named, at least three (3) Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee reasonably objects to such use within three (3) Business Days after receipt of such material.

 

 4.4. The Trust and MFS shall not give, and agree that the Underwriter shall not give, any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Accounts, or the Policies in connection with the sale of the Policies other than the information or

 

7



 

representations contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or statement of additional information for the Policies, as such registration statement, prospectus and statement of additional information may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports for the Accounts, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the Company. The Company or its designee agrees to respond to any request for approval on a prompt and timely basis. The Trust and MFS may not alter any material so provided by the Company or its designee (including, without limitation, presenting or delivering such material in a different medium, e.g., electronic or internet) without the prior written consent of the Company. The parties hereto agree that this Section 4.4. is neither intended to designate nor otherwise imply that MFS is an underwriter or distributor of the Policies.

 

 4.5. The Company and the Trust (or its designee in lieu of the Company or the Trust, as appropriate) will each provide to the other at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Policies, or to the Trust or its Shares, prior to or contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities. The Company and the Trust shall also each promptly inform the other of the results of any examination by the SEC (or other regulatory authorities) that relates to the Policies, the Trust or its Shares, and the party that was the subject of the examination shall provide the other party with a copy of relevant portions of any “deficiency letter” or other correspondence or written report regarding any such examination.

 

 4.6. No party shall use any other party’s names, logos, trademarks or service marks, whether registered or unregistered, without the prior written consent of such other party, or after written consent therefor has been revoked, provided that separate consent is not required under this Section 4.6 to the extent that consent to use a party’s name, logo, trademark or service mark in connection with a particular piece of advertising or sales literature has previously been given by a party under Sections 4.2 and 4.4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not use in advertising, publicly or otherwise the name of the Trust, MFS or any of their affiliates nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, servicemark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof of the Trust, MFS, or their affiliates without the prior written consent of the Trust or MFS in each instance. The Trust and MFS shall not use in advertising, publicly or otherwise the name of the Company or any of its affiliates nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, servicemark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof of the Company or its affiliates without the prior written consent of the Company in each instance.

 

 4.7. The Trust and MFS will provide the Company with as much notice as is reasonably practicable of any proxy solicitation for any Portfolio, and of any material change in the Trust’s registration statement, particularly any change resulting in change to the registration statement or prospectus or statement of additional information for any Account. The Trust and MFS will cooperate with the Company so as to enable the Company to solicit proxies from Policy owners or to make changes to its prospectus, statement of additional information or registration statement, in an orderly manner. The Trust and MFS will make reasonable efforts to attempt to have changes affecting Policy prospectuses become effective simultaneously with the annual updates for such prospectuses.

 

 4.8. For purpose of this Article IV and Article VIII, the phrase “sales literature or other promotional material” includes but is not limited to advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape

 

8



 

recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), and sales literature (such as brochures, circulars, reprints or excerpts or any other advertisement, sales literature, or published articles), distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, educational or training materials or communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees.

 

ARTICLE V. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

 5.1. The Trust shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Trust, except that, to the extent the Trust or any Portfolio has adopted and implemented a plan pursuant to Rule 1 2b- 1 under the 1940 Act to finance distribution and for Shareholder servicing expenses, then the Trust may make payments to the Company or to the underwriter for the Policies in accordance with such plan. Each party, however, shall, in accordance with the allocation of expenses specified in Articles III and V hereof, reimburse other parties for expenses initially paid by one party but allocated to another party. In addition, nothing herein shall prevent the parties hereto from otherwise agreeing to perform, and arranging for appropriate compensation for, other services relating to the Trust and/or to the Accounts.

 

 5.2. The Trust or its designee shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Shares under all applicable federal and state laws, including preparation and filing of the Trust’s registration statement, and payment of filing fees and registration fees; preparation and filing of the Trust’s proxy materials and reports to Shareholders; setting in type and printing its prospectus and statement of additional information (to the extent provided by and as determined in accordance with Article III above); setting in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to Shareholders (to the extent provided by and as determined in accordance with Article III above); the preparation of all statements and notices required of the Trust by any federal or state law with respect to its Shares; all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Shares; and the costs of distributing the Trust’s prospectuses and proxy materials to owners of Policies funded by the Shares and any expenses permitted to be paid or assumed by the Trust pursuant to a plan, if any, under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Trust shall not bear any expenses of marketing the Policies.

 

 5.3. The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Shares’ prospectus or prospectuses in connection with new sales of the Policies and of distributing the Trust’s Shareholder reports to Policy owners. The Company shall bear all expenses associated with the registration, qualification, and filing of the Policies under applicable federal securities and state insurance laws; the cost of preparing, printing and distributing the Policy prospectus and statement of additional information; and the cost of preparing, printing and distributing annual individual account statements for Policy owners as required by state insurance laws.

 

 5.4. With respect to the Service Class Shares of a Portfolio, the Trust may make payments quarterly to the Underwriter under a Portfolio’s Rule 12b-1 plan, and the Underwriter may in turn use these payments to pay or reimburse the Company for expenses incurred or paid (as the case may be) by the Company attributable to Policies offered by the Company, provided that no such payment shall be made with respect to any quarterly period in excess of an amount determined from time to time by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and disclosed in the Trust’s prospectus. The Underwriter shall not be required to provide any payment to the Company with respect to any quarterly period pursuant to the Trust’s Rule 12b-1 plan unless and until the Underwriter has received the corresponding payment from the Trust pursuant to the Trust’s Rule 12b-1 plan. The

 

9



 

Underwriter shall not be required to provide any payment to the Company with respect to any quarterly period pursuant to the Trust’s Rule 12b-1 plan if (i) the Trust’s Rule 12b-1 plan is no longer in effect during such quarterly period; or (ii) regulatory changes result in the rescission of Rule 12b-1 or otherwise prohibit the making of such payments. The Trust’s prospectus or statement of additional information may provide further details about such payments and the provisions and terms of the Trust’s Rule 1 2b- 1 plan, and the Company hereby agrees that neither the Trust, MFS nor the Underwriter has made any representations to the Company with respect to the Trust’s Rule 1 2b- 1 plan in addition to, or conflicting with, the description set forth in the Trust’s prospectus.

 

 5.5. In calculating the payments due under this Agreement, the Company agrees that it will permit MFS or its representatives to have reasonable access to its employees and records for the purposes of monitoring of the quality of the services provided hereunder, verifying the Company’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement and verifying the accuracy of any information provided by the Company that forms the basis of the fee calculations. In addition, if requested by MFS, the Company will provide a certification (which may take the form of a control report or set of agreed upon standards) satisfactory to MFS that certifies the performance of the services by the Company and the accuracy of information provided by the Company.

 

ARTICLE VI. DIVERSIFICATION AND RELATED LIMITATIONS

 

 6.1. The Trust and MFS represent and warrant that each Portfolio of the Trust will meet the diversification requirements of Section 817 (h) (1) of the Code and Treas. Reg. 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts, as they may be amended from time to time (and any revenue rulings, revenue procedures, notices, and other published announcements of the Internal Revenue Service interpreting these sections), as if those requirements applied directly to each such Portfolio. In the event that any Portfolio is not so diversified at the end of any applicable quarter, the Trust and MFS will make every effort to: (a) adequately diversify the Portfolio so as to achieve compliance within the grace period afforded by Treas. Reg. 1.817.5, and (b) notify the Company.

 

 6.2. The Trust and MFS represent that each Portfolio will elect to be qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code and that they will maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision).

 

ARTICLE VII. POTENTIAL MATERIAL CONFLICTS

 

 7.1. The Trust agrees that the Board, constituted with a majority of disinterested trustees, will monitor each Portfolio of the Trust for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the variable annuity contract owners and the variable life insurance policy owners of the Company and/or affiliated companies (“contract owners”) investing in the Trust. The Board shall have the sole authority to determine if a material irreconcilable conflict exists, and such determination shall be binding on the Company only if approved in the form of a resolution by a majority of the Board, or a majority of the disinterested trustees of the Board. The Board will give prompt notice of any such determination to the Company.

 

 7.2. The Company agrees that it will be responsible for assisting the Board in carrying out its responsibilities under the conditions set forth in the Trust’s exemptive application pursuant to which the SEC has granted the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order by providing the Board, as it may reasonably request, with all information necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised and agrees that it will be responsible for promptly reporting any potential or existing conflicts of which

 

10



 

it is aware to the Board including, but not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever contract owner voting instructions are disregarded. The Company also agrees that, if a material irreconcilable conflict arises, it will at its own cost remedy such conflict up to and including (a) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the Accounts from the Trust or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Trust, or submitting to a vote of all affected contract owners whether to withdraw assets from the Trust or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium and, as appropriate, segregating the assets attributable to any appropriate group of contract owners that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to any of the affected contract owners the option of segregating the assets attributable to their contracts or policies, and (b) establishing a new registered management investment company and segregating the assets underlying the Policies, unless a majority of Policy owners materially adversely affected by the conflict have voted to decline the offer to establish a new registered management investment company.

 

 7.3. A majority of the disinterested trustees of the Board shall determine whether any proposed action by the Company adequately remedies any material irreconcilable conflict. In the event that the Board determines that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any material irreconcilable conflict, the Company will withdraw from investment in the Trust each of the Accounts designated by the disinterested trustees and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Board informs the Company in writing of the foregoing determination; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required to remedy any such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested trustees of the Board.

 

 7.4. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as defined in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, then (a) the Trust and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rule 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.5, 3.6, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

 

ARTICLE VIII. INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1.                             Indemnification by the Company

 

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, MFS, any affiliates of MFS, and each of their respective directors/trustees, officers and each person, if any, who controls the Trust or MFS within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, and any agents or employees of the foregoing (each an “Indemnified Party,” or collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) to which any Indemnified Party may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Shares or the Policies and:

 

11



 

(a)                                   arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or statement of additional information for the Policies or contained in the Policies or sales literature or other promotional material for the Policies (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reasonable reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company or its designee by or on behalf of the Trust or MFS for use in the registration statement, prospectus or statement of additional information for the Policies or in the Policies or sales literature or other promotional material (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Policies or Shares; or

 

(b)                                  arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information or sales literature or other promotional material of the Trust not supplied by the Company or its designee, or persons under its control and on which the Company has reasonably relied) or wrongful conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Policies or Shares; or

 

(c)                                   arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information, or sales literature or other promotional literature of the Trust, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Trust by or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(d)                                  arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company; or

 

(e)                                   arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement;

 

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

8.2.                             Indemnification by the Trust

 

The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, and any agents or employees of the foregoing (each an “Indemnified Party,” or collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and all losses,

 

12



 

claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Trust) or expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) to which any Indemnified Party may become subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Shares or the Policies and:

 

(a)                                 arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information or sales literature or other promotional material of the Trust (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reasonable reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Trust, MFS, the Underwriter or their respective designees by or on behalf of the Company for use in the registration statement, prospectus or statement of additional information for the Trust or in sales literature or other promotional material for the Trust (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Policies or Shares; or

 

(b)                                arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information or sales literature or other promotional material for the Policies not supplied by the Trust, MFS, the Underwriter or any of their respective designees or persons under their respective control and on which any such entity has reasonably relied) or wrongful conduct of the Trust or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Policies or Shares; or

 

(c)                                 arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information, or sales literature or other promotional literature of the Accounts or relating to the Policies, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Trust, MFS or the Underwriter; or

 

(d)                                arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Trust in this Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or otherwise, to comply with the diversification requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement) or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Trust; or

 

(e)                                 arise out of or result from the materially incorrect or untimely calculation or reporting of the daily net asset value per share or dividend or capital gain distribution rate; or

 

(f)                                   arise as a result of any failure by the Trust to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of the Agreement;

 

13



 

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of this Article VIII.

 

 8.3. In no event shall the Trust be liable under the indemnification provisions contained in this Agreement to any individual or entity, including without limitation, the Company, or any Participating Insurance Company or any Policy holder, with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses that arise out of or result from (i) a breach of any representation, warranty, and/or covenant made by the Company hereunder or by any Participating Insurance Company under an agreement containing substantially similar representations, warranties and covenants; (ii) the failure by the Company or any Participating Insurance Company to maintain its segregated asset account (which invests in any Portfolio) as a legally and validly established segregated asset account under applicable state law and as a duly registered unit investment trust under the provisions of the 1940 Act (unless exempt therefrom); or (iii) subject to the Trust’s compliance with the diversification requirements specific in Article VI, the failure by the Company or any Participating Insurance Company to maintain its variable annuity and/or variable life insurance contracts (with respect to which any Portfolio serves as an underlying funding vehicle) as life insurance, endowment or annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Code.

 

 8.4. Neither the Company nor the Trust shall be liable under the indemnification provisions contained in this Agreement with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, willful misconduct, or negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

 8.5. Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party under this Section 8.5. of notice of commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this section, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party otherwise than under this section. In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Party, and it notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party. After notice from the indemnifying party of its intention to assume the defense of an action, the Indemnified Party shall bear the expenses of any additional counsel obtained by it, and the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party under this section for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

 8.6. Each of the parties agrees promptly to notify the other parties of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against it or any of its respective officers, directors, trustees, employees or 1933 Act control persons in connection with the Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Policies, the operation of the Accounts, or the sale or acquisition of Shares.

 

 8.7. A successor by law of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnification contained in this Article VIII. The indemnification provisions contained in this Article VIII shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

14



 

ARTICLE IX. APPLICABLE LAW

 

 9.1.  This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

 9.2.  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

 

ARTICLE X. NOTICE OF FORMAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Trust, MFS, and the Company agree that each such party shall promptly notify the other parties to this Agreement, in writing, of the institution of any formal proceedings brought against such party or its designees by FINRA, the SEC, or any insurance department or any other regulatory body regarding such party’s duties under this Agreement or related to the sale of the Policies, the operation of the Accounts, or the purchase of the Shares.

 

ARTICLE XI. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

 11.1.                      The Company has implemented controls and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations, as well as the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, these controls and are reasonably designed to ensure, and MFS or the Trust may request certifications on an annual basis with respect to, each of the following:

 

(a)                                  Orders for Shares received by the Company for each Portfolio comply with the Portfolio’s restrictions with respect to purchases, transfers, redemptions and exchanges as set forth in each Portfolio’s prospectus and statement of additional information;

 

(b)                                 Orders for Shares received by the Company prior to the Portfolio’s pricing time set forth in its prospectus ( e.g., the close of the New York Stock Exchange — normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) are segregated from those received by the Company at or after such time, and are properly transmitted to the Portfolios (or their agents) for execution at the current day’s net asset value (“NAV”); and orders received by the Company at or after such time are properly transmitted to the Portfolios (or their agents) for execution at the next day’s NAV;

 

(c)                                  Market timing and late trading in Shares by Policy holders is identified and prevented;

 

(d)                                 Compliance with applicable state securities laws, including without limitation “blue sky” laws and related rules and regulations;

 

(e)                                  Compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign laws, rules and regulations regarding the detection and prevention of money laundering activity; and

 

(f)                                    Effective business continuity and disaster recovery systems with respect to the services contemplated by the Agreement.

 

15



 

 11.2 The Company shall ensure that any other party to whom the Company assigns or delegates any services hereunder is responsible for, and has controls and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure, each of the items set forth in Section 11.1 above.

 

ARTICLE XII. TERMINATION

 

12.1. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to the Accounts, or one, some, or all Portfolios:

 

(a)                                  at the option of any party upon six (6) months’ advance written notice to the other parties; or

 

(b)                                 at the option of the Company to the extent that the Shares of Portfolios are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Policies or are not “appropriate funding vehicles” for the Policies, as reasonably determined by the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Shares of a Portfolio would not be “appropriate funding vehicles” if, for example, such Shares did not meet the diversification or other requirements referred to in Article VI hereof; or if the Company would be permitted to disregard Policy owner voting instructions pursuant to Rule 6e-2 or 6e-3(T) under the 1940 Act. Prompt notice of the election to terminate for such cause and an explanation of such cause shall be furnished to the Trust by the Company; or

 

(c)                                  at the option of the Trust or MFS upon institution of formal proceedings against the Company by FINRA, the SEC, or any insurance department or any other regulatory body regarding the Company’s duties under this Agreement or related to the sale of the Policies, the operation of the Accounts, or the purchase of the Shares; or

 

(d)                                 at the option of the Company upon institution of formal proceedings against the Trust by FINRA, the SEC, or any state securities or insurance department or any other regulatory body regarding the Trust’s or MFS’ duties under this Agreement or related to the sale of the Shares; or

 

(e)                                  at the option of the Company, the Trust or MFS upon receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals and/or the vote of the Policy owners having an interest in the Accounts (or any subaccounts) to substitute the shares of another investment company for the corresponding Portfolio Shares in accordance with the terms of the Policies for which those Portfolio Shares had been selected to serve as the underlying investment media. The Company will give thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trust of the Date of any proposed vote or other action taken to replace the Shares; or

 

(f)                                    termination by either the Trust or MFS by written notice to the Company, if either one or both of the Trust or MFS respectively, shall determine, in their sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Company has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition, or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity that is likely to have a material adverse impact on the business and operations of the Company; or

 

(g)                                 termination by the Company by written notice to the Trust and MFS, if the

 

-17-

 

16



 

Company shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Trust or MFS has suffered a material adverse change in this business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity that is likely to have a material adverse impact on the business and operations of the Company; or

 

(h)                                      at the option of any party to this Agreement, upon another party’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement within a reasonable period of time; or

 

(i)                                      upon assignment of this Agreement, unless made with the written consent of the parties hereto.

 

 12.2. The notice shall specify the Portfolio or Portfolios, Policies and, if applicable, the Accounts as to which the Agreement is to be terminated.

 

 12.3. It is understood and agreed that the right of any party hereto to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1(a) may be exercised for cause or for no cause.

 

 12.4. Except as necessary to implement Policy owner initiated transactions, or as required by state insurance laws or regulations, the Company shall not redeem the Shares attributable to the Policies (as opposed to the Shares attributable to the Company’s assets held in the Accounts), and the Company shall not prevent Policy owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that was otherwise available under the Policies, until thirty (30) days after the Company shall have notified the Trust of its intention to do so.

 

 12.5. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Trust and MFS shall, at the option of the Company, continue to make available additional shares of the Portfolios pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Policies in effect on the effective date of termination of this Agreement (the “Existing Policies”), except as otherwise provided under Article VII of this Agreement. Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing Policies shall be permitted to transfer or reallocate investment under the Policies, redeem investments in any Portfolio and/or invest in the Trust upon the making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Policies.

 

ARTICLE XIII. NOTICES

 

Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail, overnight courier or facsimile to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

 

If to the Trust:

 

MFS Variable Insurance Trust

500 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Facsimile No.: (617) 954-5182

Attn: Susan S. Newton, Assistant Secretary

 



 

If to the Company:

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

Facsimile No.: [(205) 868-3597]

Attn: Senior Associate Counsel - Annuities

 

If to MFS:

 

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

500 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

Facsimile No.: (617) 954-5747

Attn: General Counsel

 

ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1. Subject to the requirement of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses of the owners of the Policies and all information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by this Agreement or as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and addresses and other confidential information without the express written consent of the affected party until such time as it may come into the public domain.

 

14.2. The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

14.3. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14.4. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

14.5. The Schedule attached hereto, as modified from time to time, is incorporated herein by reference and is part of this Agreement.

 

14.6. Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party in connection with inquiries by appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, FINRA, and state insurance regulators) relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

14.7. The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

 

14.8. A copy of the Trust’s Declaration of Trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Company acknowledges that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trust’s trustees, officers, employees, agents or shareholders individually, but are binding solely upon the assets and property of the Trust in

 

18



 

accordance with its proportionate interest hereunder. The Company further acknowledges that the assets and liabilities of each Portfolio are separate and distinct and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are binding solely upon the assets or property of the Portfolio on whose behalf the Trust has executed this instrument. The Company also agrees that the obligations of each Portfolio hereunder shall be several and not joint, in accordance with its proportionate interest hereunder, and the Company agrees not to proceed against any Portfolio for the obligations of another Portfolio.

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed hereto as of the date specified above.

 

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By its authorized officer,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

John R. Saywer

 

 

 

Title: Vice President and Managing Director – Annuities

 

 

 

 

 

MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST,
on behalf of the Portfolios

 

By its authorized officer and not individually,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Susan S. Newton

 

 

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY

 

By its authorized officer,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Robert J. Manning

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

20



 

As of January 1, 2008

 

SCHEDULE A

ACCOUNTS, POLICIES AND PORTFOLIOS

SUBJECT TO THE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

Name of Separate
Account and Date
Established by
Board of Directors

 

Contracts Funded
by Separate Account

 

Share Class
(Initial or Service
Class)

 

Portfolios
Applicable to Policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life
(12/5/97)

 

Elements Classic NY Variable Annuity Contract

ProtectiveAccess XL NY Variable Annuity Contract


Protective Rewards II NY Variable Annuity Contract

Protective Rewards Elite NY Variable Annuity Contract

 

Initial & Service

 

MFS Emerging Growth Series
MFS Research Series
MFS Investors Trust Series
MFS Total Return Series
MFS New Discovery Series
MFS Utilities Series
MFS Investor Growth Series

 


Exhibit 8.(d)

 

FUND PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 30 th  day of April, 2002, by and between Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc. (“Fund”), a Maryland Corporation, on its behalf and on behalf of each separate investment series thereof, whether existing as of the date above or established subsequent thereto, (each a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”), Lord Abbett Distributor LLC, a New York limited liability Company (the “Distributor”), and Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (the (“Company”), a life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Alabama.

 

WHEREAS, Fund is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ ‘40 Act”), as an open-end, diversified management investment company; and

 

WHEREAS, Fund is organized as a series fund comprised of separate investment series, namely the Portfolios; and

 

WHEREAS, Fund was organized to act as the funding vehicle for certain variable life insurance and/or variable annuity contracts (“Variable Contracts”) offered by life insurance companies through separate accounts of such life insurance companies and also offers its shares to certain qualified pension and retirement plans; and

 

WHEREAS, Fund has filed an application with the SEC requesting an order granting relief from various provisions of the ‘40 Act and the rules thereunder to the extent necessary to permit Fund shares to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated participating insurance companies accounts (“Participating Companies”) and qualified pension and retirement plans outside the separate account context (including, without limitation, those trusts, plans, accounts contracts or annuities described in Sections 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408(a), 408(b), 414(d), 457(b), 408(k), 501(c)(18) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and any other trust, plan, account, contract or annuity trust that is determined to be within the scope of Treasury Regulation §1.817.5(f)(3)(iii)(“Plans”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has established or will establish one or more separate accounts (“Separate Accounts”) to offer Variable Contracts and is desirous of having Fund as one of the underlying funding vehicles for such Variable Contracts; and

 

WHEREAS, Distributor is registered with the SEC as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and acts as Fund’s principal underwriter; and

 

1



 

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares of Fund to fund the aforementioned Variable Contracts and Fund is authorized to sell such shares to the Company at net asset value;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, Fund, and Distributor agree as follows:

 

Article I. SALE OF FUND SHARES

 

1.1            Fund agrees to make Variable Contract Class shares (“Shares”) of the Fund available to the Separate Accounts of the Company for investment of purchase payments of Variable Contracts allocated to the designated Separate Accounts as provided in Fund’s then current prospectus and statement of additional information. Company agrees to purchase and redeem the Shares of the Portfolios offered by the then current prospectus and statement of additional information of the Fund in accordance with the provisions of such prospectus and statement of additional information. Company shall not permit any person other than a Variable Contract owner or such owner’s lawfully authorized representative to give instructions to Company which would require Company to redeem or exchange Shares of the Fund.

 

1.2            Fund agrees to sell to the Company those Shares of the selected Portfolios of Fund which the Company orders, executing such orders on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by Fund or its designee of the order for the Shares of Fund. For purposes of this Section 1.2, the Company shall be the designee of Fund for receipt of such orders from the designated Separate Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by Fund; provided that the Company receives the order by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time and Fund receives notice from the Company by telephone, facsimile (orally confirmed) or by such other means as Fund and the Company may mutually agree of such order by 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on the next following Business Day, provided, however, that Company shall use its best efforts to transmit orders to Fund by 9:30 a.m. Eastern time. “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

 

1.3            Fund agrees to redeem on the Company’s request, any full or fractional Shares of Fund held by the Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by Fund or its designee of the request for redemption, in accordance with the provisions of this agreement and Fund’s then current registration statement. For purposes of this Section 1.3, the Company shall be the designee of Fund for receipt of requests for redemption from the designated Separate Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by Fund; provided that the Company receives the request for redemption by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time and Fund receives notice from the Company by telephone, facsimile (orally confirmed) or by such other means as Fund and the Company may mutually agree of such request for redemption by 10:00 a.m. Eastern

 

2



 

time on the next following Business Day, provided, however, that Company shall use its best efforts to transmit orders to Fund by 9:30 a.m. Eastern time.

 

1.4           Fund shall furnish, on or before the ex-dividend date, notice to the Company of any income dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the Shares of any Portfolios of Fund. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as are payable on a Portfolio’s Shares in additional Shares of the Portfolio. Fund shall notify the Company or its designee of the number of Shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

 

1.5           Fund shall make the net asset value per share for the selected Portfolios available to the Company on a daily basis, via a mutually agreeable form, as soon as reasonably practicable after the net asset value per share is calculated but shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value available by 6:30 p.m. Eastern time.

 

1.6           At the end of each Business Day, the Company shall use the information described in Section 1.5 to calculate Separate Account unit values for the day. Using these unit values, the Company shall process each such Business Day’s Separate Account transactions based on requests and premiums received by it by the close of regular trading on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) to determine the net dollar amount of Fund Shares which shall be purchased or redeemed at that day’s closing net asset value per share. Company shall use its best efforts to transmit net purchase or redemption orders so determined to Fund by 9:30 a.m. Eastern time (but in no event shall such orders be considered timely received by Funds unless they are received prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern time) on the Business Day next following the Company’s receipt of such requests and premiums in accordance with the terms of Sections 1.2 and 1.3 hereof.

 

1.7           If the Company’s order requests the purchase of Fund Shares, the Company shall pay for such purchase by wiring federal funds to Fund or its designated custodial account on the day the order is transmitted by the Company. If the Company’s order requests a net redemption resulting in a payment of redemption proceeds to the Company, Fund shall use its best efforts to wire the redemption proceeds to the Company by the next Business Day, unless doing so would require Fund to dispose of Portfolio securities or otherwise incur additional costs. In any event, proceeds shall be wired to the Company within three Business Days or such longer period permitted by the ‘40 Act or the rules, orders or regulations thereunder and Fund shall notify the person designated in writing by the Company as the recipient for such notice of such delay by 3:00 p.m. Eastern time the same Business Day that the Company transmits the redemption order to Fund.

 

1.8           Fund agrees that all Shares of the Portfolios of Fund will be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies which have agreed to participate in Fund to fund their Separate Accounts and/or to Plans, all in accordance with the requirements of Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5. Shares of the Portfolios of Fund will not be sold directly to the general public.

 

3



 

1.9            Fund may refuse to sell Shares of any Portfolios to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of the Shares of any Portfolios if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors/Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”), deemed necessary, desirable or appropriate.

 

1.10          Issuance and transfer of Portfolio Shares will be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or the Separate Accounts. Shares ordered from Portfolios will be recorded in appropriate book entry titles for the Separate Accounts.

 

Article II. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

2.1            Except as otherwise provided under this Agreement, the Fund and Distributor shall pay no fee or other compensation to Company under this Agreement, and Company shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Fund or Distributor, except as made a part of this Agreement as it may be amended from time to time with the mutual consent of the parties hereto. All expenses incident to performance by each party of its respective duties under this Agreement shall be paid by that party, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement

 

Article III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1            The Company represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under the laws of Tennessee and that it has legally and validly established each Separate Account as a segregated asset account under such laws.

 

3.2            The Company represents and warrants that it has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Variable Contracts, will register each Separate Account as a unit investment trust (“UIT”) in accordance with the provisions of the ‘40 Act and cause each Separate Account to remain so registered to serve as a segregated asset account for the Variable Contracts, unless an exemption from registration is available.

 

3.3            The Company represents and warrants that the income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to each Separate Account are, in accordance with the applicable Variable Contracts, to be credited to or charged against such Separate Account without regard to other income, gains or losses from assets allocated to any other accounts of the Company. The Company represents and warrants that the assets of the Separate Account are and will be kept separate from the general account of the Company and any other separate accounts the Company may have, and will not be charged with liabilities from any business that the Company may conduct or the liabilities of any companies affiliated with the Company.

 

3.4            The Company represents and warrants that the Variable Contracts will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “’33 Act”) unless an exemption from registration is available

 

4



 

prior to any issuance or sale of the Variable Contracts and that the Variable Contracts will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws and further that the sale of the Variable Contracts shall comply in all material respects with state insurance law suitability requirements. Company agrees to notify each Fund promptly of any investment restrictions imposed by state insurance law and applicable to the Fund.

 

3.5           The Company represents and warrants that the Variable Contracts are currently and at the time of issuance will be treated as life insurance, endowment or annuity contracts under applicable provisions of the Code, that it will maintain such treatment and that it will notify Fund immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Variable Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

 

3.6           Fund represents and warrants that the Portfolio Shares offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement will be registered under the ‘33 Act and sold in accordance with all applicable federal and state laws, and Fund shall be registered under the ‘40 Act prior to and at the time of any issuance or sale of such Shares. Fund, subject to Section 1.9 above, shall amend its registration statement under the ‘33 Act and the ‘40 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its Shares. Fund shall register and qualify its Shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by Fund.

 

3.7           Fund represents and warrants that each Portfolio will comply with the diversification requirements set forth in Section 817(h) of the Code, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including without limitation Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, and will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing any Portfolio has ceased to comply or might not so comply and will immediately take all reasonable steps to adequately diversify the Portfolio to achieve compliance within the grace period afforded by Treasury Regulations.

 

3.8           Fund represents and warrants that each Portfolio invested in by the Separate Account is currently qualified as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code, and will make every effort to maintain such qualification for each taxable year and will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing it has ceased to so qualify or might not so qualify in the future.

 

3.9           Distributor represents and warrants that it is and will be a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) and is and will be registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. Distributor further represents that it will sell and distribute Portfolio Shares in accordance with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations, including without limitation the ‘33 Act, the ‘34 Act and the ‘40 Act.

 

3.10         Distributor represents and warrants that it will remain duly registered and licensed in all material respects under all applicable federal and state securities laws and shall perform its obligations hereunder in compliance in all material respects with any applicable state and federal laws.

 

5



 

3.11          Fund represents and warrants that all its directors, trustees, officers, employees, and other individuals/entities who deal with the money and/or securities of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than that required by Rule 17g-l under the ’40 Act. The aforesaid bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company. The Fund shall make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these same provisions is always in effect, and each agrees to notify the Company in the event such coverage no longer applies.

 

3.12          Company represents and warrants that all of its employees and agents who deal with the money and/or securities of each Fund are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage in an amount not less than that required to be maintained by entities subject to the requirements of Rule 17g-l of the ’40 Act . The aforesaid bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company. Company shall make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these same provisions is always in effect, and each agrees to notify the Fund in the event such coverage no longer applies.

 

Article IV. PROSPECTUS AND PROXY STATEMENTS

 

4.1            Fund shall prepare and be responsible for filing with the SEC and any state regulators requiring such filing all shareholder reports, notices, proxy materials (or similar materials such as voting instruction solicitation materials), prospectuses and statements of additional information of Fund.

 

4.2            At least annually, Fund or its designee shall provide the Company, free of charge, with as many copies of the current prospectus for the Shares of the Portfolios as the Company may reasonably request for distribution to existing Variable Contract owners whose Variable Contracts are funded by such Shares. Fund or its designee shall provide the Company, at the Company’s expense, with as many more copies of the current prospectus for the Shares as the Company may reasonably request for distribution to prospective purchasers of Variable Contracts. If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, Fund or its designee shall provide such documentation in a mutually agreeable form and such other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the parties hereto once a year (or more frequently if the prospectus for the Shares is supplemented or amended) to have the prospectus for the Variable Contracts and the prospectus for the Fund Shares and any other fund shares offered as investments for the Variable Contracts printed together in one document, provided however that Company shall ensure that, except as expressly authorized in writing by Fund, no alterations, edits or changes whatsoever are made to prospectuses or other Fund documentation after such documentation has been furnished to Company or its designee, and Company shall assume liability for any and all alterations, errors or other changes that occur to such prospectuses or other Fund documentation after it has been furnished to Company or its designee.   The Fund or its

 

6



 

designee shall reimburse the Company for the pro-rata share of the printing costs (excluding any non-printing costs such as composition and document layout costs) for those pages that contain the prospectus for the Shares that the Company may reasonably print for distribution to existing Variable Contract owners whose Variable Contracts are funded by Fund Shares.

 

4.3            The Fund shall provide the Company with copies of the Fund’s proxy statements, Fund reports to shareholders, and other Fund communications to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to Variable Contract owners.

 

4.4            Fund will provide the Company with at least one complete copy of all prospectuses, statements of additional information, annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements, and all amendments or supplements to any of the above that relate to the Portfolios promptly after the filing of each such document with the SEC or other regulatory authority. The Company will provide Fund with at least one complete copy of all prospectuses, statements of additional information, annual and semi-annual reports, proxy statements, and all amendments or supplements to any of the above that relate to a Separate Account promptly after the filing of each such document with the SEC or other regulatory authority.

 

Article V. SALES MATERIALS

 

5.1            The Company will furnish, or will cause to be furnished, to Fund or Distributor, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which Fund, Distributor or any affiliate thereof is named, at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to its intended use. No such material shall be used unless the Fund or Distributor approves such material. Such approval shall be presumed given if notice to the contrary is not received by Company within fifteen Business Days after receipt by the Fund or Distributor of such material.

 

5.2            Fund or Distributor will furnish, or will cause to be furnished, to the Company, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Company or its Separate Accounts are named, at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to its intended use. No such material shall be used unless the Company approves such material. Such approval shall be presumed given if notice to the contrary is not received by Fund or within fifteen Business Days after receipt by the Company of such material.

 

5.3            Except with the permission of the Company, neither the Fund nor Distributor shall give any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Separate Accounts, or the Variable Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for such Variable Contracts, as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports of the Separate Accounts for distribution to owners of such Variable Contracts, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, provided however that such information or representations are used in a context that does not cause the information,

 

7



 

representations or statements contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Variable Contracts, reports of the Separate Account, or sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee to be untrue or omit information contained in such documentation otherwise required to be stated or necessary to make the information, representations, or statements not misleading.

 

5.4            Except with the permission of the Fund or Distributor, neither the Company nor its affiliates or agents shall give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Fund, Distributor or any affiliate thereof or concerning the Fund, Distributor or any affiliate thereof, other than the information or representations contained in the registration statements or prospectuses for the Fund, as such registration statements and prospectuses may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports to shareholders or proxy statements for the Fund, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or Distributor or designee thereof, provided however that such information or representations are used in a context that does not cause the information, representations or statements contained in the registration statements or prospectuses for the Fund, reports to shareholders or proxy statements for the Fund, or sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or Distributor or designee thereof to be untrue or omit information contained in such documentation otherwise required to be stated or necessary to make the information, representations, or statements not misleading.

 

5.5            For purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “sales literature or other promotional material” or words of similar import include, without limitation, advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use, in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures or other public media), sales literature (such as any written communication distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, or reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, shareholder reports and proxy materials, and any other material constituting sales literature or advertising under NASD rules, the ‘40 Act or the ‘33 Act.

 

Article VI. POTENTIAL CONFLICTS

 

6.1            The parties acknowledge that Fund filed an application with the SEC requesting an order granting relief from various provisions of the ’40 Act and the rules thereunder to the extent necessary to permit Fund Shares to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of Participating Companies and Plans. It is anticipated that such exemptive order (the “Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order”), when and if issued, shall require Fund and each Participating Company and Plan to comply with conditions and undertakings substantially as provided in this Article. If the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order imposes conditions materially different from those provided for in this Article, the conditions and

 

8



 

undertakings imposed by the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order shall govern this Agreement and the parties hereto agree to amend this Agreement consistent with the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order.

 

6.2            The Fund’s Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between and among the interests of the Variable Contract owners of all Participating Companies and of Plan Participants and Plans investing in the Fund, and determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to such conflicts. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, which may include: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling or any similar action by insurance, tax or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of Fund are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity and variable life insurance contract owners; (f) a decision by a Participating Insurance Company to disregard the voting instructions of Variable Contract owners and (g) if applicable, a decision by a Plan to disregard the voting instructions of plan participants.

 

6.3            The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts to the Board. The Company will be obligated to for assist the Board in carrying out its duties and responsibilities under the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order by providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised. The responsibility includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever it has determined to disregard Variable Contract owner voting instructions.

 

6.4            If a majority of the Board, or a majority of its disinterested Board members, determines that a material irreconcilable conflict exists with regard to contract owner investments in the Fund, the Board shall give prompt notice of the conflict and the implications thereof to all Participating Companies and Plans. If the Board determines that Company is a relevant Participating Company or Plan with respect to said conflict, Company shall at its sole cost and expense, and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested Board members), take such action as is necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict. Such necessary action may include but shall not be limited to: (a) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the Separate Accounts from Fund or any Portfolio thereof and reinvesting those assets in a different investment medium, which may include another Portfolio of Fund, or another investment company; (b) submitting the question as to whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Variable Contract owners and as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group (i.e variable annuity or variable life insurance contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected Variable Contract owners the option of making such a change; and (c) establishing a new registered management investment company (or series thereof) or managed separate account. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of the Company’s decision to disregard Variable Contract owner voting instructions, and that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company may be required, at the election of Fund to withdraw the

 

9



 

Separate Account’s investment in Fund, and no charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal. The responsibility to take such remedial action shall be carried out with a view only to the interests of the Variable Contract owners.

 

For the purposes of this Article, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether or not any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict but in no event will Fund or its investment adviser (or any other investment adviser of Fund) be required to establish a new funding medium for any Variable Contract. Further, the Company shall not be required by this Article to establish a new funding medium for any Variable Contracts if any offer to do so has been declined by a vote of a majority of Variable Contract owners materially and adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict.

 

6.5            The Board’s determination of the existence of an irreconcilable material conflict and its implications shall be made known promptly and in writing to the Company.

 

6.6            No less than annually, the Company shall submit to the Board such reports, materials or data as the Board may reasonably request so that the Board may fully carry out its obligations. Such reports, materials, and data shall be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Board.

 

6.7            If and to the extent Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or if Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the ‘40 Act or the rules thereunder with respect to mixed and shared funding on terms and conditions materially different from any exemptions granted in the Mixed and Shared Funding Exemptive Order, then Fund, and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such Rules are applicable.

 

Article VII. VOTING

 

7.1            The Company will provide pass-through voting privileges to all Variable Contract owners so long as the SEC continues to interpret the ‘40 Act as requiring pass-through voting privileges for Variable Contract owners. Accordingly, the Company, where applicable, will vote Shares of the Portfolio held in its Separate Accounts in a manner consistent with voting instructions timely received from its Variable Contract owners. The Company will be responsible for assuring that each of its Separate Accounts that participates in Fund calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with other Participating Insurance Companies. The Company will vote Shares for which it has not received timely voting instructions, as well as Shares it owns, in the same proportion as its votes those Shares for which it has received voting instructions. Company and its agents shall not oppose or interfere with the solicitation of proxies for Fund Shares held for such Variable Contract owners.

 

10



 

Article VIII. INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1                                  Indemnification by the Company .

 

(a)                                   Subject to Section 8.3 below, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Fund and Distributor, and each of their trustees, directors, members, principals, officers, partners, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls Fund or Distributor within the meaning of Section 15 of the ‘33 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Article) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or litigation (including legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of Fund’s Shares or the Variable Contracts and:

 

(i)             arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Variable Contracts or contained in the Variable Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of an Indemnified Party for use in the registration statement or prospectus for the Variable Contracts or in the Variable Contracts or sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Variable Contracts or Fund Shares; or

 

(ii)            arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales literature of Fund not supplied by the Company, or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Variable Contracts or Fund Shares; or

 

(iii)           arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or sales literature of Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon

 

11



 

and in conformity with information furnished to Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(iv)           arise out of or as a result of any alterations, changes or other errors (except those expressly authorized in writing by Fund) in Fund prospectuses, reports or other documents that occur after such Fund documents or a file containing such documents are furnished to Company or its designee; or

 

(v)            arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(vi)           arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against an Indemnified Party, the Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of such action. The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Company to such party of the Company’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

8.2                                  Indemnification by Fund and Distributor.

 

(a)                                   Subject to Section 8.3 below, the Fund and Distributor agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors, officers, employees, and agents and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the ‘33 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for the purposes of this Article) against any and all losses, claims, damages,

 

12



 

liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of Fund and Distributor which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of Fund’s Shares or the Variable Contracts and:

 

(i)             arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus of Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to Fund or Distributor by or on behalf of the Company for use in the registration statement or prospectus for Fund (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Variable Contracts or Fund Shares; or

 

(ii)            arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales literature for the Variable Contracts not supplied by Fund or Distributor or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of Fund or Distributor or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Variable Contracts or Fund Shares; or

 

(iii)           arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement or prospectus covering the Variable Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company for inclusion therein by or on behalf of Fund or Distributor; or

 

(iv)           arise as a result of a failure by Fund or Distributor to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

13



 

(v)            arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by Fund or Distributor in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by Fund or Distributor.

 

(b)                                             Fund or Distributor shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                              Fund or Distributor, as the case may be, shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified Fund or Distributor, as the case may be, in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify Fund or Distributor of any such claim shall not relieve Fund or Distributor from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, Fund or Distributor shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense thereof. Fund or Distributor also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from Fund or Distributor to such party of Fund’s or Distributor’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and Fund or Distributor will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

8.3                                             Indemnification for Errors .   In the event of any error or delay with respect to information regarding the net asset value per share, purchase, redemption, transfer or registration of Shares of the Fund, the parties agree that each is obligated to make the Separate Accounts and/or the Fund, respectively, whole for any error or delay that it causes, subject in each case to the related Portfolio’s policies on materiality of pricing errors, if applicable. In addition, each party agrees that neither will receive compensation from the other for the costs of any reprocessing necessary as a result of an error or delay. Each party agrees to provide the other with prompt notice of any errors or delays of the type referred to in this Section.

 

Article IX. TERM; TERMINATION

 

9.1                                            This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in force until terminated in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

9.2                                            This Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the following provisions:

 

14



 

(a)                                   At the option of the Company or Fund at any time from the date hereof upon six (6) months notice, unless a shorter time is agreed to by the parties;

 

(b)                                  At the option of the Company, if Fund Shares are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Variable Contracts as determined by the Company. Prompt notice of election to terminate shall be furnished by the Company, said termination to be effective ten days after receipt of notice unless Fund makes available a sufficient number of Shares to reasonably meet the requirements of the Variable Contracts within said ten-day period;

 

(c)                                   At the option of the Company, upon the institution of formal proceedings against Fund by the SEC, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or any other regulatory body, the expected or anticipated ruling, judgment or outcome of which would, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, materially impair Fund’s ability to meet and perform Fund’s obligations and duties hereunder. Prompt notice of election to terminate shall be furnished by the Company with said termination to be effective upon receipt of notice;

 

(d)                                  At the option of Fund, upon the institution of formal proceedings against the Company by the SEC, the NASD, or any other regulatory body, the expected or anticipated ruling, judgment or outcome of which would, in Fund’s reasonable judgment, materially impair the Company’s ability to meet and perform its obligations and duties hereunder. Prompt notice of election to terminate shall be furnished by Fund with said termination to be effective upon receipt of notice;

 

(e)                                   In the event Fund’s Shares are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with applicable state or federal law, or such law precludes the use of such Shares as the underlying investment medium of Variable Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company. Termination shall be effective upon such occurrence without notice;

 

(f)                                     At the option of Fund if the Variable Contracts cease to qualify as annuity contracts or life insurance contracts, as applicable, under the Code, or if Fund reasonably believes that the Variable Contracts may fail to so qualify. Termination shall be effective upon receipt of notice by the Company;

 

(g)                                  At the option of the Company, upon Fund’s breach of any material provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction of the Company within ten days after written notice of such breach is delivered to Fund;

 

15



 

(h)                                  At the option of Fund, upon the Company’s breach of any material provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction of Fund within ten days after written notice of such breach is delivered to the Company;

 

(i)                                      At the option of Fund, if the Variable Contracts are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with applicable federal and/or state law. Termination shall be effective immediately upon such occurrence without notice;

 

(j)                                      In the event this Agreement is assigned without the prior written consent of the Company, Fund, and Distributor, termination shall be effective immediately upon such occurrence without notice.

 

16



 

9.3                                  Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof, Fund at the option of the Company will continue to make available additional Fund Shares, as provided below, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Variable Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “Existing Contracts”). Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing Contracts or the Company, whichever shall have legal authority to do so, shall be permitted to reallocate investments in Fund, redeem investments in Fund and/or invest in Fund upon the payment of additional premiums under the Existing Contracts.

 

Article X. NOTICES

 

Any notice hereunder shall be given by registered or certified mail return receipt requested or express delivery service to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

 

If to the Funds:

 

Lord Abbett Family of Funds

90 Hudson Street

Jersey City, NJ 07302

Attention: General Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Lord, Abbett & Co.

90 Hudson Street

Jersey City, NJ 07302

Attention: Daria L. Foster

 

If to the Distributor:

 

Lord Abbett Distributor LLC

90 Hudson Street

Jersey City, NJ 07302

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to the Company:

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

Attention: General Counsel

 

17



 

with a copy to:

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

Attention: Carolyn King, Sr. Vice President, Investment Products Division

 

Notice shall be deemed given on the date of receipt by the addressee as evidenced by the signed receipt.

 

Article XI. MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                                       Privacy. Each party hereto acknowledges that, by reason of its performance under this Agreement, it shall have access to, and shall receive from the other party (and its affiliates, partners and employees), the confidential information of the other party (and its affiliates, partners and employees), including but not limited to the “nonpublic personal information” of their consumers within the meaning of SEC Regulation S-P (collectively, “Confidential Information”). Each party shall hold all such Confidential Information in the strictest confidence and shall use such Confidential Information solely in connection with its performance under this Agreement and for the business purposes set forth in this Agreement. Under no circumstances may a party cause any Confidential Information of the other party to be disclosed to any third party or reused or redistributed without the other party’s prior written consent.

 

11.2                                       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

11.3                                       Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

11.4                                       Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. It shall also be subject to the provisions of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder and to any orders of the SEC granting exemptive relief therefrom and the conditions of such orders.

 

11.5                                       Liability . This Agreement has been executed on behalf of the Fund by the undersigned officer of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer of the Fund. The obligations of this Agreement shall be binding upon the assets and property of the Fund and each respective Portfolio thereof only and shall not be binding on any Director/Trustee, officer or shareholder of the Fund individually. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Portfolio shall be liable for any loss, expense, fee, charge or liability of any kind relating to or arising from the actions or omissions of any other Portfolio or from the application of this Agreement to any other Portfolio. It is also understood that each of the Portfolios shall be

 

18



 

deemed to be entering into a separate Agreement with the Company so that it is as if each of the Portfolios had signed a separate Agreement with the Company and that a single document is being signed simply to facilitate the execution and administration of the Agreement.

 

11.6                                        Inquiries and Investigations . Each party shall cooperate with each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the NASD and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

11.7                                        Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreement and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

11.8                                        Amendment, Waiver and Other Matters . Neither this Agreement, nor any provision hereof, may be amended, waived, modified or terminated in any manner except by a written instrument properly authorized and executed by all parties hereto. The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

 

19



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their duly authorized officers to execute this Fund Participation Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

Lord Abbett Series Fund, Inc

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lawrence H. Kaplan

 

Name:

Lawrence H. Kaplan

 

Title:

Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

Lord Abbett Distributor LLC

 

By: Lord, Abbett & Co., it’s Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lawrence H. Kaplan

 

Name:

Lawrence H. Kaplan

 

Title:

Partner & Deputy General Counsel

 

 

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carolyn King

 

Name:

Carolyn King

 

Title:

Sr. Vice President

 

20


Exhibit 8.(e)

 

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 19th day of December, 2003 by and between GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST, an unincorporated business trust formed under the laws of Delaware (the “Trust”), GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO., a New York limited partnership (the “Distributor”), and PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY, a Alabama life insurance company (the “Company”), on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate account of the Company identified herein.

 

WHEREAS, the Trust is a series-type mutual fund offering shares of beneficial interest (the “Trust shares”) consisting of one or more separate series (“Series”) of shares, each such Series representing an interest in a particular investment portfolio of securities and other assets (a “Fund”), and which Series may be subdivided into various classes (“Classes”) with each such Class supporting a distinct charge and expense arrangement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trust was established for the purpose of serving as an investment vehicle for insurance company separate accounts supporting variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies to be offered by insurance companies and may also be utilized by qualified retirement plans; and

 

WHEREAS, the Distributor has the exclusive right to distribute Trust shares to qualifying investors; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Trust serve as an investment vehicle for a certain separate account(s) of the Company and the Distributor desires to sell shares of certain Series and/or Class(es) to such separate account(s);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

Additional Definitions

 

1.1.          “Account” – the separate account of the Company described more specifically in Schedule 1 to this Agreement. If more than one separate account is described on Schedule 1, the term shall refer to each separate account so described.

 

1.2.          “Business Day” – each day that the Trust is open for business as provided in the Trust’s Prospectus.

 

1.3.          “Code” – the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto.

 

1.4.          “Contracts” – the class or classes of variable annuity contracts and/or variable life insurance policies issued by the Company and described more specifically on Schedule 2 to this Agreement.

 

1.5.          “Contract Owners” – the owners of the Contracts, as distinguished from all Product Owners.

 



 

1.6.           “Participating Account” – a separate account investing all or a portion of its assets in the Trust, including the Account.

 

1.7.           “Participating Insurance Company” – any insurance company investing in the Trust on its behalf or on behalf of a Participating Account, including the Company.

 

1.8.           “Participating Plan” – any qualified retirement plan investing in the Trust.

 

1.9.           “Participating Investor” – any Participating Account, Participating Insurance Company or Participating Plan, including the Account and the Company.

 

1.10.        “Products” – variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies supported by Participating Accounts, including the Contracts.

 

1.11.        “Product Owners” – owners of Products, including Contract Owners.

 

1.12.        “Trust Board” – the board of trustees of the Trust.

 

1.13.        “Registration Statement” – with respect to the Trust shares or a class of Contracts, the registration statement filed with the SEC to register such securities under the 1933 Act, or the most recently filed amendment thereto, in either case in the form in which it was declared or became effective. The Contracts’ Registration Statement for each class of Contracts is described more specifically on Schedule 2 to this Agreement. The Trust’s Registration Statement is filed on Form N-1A (File No. 333-35883).

 

1.14.        “1940 Act Registration Statement” – with respect to the Trust or the Account, the registration statement filed with the SEC to register such person as an investment company under the 1940 Act, or the most recently filed amendment thereto. The Account’s 1940 Act Registration Statement is described more specifically on Schedule 2 to this Agreement. The Trust’s 1940 Act Registration Statement is filed on Form N-1A (File No. 811-08361).

 

1.15.        “Prospectus” – with respect to shares of a Series (or Class) of the Trust or a class of Contracts, each version of the definitive prospectus or supplement thereto filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act. With respect to any provision of this Agreement requiring a party to take action in accordance with a Prospectus, such reference thereto shall be deemed to be to the version for the applicable Series, Class or Contracts last so filed prior to the taking of such action. For purposes of Article IX, the term “Prospectus” shall include any statement of additional information incorporated therein.

 

1.16.        “Statement of Additional Information” – with respect to the shares of the Trust or a class of Contracts, each version of the definitive statement of additional information or supplement thereto filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act. With respect to any provision of this Agreement requiring a party to take action in accordance with a Statement of Additional Information, such reference thereto shall be deemed to be the last version so filed prior to the taking of such action.

 

1.17.        “SEC” – the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.18.        “NASD” – The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

2



 

1.19.         “1933 Act” – the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

1.20.         “1940 Act” – the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

ARTICLE II

Sale of Trust Shares

 

2.1.          Availability of Shares

 

(a)             The Trust has granted to the Distributor exclusive authority to distribute the Trust shares and to select which Series or Classes of Trust shares shall be made available to Participating Investors. Pursuant to such authority, and subject to Article X hereof, the Distributor shall make available to the Company for purchase on behalf of the Account, shares of the Series and Classes listed on Schedule 3 to this Agreement, such purchases to be effected at net asset value next determined after receipt by the Trust of the purchase request in accordance with Section 2.3 of this Agreement. Such Series and Classes shall be made available to the Company in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article X or the Distributor suspends or terminates the offering of shares of such Series or Classes in the circumstances described in Article X.

 

(b)             Notwithstanding clause (a) of this Section 2.1, Series or Classes of Trust shares in existence now or that may be established in the future will be made available to the Company only as the Distributor may so provide, subject to the Distributor’s rights set forth in Article X to suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Series or Class or to terminate this Agreement.

 

(c)             The parties acknowledge and agree that: (i) the Trust may revoke the Distributor’s authority pursuant to the terms and conditions of its distribution agreement with the Distributor; and (ii) the Trust reserves the right in its sole discretion to refuse to accept a request for the purchase of Trust shares.

 

2.2.          Redemptions. The Trust shall redeem, at the Company’s request, any full or fractional Trust shares held by the Company on behalf of the Account, such redemptions to be effected at net asset value next determined after receipt by the Trust of the redemption request in accordance with Section 2.3 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company shall not redeem Trust shares attributable to Contract Owners except in the circumstances permitted in Article X of this Agreement, and (ii) the Trust may delay redemption of Trust shares of any Series or Class to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, any rules, regulations or orders thereunder, or the Prospectus for such Series or Class.

 

2.3.          Purchase and Redemption Procedures

 

(a) The Trust hereby appoints the Company as an agent of the Trust for the limited purpose of receiving purchase and redemption requests on behalf of the Account (but not with respect to any Trust shares that may be held in the general account of the Company) for shares of those Series or Classes made available hereunder, based on allocations of amounts to the Account or subaccounts thereof under the Contracts, other transactions relating to the Contracts or the Account and customary processing of the Contracts. Receipt of any such requests (or effectuation of such transaction or processing) on any Business Day by the Company as such limited agent of the Trust prior to the Trust’s close of business as defined from time to time in the applicable Prospectus

 

3



 

for such Series or Class (which as of the date of execution of this Agreement is defined as the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (normally 4:00 p.m. New York Time)) shall constitute receipt by the Trust on that same Business Day, provided that the Trust receives actual and sufficient notice of such request by 10:00 a.m. New York Time on the next following Business Day. However, the Company undertakes to use its best efforts to provide such notice to the Trust no later than 9:30 a.m. New York Time. Such notice may be communicated by telephone to the office or person designated for such notice by the Trust, and shall be confirmed by facsimile.

 

(b)           The Company shall pay for shares of each Series or Class on the same day that it provides actual notice to the Trust of a purchase request for such shares. Payment for Series or Class shares shall be made in Federal funds transmitted to the Trust by wire to be received by the Trust by 4:00 p.m. New York Time on the day the Trust receives actual notice of the purchase request for Series or Class shares (unless the Trust determines and so advises the Company that sufficient proceeds are available from redemption of shares of other Series or Classes effected pursuant to redemption requests tendered by the Company on behalf of the Account). In no event may proceeds from the redemption of shares requested pursuant to an order received by the Company after the Trust’s close of business on any Business Day be applied to the payment for shares for which a purchase order was received prior to the Trust’s close of business on such day. If the issuance of shares is canceled because Federal funds are not timely received, the Company shall indemnify the respective Fund and Distributor with respect to all costs, expenses and losses relating thereto. Upon the Trust’s receipt of Federal funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the responsibility of the Company and shall become the responsibility of the Trust. If Federal funds are not received on time, such funds will be invested, and Series or Class shares purchased thereby will be issued, as soon as practicable after actual receipt of such funds but in any event not on the same day that the purchase order was received.

 

(c)            Payment for Series or Class shares redeemed by the Account or the Company shall be made in Federal funds transmitted by wire to the Company or any other person properly designated in writing by the Company, such funds normally to be transmitted by 4:00 p.m. New York Time on the day the Trust receives actual notice of the redemption order for Series or Class shares (unless redemption proceeds are to be applied to the purchase of Trust shares of other Series or Classes in accordance with Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement), except that the Trust reserves the right to redeem Series or Class shares in assets other than cash and to delay payment of redemption proceeds to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, any rules or regulations or orders thereunder, or the applicable Prospectus. The Trust shall not bear any responsibility whatsoever for the proper disbursement or crediting of redemption proceeds by the Company; the Company alone shall be responsible for such action.

 

(d)           Any purchase or redemption request for Series or Class shares held or to be held in the Company’s general account shall be effected at the net asset value per share next determined after the Trust’s actual receipt of such request, provided that, in the case of a purchase request, payment for Trust shares so requested is received by the Trust in Federal funds prior to close of business for determination of such value, as defined from time to time in the Prospectus for such Series or Class.

 

(e)            Prior to the first purchase of any Trust shares hereunder, the Company and the Trust shall provide each other with all information necessary to effect wire transmissions of Federal funds to the other party and all other designated persons pursuant to such protocols and security procedures as the parties may agree upon. Should

 

4



 

such information change thereafter, the Trust and the Company, as applicable, shall notify the other in writing of such changes, observing the same protocols and security procedures, at least three Business Days in advance of when such change is to take effect. The Company and the Trust shall observe customary procedures to protect the confidentiality and security of such information, but the Trust shall not be liable to the Company for any breach of security.

 

(f)            The procedures set forth herein are subject to any additional terms set forth in the applicable Prospectus for the Series or Class or by the requirements of applicable law.

 

2.4.          Net Asset Value. The Trust shall inform the Company of the net asset value per share for each Series or Class available to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable after the net asset value per share for such Series or Class is calculated and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 6:30 p.m. New York Time. The Trust shall calculate such net asset value in accordance with the Prospectus for such Series or Class.

 

2.5.          Dividends and Distributions. The Trust shall furnish notice to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable of any income dividends or capital gain distributions payable on any Series or Class shares. The Company, on its behalf and on behalf of the Account, hereby elects to receive all such dividends and distributions as are payable on any Series or Class shares in the form of additional shares of that Series or Class. The Company reserves the right, on its behalf and on behalf of the Account, to revoke this election and to receive all such dividends and capital gain distributions in cash; to be effective, such revocation must be made in writing and received by the Trust at least ten Business Days prior to a dividend or distribution date. The Trust shall notify the Company promptly of the number of Series or Class shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

 

2.6.          Book Entry. Issuance and transfer of Trust shares shall be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or the Account. Purchase and redemption orders for Trust shares shall be recorded in an appropriate ledger for the Account or the appropriate subaccount of the Account.

 

2.7.          Pricing Errors. Any material errors in the calculation of net asset value, dividends or capital gain information shall be reported immediately upon discovery to the Company. An error shall be deemed “material” based on our interpretation of the SEC’s position and policy with regard to materiality, as it may be modified from time to time. If the Trust provides materially incorrect net asset value, dividends or capital gain information to the Company, based on the Trust’s interpretation of “materiality” as discussed in the preceding sentence, the Trust or the Distributor shall take appropriate measures specified in its internal pricing error policy to reprocess Fund transactions and to make adjustments to the number of shares purchased, distributed or redeemed for the Account to reflect the correct net asset value, dividends or capital gain information. Neither the Trust, any Fund, the Distributor, nor any of their affiliates shall be liable for any information provided to the Company pursuant to this Agreement which information is based on incorrect information supplied by or on behalf of the Company or any other Participating Company to the Trust or the Distributor.

 

2.8.          Limits on Purchasers. The Distributor and the Trust shall sell Trust shares only to insurance companies and their separate accounts and to persons or plans (“Qualified Persons”) that qualify to purchase shares of the Trust under Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder without impairing the ability of the Account to consider the portfolio investments of the Trust as constituting investments of the Account for the purpose of satisfying the diversification requirements of Section 817(h).  The Distributor and the Trust shall not sell Trust

 

5



 

shares to any insurance company or separate account unless an agreement complying with Article VIII of this Agreement is in effect to govern such sales. The Company hereby represents and warrants that it and the Account are Qualified Persons.

 

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

 

3.1.          Company. The Company represents and warrants that: (i) the Company is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under Alabama insurance law; (ii) the Account is a validly existing separate account, duly established and maintained in accordance with applicable law; (iii) the Account’s 1940 Act Registration Statement has been filed with the SEC in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Account is duly registered as a unit investment trust thereunder; (iv) the Contracts’ Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC; (v) the Contracts will be issued in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Federal and state laws; (vi) the Contracts have been filed, qualified and/or approved for sale, as applicable, under the insurance laws and regulations of the states in which the Contracts will be offered; (vii) the Account will maintain its registration under the 1940 Act and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act; (viii) the Contracts currently are, and at the time of issuance and for so long as they are outstanding will be, treated as annuity contracts or life insurance policies, whichever is appropriate, under applicable provisions of the Code; and (ix) the Company’s entering into and performing its obligations under this Agreement does not and will not violate its charter documents or by-laws, rules or regulations, or any agreement to which it is a party. The Company will notify the Trust promptly if for any reason it is unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

3.1a         Money Laundering. The Company represents and warrants that is has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed to guard against money laundering activities, to detect and report suspicious activities and to comply with the applicable provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, and any and all related regulations. In this regard, (a) to the extent required by law, the Company or its agents have obtained and will obtain in the future, evidence that satisfactorily establishes the identity of each of its Contract Owners; (b) such information will be made available to the Trust and the Distributor or their agents upon their request for regulatory purposes; and (c) the Company will identify any suspicious transactions to the Trust and the Distributor.

 

3.1b         Market Timing and Late Trading. The Company represents and warrants that it has implemented policies and procedures reasonably designed (a) to guard against market timing of the Funds by its Contract Owners and (b) to ensure that purchase and redemption transactions are processed in compliance with all applicable rules and regulations, including but not limited to Rule 22c-1 of the 1940 Act. The Company further represents and warrants that it will follow (a) any procedures set forth in the Agreement; (b) all applicable rules and regulations, including but not limited to Rule 22c-1 of the 1940 Act; and (c) its own internal policies and procedures regarding the processing of purchase and redemption transactions in a timely fashion and regarding anti-market timing policies.

 

3.2.          Trust. The Trust represents and warrants that: (i) the Trust is an unincorporated business trust duly formed and validly existing under the Delaware law; (ii) the Trust’s 1940 Act Registration Statement has been filed with the SEC in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Trust is duly registered as an open-end management investment company thereunder; (iii) the Trust’s Registration Statement has been declared effective by the SEC; (iv) the Trust shares will be issued in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal laws; (v) the Trust will remain registered under and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act during the term of this Agreement; (vi) each Fund of the Trust intends to qualify as a “regulated

 

6



 

investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code and to comply with the diversification standards prescribed in Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder; and (vii) the investment policies of each Fund are in material compliance with any investment restrictions set forth on Schedule 4 to this Agreement. The Trust, however, makes no representation as to whether any aspect of its operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and investment policies) otherwise complies with the insurance laws or regulations of any state.

 

3.3.          Distributor. The Distributor represents and warrants that: (i) the Distributor is a limited partnership duly organized and in good standing under New York law; (ii) the Distributor is registered as a broker-dealer under federal and applicable state securities laws and is a member of the NASD; and (iii) the Distributor is registered as an investment adviser under federal securities laws.

 

3.4.          Legal Authority. Each party represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership or trust action, as applicable, by such party, and, when so executed and delivered, this Agreement will be the valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

3.5.          Bonding Requirement. Each party represents and warrants that all of its directors, officers, partners and employees dealing with the money and/or securities of the Trust are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Trust in an amount not less than the amount required by the applicable rules of the NASD and the federal securities laws. The aforesaid bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company. All parties shall make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, shall provide evidence thereof promptly to any other party upon written request therefor, and shall notify the other parties promptly in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

 

ARTICLE IV

Regulatory Requirements

 

4.1.          Trust Filings. The Trust shall amend the Trust’s Registration Statement and the Trust’s 1940 Act Registration Statement from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of Trust shares in compliance with applicable law and to maintain the Trust’s registration under the 1940 Act for so long as Trust shares are sold.

 

4.2.          Contracts Filings. The Company shall amend the Contracts’ Registration Statement and the Account’s 1940 Act Registration Statement from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of the Contracts in compliance with applicable law or as may otherwise be required by applicable law, but in any event shall maintain a current effective Contracts’ Registration Statement and the Account’s registration under the 1940 Act for so long as the Contracts are outstanding unless the Company has supplied the Trust with an SEC no-action letter or opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trust’s counsel to the effect that maintaining such Registration Statement on a current basis is no longer required. The Company shall be responsible for filing all such Contract forms, applications, marketing materials and other documents relating to the Contracts and/or the Account with state insurance commissions, as required or customary, and shall use its best efforts: (i) to obtain any and all approvals thereof, under applicable state insurance law, of each state or other jurisdiction in which Contracts are or may be offered for sale; and (ii) to keep such approvals in effect for so long as the Contracts are outstanding.

 

7



 

4.3.          Voting of Trust Shares. With respect to any matter put to vote by the holders of Trust shares (“Voting Shares”), the Company will provide “pass-through” voting privileges to owners of Contracts registered with the SEC as long as the 1940 Act requires such privileges in such cases. In cases in which “pass-through” privileges apply, the Company will (i) cooperate with the Trust in the solicitation of voting instructions from Contract Owners of SEC-registered Contracts; (ii) vote Voting Shares attributable to Contract Owners in accordance with instructions or proxies timely received from such Contract Owners; and (iii) vote Voting Shares held by it that are not attributable to reserves for SEC-registered Contracts or for which it has not received timely voting instructions in the same proportion as instructions received in a timely fashion from Owners of SEC-registered Contracts. The Company shall be responsible for ensuring that it calculates “pass-through” votes for the Account in a manner consistent with the provisions set forth above and with other Participating Insurance Companies. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates will in any way recommend action in connection with, or oppose or interfere with, the solicitation of proxies for the Trust shares held for such Contract Owners, except with respect to matters as to which the Company has the right under Rule 6e-2 or 6e-3(T) under the 1940 Act, to vote Voting Shares without regard to voting instructions from Contract Owners.

 

4.4.          State Insurance Restrictions. The Company acknowledges and agrees that it is the responsibility of the Company and other Participating Insurance Companies to determine investment restrictions and any other restrictions, limitations or requirements under state insurance law applicable to any Fund or the Trust or the Distributor, and that neither the Trust nor the Distributor shall bear any responsibility to the Company, other Participating Insurance Companies or any Product Owners for any such determination or the correctness of such determination. Schedule 4 sets forth the investment restrictions that the Company and/or other Participating Insurance Companies have determined are applicable to any Fund and with which the Trust has agreed to comply as of the date of this Agreement. The Company shall inform the Trust of any investment restrictions imposed by state insurance law that the Company determines may become applicable to the Trust or a Fund from time to time as a result of the Account’s investment therein, other than those set forth on Schedule 4 to this Agreement. Upon receipt of any such information from the Company or any other Participating Insurance Company, the Trust shall determine whether it is in the best interests of shareholders to comply with any such restrictions. If the Trust determines that it is not in the best interests of shareholders (it being understood that “shareholders” for this purpose shall mean Product Owners) to comply with a restriction determined to be applicable by the Company, the Trust shall so inform the Company, and the Trust and the Company shall discuss alternative accommodations in the circumstances. If the Trust determines that it is in the best interests of shareholders to comply with such restrictions, the Trust and the Company shall amend Schedule 4 to this Agreement to reflect such restrictions, subject to obtaining any required shareholder approval thereof.

 

4.5.          Compliance. Under no circumstances will the Trust, the Distributor or any of their affiliates (excluding Participating Investors) be held responsible or liable in any respect for any statements or representations made by them or their legal advisers to the Company or any Contract Owner concerning the applicability of any federal or state laws, regulations or other authorities to the activities contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.6.          Drafts of Filings. The Trust and the Company shall provide to each other copies of draft versions of any Registration Statements, Prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, periodic and other shareholder or Contract Owner reports, proxy statements, solicitations for voting instructions, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments or supplements to any of the above, prepared by or on behalf of either of them and that mentions the other party by name. Such drafts shall be provided to the other party

 

8



 

sufficiently in advance of filing such materials with regulatory authorities in order to allow such other party a reasonable opportunity to review the materials.

 

4.7.          Copies of Filings. The Trust and the Company shall provide to each other at least one complete copy of all Registration Statements, Prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, periodic and other shareholder or Contract Owner reports, proxy statements, solicitations of voting instructions, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments or supplements to any of the above, that relate to the Trust, the Contracts or the Account, as the case may be, promptly after the filing by or on behalf of each such party of such document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities (it being understood that this provision is not intended to require the Trust to provide to the Company copies of any such documents prepared, filed or used by Participating Investors other than the Company and the Account).

 

4.8.          Regulatory Responses. Each party shall promptly provide to all other parties copies of responses to no-action requests, notices, orders and other rulings received by such party with respect to any filing covered by Section 4.7 of this Agreement.

 

4.9.          Complaints and Proceedings

 

(a)            The Trust and/or the Distributor shall immediately notify the Company of: (i) the issuance by any court or regulatory body of any stop order, cease and desist order, or other similar order (but not including an order of a regulatory body exempting or approving a proposed transaction or arrangement) with respect to the Trust’s Registration Statement or the Prospectus of any Series or Class; (ii) any request by the SEC for any amendment to the Trust’s Registration Statement or the Prospectus of any Series or Class; (iii) the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose or for any other purposes relating to the registration or offering of the Trust shares; or (iv) any other action or circumstances that may prevent the lawful offer or sale of Trust shares or any Class or Series in any state or jurisdiction, including, without limitation, any circumstance in which (A) such shares are not registered and, in all material respects, issued and sold in accordance with applicable state and federal law or (B) such law precludes the use of such shares as an underlying investment medium for the Contracts. The Trust will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order, cease and desist order or similar order and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

 

(b)           The Company shall immediately notify the Trust and the Distributor of: (i) the issuance by any court or regulatory body of any stop order, cease and desist order, or other similar order (but not including an order of a regulatory body exempting or approving a proposed transaction or arrangement) with respect to the Contracts’ Registration Statement or the Contracts’ Prospectus; (ii) any request by the SEC for any amendment to the Contracts’ Registration Statement or Prospectus; (iii) the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose or for any other purposes relating to the registration or offering of the Contracts; or (iv) any other action or circumstances that may prevent the lawful offer or sale of the Contracts or any class of Contracts in any state or jurisdiction, including, without limitation, any circumstance in which such Contracts are not registered, qualified and approved, and, in all material respects, issued and sold in accordance with applicable state and federal laws. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any such stop order, cease and desist order or similar order and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

 

9



 

(c)           Each party shall immediately notify the other parties when it receives notice, or otherwise becomes aware of, the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against such party or a person affiliated therewith in connection with the issuance or sale of Trust shares or the Contracts,

 

(d)           The Company shall provide to the Trust and the Distributor any complaints it has received from Contract Owners pertaining to the Trust or a Fund, and the Trust and Distributor shall each provide to the Company any complaints it has received from Contract Owners relating to the Contracts.

 

4.10.         Cooperation. Each party hereto shall cooperate with the other parties and all appropriate government authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the NASD and state securities and insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry by any such authority relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. However, such access shall not extend to attorney-client privileged information.

 

ARTICLE V

Sale, Administration and Servicing of the Contracts

 

5.1.           Sale of the Contracts. The Company shall be fully responsible as to the Trust and the Distributor for the sale and marketing of the Contracts. The Company shall provide Contracts, the Contracts’ and Trust’s Prospectuses, Contracts’ and Trust’s Statements of Additional Information, and all amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing to Contract Owners and prospective Contract Owners, all in accordance with federal and state laws. The Company shall ensure that all persons offering the Contracts are duly licensed and registered under applicable insurance and securities laws. The Company shall adopt and implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that each sale of a Contract satisfies applicable suitability requirements under insurance and securities laws and regulations, including without limitation the rules of the NASD, and that in no event shall the Trust or the Distributor have any suitability obligations relating to the sale of the Contracts. The Company shall adopt and implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that information concerning the Trust and the Distributor that is intended for use only by brokers or agents selling the Contracts (i.e., information that is not intended for distribution to Contract Owners or offerees) is so used.

 

5.2.           Administration and Servicing of the Contracts. The Company shall be fully responsible as to the Trust and the Distributor for the underwriting, issuance, service and administration of the Contracts and for the administration of the Account, including, without limitation, the calculation of performance information for the Contracts, the timely payment of Contract Owner redemption requests and processing of Contract transactions, and the maintenance of a service center, such functions to be performed in all respects at a level commensurate with those standards prevailing in the variable insurance industry. The Company shall provide to Contract Owners all Trust reports, solicitations for voting instructions including any related Trust proxy solicitation materials, and updated Trust Prospectuses as required under the federal securities laws.

 

5.3.           Customer Complaints. The Company shall promptly address all customer complaints and resolve such complaints consistent with high ethical standards and principles of ethical conduct.

 

10



 

5.4.           Trust Prospectuses and Reports.

 

a.              Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information . In order to enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement and the federal securities laws, the Trust shall provide the Company with a copy, in camera-ready form or form otherwise suitable for printing or duplication of: (i) the Trust’s Prospectus for the Series and Classes listed on Schedule 3 and any supplement thereto; and (ii) each Statement of Additional Information and any supplement thereto. The Trust and the Company may agree upon alternate arrangements, but in all cases, the Trust reserves the right to approve the printing of any such material. The Trust shall provide the Company at least 10 days’ advance written notice when any such material shall become available, provided, however, that in the case of a supplement, the Trust shall provide the Company notice reasonable in the circumstances, it being understood that circumstances surrounding such supplement may not allow for advance notice. The Company may not alter any material so provided by the Trust or the Distributor (including without limitation presenting or delivering such material in a different medium, e.g., electronic or Internet) without the prior written consent of the Distributor.

 

b.              Proxy Soliciting Materials and Periodic Shareholder Reports . The Trust shall provide the Company with as many printed copies of the following document as the Company may reasonably request: (i) To the extent proxy solicitation was initiated by the Trust, Trust proxy soliciting material for the Trust or any Series or Classes thereof in quantities reasonably necessary to deliver such materials to each Contract Owner who has assets allocated to any Series or Class of the Trust as of the record date set forth in the proxy soliciting materials; and (ii) any Trust periodic shareholder reports in quantities reasonably necessary to deliver such reports to each Contract Owner who has assets allocated to any Series or Class of the Trust as of the date of such report. For purposes of this Agreement, “proxy solicitation materials” and “periodic shareholder reports” shall not include any marketing materials, fact cards, or related pieces of sales literature that are included or intended to be mailed with any such materials or reports.

 

5.5.           Trust Advertising Material. No piece of marketing, advertising or sales literature or other promotional material in which the Trust or the Distributor or the trade name and trademark Goldman Sachs (the “Mark”) is named (including, without limitation, material for prospects, existing Contract Owners, brokers, rating or ranking agencies, or the press, whether in print, radio, television, video, Internet, or other electronic medium) shall be used by the Company or any person directly or indirectly authorized by the Company, including without limitation, underwriters, distributors, and sellers of the Contracts, except with the prior written consent of the Trust or the Distributor, as applicable, as to the form, content and medium of such material. Any such piece shall be furnished to the Trust for such consent prior to its use. The Trust or the Distributor shall respond to any request for written consent on a prompt and timely basis, but failure to respond shall not relieve the Company of the obligation to obtain the prior written consent of the Trust or the Distributor. After receiving the Trust’s or Distributor’s consent to the use of any such material, no further changes may be made without obtaining the Trust’s or Distributor’s consent to such changes. The Trust or Distributor may at any time in its sole discretion revoke such written consent, and upon notification of such revocation, the Company shall no longer use the material subject to such revocation. Until further notice to the Company, the Trust has delegated its rights and responsibilities under this provision to the Distributor.

 

5.6.           Contracts Advertising Material. No piece of marketing, advertising or sales literature or other promotional material in which the Company is named (including, without limitation, material for prospects, existing Contract Owners or investors, brokers, rating or ranking agencies, or the press, whether in print, radio, television, video, Internet, or other electronic medium) shall be used by the Trust or the Distributor or any person directly or

 

11



 

indirectly authorized by the Trust or the Distributor, except with the prior written consent of the Company as to the form, content and medium of such material. Any such piece shall be furnished to the Company for such consent prior to its use. The Company shall respond to any request for written consent on a prompt and timely basis, but failure to respond shall not relieve the Trust or the Distributor of the obligation to obtain the prior written consent of the Company. After receiving the Company’s consent to the use of any such material, no further changes may be made without obtaining the Company’s consent to such changes. The Company may at any time in its sole discretion revoke any written consent, and upon notification of such revocation, neither the Trust nor the Distributor shall use the material subject to such revocation. The Company, upon prior written notice to the Trust, may delegate its rights and responsibilities under this provision to the principal underwriter for the Contracts.

 

5.7.           Trade Names. No party shall use any other party’s trade names, logos, trademarks or service marks, whether registered or unregistered, without the prior written consent of such other party, or after written consent therefor has been revoked. The Company shall not use in advertising, publicity or otherwise the name of the Trust, Distributor, or any of their affiliates nor any trade name, trademark, trade device, service mark, symbol or any abbreviation, contraction or simulation thereof of the Trust, Distributor, or their affiliates without the prior written consent of the Trust or the Distributor in each instance. The Company acknowledges that the Distributor owns all right, title and interest in and to the Mark and the registrations thereof. The Company shall use the Mark intact and shall not modify or alter the Mark. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Company or its successor (to the extent and as soon as it lawfully can) will cease the use of the Mark.

 

5.8.           Representations by Company. Except with the prior written consent of the Trust, the Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statements about the Trust or the Funds nor shall it authorize or allow any other person to do so except information or representations contained in the Trust’s Registration Statement or the Trust’s Prospectuses or in reports or proxy statements for the Trust, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved in writing by the Trust or its designee in accordance with this Article V, or in published reports or statements of the Trust in the public domain.

 

5.9.           Representations by Trust. Except with the prior written consent of the Company, the Trust shall not give any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, the Account or the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the Contracts’ Registration Statement or Contracts’ Prospectus or in published reports of the Account which are in the public domain or in sales literature or other promotional material approved in writing by the Company in accordance with this Article V.

 

5.10.         Advertising. For purposes of this Article V, the phrase “sales literature or other promotional material” includes, but is not limited to, any material constituting sales literature or advertising under the NASD rules, the 1940 Act or the 1933 Act.

 

ARTICLE VI

Compliance with Code

 

6.1.           Section 817(h).   Each Fund of the Trust shall comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder to the extent applicable to the Fund as an investment company underlying the Account, and the Trust shall notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that a Fund has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

 

12



 

6.2.          Subchapter M. Each Fund of the Trust shall maintain the qualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision), and the Trust shall notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that a Fund has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

 

6.3.          Contracts. The Company shall ensure the continued treatment of the Contracts as annuity contracts or life insurance policies, whichever is appropriate, under applicable provisions of the Code and shall notify the Trust and the Distributor immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

 

ARTICLE Vll

Expenses

 

7.1.          Expenses. All expenses incident to each party’s performance under this Agreement (including expenses expressly assumed by such party pursuant to this Agreement) shall be paid by such party to the extent permitted by law.

 

7.2.          Trust Expenses. Expenses incident to the Trust’s performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement include, but are not limited to, the costs of:

 

(a)

registration and qualification of the Trust shares under the federal securities laws;

 

 

(b)

preparation and filing with the SEC of the Trust’s Prospectuses, Trust’s Statement of Additional Information, Trust’s Registration Statement, Trust proxy materials and shareholder reports, and preparation of a camera-ready copy of the foregoing;

 

 

(c)

preparation of all statements and notices required by any Federal or state securities law;

 

 

(d)

all taxes on the issuance or transfer of Trust shares;

 

 

(e)

payment of all applicable fees relating to the Trust, including, without limitation, all fees due under Rule 24f-2 in connection with sales of Trust shares to qualified retirement plans, custodial, auditing, transfer agent and advisory fees, fees for insurance coverage and Trustees’ fees;

 

 

(f)

any expenses permitted to be paid or assumed by the Trust pursuant to a plan, if any, under Rule 12b-l under the 1940 Act; and

 

 

(g)

printing of the Trust’s Prospectuses, Statement of Additional Information, proxy materials initiated by the Trust and reports for distribution by the Company to existing Contract Owners and dissemination of the Trust’s Prospectuses, Statement of Additional Information, proxy materials initiated by the Trust and reports to existing Contract Owners. If the Trust’s Prospectuses are printed by the Company in one document with the prospectus for the Contracts and the prospectuses for other funds, then the expenses of such printing will be apportioned between the Company and the Trust in proportion to the number of pages of the Contract’s prospectus, other fund prospectuses and the Trust’s Prospectuses, taking account of other relevant factors affecting the expense of printing, such as covers, columns, graphs and charts; the Trust to bear the cost of printing Trust’s portion such document (relating to the Trust’s

 

13



 

 

Prospectuses) for distribution only to owners of existing Contracts funded by the Trust and the Company to bear the expense of printing the portion of such documents relating to the Account and the Trust to bear the cost of disseminating such document to existing Contract Owners funded by the Trust in the same proportion; provided, however, the Company shall bear all printing and dissemination expenses of such combined documents where used for distribution to prospective purchasers or to owners of existing Variable Contracts not funded by the Trust.

 

7.3.          Company Expenses.    Expenses incident to the Company’s performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement include, but are not limited to, the costs of:

 

(a)

registration and qualification of the Contracts under the federal securities laws;

 

 

(b)

preparation and filing with the SEC of the Contracts’ Prospectus and Contracts’ Registration Statement;

 

 

(c)

the sale, marketing and distribution of the Contracts, including printing and dissemination of Contracts’ Prospectuses and compensation for Contract sales;

 

 

(d)

administration of the Contracts;

 

 

(e)

payment of all applicable fees relating to the Contracts, including, without limitation, all fees due under Rule 24f-2;

 

 

(f)

preparation, printing and dissemination of all statements and notices to Contract Owners required by any Federal or state insurance law other than those paid for by the Trust; and

 

 

(g)

preparation, printing and dissemination of all marketing materials for the Contracts and Trust except where other arrangements are made in advance.

 

7.4.          12b-l Payments. The Trust shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, except that if the Trust or any Series or Class adopts and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-l under the 1940 Act to finance distribution expenses, then payments may be made to the Company in accordance with such plan. The Trust currently does not intend to make any payments to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-l under the 1940 Act or in contravention of such rule, although it may make payments pursuant to Rule 12b-1 in the future. To the extent that it decides to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-l and such formulation is required by the 1940 Act or any rules or order thereunder, the Trust undertakes to have a Board of Trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Trust, formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-l to finance distribution expenses.

 

14



 

ARTICLE VIII

Potential Conflicts

 

8.1.           Exemptive Order. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the Trust has received an exemptive order from the SEC (the “Exemptive Order”) granting relief from various provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder to the extent necessary to permit Trust shares to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated Participating Insurance Companies and other Qualified Persons (as defined in Section 2.8 hereof). The Exemptive Order requires the Trust and each Participating Insurance Company to comply with conditions and undertakings substantially as provided in this Article VIII. The Trust will not enter into a participation agreement with any other Participating Insurance Company unless it imposes the same conditions and undertakings on that company as are imposed on the Company pursuant to this Article VIII.

 

8.2.           Company Monitoring Requirements. The Company will monitor its operations and those of the Trust for the purpose of identifying any material irreconcilable conflicts or potential material irreconcilable conflicts between or among the interests of Participating Plans, Product Owners of variable life insurance policies and Product Owners of variable annuity contracts.

 

8.3.           Company Reporting Requirements. The Company shall report any conflicts or potential conflicts to the Trust Board and will provide the Trust Board, at least annually, with all information reasonably necessary for the Trust Board to consider any issues raised by such existing or potential conflicts or by the conditions and undertakings required by the Exemptive Order.   The Company also shall assist the Trust Board in carrying out its obligations including, but not limited to: (a) informing the Trust Board whenever it disregards Contract Owner voting instructions with respect to variable life insurance policies, and (b) providing such other information and reports as the Trust Board may reasonably request. The Company will carry out these obligations with a view only to the interests of Contract Owners.

 

8.4.           Trust Board Monitoring and Determination. The Trust Board shall monitor the Trust for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflicts between or among the interests of Participating Plans, Product Owners of variable life insurance policies and Product Owners of variable annuity contracts and determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to those conflicts. A majority vote of Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act (the “disinterested trustees”) shall represent a conclusive determination as to the existence of a material irreconcilable conflict between or among the interests of Product Owners and Participating Plans and as to whether any proposed action adequately remedies any material irreconcilable conflict. The Trust Board shall give prompt written notice to the Company and Participating Plan of any such determination.

 

8.5.           Undertaking to Resolve Conflict. In the event that a material irreconcilable conflict of interest arises between Product Owners of variable life insurance policies or Product Owners of variable annuity contracts and Participating Plans, the Company will, at its own expense, take whatever action is necessary to remedy such conflict as it adversely affects Contract Owners up to and including (1) establishing a new registered management investment company, and (2) withdrawing assets from the Trust attributable to reserves for the Contracts subject to the conflict and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium (including another Fund of the Trust) or submitting the question of whether such withdrawal should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract Owners, and, as appropriate, segregating the assets supporting the Contracts of any group of such owners that votes in favor of such withdrawal, or offering to such owners the option of making such a change. The Company will carry out the responsibility to take the foregoing action with a view only to the interests of Contract Owners.

 

15



 

8.6.           Withdrawal. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of the Company’s decision to disregard the voting instructions of Contract Owners of variable life insurance policies and that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote at any Fund shareholder meeting, then, at the request of the Trust Board, the Company will redeem the shares of the Trust to which the disregarded voting instructions relate. No charge or penalty, however, will be imposed in connection with such a redemption.

 

8.7.           Expenses Associated with Remedial Action. In no event shall the Trust be required to bear the expense of establishing a new funding medium for any Contract. The Company shall not be required by this Article to establish a new funding medium for any Contract if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of the Contract Owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict.

 

8.8.           Successor Rules. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provisions of the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed and shared funding on terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Exemptive Order, then (i) the Trust and/or the Company, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, or Rule 6e-3, as adopted, as applicable, to the extent such rules are applicable, and (ii) Sections 8.2 through 8.5 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

 

ARTICLE IX

Indemnification

 

9.1.           Indemnification by the Company. The Company hereby agrees to, and shall, indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Distributor and each person who controls or is affiliated with the Trust or the Distributor within the meaning of such terms under the 1933 Act or 1940 Act (but not any Participating Insurance Companies or Qualified Persons) and any officer, trustee, partner, director, employee or agent of the foregoing, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amounts paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they or any of them may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities:

 

(a)              arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Contracts Registration Statement, Contracts Prospectus, sales literature or other promotional material for the Contracts or the Contracts themselves (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made; provided that this obligation to indemnify shall not apply if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Trust or the Distributor for use in the Contracts Registration Statement, Contracts Prospectus or in the Contracts or sales literature or promotional material for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

 

16



 

(b)                                       arise out of any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Trust Registration Statement, any Prospectus for Series or Classes or sales literature or other promotional material of the Trust (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Trust or Distributor in writing by or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(c)                                        arise out of or are based upon any wrongful conduct of, or violation of federal or state law by, the Company or persons under its control or subject to its authorization,   including without limitation, any broker-dealers or agents authorized to sell the Contracts, with respect to the sale, marketing or distribution of the Contracts or Trust shares, including, without limitation, any impermissible use of broker-only material, unsuitable or improper sales of the Contracts or unauthorized representations about the Contracts or the Trust; or

 

(d)                                       arise as a result of any failure by the Company or persons under its control (or subject to its authorization) to provide services, furnish materials or make payments as required under this Agreement; or

 

(e)                                        arise out of any material breach by the Company or persons under its control (or subject to its authorization) of this Agreement; or

 

(f)                                          arise out of any breach of any warranties contained in Article III hereof, any failure to transmit a request for redemption or purchase of Trust shares or payment therefor on a timely basis in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article II, or any unauthorized use of the names, trade names or trademark of the Trust or the Distributor.

 

This indemnification is in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have; provided, however, that no party shall be entitled to indemnification if such loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty by the party seeking indemnification.

 

9.2.            Indemnification by the Trust. The Trust hereby agrees to, and shall, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person who controls or is affiliated with the Company within the meaning of such terms under the 1933 Act or 1940 Act and any officer, director, employee or agent of the foregoing, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amounts paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they or any of them may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities:

 

(a)                                        arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Trust Registration Statement, any Prospectus for Series or Classes or sales literature or other promotional material of the Trust (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made; provided that this obligation to indemnify shall not apply if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with

 

17



 

information furnished in writing by the Company to the Trust or the Distributor for use in the Trust Registration Statement, Trust Prospectus or sales literature or promotional material for the Trust (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

 

(b)                                       arise out of any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Contracts Registration Statement, Contracts Prospectus or sales literature or other promotional material for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished in writing by the Trust to the Company; or

 

(c)                                        arise out of or are based upon wrongful conduct of the Trust or its Trustees or officers with respect to the sale of Trust shares; or

 

(d)                                       arise as a result of any failure by the Trust to provide services, furnish materials or make payments as required under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(e)                                        arise out of any material breach by the Trust of this Agreement (including any breach of Section 6.1 of this Agreement and any warranties contained in Article III hereof);

 

it being understood that in no way shall the Trust be liable to the Company with respect to any violation of insurance law, compliance with which is a responsibility of the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or as to which the Company failed to inform the Trust in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof. This indemnification is in addition to any liability that the Trust may otherwise have; provided, however, that no party shall be entitled to indemnification if such loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty by the party seeking indemnification.

 

9.3.            Indemnification by the Distributor. The Distributor hereby agrees to, and shall, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person who controls or is affiliated with the Company within the meaning of such terms under the 1933 Act or 1940 Act and any officer, director, employee or agent of the foregoing, against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amounts paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted), to which they or any of them may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities:

 

(a)                                   arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Trust Registration Statement, any Prospectus for Series or Classes or sales literature or other promotional material of the Trust (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made; provided that this obligation to indemnify shall not apply if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing by the Company to the Trust or Distributor for

 

18



 

use in the Trust Registration Statement, Trust Prospectus or sales literature or promotional material for the Trust (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

 

(b)                                  arise out of any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Contracts Registration Statement, Contracts Prospectus or sales literature or other promotional material for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished in writing by the Distributor to the Company; or

 

(c)                                   arise out of or are based upon wrongful conduct of the Distributor, or persons under its control with respect to the sale of Trust shares; or

 

(d)                                  arise as a result of any failure by the Distributor or persons under its control to provide services, furnish materials or make payments as required under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(e)                                   arise out of any material breach by the Distributor or persons under its control of this Agreement (including any breach of Section 6.1 of this Agreement and any warranties contained in Article III hereof); or

 

(f)                                     arise out of or result from the materially incorrect calculation of the daily net asset value per share or dividend or capital gain distribution rate provided that the incorrect calculation was deemed by the Trust to be material based on Trust’s interpretation of SEC materiality standards as discussed in Section 2.7 above;

 

it being understood that in no way shall the Distributor be liable to the Company with respect to any violation of insurance law, compliance with which is a responsibility of the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or as to which the Company failed to inform the Distributor in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof. This indemnification is in addition to any liability that the Distributor may otherwise have; provided, however, that no party shall be entitled to indemnification if such loss, claim, damage or liability is caused by the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duty by the party seeking indemnification.

 

9.4.            Rule of Construction. It is the parties’ intention that, in the event of an occurrence for which the Trust has agreed to indemnify the Company, the Company shall seek indemnification from the Trust only in circumstances in which the Trust is entitled to seek indemnification from a third party with respect to the same event or cause thereof.

 

9.5.            Indemnification Procedures. After receipt by a party entitled to indemnification (“indemnified party”) under this Article IX of notice of the commencement of any action, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made by the indemnified party against any person obligated to provide indemnification under this Article IX (“indemnifying party”), such indemnified party will notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof as soon as practicable thereafter, provided that the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it from any liability under this Article IX, except to the extent that the omission results in a failure of actual notice to the indemnifying party and such indemnifying party is damaged solely as a result of the failure to give such notice. The indemnifying party, upon the request of the indemnified

 

19



 

party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

 

A successor by law of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to the benefits of the indemnification contained in this Article IX. The indemnification provisions contained in this Article IX shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE X

Relationship of the Parties; Termination

 

10.1.        Relationship of Parties. The Company is to be an independent contractor vis-a-vis the Trust, the Distributor, or any of their affiliates for all purposes hereunder and will have no authority to act for or represent any of them (except to the limited extent the Company acts as agent of the Trust pursuant to Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement).   In addition, no officer or employee of the Company will be deemed to be an employee or agent of the Trust, Distributor, or any of their affiliates. The Company will not act as an “underwriter” or “distributor” of the Trust, as those terms variously are used in the 1940 Act, the 1933 Act, and rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

10.2.        Non-Exclusivity and Non-Interference. The parties hereto acknowledge that the arrangement contemplated by this Agreement is not exclusive; the Trust shares may be sold to other insurance companies and investors (subject to Section 2.8 hereof) and the cash value of the Contracts may be invested in other investment companies, provided, however, that until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Article X:

 

(a)                                   the Company shall promote the Trust and the Funds made available hereunder on the same basis as other funding vehicles available under the Contracts;

 

(b)                                  the Company shall not, without prior notice to the Distributor (unless otherwise required by applicable law), take any action to operate the Account as a management investment company under the 1940 Act;

 

(c)                                   the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Distributor (unless otherwise required by applicable law), solicit, induce or encourage Contract Owners to change or modify the Trust to change the Trust’s distributor or investment adviser, to transfer or withdraw Contract Values allocated to a Fund, or to exchange their Contracts for contracts not allowing for investment in the Trust;

 

20



 

(d)                                 the Company shall not substitute another investment company for one or more Funds without providing written notice to the Distributor at least 60 days in advance of effecting any such substitution; and

 

(e)                                  the Company shall not withdraw the Account’s investment in the Trust or a Fund of the Trust except as necessary to facilitate Contract Owner requests and routine Contract processing.

 

10.3.                      Termination of Agreement. This Agreement shall not terminate until (i) the Trust is dissolved, liquidated, or merged into another entity, or (ii) as to any Fund that has been made available hereunder, the Account no longer has any investment in that Fund and the Company has confirmed in writing to the Distributor, if so requested by the Distributor, that it no longer intends to invest in such Fund. However, certain obligations of, or restrictions on, the parties to this Agreement may terminate as provided in Sections 10.4 through 10.6 and the Company may be required to redeem Trust shares pursuant to Section 10.7 or in the circumstances contemplated by Article VIII. Article IX and Sections 5.7, 10.7 and 10.8 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

10.4.                      Termination of Offering of Trust Shares. The obligation of the Trust and the Distributor to make Trust shares available to the Company for purchase pursuant to Article II of this Agreement shall terminate at the option of the Distributor upon written notice to the Company as provided below:

 

(a)                                  upon institution of formal proceedings against the Company, or the Distributor’s reasonable determination that institution of such proceedings is being considered by the NASD, the SEC, the insurance commission of any state or any other regulatory body regarding the Company’s duties under this Agreement or related to the sale of the Contracts, the operation of the Account, the administration of the Contracts or the purchase of Trust shares, or an expected or anticipated ruling, judgment or outcome which would, in the Distributor’s reasonable judgment exercised in good faith, materially impair the Company’s or Trust’s ability to meet and perform the Company’s or Trust’s obligations and duties hereunder, such termination effective upon 15 days’ prior written notice;

 

(b)                                 in the event any of the Contracts are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with applicable federal and/or state law, such termination effective immediately upon receipt of written notice;

 

(c)                                  if the Distributor shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that either (1) the Company shall have suffered a material adverse change in its business or financial condition or (2) the Company shall have been the subject of material adverse publicity which is likely to have a material adverse impact upon the business and operations of either the Trust or the Distributor, such termination effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice;

 

(d)                                 if the Distributor suspends or terminates the offering of Trust shares of any Series or Class to all Participating Investors or only designated Participating Investors, if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or if, in the sole discretion of the Distributor acting in good faith, suspension or termination is necessary in the best interests of the shareholders of any Series or Class (it being understood that “shareholders” for this purpose shall mean Product Owners), such notice effective immediately upon receipt of written notice, it being

 

21



 

understood that a lack of Participating Investor interest in a Series or Class may be grounds for a suspension or termination as to such Series or Class and that a suspension or termination shall apply only to the specified Series or Class;

 

(e)                                  upon the Company’s assignment of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any transfer of the Contracts or the Account to another insurance company pursuant to an assumption reinsurance agreement) unless the Trust consents thereto, such termination effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice;

 

(f)                                    if the Company is in material breach of any provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction of the Trust within 10 days after written notice of such breach has been delivered to the Company, such termination effective upon expiration of such 10-day period;

 

(g)                                 upon the determination of the Trusts Board to dissolve, liquidate or merge the Trust as contemplated by Section 10.3(i), upon termination of the Agreement pursuant to Section 10.3(ii), or upon notice from the Company pursuant to Section 10.5 or 10.6, such termination pursuant hereto to be effective upon 15 days’ prior written notice; or

 

(h)                                 upon six months’ prior written notice to the Company or any other date agreed in a separate written agreement among the parties.

 

Except in the case of an option exercised under clause (b), (d) or (g), the obligations shall terminate only as to new Contracts and the Distributor shall continue to make Trust shares available to the extent necessary to permit owners of Contracts in effect on the effective date of such termination (hereinafter referred to as “Existing Contracts”) to reallocate investments in the Trust, redeem investments in the Trust and/or invest in the Trust upon the making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts.

 

10.5.                Termination of Investment in a Fund. The Company may elect to cease investing in a Fund, promoting a Fund as an investment option under the Contracts, or withdraw its investment or the Account’s investment in a Fund, subject to compliance with applicable law, upon written notice to the Trust within 15 days of the occurrence of any of the following events (unless provided otherwise below):

 

(a)                                   if the Trust informs the Company pursuant to Section 4.4 that it will not cause such Fund to comply with investment restrictions as requested by the Company and the Trust and the Company are unable to agree upon any reasonable alternative accommodations;

 

(b)                                  if shares in such Fund are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Contracts as determined by the Company (including any non-availability as a result of notice given by the Distributor pursuant to Section 10.4(d)), and the Distributor, after receiving written notice from the Company of such non-availability, fails to make available, within 10 days after receipt of such notice, a sufficient number of shares in such Fund or an alternate Fund to meet the requirements of the Contracts;

 

22



 

(c)                                   if such Fund fails to meet the diversification requirements specified in Section 817(h) of the Code and any regulations thereunder and the Trust, upon written request, fails to provide reasonable assurance that it will take action to cure or correct such failure;

 

(d)                                  if such Fund ceases to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, as defined therein, or any successor or similar provision, or if the Company reasonably believes that the Fund may fail to so qualify, and the Trust, upon written request, fails to provide reasonable assurance that it will take action to cure or correct such failure within 30 days; or

 

(e)                                   upon six month’s prior written notice to the other parties or any other date agreed in a separate written agreement among the parties.

 

Such termination shall apply only as to the affected Fund and shall not apply to any other Fund in which the Company or the Account invests.

 

10.6.                      Termination of Investment by the Company. The Company may elect to cease investing in all Series or Classes of the Trust made available hereunder, promoting the Trust as an investment option under the Contracts, or withdraw its investment or the Accounts investment in the Trust, subject to compliance with applicable law, upon written notice to the Trust within 15 days of the occurrence of any of the following events (unless provided otherwise below):

 

(a)                                   upon institution of formal proceedings against the Trust or the Distributor (but only with regard to the Trust) by the NASD, the SEC or any state securities or insurance commission or any other regulatory body; or

 

(b)                                  if the Trust or Distributor is in material breach of a provision of this Agreement, which breach has not been cured to the satisfaction of the Company within 10 days after written notice of such breach has been delivered to the Trust or the Distributor, as the case may be; or

 

(c)                                   upon six month’s prior written notice to the other parties or any other date agreed in a separate written agreement among the parties.

 

10.7.                      Company Required to Redeem. The parties understand and acknowledge that it is essential for compliance with Section 817(h) of the Code that the Contracts qualify as annuity contracts or life insurance policies, as applicable, under the Code. Accordingly, if any of the Contracts cease to qualify as annuity contracts or life insurance policies, as applicable, under the Code, or if the Trust reasonably believes that any such Contracts may fail to so qualify, the Trust shall have the right to require the Company to redeem Trust shares attributable to such Contracts upon notice to the Company and the Company shall so redeem such Trust shares in order to ensure that the Trust complies with the provisions of Section 817(h) of the Code applicable to ownership of Trust shares. Notice to the Company shall specify the period of time the Company has to redeem the Trust shares or to make other arrangements satisfactory to the Trust and its counsel, such period of time to be determined with reference to the requirements of Section 817(h) of the Code. In addition, the Company may be required to redeem Trust shares pursuant to action taken or request made by the Trust Board in accordance with the Exemptive Order described in Article VIII or any conditions or undertakings set forth or referenced therein, or other SEC rule, regulation or order that may be adopted after the date hereof. The Company agrees to redeem shares in the circumstances described herein and to comply with applicable terms and provisions.  Also, in the event that the Distributor suspends or terminates the offering

 

23



 

of a Series or Class pursuant to Section 10.4(c) of this Agreement, the Company, upon request by the Distributor, will cooperate in taking appropriate action to withdraw the Account’s investment in the respective Fund.

 

10.8.                      Confidentiality.   The Company will keep confidential any information acquired as a result of this Agreement regarding the business and affairs of the Trust, the Distributor, and their affiliates.

 

ARTICLE XI

Applicability to New Accounts and New Contracts

 

The parties to this Agreement may amend the schedules to this Agreement from time to time to reflect, as appropriate, changes in or relating to the Contracts, any Series or Class, additions of new classes of Contracts to be issued by the Company and separate accounts therefor investing in the Trust. Such amendments may be made effective by executing the form of amendment included on each schedule attached hereto. The provisions of this Agreement shall be equally applicable to each such class of Contracts, Series, Class or separate account, as applicable, effective as of the date of amendment of such schedule, unless the context otherwise requires. The parties to this Agreement may amend this Agreement from time to time by written agreement signed by all of the parties.

 

24



 

ARTICLE XII

Notice, Request or Consent

 

Any notice, request or consent to be provided pursuant to this Agreement is to be made in writing and shall be given:

 

If to the Trust:

James McNamara

Vice President

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

32 Old Slip

New York, NY 10005

 

If to the Distributor:

James McNamara

Managing Director

Goldman Sachs & Co.

32 Old Slip

New York, NY 10005

 

If to the Company:

R. Stephen Briggs

Executive Vice President

Protective Life Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

 

With a copy to:

Steve M. Callaway

Sr. Associate Counsel

Protective Life Corporation

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

 

or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party. Each such notice, request or consent to a party shall be sent by registered or certified United States mail with return receipt requested or by overnight delivery with a nationally recognized courier, and shall be effective upon receipt. Notices pursuant to the provisions of Article II may be sent by facsimile to the person designated in writing for such notices.

 

ARTICLE XIII

Miscellaneous

 

13.1.                    Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws, subject to the following rules:

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act, 1940 Act and Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules, regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules, and regulations as the SEC may grant, and the terms hereof shall be limited, interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

 

25



 

(b)                                 The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

(c)                                  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

(d)                                 The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

 

13.2.                    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13.3.                    No Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights and obligations hereunder may be assigned by the Company, the Distributor or the Trust without the prior written consent of the other parties.

 

13.4.                    Declaration of Trust. A copy of the Declaration of Trust of the Trust is on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Trust as trustees, and is not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders of the Trust individually, but binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust. No Series of the Trust shall be liable for the obligations of any other Series of the Trust.

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized officer on the date specified below.

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

 

 

 

(Trust)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

12/19/03

 

By:

/s/ James A. McNamara

 

 

 

Name:

James A. McNamara

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

 

 

(Distributor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

12/19/03

 

By:

/s/ Peter V. Bonanno

 

 

 

Name:

Peter V. Bonanno

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

(Company)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

Dec 19, 2003

 

By:

/s/ R. Stephen Briggs

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

R. Stephen Briggs

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

27



 

Schedule 1

 

Accounts of the Company

Investing in the Trust

 

Effective as of the date the Agreement was executed, the following separate accounts of the Company are subject to the Agreement:

 

Name of Account and
Subaccounts

 

Date Established by
Board of Directors of
the Company

 

SEC 1940 Act
Registration Number

 

Type of Product
Supported by Account

Variable Annuity Account A

 

12-5-1997

 

811-8537

 

Variable Annuities

 

[Form of Amendment to Schedule 1]

 

Effective as of        , the following separate accounts of the Company are hereby added to this Schedule 1 and made subject to the Agreement:

 

Name of Account and
Subaccounts

 

Date Established by
Board of Directors of
the Company

 

SEC 1940 Act
Registration Number

 

Type of Product
Supported by Account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company hereby amend this Schedule 1 in accordance with Article XI of the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

 

28



 

Schedule 2

 

Classes of Contracts

Supported by Separate Accounts

Listed on Schedule 1

 

Effective as of the date the Agreement was executed, the following classes of Contracts are subject to the Agreement:

 

Policy Marketing Name

 

SEC 1933 Act
Registration Number

 

Contract Form Number

 

Annuity or Life

Protective Variable Annuity

 

333-41577

 

Form AF-2014

 

Annuity

Elements Classic

 

333-76952

 

Form AF-2022

 

Annuity

 

[Form of Amendment to Schedule 2]

 

Effective as of           , the following classes of Contracts are hereby added to this Schedule 2 and made subject to the Agreement:

 

Policy Marketing Name

 

SEC 1933 Act
Registration Number

 

Name of Supporting
Account

 

Annuity or Life

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company hereby amend this Schedule 2 in accordance with Article XI of the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

 

29



 

Schedule 3

 

Trust Classes and Series

Available Under

Each Class of Contracts

 

Effective as of the date the Agreement was executed, the following Trust Classes and Series are available under the Contracts:

 

Contracts Marketing Name

 

Trust Classes and Series

Protective Variable Annuity Elements Classic

 

Core sm  U.S. Equity Fund

Protective Variable Annuity Elements Classic

 

Capital Growth Fund

Protective Variable Annuity Elements Classic

 

Small Cap Value Fund

Protective Variable Annuity Elements Classic

 

CORE sm  Small Cap Equity Fund

Protective Variable Annuity Elements Classic

 

International Equity Fund

Protective Variable Annuity Elements Classic

 

Growth and Income Fund

 

[Form of Amendment to Schedule 3]

 

Effective as of         , this Schedule 3 is hereby amended to reflect the following changes in Trust Classes and Series:

 

Contracts Marketing Name

 

Trust Classes and Series

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company hereby amend this Schedule 3 in accordance with Article XI of the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

 

30



 

Schedule 4

 

Investment Restrictions
Applicable to the Trust

 

Effective as of the date the Agreement was executed, the following investment restrictions are applicable to the Trust:

 

[Form of Amendment to Schedule 4]

 

Effective as of         , this Schedule 4 is hereby amended to reflect the following changes:

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Distributor and the Company hereby amend this Schedule 4 in accordance with Article XI of the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

 

31


Exhibit 8.(f)

 

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

Among

 

VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUNDS

 

FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

 

And

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 1st day of May, 2008 by and among PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY, (hereinafter the “Company”), an Alabama corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be amended from time to time (each such account hereinafter referred to as the “Account”); and FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION (hereinafter the “Underwriter”), a Massachusetts corporation; and each of VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND, VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II, VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III and VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND IV, each an unincorporated business trust organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (each referred to hereinafter as the “Fund”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, each Fund engages in business as an open-end management investment company and is available to act as the investment vehicle for separate accounts established for variable life insurance policies and variable annuity contracts (collectively, the “Variable Insurance Products”) and qualified pension and retirement plans within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.817-5(f)(3)(iii) (“Qualified Plans”) to be offered by insurance companies which have entered into participation agreements with the Fund and the Underwriter (hereinafter “Participating Insurance Companies”); and

 

WHEREAS, the beneficial interest in each Fund is divided into several series of shares, each representing the interest in a particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets, any one or more of which may be made available under this Agreement, as may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto (each such series hereinafter referred to as a “Portfolio”); and

 

1



 

WHEREAS, each Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange (Commission, dated October 15, 1985 (File No. 812-6102) or September 17, 1986 (File No. 812-6422), granting Participating Insurance Companies and variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (hereinafter- the “1040 Act”) and Rules 6e-2(b) (15) and 6e-3(T) (b) (15) thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies (hereinafter the “Shared Funding Exemptive Order”); and

 

WHEREAS, each Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and its shares are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (hereinafter the “1933 Act”); and

 

WHEREAS, Fidelity Management & Research Company (the “Adviser”) is duly registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and any applicable state securities law; and

 

WHEREAS, the variable life insurance and/or variable annuity products identified on Schedule A hereto (“Contracts”) have been or will be registered by the Company under the 1933 Act, unless such Contracts are exempt from registration thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated asset account, established by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the aforesaid Contracts; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has registered or will register each Account as a unit investment trust under the 1940 Act, unless such Account is exempt from registration thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (hereinafter the “1934 Act”), and is a member in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (hereinafter “FINRA”); and

 

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares in the Portfolios on behalf of each Account to fund certain of the aforesaid Contracts and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to each Account at net asset value;

 

2



 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the Underwriter and each Fund agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE A. Form of Agreement

 

Although the parties have executed this Agreement in the form of a Master Participation Agreement for administrative convenience, this Agreement shall create a separate participation agreement for each Fund, as though the Company and the Underwriter had executed a separate, identical form of participation agreement with each Fund. No rights, responsibilities or liabilities of any Fund shall be attributed to any other Fund.

 

ARTICLE I Sale of Fund Shares

 

1.1. The Underwriter agrees to sell to the Company those shares of the Fund which each Account orders, executing such orders on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the order for the shares of the Fund. For purposes of this Section 1.1, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of such orders from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such order by 9:00 a.m. Boston time on the next following Business Day. Beginning within three months of the effective date of this Agreement, the Company agrees that all order for the purchase and redemption of Fund shares on behalf of the Accounts will be placed by the Company with the Funds or their transfer agent by electronic transmission. “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.2. The Fund agrees to make its shares available indefinitely for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and its Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Fund shall use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees of the Fund (hereinafter the “Board”) may refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board acting in good faith and in light of their fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

 

1.3. The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will he sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts and Qualified Plans. No shares of any Portfolio will he sold to the general public.

 

1.4. The Fund and the Underwriter will not sell Fund shares to any insurance company, separate account in Qualified Plan unless an agreement containing provisions substantially the sane as Articles 1, III, V, VII and Section 2.5 of Article II of this

 

3



 

Agreement is in effect to govern such sales.

 

1.5. The Fund agrees to redeem for cash, on the Company’s request, any full or fractional shares of the Fund held by the Company, executing such requests on a daily basis at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption. For purposes of this Section 1.5, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund for receipt of requests for redemption from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that the Fund receives notice of such request for redemption on the next following Business Day. This section shall not apply to VIP Fund shares or share classes that are subject to redemption fees. The Company shall not purchase or redeem VIP Fund shares that are subject to redemption fees, including shares of Portfolios or share classes that later become subject to redemption fees, in the absence of an additional written agreement signed by all parties.

 

1.6. The Company agrees that purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares offered by the then current prospectus of the Fund shall be made in accordance with the provisions of such prospectus.

 

1.7. The Company shall pay for Fund shares on the next Business Day after an order to purchase Fund shares is made in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.1 hereof. Payment shall be in federal funds transmitted by wire. For purpose of Section 2.10 and 2.11, upon receipt by the Fund of the federal funds so wired, such funds shall cease to be the responsibility of the Company and shall become the responsibility of the Fund.

 

1.8. Issuance and transfer of the Fund’s shares will be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account. Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

 

1.9. The Fund shall furnish same day notice (by wire or telephone, followed by written confirmation) to the Company of any income, dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the Fund’s shares. The Company hereby elects to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as are payable on the Portfolio shares in additional shares of that Portfolio. The Company reserves the right to revoke this election and to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions in cash. The Fund shall notify the Company of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

 

1.10. The Fund shall make the net asset value per share for each Portfolio available to the Company on a daily basis as soon as reasonably practical after the net asset value per share is calculated (normally by 6:30 p.m. Boston time) and shall use its best efforts to make such net asset value per share available by 7 p.m. Boston time.

 

1.11. The parties agree that the Contracts are not intended to serve as vehicles for frequent transfers among the Portfolios in response to short-term stock market fluctuations.

 

A.                                                       Accordingly, the Company represents and warrants that:

 

(a)           all purchase and redemption orders it provides under this Article I shall

 

4



 

result solely from Contract Owner transactions fully received and recorded by the Company before the time as of which each applicable VIP Portfolio net asset value was calculated (currently 4:00 p.m. e.s.t);

 

(b)          it will comply with its policies and procedures designed to prevent excessive trading as approved by the Fund, or will comply with the Fund’ s policies and procedures regarding excessive trading as set forth in the Fund’ s prospectus;

 

(c)           any annuity contract forms or variable life insurance policy forms not in use at the time of execution of this Agreement, but added to in the future via amendment of Schedule A hereto, will contain language reserving to the Company the right to refuse to accept instructions from persons that engage in market timing or other excessive or disruptive trading activity.

 

B.                                                         The Company agrees to provide the Fund, upon written request, the taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), if known, of any or all Contract Owner(s) of the account and the amount, date, name or other identifier of any investment professional(s) associated with the Contract Owner (s) or account (if known), and transaction type (purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange) of every Contract Owner Initiated Transfer Purchase and Contract Owner Initiated Transfer Redemption through an account maintained by the Company during the period covered by the request.

 

(a)           “Contract owner-Initiated Transfer Purchase” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Contract owner that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract to a Portfolio, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to contractual or systematic programs or enrollments such as transfers of assets within a Contract to a Portfolio as a result of “dollar cost averaging” programs, asset allocation programs and automatic rebalancing programs; (ii) pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iii) a step-up (or comparable benefit) in Contract value (or comparable benefit base) pursuant to a Contract death benefit or guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit; or (iv) allocation of assets to a Portfolio through a Contract as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, or retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments to the Contract.

 

(b)          “Contract owner-Initiated Transfer Redemption” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Contract owner that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract out of a Portfolio, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to contractual or systematic programs or enrollments such as transfers of assets within a Contract out of a Portfolio as a result of annuity payouts, loans, systematic withdrawal programs, asset allocation programs and automatic rebalancing programs: (ii) as a result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract; (iii) within a Contract out of a Portfolio as a result of scheduled withdrawals or surrenders from a Contract; or (iv) as a result of the payment of a death benefit from a Contract.

 

(c)           The Fund will request information pursuant to Section 1.11B. which sets forth a specific period for which Contract Owner Initiated Transfer Purchase and Contract Owner Initiated Transfer Redemption information is sought.. The Fund may request transaction information it deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by the

 

5



 

Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Fund which may include a request for information for each trading day.

 

(d)          The Company agrees to transmit the requested information that is on its books and records to the Fund or its designee promptly, but in any event not later than ten business days, after receipt of a request. If the requested information is not on the Company’s books and records, the Company agrees to: (i) provide or arrange to provide to the Fund the requested information from Contract Owners who hold an account with an indirect intermediary; or (ii) if directed by the Fund, block further purchases of Fund Shares from such indirect intermediary. In such instance, the Company agrees to inform the Fund whether it plans to perform (i) or (ii). Responses required by this paragraph must be communicated in writing and in a format mutually agreed upon by the parties. To the extent practicable, the format for any transaction information provided to the Fund should be consistent with the NSCC Standardized Data Reporting Format. For purposes of this provision, an “indirect intermediary” has the same meaning as in SEC Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

 

(e)           The Fund agrees not to use the information received for marketing or any other similar purpose without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

C.                                                        The Company agrees to execute written instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Shares by a Contract Owner that has been identified by the Fund as having engaged in transactions of the Fund’ s Shares (directly or indirectly through the Company’ s account) that violate policies established by the hind for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding Shares issued b’ the Fund.

 

(a)           Instructions from the Fund will include the TIN, if known, and the specific restriction(s) to be executed. If the TIN is not known, the instructions will include an equivalent identifying number of the Contract Owner(s) or account(s) or other agreed upon information to which the instruction relates.

 

(b)          The Company agrees to execute instructions as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than live business days alter receipt of the instructions by the Company.

 

(c)           The Company must provide written confirmation to the Fund that instructions have been executed. The Company agrees to provide confirmation as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than five business days after the instructions have been executed.

 

D.                                                        For purposes of this paragraph:

 

(a)           The term “Fund” includes the Fund’ s principal underwriter and transfer agent. The term not does include any “excepted funds” as defined in SEC Rule 22c-2(b) under the 1940 Act.

 

(b)          The term “Shares” means the interests of Shareholders corresponding to the redeemable securities of record issued by the Fund under the 1940 Act that are held by

 

6



 

the Company.

 

(c)           The term “Contract Owner” means the holder of interests in a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract issued by the Company.

 

(d)          The term “written” includes electronic writings and facsimile transmissions.

 

1.12

 

A.                                     Company agrees to comply with its obligations under applicable anti-money laundering (“AML”) laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to its obligations under the United States Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended (by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and other laws), and the rules, regulations and official guidance issued thereunder (collectively, the “BSA”).

 

B.                                       The Company agrees to undertake inquiry and due diligence regarding the customers to whom the Company offers and/or sells Portfolio shares or on whose behalf the Company purchases Portfolio shares and that the inquiry and due diligence is reasonably designed to determine that the Company is not prohibited from dealing with any such customer by (i) any sanction administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (collectively, the “Sanctions”); or (ii) any of the “Special Measures”, measures required by the Department of Treasury with regard to a foreign jurisdiction, institution, class of transactions or type of account that the Department determines is a “primary money laundering concern” as authorized by the BSA.”

 

C.                                       The Company hereby represents, covenants and warrants to the Fund and the Underwriter that:

 

(a)                              None of the Company’ s employees who are authorized in connection with their employment to transact business with the Fund or Underwriter in accounts in the Company’ s name, in any nominee name maintained for the Company, or for which the Company serves as financial institution of record are designated or targeted under any of the Sanctions or Special Measures and that no transactions placed in any such accounts by any of the Company’ s authorized employees will contravene any of the Sanctions or Special Measures;

 

(b)                             As the Sanctions or Special Measures are updated, the Company shall periodically review them to confirm that none of the Company’ s employees that are authorized to transact business with the Fund or Underwriter are designated or targeted under any of the Sanctions or Special Measures; and

 

(c)                              The Company, including any of the Company’s affiliates, does not maintain offices in any country or territory to which any of the Sanctions or Special Measures prohibit the export of services or other dealings.

 

D.                                   The Company agrees to notify the Fund and the Underwriter or the

 

7



 

Portfolios’ transfer agent promptly when and if it learns that the establishment or maintenance of any account holding, or transaction in or relationship with a holder of, Portfolio shares pursuant to this Agreement violates or appears to violate any of the Sanctions or Special Measures.

 

ARTICLE II. Representations and Warranties

 

2.1. The Company represents and warrants that the Contracts are or will be registered under the 1933 Act or are exempt from registration thereunder; that the Contracts will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Federal and State laws and that the sale of the Contracts shall comply in all material respects with state insurance suitability requirements. The Company further represents and warrants that it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law and that it has legally and validly established each Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated asset account under Section 27-38-1 of the Alabama Insurance Code and that each Account is either registered or exempt from registration as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Contracts.

 

2.2. The Fund represents and warrants that Fund shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of the Slate of Alabama and all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund shall amend the Registration Statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares. The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund or the Underwriter.

 

2.3. The Fund represents that it is currently qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) and that it will make every effort to maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision) and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

 

2.4. The Company represents that the Contracts are currently treated as endowment, life insurance or annuity insurance contracts, under applicable provisions of the Code and that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund and the Underwriter immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

 

2.5. (a) With respect to Initial Class shares, the Fund currently does not intend to make any payments to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act or otherwise, although it may make such payments in the future.  The Fund has adopted a “no fee” or “defensive” Rule 12b-1 Plan under which it makes no payments for distribution expenses. To the extent that it decides to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1, the Fund undertakes to have a board of trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund, formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance

 

8



 

distribution expenses.

 

(b) With respect to Service Class shares and Service Class 2 shares, the Fund has adopted Rule 12b-1 Plans under which it makes payments to finance distribution expenses. The Fund represents and warrants that it has a board of trustees, a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund, which has formulated and approved each of its Rule 12b-1 Plans to finance distribution expenses of the Fund and that any changes to the Fund’ s Rule 12b-1 Plans will be approved by a similarly constituted board of trustees .

 

2.6. The Fund makes no representation as to whether any aspect of its operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and investment policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states except that the Fund represents that the Fund’s investment policies, fees and expenses are and shall at all times remain in compliance with the laws of the State of Alabama and the Fund and the Underwriter represent that their respective operations are and shall at all times remain in material compliance with the laws of the State of Alabama to the extent required to perform this Agreement.

 

2.7. The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is a member in good standing of FINRA and is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC. The Underwriter further represents that it will sell and distribute the Fund shares in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and all applicable state and federal securities laws, including without limitation the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, and the 1940 Act.

 

2.8. The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.

 

2.9. The Underwriter represents and warrants that the Adviser is and shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Adviser shall perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and any applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

2.10. The Fund and Underwriter represent and warrant that all of their directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the minimal coverage as required currently by Rule 17g-(1) of the 1940 Act or related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time. The aforesaid Bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

 

2.11. The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for

 

9



 

the benefit of the Fund, and that said bond is issued by a reputable bonding company, includes coverage for larceny and embezzlement, and is in an amount not less than $5 million. The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund and the Underwriter in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

 

ARTICLE III. Prospectuses and Proxy Statements: Voting

 

3.1. The Underwriter shall provide the Company with as many printed copies of the Fund’s current prospectus and Statement of Additional Information as the Company may reasonably request. If requested by the Company in lieu thereof, the Fund shall provide camera-ready film containing the Fund’s prospectus and Statement of Additional Information, and such other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus and/or Statement of Additional Information for the Fund is amended during the year) to have the prospectus, private offering memorandum or other disclosure document (“Disclosure Document”) for the Contracts and the Fund’s prospectus printed together in one document, and to have the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund and the Statement of Additional Information for the Contracts printed together in one document. Alternatively, the Company may print the Fund’s prospectus and/or its Statement of Additional Information in combination with other fund companies’ prospectuses and statements of additional information. Except as provided in the following three sentences, all expenses of printing and distributing Fund prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information shall be the expense of the Company. For prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information provided by the Company to its existing owners of Contracts in order to update disclosure annually as required by the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act, the cost of printing shall be borne by the Fund. If the Company chooses to receive camera-ready film in lieu of receiving printed copies of the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund will reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the product of A and B where A is the number of such prospectuses distributed to owners of the Contracts, and B is the Fund’s per unit cost of typesetting and printing the Fund’s prospectus. The same procedures shall be followed with respect to the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the Fund’s expenses do not include the cost of printing any prospectuses or Statements of Additional Information other than those actually distributed to existing owners of the Contracts.

 

3.2. The Fund’s prospectus shall state that the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund is available from the Underwriter or the Company (or in the Fund’s discretion, the Prospectus shall state that such Statement is available from the Fund).

 

3.3. The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of its proxy statements, reports to shareholders, and other communications (except for prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information, which are covered in Section 3.1) to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to Contract owners.

 

3.4. If and to the extent required by law the Company shall:

(i)                       solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;

(ii)                    vote the Fund shares in accordance with instructions received from

 

10



 

Contract owners; and

(iii)               vote Fund shares for which no instructions have been received in a particular separate account in the same proportion as Fund shares of such portfolio for which instructions have been received in that separate account,

 

so long as and to the extent that the Securities and Exchange Commission continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners. The Company reserves the right to vote Fund shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent permitted by law. Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for assuring that each of their separate accounts participating in the Fund calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with the standards set forth on Schedule B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, which standards will also be provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.

 

3.5. The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide for annual meetings or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of that Act) as well as with Sections 16(a) and, if and when applicable, 16(b). Further, the Fund will act in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission’s interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of trustees and with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect thereto.

 

ARTICLE IV. Sales Material and Information

 

4.1. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Fund or its investment adviser or the Underwriter is named, at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Fund or its designee reasonably objects to such use within fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.

 

4.2. The Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund shares, as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee or the Underwriter, except with the permission of the Fund or the Underwriter or the designee of either.

 

4.3. The Fund, Underwriter, or its designee shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or its separate account(s), is named at least fifteen Business Days prior to its use. No such material shall be used if the Company or its

 

11



 

designee reasonably objects to such use within fifteen Business Days after receipt of such material.

 

4.4. The Fund and the Underwriter shall not give any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, each Account, or the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in a registration statement or Disclosure Document for the Contracts, as such registration statement or Disclosure Document may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in published reports for each Account which are in the public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the Company.

 

4.5. The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, Statements of Additional Information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares, contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities.

 

4.6. The Company will provide to the Fund at least one complete copy of all registration statements, Disclosure Documents, Statements of Additional Information, reports, solicitations for voting instructions, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to or affect the Fund, the Contracts or each Account, contemporaneously with the filing of such document with the SEC or other regulatory authorities or, if a Contract and its associated Account are exempt from registration, at the time such documents are first published.

 

4.7. For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase “sales literature or other promotional material” includes, but is not limited to, any of the following that refer to the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund: advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales literature (i.e., any written communication distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, and registration statements, Disclosure Documents, Statements of Additional Information, shareholder reports, and proxy materials.

 

ARTICLE V. Fees and Expenses

 

5.1. The Fund and Underwriter shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this agreement, except that if the Fund or any Portfolio adopts and implements a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses, then the Underwriter may make payments to the Company or to the underwriter for the Contracts if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in writing and such payments will be made out of existing fees otherwise payable to the Underwriter, past profits of the Underwriter or other resources available to the Underwriter. No such payments shall be made directly by the Fund.

 

12



 

5.2. All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement shall be paid by the Fund. The Fund shall see to it that all its shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable federal law and, if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale. The Fund shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares, preparation and filing of the Fund’s prospectus and registration statement, proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders (including the costs of printing a prospectus that constitutes an annual report), the preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law, and all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Fund’s shares.

 

5.3. The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Fund’s prospectus and reports to owners of Contracts issued by the Company. The Fund shall bear the costs of soliciting Fund proxies from Contract owners, including the costs of mailing proxy materials and tabulating proxy voting instructions, not to exceed the costs charged by any service provider engaged by the Fund for this purpose. The Fund and the Underwriter shall not be responsible for the costs of any proxy solicitations other than proxies sponsored by the Fund.

 

ARTICLE VI. Diversification

 

6.1. The Fund will at all times invest money from the Contracts in such a manner as to ensure that the Contracts will be treated as variable contracts under the Code and the regulations issued thereunder. Without limiting the scope of the foregoing, the Fund will at all times comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation I.817-5. relating to the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or Regulations. In the event of a breach of this Article VI by the Fund, it will take all reasonable steps (a) to notify Company of such breach and (b) to adequately diversify the Fund so as to achieve compliance within the grace period afforded by Regulation 1.817-5.

 

ARTICLE VII. Potential Conflicts

 

7.1. The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund. An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract and variable life insurance contract owners; or (f) a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners. The Board shall promptly inform the Company if it determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

 

7.2. The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is aware to the Board. The Company will assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities

 

13



 

under the Shared Funding Exceptive Order, by providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised. This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever contract owner voting instructions are disregarded.

 

7.3. If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its disinterested trustees, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company and other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested trustees), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (1), withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another Portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group (i.e., annuity contract owners, life insurance contract owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2), establishing a new registered management investment company or managed separate account.

 

7.4. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because or a decision by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Company may be required, at the Fund’s election, to withdraw the affected Accounts investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account; provided, however that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. Any such withdrawal and termination must take place within six (6) months after the Fund gives written notice that this provision is being implemented, and until the end of that six month period the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.

 

7.5. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because a particular state insurance regulator’s decision applicable to the Company conflicts with the majority of other state regulators, then the Company will withdraw the affected Account’s investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account within six months after the Board informs the Company in writing that it has determined that such decision has created an irreconcilable material conflict; provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board. Until the end of the foregoing six month period, the Underwriter and Fund shall continue to accept and implement orders by the Company for the purchase (and redemption) of shares of the Fund.

 

7.6. For purposes of Sections 7.3 through 7.6 of this Agreement, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts. The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable

 

14



 

material conflict. In the event that the Board determines that any proposed action does not adequately remedy any irreconcilable material conflict, then the Company will withdraw the Account’s investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement within six (6) months after the Board informs the Company in writing of the foregoing determination, provided, however, that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by any such material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board.

 

7.7. If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exceptive relief from any provision of the Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exceptive Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exceptive Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules (6e- 2 and 6e . 3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, and 7.5 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

 

ARTICLE VIII. Indemnification

 

8.1. Indemnification By The Company

 

8.1(a). The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and each trustee of the Board and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Section 8.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of, or investment in, the Fund’s shares or the Contracts and:

 

(i)                   arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the Disclosure Documents for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts or sales literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund for use in any Disclosure Document relating to the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

 

(ii)                arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than

 

15



 

statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not supplied by the Company, or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund Shares; or

 

(iii)             arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement, prospectus, or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(iv)                 arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(v) arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or  warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company,

 

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.1(b) and 8.1(c) hereof.

 

8.1(b). The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, had faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement or to the Fund, whichever is applicable.

 

8.1(c). The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action. The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Company to such party of the Company’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

8.1(d). The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify the Company of the

 

16



 

commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in connection with the issuance or sale of the Fund Shares or the Contracts in the operation of the Fund.

 

8.2. Indemnification by the Underwriter

 

8.2(a). The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Section 8.2) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of, or investment in, the Fund’s shares or the Contracts and:

 

(i)                          arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus or sales literature of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Underwriter or Fund by or on behalf of the Company for use in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund or in sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

 

(ii)                arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the Registration Statement, prospectus or sales literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Underwriter or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Fund, Adviser or Underwriter or persons under their control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

 

(iii)             arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Disclosure Document or sales literature covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund; or

 

(iv)           arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement (including failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or

 

17



 

otherwise, to comply with the diversification requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement); or

 

(v)              arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter;

 

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.2(b) and 8.2(c) hereof.

 

8.2(b). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, had faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to the Company or the Account, whichever is applicable.

 

8.2(c). The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

8.2(d). The Company agrees promptly to notify the Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its officers or directors in connection with the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the Operation of each Account,

 

8.3. Indemnification By the Fund

 

8.3(a). The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Section 8.3) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Fund) or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements result from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful

 

18



 

misconduct of the Board or any member thereof, are related to the operations of the Fund and:

 

(i)                   arise as a result of any failure by the Fund to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement (including a failure to comply with the diversification requirements specified in Article VI of this Agreement);or

 

(ii)                arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Fund in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Fund;

 

as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 8.3(b) and 8.3(c) hereof.

 

8.3(b). The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter or each Account, whichever is applicable.

 

8.3(c). The Fund shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Fund in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Fund of any such claim shall not relieve the Fund from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Fund will he entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. The Fund also shall he entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Fund to such party of the Fund’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Fund will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

8.3(d). The Company and the Underwriter agree promptly to notify the Fund of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against it or any of its respective officers or directors in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts, with respect to the operation of either the Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Fund.

 

ARTICLE IX. Applicable Law

 

9.1. This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

19



 

9.2. This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 1940 acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the Securities and Exchange Commission may grant (including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

 

ARTICLE X. Termination

 

10.1. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first to occur of:

 

(a)                         termination by any party for any reason by sixty (60) days advance written notice delivered to the other parties; or

 

(b)                        termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio based upon the Company’s determination that shares of such Portfolio are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Contracts; or

 

(c)                         termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event any of the Portfolio’s shares are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with applicable state and/or federal law or such law precludes the use of such shares as the underlying investment media of the Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company; or

 

(d)                      termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code or under any successor or similar provision, or if the Company reasonably believes that the Fund may fail to so qualify; or

 

(e)                       termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio fails to meet the diversification requirements specified in Article VI hereof; or

 

(f)                         termination by either the Fund or the Underwriter by written notice to the Company, if either one or both of the Fund or the Underwriter respectively, shall determine, in their sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Company and/or its affiliated companies has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity; or

 

(g)                         termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund and the Underwriter, if the Company shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that either the Fund or the Underwriter has suffered a material

 

20



 

adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity; or

 

10.2. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the Fund and the Underwriter shall at the option of the Company, continue to make available additional shares of the Fund pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination of this Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “Existing Contracts”). Specifically, without limitation, the owners of the Existing Contracts shall be permitted to reallocate investments in the Fund, redeem investments in the Fund and/or invest in the Fund upon the making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts. The parties agree that this Section 10.2 shall not apply to any terminations under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.

 

I0.3. The provisions of Articles II (Representations and Warranties), VII (Indemnification), IX (Applicable Law) and XII (Miscellaneous) shall survive termination of this Agreement. In addition, all other applicable provisions of this Agreement shall survive termination as long as shares of the Fund are held on behalf of Contract owners in accordance with section 10.2, except that the Fund and Underwriter shall have no further obligation to make Fund shares available in Contracts issued alter termination.

 

10.4. The Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to the Contracts (as opposed to Fund shares attributable to the Company’s assets held in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract Owner initiated or approved transactions, or (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general application (hereinafter referred to as a “Legally Required Redemption”) or (iii) as permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(b) of the 1940 Act. Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund and the Underwriter the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Fund and the Underwriter) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption. Furthermore, except in cases where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company shall not prevent Contract Owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the Fund or the Underwriter 90 days notice of its intention to do so.

 

ARTICLE XI. Notices

 

Any notice shall he sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

 

If to the Fund:

82 Devonshire Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Treasurer

 

If to the Company:

Financial Operations Principal

Investment Distributors, Inc. 2801

 

21



 

Highway 280 South Birmingham,

AL 35223

 

With Copies to:

 

Senior Associate Counsel — Variable Annuities

Protective Life Corporation

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

If to the Underwriter:

82 1Devonshire Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Treasurer

 

ARTICLE XII. Miscellaneous

 

12.1 All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund as neither the Board, officers, agents or shareholders assume any personal liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.

 

12.2 Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential the names and addresses of the owners of the Contracts and all information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by any other party hereto and, except as permitted by this Agreement, shall not disclose, disseminate or utilize such names and addresses and other confidential information until such time as it may come into the public domain without the express written consent of the affected party.

 

12.3 The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

12.4 This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.5 If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

12.6 Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, FINRA and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, each party hereto further agrees to furnish the California Insurance Commissioner with any information or reports in connection with services provided under this Agreement which such Commissioner may request in order to ascertain whether the insurance operations of the Company are being conducted in a manner consistent with the California Insurance

 

22



 

Regulations and any other applicable law or regulations.

 

12.7 The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the pasties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

 

12.8. This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties hereto; provided, however, that the Underwriter may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any affiliate of or company under common control with the Underwriter, if such assignee is duly licensed and registered to perform the obligations of the Underwriter under this Agreement. “The Company shall promptly notify the Fund and the Underwriter of any change in control of the Company.

 

12.9. The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee copies of the following reports:

 

(a)                                   the Company’s annual statement (prepared under statutory accounting principles) and annual report (prepared under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), if any), as soon as practical and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year;

 

(b)                                  the Company’s quarterly statements (statutory) (and GAAP, if any), as soon as practical and in any event within 45 days after the end of each quarterly period:

 

(c)                                   any financial statement, proxy statement, notice or report of the Company sent to stockholders and/or policyholders, as soon as practical after the delivery thereof to stockholders;

 

(d)                                  any registration statement (without exhibits) and financial reports of the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state insurance regulator, as soon as practical after the filing thereof;

 

(e)                                   any other report submitted to the Company by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Company, as soon as practical after the receipt thereof.

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative.

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carolyn M. Johnson

 

 

 

Name:

Carolyn M. Johnson

 

 

 

Its:

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND,
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND II
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III, and
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND IV

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kirilherly Mona sterio

 

Name:

Kirilherly Mona sterio

 

Their:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bill Loehning

 

Name:

Bill Loehning

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

Date:

5/1/08

 

24



 

Schedule A

 

Separate Accounts and Associated Contracts

 

Name of Separate Account and
Date Established by Board of Directors

 

Policy Form Numbers of Contracts
Funded by Separate Account

 

 

 

Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life

 

AF-2121 (Protective Rewards II NY)

Date:  12/05/97

 

AF-2122-R2

 



 

SCHEDULE B
PROXY VOTING PROCEDURE

 

The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the handling of proxies relating to the Fund by the Underwriter, the Fund and the Company. The defined terms herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Participation Agreement except that the term “Company” shall also include the department or third party assigned by the Insurance Company to perform the steps delineated below.

 

1.                            The number of proxy proposals is given to the Company by the Underwriter as early as possible before the date set by the Fund fur the shareholder meeting to facilitate the establishment of tabulation procedures. At this time the Underwriter will inform the Company of the Record, Mailing and Meeting dates. This will be done verbally approximately two months before meeting.

 

2.                              Promptly after the Record Date, the Company will perform a “tape run”, or other activity, which will generate the names, addresses and number of units which are attributed to each contractowner/policyholder (the “Customer”) as of the Record Date. Allowance should be made for account adjustments made after this date that could affect the status of the Customers’ accounts as of the Record Date.

 

Note: The number of proxy statements is determined by the activities described in Step #2. The Company will use its best efforts to call in the number of Customers to Fidelity, as soon as possible, but no later than two weeks after the Record Date.

 

3.                              The Fund’s Annual Report no longer needs to be sent to each Customer by the Company either before or together with the Customers’ receipt of a proxy statement. Underwriter will provide the last Annual Report to the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 3.3 of the Agreement to which this Schedule relates.

 

4.                              The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards (“Cards” or “Card”) is provided to the Company by the Fund. The Company, at its expense, shall produce and personalize the Voting Instruction Cards. The Legal Department of the Underwriter or its affiliate (“Fidelity Legal”) must approve the Card before it is printed. Allow approximately 2-4 business days for printing information on the Cards. Information commonly found on the Cards includes:

 

a.                         name (legal name as found on account registration)

b.                        address

c.                         Fund or account number

d.                        coding to state number of units

e.                         individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of votes
(already on Cards as printed by the Fund)

 

(This and related steps may occur later in the chronological process due to possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)

 

26



 

5.                              During this time. Fidelity Legal will develop, produce, and the Fund will pay for the Notice of Proxy and the Proxy Statement (one document). Printed and folded notices and statements will be sent to Company for insertion into envelopes (envelopes and return envelopes are provided and paid for by the Insurance Company). Contents of envelope sent to Customers by Company will include:

 

a.                                        Voting Instruction Card(s)

b.                                       One proxy notice and statement (one document)

c.                                        return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the Company or its tabulation agent

d.                                       “urge buckslip” - optional, but recommended. (This is a small, single sheet of paper that requests Customers to vote as quickly as possible and that their vote is important. One copy will be supplied by the Fund.)

e.                                        cover letter - optional, supplied by Company and reviewed and approved in advance by Fidelity Legal.

 

6.                            The above contents should be received by the Company approximately 3-5 business days before mail date. Individual in charge at Company reviews and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure correctness and completeness. Copy of this approval sent to Fidelity Legal.

 

7.                              Package mailed by the Company.

·                         The Fund must allow at least a 15-day solicitation time to the Company as the shareowner. (A 5-week period is recommended.) Solicitation time is calculated as calendar days from (but not including) the meeting, counting backwards.

 

Collection and tabulation of Cards begins. Tabulation usually takes place in another department or another vendor depending on process used. An often used procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal into vote categories of all yes, no, or mixed replies, and to begin data entry.

 

Note: Postmarks are not generally needed. A need for postmark information would be due to an insurance company’s internal procedure and has not been required by Fidelity in the past.

 

9.                            Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration which was printed on the Card.

 

Note: For Example, If the account registration is under “Bertram C. Jones, Trustee,” then that is the exact legal name to be printed on the Card and is the signature needed on the Card.

 

27



 

10.                      If Cards are mutilated, or for any reason are illegible or are not signed properly, they are sent back to Customer with an explanatory letter, a new Card and return envelope. The mutilated or illegible Card is disregarded and considered to be not received for purposes of vote tabulation. Any Cards that have “kicked out” (e.g. mutilated, illegible) of the procedure are “hand verified,” i.e., examined as to why they did not complete the system. Any questions on those Cards are usually remedied individually.

 

11.                      There are various control procedures used to ensure proper tabulation of votes and accuracy of that tabulation. The most prevalent is to sort the Cards as they first arrive into categories depending upon their vote; an estimate of how the vote is progressing may then be calculated. If the initial estimates and the actual vote do not coincide, then an internal audit of that vote should occur. This may entail a recount.

 

12.                      The actual tabulation of votes is done in units which is then converted to shares. (It is very important that the Fund receives the tabulations stated in terms of a percentage and the number of shares.) Fidelity Legal must review and approve tabulation format.

 

13.                        Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to Fidelity Legal on the morning of the meeting not later than 10:00 a.m. Boston time. Fidelity Legal may request an earlier deadline if required to calculate the vote in time for the meeting.

 

14.                        A Certification of Mailing and Authorization to Vote Shares will be required from the Company as well as an original copy of the final vote. Fidelity Legal will provide a standard form for each Certification.

 

15.                      The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from the Customers. In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes, Fidelity Legal will be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

 

16.                      All approvals and “signing-off” may be done orally, but must always be followed up in writing.

 

28



 

SUB-LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

Agreement effective as of this day of May, 2008, by and between Fidelity Distributors Corporation (hereinafter called “Fidelity”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with a principal place of business at 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts, and PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY (hereinafter called “Company”), a company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Alabama, with a principal place of business at 2801 Highway 280 South, Birmingham , Alabama 35223.

 

WHEREAS, FMR Corp., a Massachusetts corporation, the parent company of Fidelity, is the owner of the trademark and the tradename “FIDELITY INVESTMENTS” and is the owner of a trademark in a pyramid design (hereinafter, collectively the “Fidelity Trademarks”), a copy of each of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A”; and

 

WHEREAS, FMR Corp. has granted a license to Fidelity (the “Master License Agreement”) to sub-license the Fidelity Trademarks to third parties for their use in connection with Promotional Materials as hereinafter defined; and

 

WHEREAS, Company is desirous of using the Fidelity Trademarks in connection with distribution of “sales literature and other promotional material” with information, including the Fidelity Trademarks, printed in said material (such material hereinafter called the Promotional Material). For the purpose of this Agreement, “sales literature and other promotional material” shall have the same meaning as in the certain Participation Agreement dated as of the 1st day of May, 2008, among Fidelity, Company and the Variable Insurance Products Funds (hereinafter “Participation Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Fidelity is desirous of having the Fidelity Trademarks used in connection with the Promotional Material.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy whereof is hereby acknowledged, and of the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Fidelity hereby grants to Company a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the Fidelity Trademarks in connection with the promotional distribution of the Promotional Material and Company accepts said license, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

29



 

2.  Company acknowledges that FMR Corp. is the owner of all right, title and interest in the Fidelity Trademarks and agrees that it will do nothing inconsistent with the ownership of the Fidelity Trademarks by FMR Corp., and that it will not, now or hereinafter, contest any registration or application for registration of the Fidelity Trademarks by FMR Corp., nor will it, now or hereafter, aid anyone in contesting any registration or application for registration of the Fidelity Trademarks by FMR Corp.

 

3.  Company agree, to use the Fidelity Trademarks only in the form and manner approved by Fidelity and not to use any other trademark, service mark or registered trademark in combination with any of the Fidelity Trademarks without approval by Fidelity.

 

4.  Company agrees that it will place all necessary and proper notices and legends in order to protect the interests of FMR Corp. and Fidelity therein pertaining to the Fidelity Trademarks on the Promotional Material including, but not limited to, symbols indicating trademarks, service marks and registered trademarks. Company will place such symbols and legends on the Promotional Material as requested by Fidelity or FMR Corp. upon receipt of notice of same from Fidelity or FMR Corp.

 

5.  Company agrees that the nature and quality of all of the Promotional Material distributed by Company hearing the Fidelity Trademarks shall conform to standards set by, and be under the control of, Fidelity.

 

6.  Company agrees to cooperate with Fidelity in facilitating Fidelity’s control of the use of the Fidelity Trademarks and of the quality of the Promotional Material to permit reasonable inspection of samples of same by Fidelity and to supply Fidelity with reasonable quantities of samples of the Promotional Material upon request.

 

7.  Company shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations and obtain any and all licenses or other necessary permits pertaining to the distribution of said Promotional Material.

 

8.  Company agrees to notify Fidelity of any unauthorized use of the Fidelity Trademarks by others promptly as it comes to the attention of Company. Fidelity or FMR Corp. shall have the sole right and discretion to commence actions or other proceedings for infringement, unfair competition or the like involving the Fidelity Trademarks and Company shall cooperate in any such proceedings if so requested by Fidelity or FMR Corp.

 

9. This agreement shall continue in force until terminated by Fidelity. This agreement shall automatically terminate upon termination of the Master License Agreement. In addition, Fidelity shall have the right to terminate this agreement at any time upon notice to Company, with or without cause. Upon any such termination, Company agrees to cease immediately all use of the

 

30



 

Fidelity Trademarks and shall destroy, at Company’s expense, any and all materials in its possession bearing the Fidelity Trademarks, and agrees that all rights in the Fidelity Trademarks and in the goodwill connected therewith shall remain the property of FMR Corp. Unless so terminated by Fidelity, or extended by written agreement of the parties, this agreement shall expire on the termination of that certain Participation Agreement.

 

10.          Company shall indemnify Fidelity and FMR Corp. and hold each of them harmless from and against any loss, damage, liability, cost or expense of any nature whatsoever, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and all court costs, arising out of use of the Fidelity Trademarks by Company.

 

11.          In consideration for the promotion and advertising of Fidelity as a result of the Distribution by Company of the Promotional Material. Company shall not pay any monies as a royalty to Fidelity for this license.

 

12.          This agreement is not intended in any manner to modify the terms and conditions of the Participation Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions herein and thereof, the terms and conditions of the Participation Agreement shall control.

 

13.          This agreement shall be interpreted according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereunto set their hands and seals, and hereby execute this agreement. as of the date first above written.

 

 

FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bill Loehning

 

 

 

Name:

Bill Loehning

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

Date:

5/1/08

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carolyn M. Johnson

 

Name:

Carolyn M. Johnson

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

31



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Int. CI.: 36

 

Prior U.S. Cls.: 101 and 102

 

 

Reg. No. 1.481,040

 

United States Patent and Trademark Office Registered Mar. 15, 1988

 

SERVICE MARK

PRINCIPAL REGISTER

 

Fidelity

Investments

 

FMR CORP. (MASSACHUSETTS CORPORATION)

 

FIRST USE 2-22-1984; IN COMMERCE 222-1984.

82 DEVONSHIRE STREET

 

 

BOSTON, MA 02109. ASSIGNEE OF FIDELITY DISTRIBUTORS CORPORATION (MASSACHUSETTS CORPORATION) BOSTON, MA 02109

 

NO CLAIM IS MADE TO THE EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO USE “INVESTMENTS”, APART FROM THE MARK AS SHOWN.

 

 

 

FOR: MUTUAL FUND AND STOCK BROKERAGE SERVICES, IN CLASS 36 (U.S. CLS. 101 AND 102)

 

SER. NO. 641,707, FILED 1-28-1987

 

 

RUSS HERMAN, EXAMINING ATTORNEY

 

32


Exhibit 8.(g)

 

Participation Agreement

as of May 1, 2008

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc.

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

Investment Distributors, Inc.

 

CONTENTS

 

Section

 

Subject Matter

 

 

 

1.

 

Parties and Purpose

2.

 

Representations and Warranties

3.

 

Purchase and Redemption of Trust Portfolio Shares

4.

 

Fees, Expenses, Prospectuses, Proxy Materials and Reports

5.

 

Voting

6.

 

Sales Material, Information and Trademarks

7.

 

Indemnification

8.

 

Notices

9.

 

Termination

10.

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

 

Schedules to this Agreement

 

 

 

A.

 

The Company and its Distributor

B.

 

Accounts of the Company

C.

 

Available Portfolios and Classes of Shares of the Trust

D.

 

Contracts of the Company

E.

 

[this schedule is not used]

F.

 

Rule 12b-l Plans of the Trust

G.

 

Addresses for Notices

H.

 

Shared Funding Order

 

1.                                       Parties and Purpose

 

This agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered by and between certain portfolios and classes thereof, specified below and in Schedule C, of Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, an open-end management investment company organized as a statutory trust under Delaware law (the “Trust”), Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., a California corporation which is the principal underwriter for the Trust (the “Underwriter,” and together with the Trust, “we” or “us”), the insurance company identified on Schedule A (together “you”) and your distributor, on your own behalf and on behalf of each segregated asset

 



 

account maintained by you that is listed on Schedule B, as that schedule may be amended from time to time (“Account” or “Accounts”).

 

The purpose of this Agreement is to entitle you, on behalf of the Accounts, to purchase the shares, and classes of shares, of portfolios of the Trust (“Portfolios”) that are identified on Schedule C, consistent with the terms of the prospectuses of the Portfolios, solely for the purpose of funding benefits of your variable life insurance policies or variable annuity contracts (“Contracts”) that are identified on Schedule D. This Agreement does not authorize any other purchases or redemptions of shares of the Trust.

 

2.                                       Representations and Warranties

 

2.1                                Representations and Warranties by You

 

You represent and warrant that:

 

2.1.1         You are an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under the laws of your state of incorporation.

 

2.1.2        All of your directors, officers, employees, and other individuals or entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Trust are and shall be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Trust, in an amount not less than $5 million. Such bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company. You agree to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing such provisions is always in effect, and you agree to notify us in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

 

2.1.3        Each Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated asset account under applicable insurance law and interests in each Account are offered exclusively through the purchase of or transfer into a “variable contract” within the meaning of such terms under Section 817 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”) and the regulations thereunder. You will use your best efforts to continue to meet such definitional requirements, and will notify us immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that such requirements have ceased to be met or that they might not be met in the future.

 

2.1.4        Each Account either: (i) has been registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Contracts, will be registered as a unit investment trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”); or (ii) has not been so registered in proper reliance upon an exemption from registration under Section 3(c) of the 1940 Act; if the Account is exempt from registration as an investment company under Section 3(c) of the 1940 Act, you will use your best efforts to maintain such exemption and will notify us immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that such exemption no longer applies or might not apply in the future.

 

2.1.5        The Contracts or interests in the Accounts: (i) are or, prior to any issuance or sale will be, registered as securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”); or (ii) are not registered because they are properly exempt from registration

 

2



 

under Section 3(a)(2) of the 1933 Act or will be offered exclusively in transactions that are properly exempt from registration under Section 4(2) or Regulation D of the 1933 Act, in which case you will make every effort to maintain such exemption and will notify us immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that such exemption no longer applies or might not apply in the future.

 

2.1.6                        The Contracts: (i) will be sold by broker-dealers, or their registered representatives, who are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and who are members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”); (ii) will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws; and (iii) will be sold in compliance in all material respects with state insurance suitability requirements and FINRA suitability guidelines. Without limiting the foregoing, you agree that in your agreements with broker-dealers governing sales of Contracts, you require that the broker-dealers, in recommending to a Contract owner the purchase, sale or exchange of any subaccount units under the Contracts, shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the recommendation is suitable for such Contract owner.

 

2.1.7                        The Contracts currently are and will be treated as annuity contracts or life insurance contracts under applicable provisions of the Code and you will use your best efforts to maintain such treatment; you will notify us immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that any of the Contracts have ceased to be so treated or that they might not be so treated in the future.

 

2.1.8                        The fees and charges deducted under each Contract, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by you.

 

2.1.9                        You will use shares of the Trust only for the purpose of funding benefits of the Contracts through the Accounts.

 

2.1.10                  Contracts will not be sold outside of the United States.

 

2.1.11                  With respect to any Accounts which are exempt from registration under the 1940 Act in reliance on Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) thereof:

 

2.1.11.1                   the principal underwriter for each such Account and any subaccounts thereof is a registered broker-dealer with the SEC under the 1934 Act;

 

2.1.11.2                   the shares of the Portfolios of the Trust are and will continue to be the only investment securities held by the corresponding subaccounts; and

 

2.1.11.3                   with regard to each Portfolio, you, on behalf of the corresponding subaccount, will:

 

3



 

(a)             vote such shares held by it in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such shares; and

 

(b)            refrain from substituting shares of another security for such shares unless the SEC has approved such substitution in the manner provided in Section 26 of the 1940 Act.

 

2.2             Representations and Warranties by the Trust

 

The Trust represents and warrants that:

 

2.2.1        It is duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

2.2.2        All of its directors, officers, employees and others dealing with the money and/or securities of a Portfolio are and shall be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Trust in an amount not less than the minimum coverage required by Rule 17g-l or other regulations under the 1940 Act. Such bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and be issued by a reputable bonding company.

 

2.2.3        It is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

2.2.4        Each class of shares of the Portfolios of the Trust is registered under the 1933 Act.

 

2.2.5        It will amend its registration statement under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares.

 

2.2.6        It will comply, in all material respects, with the 1933 and 1940 Acts and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

2.2.7        It is currently qualified as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code, it will make every effort to maintain such qualification, and will notify you immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify or that it might not so qualify in the future.

 

2.2.8        The Trust will use its best efforts to comply with the diversification requirements for variable annuity, endowment or life insurance contracts set forth in Section 817(h) of the Code, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including without limitation Treasury Regulation 1.817-5. Upon having a reasonable basis for believing any Portfolio has ceased to comply and will not be able to comply within the grace period afforded by Regulation 1.817-5, the Trust will notify you immediately and will take all reasonable steps to adequately diversify the Portfolio to achieve compliance.

 

4



 

2.2.9        It currently intends for one or more classes of shares (each, a “Class”) to make payments to finance its distribution expenses, including service fees, pursuant to a plan (“Plan”) adopted under rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 12b-l”), although it may determine to discontinue such practice in the future. To the extent that any Class of the Trust finances its distribution expenses pursuant to a Plan adopted under rule 12b-1, the Trust undertakes to comply with any then current SEC interpretations concerning rule 12b-l or any successor provisions.

 

2.3                                Representations and Warranties by the Underwriter

 

The Underwriter represents and warrants that:

 

2.3.1        It is registered as a broker dealer with the SEC under the 1934 Act, and is a member in good standing of FINRA.

 

2.3.2        Each investment adviser (each, an “Adviser”) of a Portfolio, as indicated in the current prospectus of the Portfolio, is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended or exempt from such registration.

 

2.4                                Warranty and Agreement by Both You and Us

 

We received an order from the SEC dated November 16, 1993 (file no. 812-8546), which was amended by a notice and an order we received on September 17, 1999 and October 13, 1999, respectively (file no. 812-11698) (collectively, the “Shared Funding Order,” attached to this Agreement as Schedule H). The Shared Funding Order grants exemptions from certain provisions of the 1940 Act and the regulations thereunder to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Trust to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies and qualified pension and retirement plans outside the separate account context.

 

2.4.1        You and we both warrant and agree that both you and we will comply with the “Applicants’ Conditions” prescribed in the Shared Funding Order as though such conditions were set forth verbatim in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the provisions regarding potential conflicts of interest between the separate accounts which invest in the Trust and regarding contract owner voting privileges. In order for the Trust’s Board of Trustees to perform its duty to monitor for conflicts of interest, you agree to inform us of the occurrence of any of the events specified in condition 2 of the Shared Funding Order to the extent that such event may or does result in a material conflict of interest as defined in that order.

 

2.4.2        As covered financial institutions we, only with respect to Portfolio shareholders, and you each undertake and agree to comply, and to take full responsibility in complying with any and all applicable laws, regulations, protocols and other requirements relating to money laundering including, without limitation, the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001 (Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act).

 

5



 

3.                                       Purchase and Redemption of Trust Portfolio Shares

 

3.1                                 Availability of Trust Portfolio Shares

 

3.1.1        We will make shares of the Portfolios available to the Accounts for the benefit of the Contracts. The shares will be available for purchase by the Accounts at the net asset value per share next computed after we (or our agent, or you as our designee) receive a purchase order, as established in accordance with the provisions of the then current prospectus of the Trust. All orders are subject to acceptance by us and by the Portfolio or its transfer agent, and become effective only upon confirmation by us. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust’s Board of Trustees (“Trustees”) may refuse to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or may suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or if, in the sole discretion of the Trustees, they deem such action to be in the best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

 

3.1.2        Without limiting the other provisions of this Section 3.1, among other delegations by the Trustees, the Trustees have determined that there is a significant risk that the Trust and its shareholders may be adversely affected by investors with short term trading activity and/or whose purchase and redemption activity follows a market timing pattern as defined in the prospectus for the Trust, and have authorized the Trust, the Underwriter and the Trust’s transfer agent to adopt procedures and take other action (including, without limitation, rejecting specific purchase orders in whole or in part) as they deem necessary to reduce, discourage, restrict or eliminate such trading and/or market timing activity. You agree that your purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares are subject to, and that you will assist us in implementing, the Market Timing Trading Policy and Additional Policies (as described in the Trust’s prospectus) and the Trust’s restrictions on excessive and/or short term trading activity and/or purchase and redemption activity that follows a market timing pattern.

 

3.1.3        We agree that shares of the Trust will be sold only to: (i) life insurance companies which have entered into fund participation agreements with the Trust (“Participating Insurance Companies”) and their separate accounts or to qualified pension and retirement plans in accordance with the terms of the Shared Funding Order; and (ii) investment companies in the form of funds of funds. No shares of any Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

 

3.2                                 Manual or Automated Portfolio Share Transactions

 

3.2.1       Section 3.3 of this Agreement shall govern and Section 3.4 shall not be operative, unless we receive from you at the address provided in the next sentence, written notice that you wish to communicate, process and settle purchase and redemptions for shares (collectively, “share transactions”) via the Fund/SERV and Networking systems of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”). The address for you to send such written notice shall be: Retirement Services, Franklin Templeton Investments, 910 Park Place, 1 st  Floor, San Mateo, California 94403-1906. After giving ten (10) days’ advance written notice

 

6



 

at the address provided in the previous sentence of your desire to use NSCC processing, Section 3.4 of this Agreement shall govern and Section 3.3 shall not be operative.

 

3.2.2        At any time when, pursuant to the preceding paragraph, Section 3.4 of this Agreement governs, any party to this Agreement may send written notice to the other parties that it chooses to end the use of the NSCC Fund/SERV and Networking systems and return to manual handling of share transactions. Such written notice shall be sent: (i) if from you to us, to the address provided in the preceding paragraph; (ii) if from us to you, to your address in Schedule G of this Agreement. After giving ten (10) days’ advance written notice at the address as provided in the previous sentence, Section 3.3 of this Agreement shall govern and Section 3.4 shall not be operative.

 

3.3                               Manual Purchase and Redemption

 

3.3.1        You are hereby appointed as our designee for the sole purpose of receiving from Contract owners purchase and exchange orders and requests for redemption resulting from investment in and payments under the Contracts that pertain to subaccounts that invest in Portfolios (“Instructions”). “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Trust calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC and its current prospectus. “Close of Trading” shall mean the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange, generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. You represent and warrant that all Instructions transmitted to us for processing on or as of a given Business Day (“Day 1”) shall have been received in proper form and time stamped by you prior to the Close of Trading on Day 1. Such Instructions shall receive the share price next calculated following the Close of Trading on Day 1, provided that we receive such Instructions from you before 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time on the next Business Day (“Day 2”). You represent and warrant that Instructions received in proper form and time stamped by you after the Close of Trading on Day 1 shall be treated by you and transmitted to us as if received on Day 2. Such Instructions shall receive the share price next calculated following the Close of Trading on Day 2. You represent and warrant that you have, maintain and periodically test, procedures and systems in place reasonably designed to prevent Instructions received after the Close of Trading on Day 1 from being executed with Instructions received before the Close of Trading on Day 1. All Instructions we receive from you after 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time on Day 2 shall be processed by us on the following Business Day and shall receive the share price next calculated following the Close of Trading on Day 2.

 

3.3.2        We shall calculate the net asset value per share of each Portfolio on each Business Day, and shall communicate these net asset values to you or your designated agent on a daily basis as soon as reasonably practical after the calculation is completed (normally by 6:30 p.m. Eastern Time).

 

3.3.3        You shall submit payment for the purchase of shares of a Portfolio on behalf of an Account in federal funds transmitted by wire to the Trust or to its designated custodian, which must receive such wires no later than the close of the Reserve Bank, which is 6:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on the Business Day following the Business Day as of which such purchase orders are made.

 

7



 

3.3.4        We will redeem any full or fractional shares of any Portfolio, when requested by you on behalf of an Account, at the net asset value next computed after receipt by us (or our agent or you as our designee) of the request for redemption, as established in accordance with the provisions of the then current prospectus of the Trust. We shall make payment for such shares in the manner we establish from time to time, but in no event shall payment be delayed for a greater period than is permitted by the 1940 Act.

 

3.3.5        Issuance and transfer of the Portfolio shares will be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to you or the Accounts. Portfolio shares purchased from the Trust will be recorded in the appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

 

3.3.6        We shall furnish, on or before the ex-dividend date, notice to you of any income dividends or capital gain distributions payable on the shares of any Portfolio. You hereby elect to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as are payable on shares of a Portfolio in additional shares of that Portfolio, and you reserve the right to change this election in the future. We will notify you of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

 

3.3.7        Each party to this Agreement agrees that, in the event of a material error resulting from incorrect information or confirmations, the parties will seek to comply in all material respects with the provisions of applicable federal securities laws.

 

3.4                               Automated Purchase and Redemption

 

3.4.1        “Fund/SERV” shall mean NSCC’s Mutual Fund Settlement, Entry and Registration Verification System, a system for automated, centralized processing of mutual fund purchase and redemption orders, settlement, and account registration; “Networking” shall mean NSCC’s system that allows mutual funds and life insurance companies to exchange account level information electronically; and “Settling Bank” shall mean the entity appointed by the Trust or you, as applicable, to perform such settlement services on behalf of the Trust and you, as applicable, which entity agrees to abide by NSCC’s then current rules and procedures insofar as they relate to same day funds settlement. In all cases, processing and settlement of share transactions shall be done in a manner consistent with applicable law.

 

3.4.2        You are hereby appointed as our designee for the sole purpose of receiving from Contract owners purchase and exchange orders and requests for redemption resulting from investment in and payments under the Contracts that pertain to subaccounts that invest in Portfolios (“Instructions”). “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading and on which the Trust calculates its net asset value pursuant to the rules of the SEC and its current prospectus. “Close of Trading” shall mean the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange, generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. Upon receipt of Instructions, and upon your determination that there are good funds with respect to Instructions involving the purchase of shares, you will calculate the net purchase or redemption order for each Portfolio.

 

8



 

3.4.3        On each Business Day, you shall aggregate all purchase and redemption orders for shares of a Portfolio that you received prior to the Close of Trading. You represent and warrant that all orders for net purchases or net redemptions derived from Instructions received by you and transmitted to Fund/SERV for processing on or as of a given Business Day (“Day 1”) shall have been received in proper form and time stamped by you prior to the Close of Trading on Day 1. Such orders shall receive the share price next calculated following the Close of Trading on Day 1, provided that we receive Instructions from Fund/SERV by 6:30 a.m. Eastern Time on the next Business Day (“Day 2”). You represent and warrant that orders received in good order and time stamped by you after the Close of Trading on Day 1 shall be treated by you and transmitted to Fund/SERV as if received on Day 2. Such orders shall receive the share price next calculated following the Close of Trading on Day 2. All Instructions we receive from Fund/SERV after 6:30 a.m. Eastern Time on Day 2 shall be processed by us on the following Business Day and shall receive the share price next calculated following the close of trading on Day 2. You represent and warrant that you have, maintain and periodically test, procedures and systems in place reasonably designed to prevent orders received after the Close of Trading on Day 1 from being executed with orders received before the Close of Trading on Day 1, and periodically monitor the systems to determine their effectiveness. Subject to your compliance with the foregoing, you will be considered the designee of the Underwriter and the Portfolios, and the Business Day on which Instructions are received by you in proper form prior to the Close of Trading will be the date as of which shares of the Portfolios are deemed purchased, exchanged or redeemed pursuant to such Instructions. Dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested at net asset value in accordance with the Portfolio’s then current prospectus.

 

3.4.4        We shall calculate the net asset value per share of each Portfolio on each Business Day, and shall furnish to you through NSCC’s Networking or Mutual Fund Profile System: (i) the most current net asset value information for each Portfolio; and (ii) in the case of fixed income funds that declare daily dividends, the daily accrual or the interest rate factor. All such information shall be furnished to you by 6:30 p.m. Eastern Time on each Business Day or at such other time as that information becomes available.

 

3.4.5        You will wire payment for net purchase orders by the Trust’s NSCC Firm Number, in immediately available funds, to an NSCC settling bank account designated by you in accordance with NSCC rules and procedures on the same Business Day such purchase orders are communicated to NSCC. For purchases of shares of daily dividend accrual funds, those shares will not begin to accrue dividends until the day the payment for those shares is received.

 

3.4.6        We will redeem any full or fractional shares of any Portfolio, when requested by you on behalf of an Account, at the net asset value next computed after receipt by us (or our agent or you as our designee) of the request for redemption, as established in accordance with the provisions of the then current prospectus of the Trust. NSCC will wire payment for net redemption orders by the Trust, in immediately available funds, to an NSCC settling bank account designated by you in accordance with NSCC rules and procedures on the Business Day such redemption orders are communicated to NSCC, except as provided in the Trust’s prospectus and statement of additional information.

 

9



 

3.4.7        Issuance and transfer of the Portfolio shares will be by book entry only. Stock certificates will not be issued to you or the Accounts. Portfolio shares purchased from the Trust will be recorded in the appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate subaccount of each Account.

 

3.4.8        We shall furnish through NSCC’s Networking or Mutual Fund Profile System on or before the ex-dividend date, notice to you of any income dividends or capital gain distributions payable to the Accounts on the shares of any Portfolio. You hereby elect to receive all such income dividends and capital gain distributions as are payable on shares of a Portfolio in additional shares of that Portfolio, and you reserve the right to change this election in the future. We will notify you of the number of shares so issued as payment of such dividends and distributions.

 

3.4.9        All orders are subject to acceptance by Underwriter and become effective only upon confirmation by Underwriter. Underwriter reserves the right: (i) not to accept any specific order or part of any order for the purchase or exchange of shares through Fund/SERV; and (ii) to require any redemption order or any part of any redemption order to be settled outside of Fund/SERV, in which case the order or portion thereof shall not be “confirmed” by Underwriter, but rather shall be accepted for redemption in accordance with Section 3.4.11 below.

 

3.4.10      All trades placed through Fund/SERV and confirmed by Underwriter via Fund/SERV shall settle in accordance with Underwriter’s profile within Fund/SERV applicable to you. Underwriter agrees to provide you with account positions and activity data relating to share transactions via Networking.

 

3.4.11      If on any specific day you or Underwriter are unable to meet the NSCC deadline for the transmission of purchase or redemption orders for that day, a party may at its option transmit such orders and make such payments for purchases and redemptions directly to you or us, as applicable, as is otherwise provided in the Agreement; provided, however, that we must receive written notification from you by 9:30 a.m. Eastern Time on any day that you wish to transmit such orders and/or make such payments directly to us.

 

3.4.12      In the event that you or we are unable to or prohibited from electronically communicating, processing or settling share transactions via Fund/SERV, you or we shall notify the other, including providing the notification provided above in Section 3.4.11. After all parties have been notified, you and we shall submit orders using manual transmissions as are otherwise provided in the Agreement.

 

3.4.13      These procedures are subject to any additional terms in each Portfolio’s prospectus and the requirements of applicable law. The Trust reserves the right, at its discretion and without notice, to suspend the sale of shares or withdraw the sale of shares of any Portfolio.

 

3.4.14      Each party to the Agreement agrees that, in the event of a material error resulting from incorrect information or confirmations, the parties will seek to comply in all material respects with the provisions of applicable federal securities laws.

 

10



 

3.4.15 You and Underwriter represent and warrant that each: (a) has entered into an agreement with NSCC; (b) has met and will continue to meet all of the requirements to participate in Fund/SERV and Networking; (c) intends to remain at all times in compliance with the then current rules and procedures of NSCC, all to the extent necessary or appropriate to facilitate such communications, processing, and settlement of share transactions; and (d) will notify the other parties to this Agreement if there is a change in or a pending failure with respect to its agreement with NSCC.

 

4.                                       Fees, Expenses, Prospectuses, Proxy Materials and Reports

 

4.1           We shall pay no fee or other compensation to you under this Agreement except as provided on Schedule F, if attached.

 

4.2           We shall prepare and be responsible for filing with the SEC, and any state regulators requiring such filing, all shareholder reports, notices, proxy materials (or similar materials such as voting instruction solicitation materials), prospectuses and statements of additional information of the Trust. We shall bear the costs of preparation and filing of the documents listed in the preceding sentence, registration and qualification of the Trust’s shares of the Portfolios.

 

4.3           We shall use reasonable efforts to provide you, on a timely basis, with such information about the Trust, the Portfolios and each Adviser, in such form as you may reasonably require, as you shall reasonably request in connection with the preparation of disclosure documents and annual and semi-annual reports pertaining to the Contracts.

 

4.4           At your option, we shall provide you, at our expense, with either; (i) for each Contract owner who is invested through the Account in a subaccount corresponding to a Portfolio (“designated subaccount”), one copy of each of the following documents on each occasion that such document is required by law or regulation to be delivered to such Contract owner who is invested in a designated subaccount: the Trust’s current prospectus, including any short form or profile prospectus (if, at the sole discretion of the Trust, it chooses to create or authorize creation of such short form or profile prospectus), annual report, semi-annual report and other shareholder communications, including any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, pertaining specifically to the Portfolios (“Designated Portfolio Documents”); (ii) a camera ready copy of such Designated Portfolio Documents in a form suitable for printing and from which information relating to series of the Trust other than the Portfolios has been deleted to the extent practicable; or (iii) a .pdf format file of such Designated Portfolio Documents for posting on your website or using in other electronic format. In connection with clause (ii) of this paragraph, we will pay for proportional printing costs for such Designated Portfolio Documents in order to provide one copy for each Contract owner who is invested in a designated subaccount on each occasion that such document is required by law or regulation to be delivered to such Contract owner, and provided the appropriate documentation is provided and approved by us. We shall provide you with a copy of the Trust’s current statement of additional information, including any amendments or supplements, in a form suitable for you to duplicate or, upon your request, in a .pdf format file. The expenses of furnishing, including mailing or posting on your website, to Contract

 

11



 

owners the documents referred to in this paragraph in typeset or electronic format shall be borne by you. For each of the documents provided to you in accordance with clause (i) of this paragraph 4.4, we shall provide you, upon your request and at your expense, additional copies. In no event shall we be responsible for the costs of printing or delivery of Designated Portfolio Documents to potential or new Contract owners or the delivery of Designated Portfolio Documents to existing contract owners.

 

4.5           We shall provide you, at our expense, with copies of any Trust-sponsored proxy materials in such quantity as you shall reasonably require for distribution to Contract owners who are invested in a designated subaccount. You shall bear the costs of distributing proxy materials (or similar materials such as voting solicitation instructions) to Contract owners.

 

4.6           You assume sole responsibility for ensuring that the Trust’s Designated Portfolio Documents and proxy materials are delivered to Contract owners in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws. For Designated Portfolio Documents and other Trust materials provided by you on your website or by other electronic means, you assume sole responsibility for ensuring that such delivery is in compliance with applicable state and federal requirements pertaining to electronic delivery, including consent, access, searchability by users, notice and evidence of delivery.

 

5.                                      Voting

 

5.1           All Participating Insurance Companies shall have the obligations and responsibilities regarding pass-through voting and conflicts of interest corresponding to those contained in the Shared Funding Order.

 

5.2           If and to the extent required by law, you shall: (i) solicit voting instructions from Contract owners; (ii) vote the Trust shares in accordance with the instructions received from Contract owners; and (iii) vote Trust shares owned by subaccounts for which no instructions have been received from Contract owners in the same proportion as Trust shares of such Portfolio for which instructions have been received from Contract owners; so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners. You reserve the right to vote Trust shares held in any Account in your own right, to the extent permitted by law.

 

5.3           So long as, and to the extent that, the SEC interprets the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges for Contract owners, you shall provide pass-through voting privileges to Contract owners whose Contract values are invested, through the Accounts, in shares of one or more Portfolios of the Trust. We shall require all Participating Insurance Companies to calculate voting privileges in the same manner and you shall be responsible for assuring that the Accounts calculate voting privileges in the manner established by us. With respect to each Account, you will vote shares of each Portfolio of the Trust held by an Account and for which no timely voting instructions from Contract owners are received in the same proportion as those shares held by that Account for which voting instructions are received. You and your agents will in no way recommend or oppose or interfere with the

 

12



 

solicitation of proxies for Portfolio shares held to fund the Contracts without our prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in our sole discretion.

 

6.                                       Sales Material , Information and Trademarks

 

6.1           For purposes of this Section 6, “Sales literature or other Promotional material” includes, but is not limited to, portions of the following that use any logo or other trademark related to the Trust, or Underwriter or its affiliates, or refer to the Trust: advertisements (such as material published or designed for use in a newspaper, magazine or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, electronic communication or other public media), sales literature (i.e., any written communication distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts or any other advertisement, sales literature or published article or electronic communication), educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees in any media, and disclosure documents, shareholder reports and proxy materials.

 

6.2           You shall furnish, or cause to be furnished to us or our designee, at least one complete copy of each registration statement, prospectus, statement of additional information, private placement memorandum, retirement plan disclosure information or other disclosure documents or similar information, as applicable (collectively “Disclosure Documents”), as well as any report, solicitation for voting instructions, Sales literature or other Promotional materials, and all amendments to any of the above that relate to the Contracts or the Accounts prior to its first use. You shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to us or our designee each piece of Sales literature or other Promotional material in which the Trust or an Adviser is named, at least fifteen (15) Business Days prior to its proposed use. No such material shall be used unless we or our designee approve such material and its proposed use.

 

6.3           You and your agents shall not give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Trust or concerning the Trust, the Underwriter or an Adviser, other than information or representations contained in and accurately derived from the registration statement or prospectus for the Trust shares (as such registration statement and prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time), annual and semi-annual reports of the Trust, Trust-sponsored proxy statements, or in Sales literature or other Promotional material approved by the Trust or its designee, except as required by legal process or regulatory authorities or with the written permission of the Trust or its designee. You shall send us a complete copy of each Disclosure Document and item of Sales literature or other Promotional materials in its final form within twenty (20) days of its first use.

 

6.4           We shall not give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of you or concerning you, the Accounts or the Contracts other than information or representations, including naming you as a Trust shareholder, contained in and accurately derived from Disclosure Documents for the Contracts (as such Disclosure Documents may be amended or supplemented from time to time), or in materials approved by you for distribution,

 

13



 

including Sales literature or other Promotional materials, except as required by legal process or regulatory authorities or with your written permission.

 

6.5           Except as provided in Section 6.2, you shall not use any designation comprised in whole or part of the names or marks “Franklin” or “Templeton” or any logo or other trademark relating to the Trust or the Underwriter without prior written consent, and upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, you shall cease all use of any such name or mark as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

6.6           You shall furnish to us ten (10) Business Days prior to its first submission to the SEC or its staff, any request or filing for no-action assurance or exemptive relief naming, pertaining to, or affecting, the Trust, the Underwriter or any of the Portfolios.

 

6.7           You agree that any posting of Designated Portfolio Documents on your website or use of Designated Portfolio Documents in any other electronic format will result in the Designated Portfolio Documents: (i) appearing identical to the hard copy printed version or .pdf format file provided to you by us (except that you may reformat .pdf format prospectus files in order to delete blank pages and to insert .pdf format prospectus supplement files provided by us to you); (ii) being clearly associated with the particular Contracts in which they are available and posted in close proximity to the applicable Contract prospectuses; (iii) having no less prominence than prospectuses of any other underlying funds available under the Contracts; and (iv) being used in an authorized manner. Notwithstanding the above, you understand and agree that you are responsible for ensuring that participation in the Portfolios, and any website posting, or other use, of the Designated Portfolio Documents is in compliance with this Agreement and applicable state and federal securities and insurance laws and regulations, including as they relate to paper or electronic use of fund prospectuses. The format of such presentation, the script and layout for any website that mentions the Trust, the Underwriter, an Adviser or the Portfolios shall be routed to us as sales literature or other promotional materials, pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement. We reserve the right to inspect and review your website if any Designated Portfolio Documents and/or other Trust documents are posted on your website and you shall, upon our reasonable request, provide us timely access to your website materials to perform such inspection and review.

 

In addition, you agree to be solely responsible for maintaining and updating the Designated Portfolio Documents .pdf files (including prospectus supplements) and removing and/or replacing promptly any outdated prospectuses and other documents, as necessary, ensuring that any accompanying instructions by us, for using or stopping use are followed. You agree to designate and make available to us a person to act as a single point of communication contact for these purposes. We are not responsible for any additional costs or additional liabilities that may be incurred as a result of your election to place the Designated Portfolio Documents on your website. We reserve the right to revoke this authorization, at any time and for any reason, although we may instead make our authorization subject to new procedures.

 

6.8           Each of your and your distributor’s registered representatives, agents, independent contractors and employees, as applicable, will have access to our websites at

 

14



 

franklintempleton.com, and such other URLs through which we may permit you to conduct business concerning the Portfolios from time to time (referred to collectively as the “Site”) as provided herein: (i) upon registration by such individual on a Site, (ii) if you cause a Site Access Request Form (an “Access Form”) to be signed by your authorized supervisory personnel and submitted to us, as a Schedule to, and legally a part of, this Agreement, or (iii) if you provide such individual with the necessary access codes or other information necessary to access the Site through any generic or firm-wide authorization we may grant you from time to time. Upon receipt by us of a completed registration submitted by an individual through the Site or a signed Access Form referencing such individual, we shall be entitled to rely upon the representations contained therein as if you had made them directly hereunder and we will issue a user identification, express number and/or password (collectively, “Access Code”). Any person to whom we issue an Access Code or to whom you provide the necessary Access Codes or other information necessary to access the Site through any generic or firm-wide authorization we may grant you from time to time shall be an “Authorized User.”

 

We shall be entitled to assume that such person validly represents you and that all instructions received from such person are authorized, in which case such person will have access to the Site, including all services and information to which you are authorized to access on the Site. All inquiries and actions initiated by you (including your Authorized Users) are your responsibility, are at your risk and are subject to our review and approval (which could cause a delay in processing). You agree that we do not have a duty to question information or instructions you (including Authorized Users) give to us under this Agreement, and that we are entitled to treat as authorized, and act upon, any such instructions and information you submit to us. You agree to take all reasonable measures to prevent any individual other than an Authorized User from obtaining access to the Site. You agree to inform us if you wish to restrict or revoke the access of any individual Access Code.   If you become aware of any loss or theft or unauthorized use of any Access Code, you agree to contact us immediately. You also agree to monitor your (including Authorized Users’) use of the Site to ensure the terms of this Agreement are followed. You also agree that you will comply with all policies and agreements concerning Site usage, including without limitation the Terms of Use Agreement(s) posted on the Site (“Site Terms”), as may be revised and reposted on the Site from time to time, and those Site Terms (as in effect from time to time) are a part of this Agreement. Your duties under this section are considered “services” required under the terms of this Agreement. You acknowledge that the Site is transmitted over the Internet on a reasonable efforts basis and we do not warrant or guarantee their accuracy, timeliness, completeness, reliability or non-infringement. Moreover, you acknowledge that the Site is provided for informational purposes only, and is not intended to comply with any requirements established by any regulatory or governmental agency.

 

7.                                      Indemnification

 

7.1          Indemnification by You

 

7.1.1       You agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter, the Trust and each of its Trustees, officers, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls the Trust within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified

 

15



 

Parties” and individually the “Indemnified Party” for purposes of this Section 7) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with your written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or expenses (including the reasonable costs of investigating or defending any alleged loss, claim, damage, liability or expense and reasonable legal counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) (collectively, “Losses”), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute or regulation, or at common law or otherwise, insofar as such Losses are related to the sale or acquisition of shares of the Trust or the Contracts and

 

7.1.1.1 arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in a Disclosure Document for the Contracts or in the Contracts themselves or in sales literature generated or approved by you on behalf of the Contracts or Accounts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) (collectively, “Company Documents” for the purposes of this Section 7), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this indemnity shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and was accurately derived from written information furnished to you by or on behalf of the Trust for use in Company Documents or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

 

7.1.1.2 arise out of or result from statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in and accurately derived from Trust Documents as defined below in Section 7.2) or wrongful conduct of you or persons under your control, with respect to the sale or acquisition of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

 

7.1.1.3 arise out of or result from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in Trust Documents as defined below in Section 7.2 or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and accurately derived from written information furnished to the Trust by or on behalf of you; or

 

7.1.1.4 arise out of or result from any failure by you to provide the services or furnish the materials required under the terms of this Agreement;

 

7.1.1.5 arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by you in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by you;

 

7.1.1.6 arise out of or result from a Contract failing to be considered a life insurance policy or an annuity Contract, whichever is appropriate, under applicable provisions of the Code thereby depriving the Trust of its compliance with Section 817(h) of the Code; or

 

16



 

7.1.1.7 arise out of or result from any failure by you to satisfy requirements, including but not limited to compliance with all applicable laws, relating to your electronic delivery of Designated Portfolio Documents or your making such documents available on-line.

 

7.1.2        You shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any Losses to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to the Trust or Underwriter, whichever is applicable. You shall also not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified you in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify you of any such claim shall not relieve you from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, you shall be entitled to participate, at your own expense, in the defense of such action. Unless the Indemnified Party releases you from any further obligations under this Section 7.1, you also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from you to such party of your election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and you will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

7.1.3        The Indemnified Parties will promptly notify you of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against them in connection with the issuance or sale of the Trust shares or the Contracts or the operation of the Trust.

 

17



 

7.2                                Indemnification by the Underwriter

 

7.2.1        The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless you, and each of your directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls you within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” and individually an “Indemnified Party” for purposes of this Section 7.2) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or expenses (including the reasonable costs of investigating or defending any alleged loss, claim, damage, liability or expense and reasonable legal counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) (collectively, “Losses”) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such Losses are related to the sale or acquisition by the Accounts of the shares of the Trust or the Contracts and:

 

7.2.1.1 arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Trust (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) (collectively, the “Trust Documents”) or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission of such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to us by or on behalf of you for use in the Registration Statement or prospectus for the Trust or in sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Trust shares; or

 

7.2.1.2 arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the Disclosure Documents or sales literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Underwriter or persons under its control) or wrongful conduct of the Trust, Adviser or Underwriter or persons under their control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Trust shares to the Accounts; or

 

7.2.1.3 arise out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Disclosure Document or sales literature covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to you by or on behalf of the Trust; or

 

7.2.1.4 arise as a result of any failure by us to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement (including a failure, whether unintentional or in good faith or otherwise, to comply with the qualification representation specified above in Section 2.2.7 and the diversification requirements specified above in Section 2.2.8); or

 

7.2.1.5 arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this Agreement or arise out of or

 

18



 

result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter; as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 7.2.2 and 7.2.3 hereof.

 

7.2.2        The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any Losses to which an Indemnified Party would otherwise be subject by reason of such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to you or the Accounts, whichever is applicable.

 

7.2.3        The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. Unless the Indemnified Party releases the Underwriter from any further obligations under this Section 7.2, the Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

7.2.4        You agree promptly to notify the Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against you or the Indemnified Parties in connection with the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the operation of each Account.

 

19



 

7.3                                Indemnification by the Trust

 

7.3.1        The Trust agrees to indemnify and hold harmless you, and each of your directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls you within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” for purposes of this Section 7.3) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Trust, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) or litigation (including legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements result from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Board or any member thereof, are related to the operations of the Trust, and arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Trust in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Trust; as limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 7.3.2 and 7.3.3 hereof. It is understood and expressly stipulated that neither the holders of shares of the Trust nor any Trustee, officer, agent or employee of the Trust shall be personally liable hereunder, nor shall any resort be had to other private property for the satisfaction of any claim or obligation hereunder, but the Trust only shall be liable.

 

7.3.2        The Trust shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against any Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or to you, the Trust, the Underwriter or each Account, whichever is applicable.

 

7.3.3        The Trust shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Trust in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claims shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Trust of any such claim shall not relieve the Trust from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision. In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Trust will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof. Unless the Indemnified Party releases the Trust from any further obligations under this Section 7.3, the Trust also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action. After notice from the Trust to such party of the Trust’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Trust will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

20



 

7.3.4        You agree promptly to notify the Trust of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against you or the Indemnified Parties in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts, with respect to the operation of the Account, or the sale or acquisition of shares of the Trust.

 

8.                                       Notices

 

Any notice, except for those provided in Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 of the Agreement, shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail, or by nationally recognized overnight courier services, to the other party at the address of such party set forth in Schedule G below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

 

9.                                       Termination

 

9.1           This Agreement may be terminated by mutual agreement at any time. If this Agreement is so terminated, we shall, at your option, continue to make available additional shares of any Portfolio and redeem shares of any Portfolio for any or all Contracts or Accounts existing on the effective date of termination of this Agreement, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

9.2           This Agreement may be terminated by any party in its entirety or with respect to one, some or all Portfolios for any reason by sixty (60) days’ advance written notice delivered to the other parties. If this Agreement is so terminated, we may, at our option, continue to make available additional shares of any Portfolio and redeem shares of any Portfolio for any or all Contracts or Accounts existing on the effective date of termination of this Agreement, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; alternatively, we may, at our option, redeem the Portfolio shares held by the Accounts, provided that such redemption shall not occur prior to six (6) months following written notice of termination, during which time we will cooperate with you in effecting a transfer of Portfolio assets to another underlying fund pursuant to any legal and appropriate means.

 

9.3           This Agreement may be terminated immediately by us upon written notice to you if you materially breach any of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement or you are materially in default in the performance of any of your duties or obligations under the Agreement, receive a written notice thereof and fail to remedy such default or breach to our reasonable satisfaction within 30 days after such notice. If this Agreement so terminates, the parties shall cooperate to effect an orderly windup of the business which may include, at our option, a redemption of the Portfolio shares held by the Accounts, provided that such redemption shall not occur prior to a period of up to six (6) months following written notice of termination, during which time we will cooperate reasonably with you in effecting a transfer of Portfolio assets to another underlying fund pursuant to any legal and appropriate means.

 

9.4           This Agreement may be terminated immediately by us upon written notice to you if, with respect to the representations and warranties made in sections 2.1.3, 2.1.5, 2.1.7 and 2.4.2 of this Agreement: (i) you materially breach any of such representations and

 

21



 

warranties; or (ii) you inform us that any of such representations and warranties may no longer be true or might not be true in the future; or (iii) any of such representations and warranties were not true on the effective date of this Agreement, are at any time no longer true, or have not been true during any time since the effective date of this Agreement. If this Agreement is so terminated, the Trust may redeem, at its option in kind or for cash, the Portfolio shares held by the Accounts on the effective date of termination of this Agreement.

 

9.5           This Agreement may be terminated by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, either upon its determination that such termination is a necessary and appropriate remedy for a material breach of this Agreement which includes a violation of laws, or upon its determination to completely liquidate a Portfolio. Pursuant to such termination, the Trust may redeem, at its option in kind or for cash, the Portfolio shares held by the Accounts on the effective date of termination of this Agreement.

 

9.6           This Agreement shall terminate immediately in the event of its assignment by any party without the prior written approval of the other parties, or as otherwise required by law. If this Agreement is so terminated, the Trust may redeem, at its option in kind or for cash, the Portfolio shares held by the Accounts on the effective date of termination of this Agreement.

 

9.7           This Agreement shall be terminated as required by the Shared Funding Order, and its provisions shall govern.

 

9.8           The provisions of Sections 2 (Representations and Warranties) and 7 (Indemnification) shall survive the termination of this Agreement. All other applicable provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement, as long as shares of the Trust are held on behalf of Contract owners, except that we shall have no further obligation to sell Trust shares with respect to Contracts issued after termination.

 

9.9           You shall not redeem Trust shares attributable to the Contracts (as opposed to Trust shares attributable to your assets held in the Account) except: (i) as necessary to implement Contract owner initiated or approved transactions; (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general application (hereinafter referred to as a “Legally Required Redemption”); or (iii) as permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(c) of the 1940 Act. Upon request, you shall promptly furnish to us the opinion of your counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to us) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 9.9 is a Legally Required Redemption. Furthermore, you shall not prevent Contract owners from allocating payments to any Portfolio that has been available under a Contract without first giving us ninety (90) days advance written notice of your intention to do so.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous

 

10.1        The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

22



 

10.2        This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

10.3        If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

10.4        This Agreement shall be construed and its provisions interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California. It shall also be subject to the provisions of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder, to any orders of the SEC on behalf of the Trust granting it exemptive relief, and to the conditions of such orders. We shall promptly forward copies of any such orders to you.

 

10.5        The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that all liabilities of the Trust arising, directly or indirectly, under this Agreement, of any and every nature whatsoever, shall be satisfied solely out of the assets of the Trust and that no Trustee, officer, agent or holder of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust shall be personally liable for any such liabilities.

 

10.6        The parties to this Agreement agree that the assets and liabilities of each Portfolio of the Trust are separate and distinct from the assets and liabilities of each other Portfolio. No Portfolio shall be liable or shall be charged for any debt, obligation or liability of any other Portfolio.

 

10.7        Each party to this Agreement shall cooperate with each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the FINRA, and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

10.8        Each party shall treat as confidential all information of the other party which the parties agree in writing is confidential (“Confidential Information”). Except as permitted by this Agreement or as required by appropriate governmental authority (including, without limitation, the SEC, the FINRA, or state securities and insurance regulators) the receiving party shall not disclose or use Confidential Information of the other party before it enters the public domain, without the express written consent of the party providing the Confidential Information.

 

10.9        The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations, at law or in equity, which the parties to this Agreement are entitled to under state and federal laws.

 

10.10      The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that this Agreement shall not be exclusive in any respect.

 

10.11      Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations created by it may be assigned by any party without the prior written approval of the other parties.

 

23



 

10.12       No provisions of this Agreement may be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement properly authorized and executed by both parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) the Site Terms may be separately amended as provided therein and, as so amended and in effect from time to time, shall be a part of this Agreement; and (ii) Schedule C may be separately amended as provided therein and, as so amended shall be a part of this Agreement.

 

10.13       Each party to the Agreement agrees to limit the disclosure of nonpublic personal information of Contract owners and customers consistent with its policies on privacy with respect to such information and Regulation S-P of the SEC. Each party hereby agrees that it will comply with all applicable requirements under the regulations implementing Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and any other applicable federal and state consumer privacy acts, rules and regulations. Each party further represents that it has in place, and agrees that it will maintain, information security policies and procedures for protecting nonpublic personal customer information adequate to conform to applicable legal requirements.

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused their duly authorized officers to execute this Agreement.

 

The Company:

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carolyn Johnson

 

Name:

Carolyn Johnson

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distributor for the Company:

Investment Distributors, Inc

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edwin V. Caldwell

 

Name:

Edwin V. Caldwell

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Trust:

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

Only on behalf of each Portfolio listed on

 

 

Schedule C hereof.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Karen L. Skidmore

 

Name:

Karen L. Skidmore

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Underwriter:

Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Regner

 

Name:

Thomas Regner

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

25



 

Schedule A

 

The Company and its Distributor

 

THE COMPANY

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

An insurance company organized under the laws of the State of Alabama.

 

THE DISTRIBUTOR

 

Investment Distributors, Inc.

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

A corporation organized under the laws of the State of Tennessee.

 

A-1



 

Schedule B

 

Accounts of the Company

 

 

 

SEC Registration

Name of Account

 

Yes/No

 

 

 

Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life

 

Yes

 

B-1



 

Schedule C

 

Available Portfolios and Classes of Shares of the Trust

 

1.                Franklin Flex Cap Growth Securities Fund – Class 2

2.                Franklin Income Securities Fund – Class 2

3.                Franklin Rising Dividends Securities Fund – Class 2

4.                Franklin Small-Mid Cap Growth Securities Fund – Class 2

5.                Franklin U.S. Government Fund – Class 2

6.                Mutual Shares Securities Fund – Class 2

7.                Templeton Foreign Securities Fund – Class 2

8.                Templeton Global Income Securities Fund – Class 2

9.                Templeton Growth Securities Fund - Class 2

 

In addition to portfolios and classes of shares listed above (if any), any additional Portfolios and classes of shares other than Class 3 shares are included in this Schedule C listing provided that:

 

(1)            the General Counsel of Franklin Templeton Investments receives from a person authorized by you a written notice in the form attached (which may be electronic mail or sent by electronic mail) (“Notice”) identifying this Agreement as provided in the Notice and specifying: (i) the names and classes of shares of additional Portfolios that you propose to offer as investment options of the Separate Accounts under the Contracts; and (ii) the date that you propose to begin offering Separate Account interests investing in the additional Portfolios under the Contracts; and

 

(2)            we do not within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of the Notice send you a writing (which may be electronic mail) objecting to your offering such Separate Accounts investing in the additional Portfolios and classes of shares under the Contracts.

 

Provided that we do not object as provided above, your Notice shall amend, supplement and become a part of this Schedule C and the Agreement.

 

C-1



 

FORM OF NOTICE PURSUANT TO SCHEDULE C OF PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

To:

General Counsel c/o

 

Linda Lai (Llai@frk.com) or Kevin Kirchoff (kkircho@frk.com)

 

Fax: 650-525-7059

 

Franklin Templeton Investments

 

1 Franklin Parkway,

 

Bldg. 920, 2 nd  Floor

 

San Mateo, CA 94402

 

With respect to the following agreement(s) (altogether, the “Agreement”)

(please reproduce and complete table for multiple agreements):

 

Date of Participation Agreement:

 

Insurance Company(ies):

 

Insurance Company Distributor(s):

 

As provided by Schedule C of the Agreement, this Notice proposes to Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, and Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc. the addition as of the offering date(s) listed below of the following Portfolios as additional investment options listed on Schedule C:

 

Names and Classes of Shares of Additional Portfolios

 

Offering Date(s)

Listing of current classes for your reference:

 

 

Class 1 (no 12b-l fee);

 

 

Class 2 (12b-1 fee of 25 bps); or

 

 

Class 4 (12b-l fee of 35 bps).

 

 

 

Name and title of authorized person of insurance company:

Contact Information:

Max Berueffy, Senior Associate Counsel

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

2801 Highway 280 South

 

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

Direct Dial: 205-268-3581

 

e-mail: max.berueffy@protective.com

 

C-2



 

Schedule D

 

Contracts of the Company

 

All variable life and variable annuity contracts issued by separate accounts listed on Schedule B of this Agreement.

 

D-1



 

Schedule E

 

This schedule is not used

 

E-1



 

Schedule F

 

Rule 12b-1 Plans of the Trust

Compensation

 

Each Class 2 or Class 4 Portfolio named or referenced on Schedule C of this Agreement may make payments at a rate stated in its prospectus pursuant to the terms and conditions of its Rule 12b-l distribution plan.

 

Agreement Provisions

 

If the Company, on behalf of any Account, purchases Trust Portfolio shares (“Eligible Shares”) that are subject to a Rule 12b-1 plan adopted under the 1940 Act (the “Plan”), the Company, on behalf of its distributor, may participate in the Plan.

 

To the extent the Company or its affiliates, agents or designees (collectively “you”) provide any activity or service which is primarily intended to assist in the promotion, distribution or account servicing of Eligible Shares (“Rule 12b-1 Services”) or variable contracts offering Eligible Shares, the Underwriter, the Trust or their affiliates (collectively, “we”) may pay you a Rule 12b-1 fee. “Rule 12b-1 Services” may include, but are not limited to, printing of prospectuses and reports used for sales purposes, preparing and distributing sales literature and related expenses, advertisements, education of dealers and their representatives, and similar distribution-related expenses, furnishing personal services to owners of Contracts which may invest in Eligible Shares (“Contract Owners”), education of Contract Owners, answering routine inquiries regarding a Portfolio, coordinating responses to Contract Owner inquiries regarding the Portfolios, maintaining such accounts or providing such other enhanced services as a Trust Portfolio or Contract may require, or providing other services eligible for service fees as defined under FINRA rules.

 

Your acceptance of such compensation is your acknowledgment that eligible services have been rendered. All Rule 12b-1 fees, shall be based on the value of Eligible Shares owned by the Company on behalf of its Accounts, and shall be calculated on the basis and at the rates set forth in the compensation provision stated above. The aggregate annual fees paid pursuant to each Plan shall not exceed the amounts stated as the “annual maximums” in the Portfolio’s prospectus, unless an increase is approved by shareholders as provided in the Plan. These maximums shall be a specified percent of the value of a Portfolio’s net assets attributable to Eligible Shares owned by the Company on behalf of its Accounts (determined in the same manner as the Portfolio uses to compute its net assets as set forth in its effective Prospectus). The Rule 12b-1 fee will be paid to you within thirty (30) days after the end of the three-month periods ending in January, April, July and October.

 

You shall furnish us with such information as shall reasonably be requested by the Trust’s Boards of Trustees (“Trustees”) with respect to the Rule 12b-1 fees paid to you

 

F-1



 

pursuant to the Plans. We shall furnish to the Trustees, for their review on a quarterly basis, a written report of the amounts expended under the Plans and the purposes for which such expenditures were made.

 

The Plans and provisions of any agreement relating to such Plans must be approved annually by a vote of the Trustees, including the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust and who have no financial interest in the Plans or any related agreement (“Disinterested Trustees”). Each Plan may be terminated at any time by the vote of a majority of the Disinterested Trustees, or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares as provided in the Plan, on sixty (60) days’ written notice, without payment of any penalty, or as provided in the Plan. Continuation of the Plans is also conditioned on Disinterested Trustees being ultimately responsible for selecting and nominating any new Disinterested Trustees. Under Rule 12b-1, the Trustees have a duty to request and evaluate, and persons who are party to any agreement related to a Plan have a duty to furnish, such information as may reasonably be necessary to an informed determination of whether the Plan or any agreement should be implemented or continued. Under Rule 12b-l, the Trust is permitted to implement or continue Plans or the provisions of any agreement relating to such Plans from year-to-year only if, based on certain legal considerations, the Trustees are able to conclude that the Plans will benefit each affected Trust Portfolio and class. Absent such yearly determination, the Plans must be terminated as set forth above. In the event of the termination of the Plans for any reason, the provisions of this Schedule F relating to the Plans will also terminate. You agree that your selling agreements with persons or entities through whom you intend to distribute Contracts will provide that compensation paid to such persons or entities may be reduced if a Portfolio’s Plan is no longer effective or is no longer applicable to such Portfolio or class of shares available under the Contracts.

 

Any obligation assumed by the Trust pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited in all cases to the assets of the Trust and no person shall seek satisfaction thereof from shareholders of the Trust. You agree to waive payment of any amounts payable to you by Underwriter under a Plan until such time as the Underwriter has received such fee from the Trust.

 

The provisions of the Plans shall control over the provisions of the Participation Agreement, including this Schedule F, in the event of any inconsistency. You agree to provide complete disclosure as required by all applicable statutes, rules and regulations of all rule 12b-l fees received from us in the prospectus of the Contracts.

 

F-2



 

Schedule G

 

Addresses for Notices

 

To the Company:

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

 

2801 Highway 280 South

 

 

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

 

Attention: John Sawyer

 

 

 

To the Distributor:

 

Investment Distributors, Inc.

 

 

280 Highway 280 South

 

 

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

 

Attention: Edwin V. Caldwell

 

 

 

If to the Company or Distributor with a copy to:

 

Senior Associate Counsel – Annuities

 

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

 

2801 Highway 280 South

 

 

Birmingham, AL 35223

 

 

 

To the Trust:

 

Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

 

 

One Franklin Parkway, Bldg. 920 2 nd  Floor

 

 

San Mateo, California 94403

 

 

Attention: Karen L. Skidmore, Vice President

 

 

 

To the Underwriter:

 

Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc.

 

 

140 Fountain Parkway, 8 th  Floor

 

 

St. Petersburg, FL 33716

 

 

Attention: Peter Jones, President

 

 

 

If to the Trust or Underwriter with a copy to:

 

Franklin Templeton Investments

 

 

One Franklin Parkway, Bldg. 920 2 nd  Floor

 

 

San Mateo, California 94403

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

G-1



 

Schedule H

 

Shared Funding Order

 

Templeton Variable Products Series Fund, et al.

 

File No. 812-11698

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

Release No. IC-24018

 

1999 SEC LEXIS 1887

 

September 17, 1999

 

ACTION: Notice of application for an amended order of exemption pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”)  from the provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder.

 

TEXT: Summary of Application: Templeton Variable Products Series Fund (the “Templeton Trust”), Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust (formerly Franklin Valuemark Funds) (the “VIP Trust,” and together with the Templeton Trust, the “Funds”), Templeton Funds Annuity Company (“TFAC”) or any successor to TFAC, and any future open-end investment company for which TFAC or any affiliate is the administrator, sub-administrator, investment manager, adviser, principal underwriter, or sponsor (“Future Funds”) seek an amended order of the Commission to (1) add as parties to that order the VIP Trust and any Future Funds and (2) permit shares of the Funds and Future Funds to be issued to and held by qualified pension and retirement plans outside the separate account context.

 

Applicants: Templeton Variable Products Series Fund, Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Templeton Funds Annuity Company or any successor to TFAC, and any future open-end investment company for which TFAC or any affiliate is the administrator, sub-administrator, investment manager, adviser, principal underwriter, or sponsor (collectively, the “Applicants”).

 

Filing Date: The application was filed on July 14, 1999, and amended and restated on September 17, 1999.

 

Hearing or Notification of Hearing: An order granting the application will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Secretary of the Commission and serving Applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m., on October 12, 1999, and should be accompanied by proof of service on the Applicants in the form of an affidavit or, for lawyers, a certificate of service. Hearing requests should state the nature of the writer’s interest, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Secretary of the Commission.

 

Addresses: Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549-0609.

 

Applicants: Templeton Variable Products Series Fund and Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, 777 Mariners Island Boulevard, San Mateo, California 94404, Attn: Karen L. Skidmore, Esq.

 

For Further Information Contact: Kevin P. McEnery, Senior Counsel, or Susan M. Olson, Branch Chief. Office of Insurance Products, Division of Investment Management, at (202) 942-0670.

 

H-1



 

Supplementary Information: The following is a summary of the application. The complete application is available for a fee from the SEC’s Public Reference Branch, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102 (tel. (202) 942-8090).

 

Applicants’ Representations:

 

1. Each of the Funds is registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company and was organized as a Massachusetts business trust. The Templeton Trust currently consists of eight separate series, and the VIP Trust consists of twenty-five separate series. Each Fund’s Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to create additional series of shares at any time. The Funds currently serve as the underlying investment medium for variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by various insurance companies. The Funds have entered into investment management agreements with certain investment managers (“Investment Managers”) directly or indirectly owned by Franklin Resources, Inc. (“Resources”), a publicly owned company engaged in the financial services industry through its subsidiaries.

 

2. TFAC is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Resources. TFAC is the sole insurance company in the Franklin Templeton organization, and specializes in the writing of variable annuity contracts. The Templeton Trust has entered into a Fund Administration Agreement with Franklin Templeton Services, Inc. (“FT Services”), which replaced TFAC in 1998 as administrator, and FT Services subcontracts certain services to TFAC. FT Services also serves as administrator to all series of the VIP Trust. TFAC and FT Services provide certain administrative facilities and services for the VIP and Templeton Trusts.

 

3. On November 16, 1993, the Commission issued an order granting exemptive relief to permit shares of the Templeton Trust to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies (Investment Company Act Release No. 19879, File No. 812-8546) (the “Original Order”). Applicants incorporate by reference into the application the Application for the Original Order and each amendment thereto, the Notice of Application for the Original Order, and the Original Order, to the extent necessary, to supplement the representations made in the application in support of the requested relief. Applicants represent that all of the facts asserted in the Application for the Original Order and any amendments thereto remain true and accurate in all material respects to the extent that such facts are relevant to any relief on which Applicants continue to rely. The Original Order allows the Templeton Trust to offer its shares to insurance companies as the investment vehicle for their separate accounts supporting variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance contracts (collectively, the “Variable Contracts”). Applicants state that the Original Order does not (i) include the VIP Trust or Future Funds as parties, nor (ii) expressly address the sale of shares of the Funds or any Future Funds to qualified pension and retirement plans outside the separate account context including, without limitation, those trusts, plans, accounts, contracts or annuities described in Sections 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408(b), 408(k), 414(d), 457(b), 501(c)(18) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and any other trust, plan, contract, account or annuity that is determined to be within the scope of Treasury Regulation 1.817.5(f)(3)(iii) (“Qualified Plans”).

 

4. Separate accounts owning shares of the Funds and their insurance company depositors are referred to in the application as “Participating Separate Accounts” and “Participating Insurance Companies,” respectively. The use of a common management investment company as the underlying investment medium for both variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of a single insurance company (or of two or more affiliated insurance companies) is referred to as “mixed funding.” The use of a common management investment company as the underlying investment medium for variable annuity and/or variable life insurance separate accounts of unaffiliated insurance companies is referred to as “shared funding.”

 

Applicants’ Legal Analysis:

 

1. Applicants request that the Commission issue an amended order pursuant to Section 6(c) of the 1940 Act, adding the VIP Trust and Future Funds to the Original Order and exempting scheduled premium variable life insurance separate accounts and flexible premium variable life insurance separate accounts of Participating Insurance Companies (and, to the extent necessary, any principal underwriter and depositor of such an account) and the Applicants from Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act, and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15)

 

H-2



 

(and any comparable rule) thereunder, respectively, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Funds and any Future Funds to be sold to and held by Qualified Plans. Applicants submit that the exemptions requested are appropriate in the public interest, consistent with the protection of investors, and consistent with the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

2. The Original Order does not include the VIP Trust or Future Funds as parties nor expressly address the sale of shares of the Funds or any Future Funds to Qualified Plans. Applicants propose that the VIP Trust and Future Funds be added as parties to the Original Order and the Funds and any Future Funds be permitted to offer and sell their shares to Qualified Plans.

 

3. Section 6(c) of the 1940 Act provides, in part, that the Commission, by order upon application, may conditionally or unconditionally exempt any person, security or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities or transactions from any provisions of the 1940 Act or the rules or regulations thereunder, if and to the extent that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

4. In connection with the funding of scheduled premium variable life insurance contracts issued through a separate account registered under the 1940 Act as a unit investment trust (“UIT”), Rule 6e-2(b)(15) provides partial exemptions from various provisions of the 1940 Act, including the following: (1) Section 9(a), which makes it unlawful for certain individuals to act in the capacity of employee, officer, or director for a UIT, by limiting the application of the eligibility restrictions in Section 9(a) to affiliated persons directly participating in the management of a registered management investment company; and (2) Sections 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act to the extent that those sections might be deemed to require “pass-through” voting with respect to an underlying fund’s shares, by allowing an insurance company to disregard the voting instructions of contractowners in certain circumstances.

 

5. These exemptions are available, however, only where the management investment company underlying the separate account (the “underlying fund”) offers its shares “exclusively to variable life insurance separate accounts of the life insurer, or of any affiliated life insurance company.” Therefore, Rule 6e-2 does not permit either mixed funding or shared funding because the relief granted by Rule 6e-2(b)(15) is not available with respect to a scheduled premium variable life insurance separate account that owns shares of an underlying fund that also offers its shares to a variable annuity or a flexible premium variable life insurance separate account of the same company or of any affiliated life insurance company. Rule 6e-2(b)(15) also does not permit the sale of shares of the underlying fund to Qualified Plans.

 

6. In connection with flexible premium variable life insurance contracts issued through a separate account registered under the 1940 Act as a UIT, Rule 6e-3(T)(b)(15) also provides partial exemptions from Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act. These exemptions, however, are available only where the separate account’s underlying fund offers its shares “exclusively to separate accounts of the life insurer, or of any affiliated life insurance company, offering either scheduled contracts or flexible contracts, or both; or which also offer their shares to variable annuity separate accounts of the life insurer or of an affiliated life insurance company.” Therefore, Rule 6e-3(T) permits mixed funding but does not permit shared funding and also does not permit the sale of shares of the underlying fund to Qualified Plans. As noted above, the Original Order granted the Templeton Trust exemptive relief to permit mixed and shared funding, but did not expressly address the sale of its shares to Qualified Plans.

 

7. Applicants note that if the Funds were to sell their shares only to Qualified Plans, exemptive relief under Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) would not be necessary. Applicants state that the relief provided for under Rule 6e-2(b)(15) and Rule 6e-3(T)(b)(15) does not relate to qualified pension and retirement plans or to a registered investment company’s ability to sell its shares to such plans.

 

8. Applicants state that changes in the federal tax law have created the opportunity for each of the Funds to increase its asset base through the sale of its shares to Qualified Plans. Applicants state that Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), imposes certain diversification standards on the assets underlying Variable Contracts. Treasury Regulations generally require that, to meet the diversification requirements, all of the beneficial interests in the underlying investment company must be held by the segregated asset accounts of

 

H-3



 

one or more life insurance companies. Notwithstanding this, Applicants note that the Treasury Regulations also contain an exception to this requirement that permits trustees of a Qualified Plan to hold shares of an investment company, the shares of which are also held by insurance company segregated asset accounts, without adversely affecting the status of the investment company as an adequately diversified underlying investment of Variable Contracts issued through such segregated asset accounts (Treas. Reg. 1.817-5(f)(3)(iii)).

 

9. Applicants state that the promulgation of Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) under the 1940 Act preceded the issuance of these Treasury Regulations. Thus, Applicants assert that the sale of shares of the same investment company to both separate accounts and Qualified Plans was not contemplated at the time of the adoption of Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15).

 

10.  Section 9(a) provides that it is unlawful for any company to serve as investment adviser or principal underwriter of any registered open-end investment company if an affiliated person of that company is subject to a disqualification enumerated in Section 9(a)(1) or (2). Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) provide exemptions from Section 9(a) under certain circumstances, subject to the limitations on mixed and shared funding. These exemptions limit the application of the eligibility restrictions to affiliated individuals or companies that directly participate in the management of the underlying portfolio investment company.

 

11. Applicants state that the relief granted in Rule 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) from the requirements of Section 9 limits, in effect, the amount of monitoring of an insurer’s personnel that would otherwise be necessary to ensure compliance with Section 9 to that which is appropriate in light of the policy and purposes of Section 9. Applicants submit that those Rules recognize that it is not necessary for the protection of investors or the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the 1940 Act to apply the provisions of Section 9(a) to the many individuals involved in an insurance company complex, most of whom typically will have no involvement in matters pertaining to investment companies funding the separate accounts.

 

12. Applicants to the Original Order previously requested and received relief from Section 9(a) and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) to the extent necessary to permit mixed and shared funding. Applicants maintain that the relief previously granted from Section 9(a) will in no way be affected by the proposed sale of shares of the Funds to Qualified Plans. Those individuals who participate in the management or administration of the Funds will remain the same regardless of which Qualified Plans use such Funds. Applicants maintain that more broadly applying the requirements of Section 9(a) because of investment by Qualified Plans would not serve any regulatory purpose. Moreover, Qualified Plans, unlike separate accounts, are not themselves investment companies and therefore are not subject to Section 9 of the 1940 Act.

 

13. Applicants state that Rules 6e-2(b)(15)(iii) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15)(iii) provide exemptions from the pass-through voting requirement with respect to several significant matters, assuming the limitations on mixed and shared funding are observed. Rules 6e-2(b)(15)(iii)(A) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15)(iii)(A) provide that the insurance company may disregard the voting instructions of its contractowners with respect to the investments of an underlying fund or any contract between a fund and its investment adviser, when required to do so by an insurance regulatory authority (subject to the provisions of paragraphs (b)(5)(i) and (b)(7)(ii)(A) of the Rules). Rules 6e-2(b)(15)(iii)(B) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15)(iii)(A)(2) provide that the insurance company may disregard contractowners’ voting instructions if the contractowners initiate any change in such company’s investment policies, principal underwriter, or any investment adviser (provided that disregarding such voting instructions is reasonable and subject to the other provisions of paragraphs (b)(5)(ii) and (b)(7)(ii)(B) and (C) of the Rules).

 

14. Applicants assert that Qualified Plans, which are not registered as investment companies under the 1940 Act, have no requirement to pass-through the voting rights to plan participants. Applicants state that applicable law expressly reserves voting rights to certain specified persons. Under Section 403(a) of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), shares of a fund sold to a Qualified Plan must be held by the trustees of the Qualified Plan. Section 403(a) also provides that the trustee(s) must have exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the Qualified Plan with two exceptions: (1) when the Qualified Plan expressly provides that the trustee(s) are subject to the direction of a named fiduciary who is not a trustee, in which case the trustees are subject to proper directions made in accordance with the terms of the Qualified Plan and not contrary to ERISA; and (2) when the authority to manage, acquire or dispose of assets of the Qualified Plan is delegated to one or more

 

H-4



 

investment managers pursuant to Section 402(c)(3) of ERISA. Unless one of the two above exceptions stated in Section 403(a) applies, Qualified Plan trustees have the exclusive authority and responsibility for voting proxies. Where a named fiduciary to a Qualified Plan appoints an investment manager, the investment manager has the responsibility to vote the shares held unless the right to vote such shares is reserved to the trustees or the named fiduciary. Where a Qualified Plan does not provide participants with the right to give voting instructions, Applicants do not see any potential for material irreconcilable conflicts of interest between or among variable contract holders and Qualified Plan investors with respect to voting of the respective Fund’s shares. Accordingly, Applicants state that, unlike the case with insurance company separate accounts, the issue of the resolution of material irreconcilable conflicts with respect to voting is not present with respect to such Qualified Plans since the Qualified Plans are not entitled to pass-through voting privileges.

 

15. Even if a Qualified Plan were to hold a controlling interest in one of the Funds, Applicants believe that such control would not disadvantage other investors in such Fund to any greater extent than is the case when any institutional shareholder holds a majority of the voting securities of any open-end management investment company. In this regard, Applicants submit that investment in a Fund by a Qualified Plan will not create any of the voting complications occasioned by mixed funding or shared funding. Unlike mixed or shared funding, Qualified Plan investor voting rights cannot be frustrated by veto rights of insurers or state regulators.

 

16. Applicants state that some of the Qualified Plans, however, may provide for the trustee(s), an investment adviser (or advisers), or another named fiduciary to exercise voting rights in accordance with instructions from participants. Where a Qualified Plan provides participants with the right to give voting instructions, Applicants see no reason to believe that participants in Qualified Plans generally or those in a particular Qualified Plan, either as a single group or in combination with participants in other Qualified Plans, would vote in a manner that would disadvantage Variable Contract holders. In sum, Applicants maintain that the purchase of shares of the Funds by Qualified Plans that provide voting rights does not present any complications not otherwise occasioned by mixed or shared funding.

 

17. Applicants do not believe that the sale of the shares of the Funds to Qualified Plans will increase the potential for material irreconcilable conflicts of interest between or among different types of investors. In particular, Applicants see very little potential for such conflicts beyond that which would otherwise exist between variable annuity and variable life insurance contractowners.

 

18.  As noted above, Section 817(h) of the Code imposes certain diversification standards on the underlying assets of variable contracts held in an underlying mutual fund. The Code provides that a variable contract shall not be treated as an annuity contract or life insurance, as applicable, for any period (and any subsequent period) for which the investments are not, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Treasury Department, adequately diversified.

 

19. Treasury Department Regulations issued under Section 817(h) provide that, in order to meet the statutory diversification requirements, all of the beneficial interests in the investment company must be held by the segregated asset accounts of one or more insurance companies. However, the Regulations contain certain exceptions to this requirement, one of which allows shares in an underlying mutual fund to be held by the trustees of a qualified pension or retirement plan without adversely affecting the ability of shares in the underlying fund also to be held by separate accounts of insurance companies in connection with their variable contracts (Treas. Reg. 1.817-5(f)(3)(iii)). Thus, Applicants believe that the Treasury Regulations specifically permit “qualified pension or retirement plans” and separate accounts to invest in the same underlying fund. For this reason, Applicants have concluded that neither the Code nor the Treasury Regulations or revenue rulings thereunder presents any inherent conflict of interest.

 

20. Applicants note that while there are differences in the manner in which distributions from Variable Contracts and Qualified Plans are taxed, these differences will have no impact on the Funds. When distributions are to be made, and a Separate Account or Qualified Plan is unable to net purchase payments to make the distributions, the Separate Account and Qualified Plan will redeem shares of the Funds at their respective net asset value in conformity with Rule 22c-1 under the 1940 Act (without the imposition of any sales charge) to provide proceeds to meet distribution needs. A Qualified Plan will make distributions in accordance with the terms of the Qualified Plan.

 

H-5



 

21. Applicants maintain that it is possible to provide an equitable means of giving voting rights to Participating Separate Account contractowners and to Qualified Plans. In connection with any meeting of shareholders, the Funds will inform each shareholder, including each Participating Insurance Company and Qualified Plan, of information necessary for the meeting, including their respective share of ownership in the relevant Fund. Each Participating Insurance Company will then solicit voting instructions in accordance with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as applicable, and its participation agreement with the relevant Fund. Shares held by Qualified Plans will be voted in accordance with applicable law. The voting rights provided to Qualified Plans with respect to shares of the Funds would be no different from the voting rights that are provided to Qualified Plans with respect to shares of funds sold to the general public.

 

22. Applicants have concluded that even if there should arise issues with respect to a state insurance commissioner’s veto powers over investment objectives where the interests of contractowners and the interests of Qualified Plans are in conflict, the issues can be almost immediately resolved since the trustees of (or participants in) the Qualified Plans can, on their own, redeem the shares out of the Funds. Applicants note that state insurance commissioners have been given the veto power in recognition of the fact that insurance companies usually cannot simply redeem their separate accounts out of one fund and invest in another. Generally, time-consuming, complex transactions must be undertaken to accomplish such redemptions and transfers. Conversely, the trustees of Qualified Plans or the participants in participant-directed Qualified Plans can make the decision quickly and redeem their interest in the Funds and reinvest in another funding vehicle without the same regulatory impediments faced by separate accounts or, as is the case with most Qualified Plans, even hold cash pending suitable investment.

 

23. Applicants also state that they do not see any greater potential for material irreconcilable conflicts arising between the interests of participants under Qualified Plans and contractowners of Participating Separate Accounts from possible future changes in the federal tax laws than that which already exist between variable annuity contractowners and variable life insurance contractowners.

 

24. Applicants state that the sale of shares of the Funds to Qualified Plans in addition to separate accounts of Participating Insurance Companies will result in an increased amount of assets available for investment by the Funds. This may benefit variable contractowners by promoting economies of scale, by permitting increased safety of investments through greater diversification, and by making the addition of new portfolios more feasible.

 

25. Applicants assert that, regardless of the type of shareholders in each Fund, each Fund’s Investment Manager is or would be contractually and otherwise obligated to manage the Fund solely and exclusively in accordance with that Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions as well as any guidelines established by the Board of Trustees of such Fund (the “Board”). The Investment Manager works with a pool of money and (except in a few instances where this may be required in order to comply with state insurance laws) does not take into account the identity of the shareholders. Thus, each Fund will be managed in the same manner as any other mutual fund. Applicants therefore see no significant legal impediment to permitting the sale of shares of the Funds to Qualified Plans.

 

26. Applicants state that the Commission has permitted the amendment of a substantially similar original order for the purpose of adding a party to the original order and has permitted open-end management investment companies to offer their shares directly to Qualified Plan in addition to separate accounts of affiliated or unaffiliated insurance companies which issue either or both variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance contracts. Applicants state that the amended order sought in the application is identical to precedent with respect to the conditions Applicants propose should be imposed on Qualified Plans in connection with investment in the Funds.

 

Applicants’ Conditions:

 

If the requested amended order is granted, Applicants consent to the following conditions:

 

1. A majority of the Board of each Fund shall consist of persons who are not “interested persons” thereof, as defined by Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder and as modified by any applicable orders of the Commission, except that if this condition is not met by reason of the death, disqualification or bona fide resignation of any Board Member or Members, then the operation of this condition shall be suspended: (a) for a period of 45 days if the vacancy or vacancies may be filled by the remaining Board Members; (b) for a period of 60 days if a vote

 

H-6



 

of shareholders is required to fill the vacancy or vacancies; or (c) for such longer period as the Commission may prescribe by order upon application.

 

2. The Board will monitor their respective Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict among the interests of the Variable Contract owners of all Separate Accounts investing in the Funds and of the Qualified Plan participants investing in the Funds. The Board will determine what action, if any, shall be taken in response to such conflicts. A material irreconcilable conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or interpretive letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of the Funds are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by variable annuity contract owners, variable life insurance contract owners, and trustees of Qualified Plans; (f) a decision by an insurer to disregard the voting instructions of Variable Contract owners; or (g) if applicable, a decision by a Qualified Plan to disregard the voting instructions of Qualified Plan participants.

 

3. Participating Insurance Companies, the Investment Managers, and any Qualified Plan that executes a fund participation agreement upon becoming an owner of 10 percent or more of the assets of an Fund (a “Participating Qualified Plan”), will report any potential or existing conflicts of which it becomes aware to the Board of any relevant Fund. Participating Insurance Companies, the Investment Managers and the Participating Qualified Plans will be responsible for assisting the Board in carrying out its responsibilities under these conditions by providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by each Participating Insurance Company to inform the Board whenever voting instructions of Contract owners are disregarded and, if pass-through voting is applicable, an obligation by each Participating Qualified Plan to inform the Board whenever it has determined to disregard Qualified Plan participant voting instructions. The responsibility to report such information and conflicts, and to assist the Board, will be contractual obligations of all Participating Insurance Companies investing in the Funds under their agreements governing participation in the Funds, and such agreements shall provide that these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of the Variable Contract owners. The responsibility to report such information and conflicts, and to assist the Board, will be contractual obligations of all Participating Qualified Plans under their agreements governing participation in the Funds, and such agreements will provide that their responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Qualified Plan participants.

 

4. If it is determined by a majority of the Board of a Fund, or by a majority of the disinterested Board Members, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the relevant Participating Insurance Companies and Participating Qualified Plans will, at their own expense and to the extent reasonably practicable as determined by a majority of the disinterested Board Members, take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the material irreconcilable conflict, which steps could include: (a) in the case of Participating Insurance Companies, withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the Separate Account s from the Fund or any portfolio thereof and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including another portfolio of an Fund or another Fund, or submitting the question as to whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected Variable Contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group (i.e., variable annuity contract owners or variable life insurance contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected Variable Contract owners the option of making such a change; (b) in the case of Participating Qualified Plans, withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the Qualified Plans from the Fund and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium; and (c) establishing a new registered management investment company or managed Separate Account. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by a Participating Insurance Company to disregard Variable Contract owner voting instructions, and that decision represents a minority position or would preclude a majority vote, then the insurer may be required, at the Fund’s election, to withdraw the insurer’s Separate Account investment in such Fund, and no charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal. If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a Participating Qualified Plan’s decision to disregard Qualified Plan participant voting instructions, if applicable, and that decision represents minority position or would preclude a majority vote, the Participating Qualified Plan may be required, at the Fund’s election, to withdraw its investment in such Fund, and no charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal. The responsibility to take remedial action in the event of a determination by a Board of a material irreconcilable conflict and to bear the cost of such remedial action will be a contractual obligation of all Participating

 

H-7



 

Insurance Companies and Participating Qualified Plans under their agreements governing participation in the Funds, and these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interest of Variable Contract owners and Qualified Plan participants.

 

5. For purposes of Condition 4, a majority of the disinterested Board Members of the applicable Board will determine whether or not any proposed action adequately remedies any material irreconcilable conflict, but in no event will the relevant Fund or the Investment Managers be required to establish a new funding medium for any Contract. No Participating Insurance Company shall be required by Condition 4 to establish a new funding medium for any Variable Contract if any offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of the Variable Contract owners materially and adversely affected by the material irreconcilable conflict. Further, no Participating Qualified Plan shall be required by Condition 4 to establish a new funding medium for any Participating Qualified Plan if (a) a majority of Qualified Plan participants materially and adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict vote to decline such offer, or (b) pursuant to governing Qualified Plan documents and applicable law, the Participating Qualified Plan makes such decision without a Qualified Plan participant vote.

 

6. The determination of the Board of the existence of a material irreconcilable conflict and its implications will be made known in writing promptly to all Participating Insurance Companies and Participating Qualified Plans.

 

7. Participating Insurance Companies will provide pass-through voting privileges to Variable Contract owners who invest in registered Separate Accounts so long as and to the extent that the Commission continues to interpret the 1940 Act as requiring pass-through voting privileges for Variable Contract owners. As to Variable Contracts issued by unregistered Separate Accounts, pass-through voting privileges will be extended to participants to the extent granted by issuing insurance companies. Each Participating Insurance Company will also vote shares of the Funds held in its Separate Accounts for which no voting instructions from Contract owners are timely received, as well as shares of the Funds which the Participating Insurance Company itself owns, in the same proportion as those shares of the Funds for which voting instructions from contract owners are timely received. Participating Insurance Companies will be responsible for assuring that each of their registered Separate Accounts participating in the Funds calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with other Participating Insurance Companies. The obligation to calculate voting privileges in a manner consistent with all other registered Separate Accounts investing in the Funds will be a contractual obligation of all Participating Insurance Companies under their agreements governing their participation in the Funds. Each Participating Qualified Plan will vote as required by applicable law and governing Qualified Plan documents.

 

8. All reports of potential or existing conflicts received by the Board of a Fund and all action by such Board with regard to determining the existence of a conflict, notifying Participating Insurance Companies and Participating Qualified Plans of a conflict, and determining whether any proposed action adequately remedies a conflict, will be properly recorded in the minutes of the meetings of such Board or other appropriate records, and such minutes or other records shall be made available to the Commission upon request.

 

9. Each Fund will notify all Participating Insurance Companies that separate disclosure in their respective Separate Account prospectuses may be appropriate to advise accounts regarding the potential risks of mixed and shared funding. Each Fund shall disclose in its prospectus that (a) the Fund is intended to be a funding vehicle for variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts offered by various insurance companies and for qualified pension and retirement plans; (b) due to differences of tax treatment and other considerations, the interests of various Contract owners participating in the Fund and/or the interests of Qualified Plans investing in the Fund may at some time be in conflict; and (c) the Board of such Fund will monitor events in order to identify the existence of any material irreconcilable conflicts and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response to any such conflict.

 

10. Each Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring voting by shareholders (which, for these purposes, will be the persons having a voting interest in the shares of the Funds), and, in particular, the Funds will either provide for annual shareholder meetings (except insofar as the Commission may interpret Section 16 of the 1940 Act not to require such meetings) or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act, although the Funds are not the type of trust described in Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act, as well as with Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and, if and when applicable, Section 16(b) of the 1940 Act. Further, each Fund will act in accordance with the Commission’s

 

H-8



 

interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a) with respect to periodic elections of Board Members and with whatever rules the Commission may promulgate with respect thereto.

 

11. If and to the extent Rules 6e-2 or 6e-3(T) under the 1940 Act is amended, or proposed Rule 6e-3 under the 1940 Act is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated thereunder, with respect to mixed or shared funding on terms and conditions materially different from any exemptions granted in the order requested in the application, then the Funds and/or Participating Insurance Companies and Participating Qualified Plans, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with such Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, or proposed Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent that such Rules are applicable.

 

12. The Participating Insurance Companies and Participating Qualified Plans and/or the Investment Managers, at least annually, will submit to the Board such reports, materials or data as the Board may reasonably request so that the Board may fully carry out obligations imposed upon it by the conditions contained in the application. Such reports, materials and data will be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Board. The obligations of the Participating Insurance Companies and Participating Qualified Plans to provide these reports, materials and data to the Board, when the Board so reasonably requests, shall be a contractual obligation of all Participating Insurance Companies and Participating Qualified Plans under their agreements governing participation in the Funds.

 

13. If a Qualified Plan should ever become a holder of ten percent or more of the assets of a Fund, such Qualified Plan will execute a participation agreement with the Fund that includes the conditions set forth herein to the extent applicable. A Qualified Plan will execute an application containing an acknowledgment of this condition upon such Qualified Plan’s initial purchase of the shares of any Fund.

 

Conclusion:

 

Applicants assert that, for the reasons summarized above, the requested exemptions are appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, pursuant to delegated authority.

 

H-9



 

Templeton Variable Products Series Fund, et al.

 

File No. 812-11698

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

Release No. IC-24079

 

1999 SEC LEXIS 2177

 

October 13, 1999

 

ACTION: Order Granting Exemptions

 

TEXT: Templeton Variable Products Series Fund (“Templeton Trust”), Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust (“VIP Trust”), Templeton Funds Annuity Company (“TFAC”) or any successor to TFAC, and any future open-end investment company for which TFAC or any affiliate is the administrator, sub-administrator, investment manager, adviser, principal underwriter, or sponsor (“Future Funds”) filed an application on July 14, 1999, and an amendment on September 17, 1999 seeking an amended order of the Commission pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) exempting them from the provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15). The prior order (Rel. No. IC-19879) granted exemptive relief to permit shares of the Templeton Trust to be sold to and held by variable annuity and variable life insurance separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies. The proposed relief would amend the prior order to add as parties to that order the VIP Trust and any Future Funds and to permit shares of the Templeton Trust, the VIP Trust, and Future Funds to be issued to and held by qualified pension and retirement plans outside the separate account context.

 

A notice of the filing of the application was issued on September 17, 1999 (Rel. No. IC-24018). The notice gave interested persons an opportunity to request a hearing and stated that an order granting the application would be issued unless a hearing should be ordered. No request for a hearing has been filed, and the Commission has not ordered a hearing.

 

The matter has been considered, and it is found that granting the requested exemptions is appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes intended by the policy and provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

Accordingly,

 

IT IS ORDERED, pursuant to Section 6(c) of the 1940 Act, that the requested exemptions from Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a) and 15(b) of the 1940 Act, and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, be, and hereby are, granted, effective forthwith.

 

For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, pursuant to delegated authority.

 

H-10


Exhibit 8.(h)

 

Shareholder Information ,.Agreement
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust

 

This Shareholder Information Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of May 1. 2008, and is among Franklinfrempleton Distributors, Inc. (“Distributors”) on behalf of each Fund, as defined below, and the Intermediary, as defined below. Unless otherwise specified, capitalized terms have the meaning set out under “Definitions,” below.

 

WHEREAS. Intermediary is a “financial intermediary” as that term is defined in Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and

 

WHEREAS, Distributors serves as the principal underwriter to the Funds; and

 

WHEREAS, Distributors and Intermediary wish to enter into this Agreement in accordance with Rule  22c-2 under the 1940 Act.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, which consideration is full and complete, Distributors and Intermediary hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                                       Shareholder Information

 

1.1 Agreement to Provide Information. Intermediary agrees to provide the Fund or its designee, upon written request, the taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), the Individual/International Taxpayer Identification Number (“ITIN”), or other government-issued identifier (“Gil”) and the Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder, if known, of any or all Shareholder(s) of the account, and the amount, date and transaction type (purchase, redemption. transfer, or exchange) of every purchase. redemption, transfer, or exchange of Shares held through an account maintained by Intermediary during the period covered by the request. Unless otherwise specifically requested by the Fund or its designee. Intermediary shall only be required to provide information relating to Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchases or Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Redemptions.

 

1.1.1 Period Covered by Request. Requests must set forth a specific period, not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of the request, for which transaction information is sought. The Fund or its designee may request transaction information older than ninety (90) days from the date of the request as it deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by the Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Fund.

 

(a) Timing of Requests. Requests from the Fund or its designee for Shareholder information shall be made no more frequently than quarterly except as the Fund or its designee deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by the Fund or its designee for the purpose of

 



 

eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Fund.

 

1.1.2 Form and Timing of Response.

 

(a)                                        Intermediary agrees to provide, promptly upon request of the Fund or its designee. the requested information specified in Section 1.1. above. If requested by the Fund or its designee. Intermediary agrees to use best efforts to determine promptly whether any specific person about whom Intermediary has received the identification and transaction information specified in Section 1.1 above is itself a financial intermediary (“indirect intermediary”) and, upon further request of the Fund or its designee, promptly either (i) provide (or arrange to have provided) the information set forth in Section 1.1 for those shareholders who hold an account with an indirect intermediary: or (ii) restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing, in nominee name on behalf of other persons, securities issued by the Fund. Intermediary additionally agrees to inform the Fund or its designee whether Intermediary plans to perform (1)  or (ii); and

 

(b)                                       Responses required by this Section 1.1 must be communicated in writing and in a format mutually agreed upon by the Fund or its designee and Intermediary; and

 

(C)  To the extent practicable and agreed by the parties, the format for any transaction information provided to the Fund or its designee should be consistent with the NSCC Standardized Data Reporting Format.

 

1.13 Limitations on Use of Information. Unless the Intermediary provides prior written consent. Fund agrees not to use the information received pursuant to this Agreement for any purpose other than as necessary to comply with the provisions of Rule 22c-2 or to fulfill other regulatory or legal requirements subject to the privacy provisions of Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Public Law 106-102) and comparable state laws.

 

2.                                                       Restriction of Trading

 

2.1 Agreement to Restrict Trading. Intermediary agrees to execute written instructions from the Fund or its designee to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Shares by a Shareholder that has been identified by the Fund or its designee as having engaged in transactions of the Fund’s Shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate policies established by the Fund or its designee for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding Shares issued by the Fund. Unless otherwise directed by the Fund or its designee, any such restrictions or prohibitions shall only apply to Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchases or Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Redemptions that are effected directly or indirectly through Intermediary.

 



 

2.1.1 Form of Instructions. Instructions must include the TIN, ITIN, or Gil and the specific individual Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder, if known, and the specific restriction(s) to be executed, including how long the restriction(s) is(are) to remain in place. If the TIN, ITIN, Gil or the specific individual Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder is not known, the instructions must include an equivalent identifying number of the Shareholder(s) or account(s) or other agreed upon information to which the instruction relates.

 

2.1.2 Timing of Response. Intermediary agrees to execute instructions as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than five business days after Intermediary receives the instructions.

 

2.1.3 Confirmation by Intermediary. Intermediary must provide written confirmation to the Fund or its designee that instructions have been executed. Intermediary agrees to provide confirmation as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than ten business days after the instructions have been executed.

 

2.2 Construction of the Agreement; Participation Agreements. The parties have entered into one or more agreements between or among them governing the purchase and redemption of shares of the Funds in connection with the Contracts (collectively, “Participation Agreements”). This Agreement supplements those Participation Agreements. To the extent the terms of this Agreement conflict with the terms of a Participation Agreement with regard to the requirements of Rule 22c-2, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

3.                                         Miscellaneous Provisions

 

3.1                                 [Reserved)

 

3.2                                 Termination. This Agreement will terminate upon the termination of the Participation Agreements and redemption of all shares in the Fund held by the Intermediary.

 

3.3 Indemnification. Distributors agree to indemnify and hold Intermediary harmless from any and all liability, claim, loss, demand, damages, costs and expenses ( including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising in connection with a third party claim or action brought against Intermediary as a result of any unauthorized disclosure of a shareholder’s taxpayer identification number provided to the Fund or its designee in response to a request for information pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (“Losses”). Distributors shall not be liable for Losses unless the Intermediary has provided adequate written notice to Distributors promptly after the summons or other first legal process. In addition, Distributors will be entitled to participate in. at its own expense, or shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, consistent with the terms of the Participation Agreement.

 

3.4 Force Majeure. The parties to this Agreement are excused from performance and shall not be liable for any delay in performance or non-performance, in whole or in part, caused by the occurrence of any event or contingency beyond the control of the parties

 



 

including, but not limited to, work stoppages. fires, civil disobedience, riots, rebellions. natural disasters, acts of God, and acts of war or terrorism. Each party so affected shall promptly give written notice to the other parties and shall use its best efforts to resume performance. Upon receipt of such notice, all obligations under this Agreement shall be immediately suspended for the duration of such force majeure event.

 

4.                                                Definitions

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

 

The term “intermediary” means: (i) the insurance company separate accounts listed on Attachment A of this Agreement (which is a part of this Agreement) as well as those identified in Schedule B of the Participation Agreement(s) to which Distributors and Intermediary are parties, as such Participation Agreement(s) may be amended from time to time; and (ii) the life insurance company depositor of such separate accounts.

 

The term “Fund” shall mean each series of Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust in which Intermediary invests and includes: (1) an administrator for the Fund; (ii) the principal underwriter or distributor for the Fund; and (iii) the transfer agent for the Fund. The term does not include any “excepted funds” as defined in Rule 22c-2(b) under the 1940 Act.

 

The term “Shares” means the interests of Shareholders corresponding to the redeemable securities of record issued by a Fund under the 1940 Act that are held by Intermediary.

 

The term “Shareholder” means the holder of interests in a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract issued by Intermediary (“Contract”), or a participant in an employee benefit plan with a beneficial interest in a Contract.

 

The term “Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchase” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Shareholder that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract to a Fund. but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollment such as transfer of assets within a Contract to a Fund as a result of “dollar cost averaging . ’ programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs, or automatic rebalancing programs; (ii) pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iii) as part of a one-time step-up in Contract value pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iv) as part of an allocation of assets to a Fund through a Contract as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments to the Contract; or (v)  as pre-arranged transfers at the conclusion of a required free look period.

 



 

The term “Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Redemption” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Shareholder that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract out of a Fund, but does not include transactions that are executed: (1) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollments such as transfers of assets within a Contract out of a Fund as a result of annuity payouts, loans, systematic withdrawal programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs and automatic rebalancing programs: (ii) as a result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract: (iii) within a Contract out of a Fund as a result of scheduled withdrawals or surrenders from a Contract: or (iv)  as a result of payment of a death benefit from a Contract.

 

The term “written” includes electronic writings.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused a duly authorized officer or representative to execute this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

FRANKLIN/TEMPLETON DISTRIBUTORS. INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas Regner

 

Name: Thomas Regner

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

on behalf of itself and the Separate Accounts referenced in this Agreement and its Attachment

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carolyn M. Johnson

 

Name: Carolyn M. Johnson

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Office

 



 

Attachment A to Shareholder Information Agreement

 

Name of Insurance Company:

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

Name of Separate Account(s):

 

Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life

 


Exhibit 8.(i)

 

Variable Annuity Shareholder Information Agreement
(Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust)

 

VARIABLE ANNUITY SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AGREEMENT entered into as of April 1. 2008 by and between Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the “Fund Agent”) and the Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (the “Intermediary”) with an effective date of April 1. 2008.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the contexts:

 

The term “Intermediary” shall mean (i) any broker, dealer, bank, or other entity that holds securities of record issued by a Fund in nominee name; (ii) in the case of a participant-directed employee benefit plan that owns securities issued by a Fund (1) a retirement plan administrator under ERISA or (2) any entity that maintains the plan’s participant records; and (iii) an insurance company separate account.

 

The terms “Fund,” individually, and “Funds,” collectively, shall mean the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust and each of its separately designated series, with the exception of any series of the Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust that would be deemed an “excepted fund,” as such term is defined in Rule 22c-2(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the -1940 Act”).

 

The term “Shares” means the interests of Shareholders corresponding to the redeemable securities of record issued by a Fund under the 1940 Act that are held by the Intermediary.

 

The term -Shareholder” means the holder of interests in a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract issued by the Intermediary (“Contract”), or a participant in an employee benefit plan with a beneficial interest in a contract.

 

The term “Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchase” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Shareholder that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract to a Fund, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollment such as transfer of assets within a Contract to a Fund as a result of “dollar cost averaging” programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs. or automatic rebalancing programs; (ii) pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iii) onetime step-up in Contract value pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iv) allocation of assets to a Fund through a Contract as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments to the Contract; or (v) pre-arranged transfers at the conclusion of a required free look period.

 

The term “Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Redemption” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Shareholder that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract out of a Fund, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollments such as transfers of assets within a Contract out of a Fund as

 



 

a result of annuity payouts. loans, systematic withdrawal programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs and automatic rebalancing programs; (ii) as a result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract; (iii) within a Contract out of a Fund as a result of scheduled withdrawals or surrenders from a Contract; or (iv) as a result of payment of a death benefit from a Contract.

 

The term “written” includes electronic writings and facsimile transmissions.

 

WHEREAS, the Fund Agent is the Principal Underwriter of the Funds; and

 

WHEREAS, the Intermediary is a “financial intermediary” within the meaning of Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act, and holds shares of the Funds in connection with the issuance of variable life insurance and/or variable annuity contracts.

 

WHEREAS, the Fund Agent and the Intermediary have entered into a participation or similar agreement pursuant to which such Fund shares are purchases and sold.

 

NOW. THEREFORE, the Fund Agent and the Intermediary hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                              Agreement to Provide Information. The Intermediary agrees to provide the Fund Agent, upon written request, the taxpayer identification number (“TIN”). the Individual/International Taxpayer Identification Number (“ITIN”), or other government issued identifier (“GIl”) and the Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder, if known, of any or all Shareholder(s) of the account, and the amount, date and transaction type (purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange) of every purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange of Shares held through an account maintained by the Intermediary during the period covered by the request. Unless otherwise specifically requested by the Fund Agent, the Intermediary shall only be required to provide information relating to Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchases or Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Redemptions.

 

1.1 Period Covered by Request. Requests must set forth a specific period, not to exceed 180 days from the date of the request, for which transaction information is sought. The Fund Agent may request transaction information older than 180 days from the date of the request as it deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by a Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by a Fund.

 

1.1a Timing of Requests. Fund Agent requests for Shareholder information shall be made no more frequently than quarterly except as the Fund Agent deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by a Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by a Fund.

 



 

1.2 Form and Timing of Response. (a) The Intermediary agrees to provide, promptly upon request of the Fund Agent or its designee, but in any event no later than five (5) business days, the requested information specified in paragraph 1. If requested by the Fund Agent or its designee. the Intermediary agrees to use best efforts to determine promptly whether any specific person about whom it has received the identification and transaction information specified in paragraph 1 is itself a financial intermediary (“indirect intermediary”) and, upon further request of the Fund Agent or its designee. promptly either (i) provide (or arrange to have provided) the information set forth in paragraph 1 for those Shareholders who hold an account with an indirect intermediary or (ii) restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing Shares, in nominee name on behalf of other persons, securities issued by a Fund. The Intermediary additionally agrees to inform the Fund Agent whether it plans to perform (i)  or (ii).

 

(b)   Responses required by this paragraph must be communicated in writing and in a format mutually agreed upon by the Fund Agent or its designee and the Intermediary; and

 

(c)   To the extent practicable, the format for any transaction information provided to the Fund Agent should be consistent with the NSCC Standardized Data Reporting Format.

 

1.3 Limitations on Use of Information. The Fund Agent agrees not to use the information received pursuant to this Agreement for any purpose other than as necessary to comply with the provisions of Rule 22c-2 or to fulfill other regulatory or legal requirements subject to the privacy provisions of Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Public Law 106-102) and comparable state laws.

 

2.           Agreement to Restrict Trading. The Intermediary agrees to execute written instructions from the Fund Agent to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Shares by a Shareholder that has been identified by the Fund Agent as having engaged in transactions in a Fund’s Shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate policies established by a Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding Shares issued by a Fund. Unless otherwise directed by the Fund Agent, any such restrictions or prohibitions shall only apply to Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchases or Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Redemptions that are effected directly or indirectly through the Intermediary. Instructions must be received by the Intermediary at the following address, or such other address that the Intermediary may communicate to the Fund Agent in writing from time to time, including, if applicable, an e-mail and/or facsimile telephone number:

 

Financial Operations Principal
Investment Distributors, Inc.
2801 Highway 280 South
Birmingham, AL 35223

 



 

With copies to:

 

Senior Associate Counsel- Variable Annuities
Protective Life Corporation

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham. AL 35223

 

2.1 Form of instructions.

 

Instructions must include the TIN, ITIN, or GII and the specific individual Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder, if known, and any specific restriction to be executed, including how long any restriction is to remain in place. If the TIN, ITIN, Gil or the specific individual Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder is not known, the instructions must include an equivalent identifying number of the Shareholder(s) or account(s)  or other agreed upon information to which the instruction relates.

 

2_2 Timing of Response. The Intermediary agrees to execute instructions as soon as reasonably practicable. but not later than five (5) business days after receipt of the instructions by the Intermediary.

 

2.3 Confirmation by Intermediary. The Intermediary must provide written confirmation to the Fund Agent that instructions have been executed. The Intermediary agrees to provide confirmation as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than ten (10) business days after the instructions have been executed.

 

3.                                   Applicability to Affiliates. The Intermediary acknowledges and agrees that the Intermediary has identified and/or will identify to the Fund Agent all persons affiliated with the Intermediary and known to the Intermediary who meet the definition of “Intermediary” as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement. In the event that any such person is not so identified, such person shall he deemed to be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement until such person has entered into a separate agreement with the Fund Agent.

 

4.                                  Construction of the Agreement; Fund Participation Agreements. The parties have entered into one or more Fund Participation or similar Agreements between or among them for the purchase and redemption of Shares by the Accounts in connection with the Contracts_ This Agreement supplements those Fund Participation Agreements. To the extent the terms of this Agreement conflict with the terms of a Fund Participation or similar Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control. Termination of this Agreement by either party shall not automatically result in a termination of such Fund Participation or similar Agreement.

 



 

5.                                        Amendments. The Fund Agent may unilaterally modify this Agreement at any time by written notice to the Intermediary to comport with the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, and any interpretation thereof by the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff. The first order Ibr a transaction in the Shares placed by the Intermediary subsequent to the giving of such notice shall be deemed acceptance by the Intermediary of the modification described in such notice.

 

7.                                        Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

8.                                        Assignment. Neither party may assign the Agreement. or any of the rights, obligations. or liabilities under the Agreement, without the written consent of the other party.

 

9.                                       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but both of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

10.                                Third-Party Beneficiaries. As required by Rule 22c-2, the Fund Agent is entering into this Agreement on behalf of the Funds. The Funds shall have the right to enforce all terms and provisions of this Agreement against any and all parties hereto and or otherwise involved in the activities contemplated herein.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By :

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Carolyn Johnson

 

Title: Executive VP, Chief Operating Officer, LAD

 

 


Exhibit 8.(j)

 

RULE 22c-2 AGREEMENT

 

This Rule 22c-2 Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Lord Abbett Distributor LLC (the “Distributor”), on its own behalf and/or on behalf of one or more of the Lord Abbett Family of Funds (the “Funds”), and Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company (the “Service Provider”), effective as of October 16, 2007. This Agreement constitutes an amendment to each and/or any existing Participation Agreement between the Distributor and/or the Funds and the Service Provider with respect to variable life insurance and/or variable annuity products established by Service Provider (“Contracts”) in connection with which the Service Provider or one of its affiliates transmits orders for Fund shares.

 

Whereas, Service Provider maintains one or more insurance company separate accounts (each an “Account”) relating to the Contracts; and

 

Whereas, pursuant to Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Funds or an appropriate designee on their behalf are required to enter into an agreement with the Service Provider under which the Service Provider is required to provide the Funds, upon request, with certain shareholder and account information and to implement the Funds’ instructions related to their frequent trading policies.

 

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants hereinafter contained and the Funds’ forbearance from prohibiting further purchases of Fund shares (“Shares”) by or through Service Provider, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              The Service Provider agrees to provide to the Funds or their designee the taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), if known, or any or all shareholders underlying an Account and the amount, date, name or other identifier of any investment professional(s) associated with such shareholders (if known), and transaction type (purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange) of every Shareholder Initiated Translation in Shares held through an Account (the “Information”).

 

(a)           As used herein, the term “Shareholder-Initiated Transaction” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Shareholder that results in a transfer of assets within an Account into or out of a Fund, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollments such as transfer of assets within a Contract to a Fund as a result of “dollar cost averaging” programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs, or automatic rebalancing programs; (ii) pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iii) pursuant to a Contract death benefit as a one-time step-up in Contract value; (iv) to allocate assets to a Fund through a Contract as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments to the Contract; (v) as pre-arranged transfers at the conclusion of a required free look period; (vi) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollments such as transfer of assets within a Contract out of a Fund as a result of annuity payouts, loans, systematic withdrawal programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs and automatic rebalancing programs; (vii) as a result of any

 



 

deduction or charge or fees under a Contract; (viii) within a Contract out of a Fund as a result of scheduled withdrawals or surrenders from a Contract; or (viii) as a result of payment of a death benefit from a Contract.

 

(b)         Each Request for Information must set forth a specific period, not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of the Request, for which the Information is sought. A request may be ongoing and continuous (e.g. for each trading day through the period for which the Information is sought) or for specified periods of time. The Fund may request Information older than ninety (90) days from the date of the request as it deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established or utilized by the Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing marketing timing and abusive trading practices.

 

(c)          In accordance with the preceding paragraph, the Service Provider agrees to transmit the Information that is on its books and records to the Funds or their designee promptly, but in any event not later than ten (10) business days, after receipt of a request for Information or after the last day of a period for which the Information has been requested, unless mutually agreed upon otherwise by the parties. If the Information is not on the Service Provider’s books and records, Service Provider agrees to: (i) use its best efforts to identify any accountholders who are themselves intermediaries, and obtain and forward (or have forwarded) the underlying shareholder identity and transaction information from those indirect intermediaries; and (ii) if directed by the Funds, block further purchases of Shares from such indirect intermediary. For purposes of this paragraph, an “indirect intermediary” has the same meaning as in Rule 22c-2; and

 

(d)         To the extent practicable, the format for any transaction information provided to the Funds should be consistent with the National Securities Clearing Corporation’s Standardized Data Reporting Format, or if not practicable, in an alternative format mutually agreed upon by the parties.

 

2.              The Service Provider agrees to implement instructions from the Funds or their designee (“Instructions”) to restrict or prohibit further Shareholder Initiated Transactions in specific accounts or by specific shareholders identified by the Funds or an affiliate as having engaged in transactions that may violate the Funds’ policies regarding short term or excessive trading activity, except that the Service Provider shall not be required to breach any terms of its existing Contracts with Contract owners. The Funds or their designee will include in the Instructions the TIN, if known, and the specific restriction(s) to be implemented. If the TIN is not known, the Instructions must include an equivalent identifying number of the shareholders or other agreed upon information to which the Instructions relate. In addition, the Service Provider agrees:

 

(a)          To implement Instructions as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than five (5) business days after receipt of the Instructions by the Service Provider; and

 

(b)         To provide confirmation to the Funds in a mutually agreed upon format that Instructions have been implemented. Service Provider agrees to provide confirmation as soon as is

 



 

reasonably practicable, but not later than ten (10) business days after the Instructions have been implemented.

 

In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written below.

 

 

LORD ABBETT DISTRIBUTOR LLC

 

 

By: Lord, Abbett & Co. LLC,

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lawrence H. Kaplan

 

 

 

Lawrence H. Kaplan

 

 

 

Member and General Counsel

 

 

Dated:

11/3/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Sawyer

 

 

Name:

John Sawyer

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Managing Director

 

 

Dated:

11/24/08

 

 

 


Exhibit 8.(k)

 

RULE 22c-2 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement entered into as of [        ], 2008. by and between MFS Fund Distributors, Inc. (“Mr) and the party signing below (“Intermediary”).

 

WHEREAS, MFD is the principal underwriter for the MFS funds;

 

WHEREAS, the Intermediary offers or otherwise makes available the MFS funds to or for clients of Intermediary;

 

WHEREAS. Rule 22c-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Rule 22c-2”) effectively requires MFD or each MIS fund to enter into a shareholder information agreement with each “financial intermediary”, as that term is defined in Rule 22c-2; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions for information sharing for the Funds in accordance with Rule 22c-2.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, which consideration is full and complete, MFD and Intermediary hereby agree as follows:

 

A.                          Agreement to Provide Information. Intermediary agrees to provide the Fund or its designee. upon written request, the taxpayer identification number (“TIN”). the Individual/International Taxpayer Identification Number (-ITIN”), or other government issued identifier (“GlI”) and the Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder, if known, of any or all Shareholder(s) of the account, and the amount, date and transaction type (purchase. redemption, transfer, or exchange) of every purchase, redemption, transfer, or exchange of Shares held through an account maintained by the Intermediary during the period covered by the request. Unless otherwise specifically requested by the Fund, the Intermediary shall be required to provide information relating only to Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchases or Shareholder- Initiated Transfer Redemptions.

 

(1)   Period Covered by Request. Requests must set forth a specific period, not to exceed 90 days from the date of the request, for which transaction information is sought. The Fund or its designee may request transaction information older than 90 days from the date of the request as it deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by the Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Fund.

 

(2)   Timing of Requests. Fund requests for Shareholder information shall he made no more frequently than quarterly except as the Fund deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by the Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares issued by the Fund.

 

(3)  Form  and Timing of Response. (a) Intermediary agrees to provide, promptly

 



 

upon request of the Fund or its designee, the requested information specified in Section A. If requested by the Fund or its designee. Intermediary agrees to use best efforts to determine promptly whether any specific person about whom it has received the identification and transaction information specified in Section A is itself a financial intermediary (“indirect intermediary”) and, upon further request of the Fund or its designee, prompt ly either (i) provide (or arrange to have provided) the information set forth in Section A for those shareholders who hold an account with an indirect intermediary or (ii) restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing, in nominee name on behalf of other persons, securities issued by the Fund. Intermediary additionally agrees to inform the Fund or its designee whether it plans to perform (i) or

 

(b) Responses required by this paragraph must be communicated in writing and in a format mutually agreed upon by the Fund or its designee and the Intermediary.

 

(c) To the extent practicable, the format for any transaction information provided to the Fund should be consistent with the NSCC Standardized Data Reporting Format.

 

(4) Limitations on Use of Information. The Fund agrees to use the information provided solely for the purposes of facilitating the Fund’s compliance with Rule 22c-2 and not for marketing or any other purpose without the Intermediary’s prior written consent.

 

B.                            Agreement to Restrict Trading. Intermediary agrees to execute written instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Shares by a Shareholder that has been identified by the Fund as having engaged in transactions of the Fund’s Shares (directly or indirectly through the Intermediary’s account) that violate policies established by the Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding Shares issued by the Fund. Unless otherwise directed by the Fund. any such restrictions or prohibitions shall only apply to Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchases or Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Redemptions that are effected directly or indirectly through Intermediary. Instructions must be received by us at the following address, or such other address that Intermediary may communicate to you in writing from time to time. including, if applicable, an e-mail andlor facsimile telephone number:

 

 

 

(1) Form of instructions. Instructions must include the TIN, ITIN, or GII and the specific individual Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder, if known, and the specific restriction(s) to be executed, including how long the restriction(s) is(are) to remain in place. lithe TIN. [TIN, Gil or the specific individual Contract owner number or participant account number associated with the Shareholder is not known, the instructions must include an equivalent identifying number of the SharehoIder(s) or account(s) or other agreed upon information to which the instruction relates. Upon request of the Intermediary, the Fund agrees to provide to the Intermediary, along with any w ritten instructions to

 



 

prohibit further purchases or exchanges of Shares by Shareholder, information regarding those trades of the contract holder that violated the Fund’s policies relating to eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the Fund’s outstanding Shares.

 

(2)  Timing of Response. Intermediary agrees to execute instructions as soon as reasonably practicable. but not later than five business days after receipt of the instructions by the Intermediary.

 

(3)  Confirmation by Intermediary. Intermediary must provide written confirmation to the Fund that instructions have been executed. Intermediary agrees to provide confirmation as soon as reasonably practicable. but not later than ten business days after the instructions have been executed.

 

(4)  Construction of the Agreement; Fund Participation Agreements. The parties may have entered into one or more Fund Participation Agreements between or among them for the purchase and redemption of shares of the Funds by the Accounts in connection with the Contracts. This Agreement supplements those Fund Participation Agreements. To the extent the terms of this Agreement conflict with the terms of a Fund Participation Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

(5)   Termination. This Agreement will terminate upon the termination of the applicable Fund Participation Agreement.

 

C.              Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph:

 

(1)  The term “Fund” includes the fund’s principal underwriter and transfer agent. The term not does include any “excepted funds” as defined in Rule 22c-2(b).

 

(2)  The term “Shares” means the interests of Shareholders corresponding to the redeemable securities of record issued by the Fund under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that are held by Intermediary.

 

(3)  The term “Shareholder” means Holder of interests in a variable annuity or variable life insurance contract issued by the intermediary (“Contract”), or a participant in an employee benefit plan with a beneficial interest in a Contract.

 

(4)  The term “Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Purchase” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Shareholder that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract to a Fund, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollment such as transfer of assets within a Contract to a Fund as a result of “dollar cost averaging” programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs, or automatic rebalancing programs; (ii) pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iii) one-time step-up in Contract value pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iv) allocation of assets to a Fund through a Contract as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments to the Contract: or (v) prearranged transfers at the conclusion of a required free look period.

 



 

(5)   The term “Shareholder-Initiated Transfer Redemption” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Shareholder that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract out of a Fund, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollments such as transfers of assets within a Contract out of a Fund as a result of annuity payouts, loans. systematic withdrawal programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs and automatic rebalancing programs; (i i) as a result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract; (iii) within a Contract out of a Fund as a result of scheduled withdrawals or surrenders from a Contract; or (iv) as a result of payment of a death benefit from a Contract.

 

(6)   The term “written” includes electronic writings and facsimile transmissions.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to he executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

MFS FUND DISTRIBUTORS, [NC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: James A. Jessee

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Date:

 

 


Exhibit 8.(m)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the 1st day of November , 2007 by and among PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY (the “Company”), an Alabama corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf of each separate account of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto as may be amended from time to time (each such account referred to as an “Account”), THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC. (the “Fund”), a Maryland corporation, MORGAN STANLEY DISTRIBUTION, INC. (the “Underwriter”), a Delaware corporation, and MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC. (the “Adviser”), a Delaware corporation.

 

WHEREAS, the Fund engages in business as an open-end management investment company and is available to act as (i) the investment vehicle for separate accounts established by insurance companies for individual and group life insurance policies and annuity contracts with variable accumulation and/or pay-out provisions (hereinafter referred to individually and/or collectively as “Variable Insurance Products”) and (ii) the investment vehicle for certain qualified pension and retirement plans (“Qualified Plans”); and

 

WHEREAS, insurance companies desiring to utilize the Fund as an investment vehicle under their Variable Insurance Products enter into participation agreements with the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser (the “Participating Insurance Companies”); and

 

WHEREAS, shares of the Fund are divided into several series of shares, each representing the interest in a particular managed portfolio of securities and other assets, any one or more of which may be made available under this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund intends to offer shares of the series set forth on Schedule B hereto (each such series referred to as a “Portfolio”), as such Schedule may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto, to the Account(s) of the Company (all references herein to “shares” of a Portfolio shall mean the class or classes of shares specifically identified on Schedule B); and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund has obtained an order from the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), dated September 19, 1996 (File No. 812-10118), granting Participating Insurance Companies and Variable Insurance Product separate accounts exemptions from the provisions of Sections 9(a), 13(a), 15(a), and 15(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and Rules 6e-2(b)(15) and 6e-3(T)(b)(15) thereunder, to the extent necessary to permit shares of the Fund to be sold to and held by Variable Insurance Product separate accounts of both affiliated and unaffiliated life insurance companies and Qualified Plans (the “Shared Funding Exemptive Order”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as an open-end management investment company under the 1940 Act and its shares are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and any applicable state securities laws; and

 

1



 

WHEREAS, the Adviser manages the Portfolios of the Fund; and

 

WHEREAS, the Underwriter is registered as a broker/dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), is a member in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and serves as principal underwriter of the shares of the Fund; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company offers or proposes to offer certain Variable Insurance Products that it has registered (or will register) under the 1933 Act (the “Registered Contracts”), as well as other Variable Insurance Products that are not registered under the 1933 Act (the “Unregistered Contracts,” and together with the Registered Contracts, the “Contracts”), each as set forth on Schedule A hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, each Account is a duly organized, validly existing segregated asset account, established by resolution or under authority of the Board of Directors of the Company, on the date shown for such Account on Schedule A hereto, to set aside and invest assets attributable to the Contracts; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has registered (or will register) certain Accounts as unit investment trusts under the 1940 Act that are attributable to the Registered Contracts (the “Registered Accounts”), while certain other Accounts that are attributable to the Unregistered Contracts will not be registered under the 1940 Act (the “Unregistered Accounts,” and together with the Registered Accounts, the “Accounts”), each as set forth on Schedule A hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, to the extent permitted by applicable insurance laws and regulations, the Company intends to purchase shares of the Portfolios, on behalf of each Account or sub-Account thereof (together, as applicable, an “Account”), to fund the Contracts and the Underwriter is authorized to sell such shares to each such Account at net asset value; and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund, acting through the Fund’s transfer agent, has established a master account on its mutual fund shareholder account system (the “T/A Account”) reflecting the aggregate ownership of shares of the Fund and all transactions involving such shares by the Company on behalf of the Accounts; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser wish to permit the Fund to receive, and the Company, or its authorized agent, to transmit, purchase, exchange and redemption orders of Portfolio shares using either manual procedures or the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) Fund/SERV System (“Fund/SERV”), as set forth in the attached Schedule D; and

 

WHEREAS, if the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser wish to receive and transmit Fund shares via Fund/SERV, it is intended that the Fund and the Company will establish an account using Fund/SERV (the “Fund/SERV Account”) that will reflect corresponding transactions and Fund share balances in the T/A Account.

 

2



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises, the Company, the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.  Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

 

1.1.                               The Fund and the Underwriter agree to make available for purchase by the Company shares of the Portfolio(s) and shall execute purchase orders placed for each Account on each Business Day at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of such purchase order.  For purposes of this Section 1.1, and for purposes of Rule 22c-1 under the 1940 Act, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund and the Underwriter for receipt of such purchase orders from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that such purchase orders are received and transmitted in accordance with the Operating Procedures attached hereto as Schedule D (the “Operating Procedures”).  “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading and on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to SEC rules.

 

1.2.                               The Fund, so long as this Agreement is in effect, agrees to make shares of the Portfolios available for purchase at the applicable net asset value per share by the Company and its Accounts on those days on which the Fund calculates its net asset value pursuant to SEC rules and the Fund shall use reasonable efforts to calculate such net asset value on each day that the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “Board”) may refuse to permit the Fund to sell shares of any Portfolio to any person, or suspend or terminate the offering of shares of any Portfolio if such action is required by law or by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or is, in the sole discretion of the Board acting in good faith and in light of its fiduciary duties under federal and any applicable state laws, necessary in the best interests of the shareholders of such Portfolio.

 

1.3.                               The Fund and the Underwriter agree that shares of the Fund will be sold only to Participating Insurance Companies and their separate accounts and to certain qualified plans.  No shares of a Portfolio will be sold to the general public.

 

1.4.                               The Fund and the Underwriter agree to redeem for cash, on the Company’s request, any full or fractional shares of the Portfolio(s) held by the Company, executing such redemption requests for each Account on each Business Day at the net asset value next computed after receipt by the Fund or its designee of the request for redemption.  Subject to and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, however, the Fund reserves the right to redeem shares of the Portfolios for assets other than cash.  For purposes of this Section 1.4, and for purposes of Rule 22c-1 under the 1940 Act, the Company shall be the designee of the Fund and the Underwriter for receipt of requests for redemption from each Account and receipt by such designee shall constitute receipt by the Fund; provided that such redemption requests are received and transmitted in accordance with the Operating Procedures.

 

1.5.                               The Company agrees that purchases and redemptions of Portfolio shares offered by the then current prospectus of the Fund shall be made in accordance with the provisions of

 

3



 

such prospectus.  The Company will give the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser forty-five (45) days written notice of its intention to make available in the future any other investment company as a funding vehicle under the Contracts.

 

1.6.                               The Fund and the Company will settle all purchase and redemption orders transmitted pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.4 of this Agreement, respectively, in accordance with the Operating Procedures.

 

1.7.                               Issuance and transfer of the Fund’s shares will be by book entry only.  Share certificates will not be issued to the Company or any Account.  Shares ordered from the Fund will be recorded in an appropriate title for each Account or the appropriate sub-account of each Account.

 

1.8.                               The Company shall not redeem Fund shares attributable to the Contracts (as distinct from Fund shares attributable to the Company’s assets held in the Account) except (i) as necessary to implement Contract owner initiated or approved transactions, (ii) as required by state and/or federal laws or regulations or judicial or other legal precedent of general application (hereinafter referred to as a “Legally Required Redemption”) or (iii) as permitted by an order of the SEC pursuant to Section 26(c) of the 1940 Act.  Upon request, the Company will promptly furnish to the Fund the opinion of counsel for the Company (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Fund) to the effect that any redemption pursuant to clause (ii) above is a Legally Required Redemption.  Furthermore, except in cases where permitted under the terms of the Contracts, the Company shall not prevent Contract owners from allocating payments to a Portfolio that was otherwise available under the Contracts without first giving the Fund ninety (90) days prior written notice of its intention to do so.

 

ARTICLE II.  Representations and Warranties

 

2.1.                               The Company represents and warrants that: (i) it is an insurance company duly organized and in good standing under applicable law; (ii) it is a member in good standing of the NSCC, or is otherwise entitled to use Fund/SERV; (iii) it will abide by the rules and regulations of the NSCC; (iv) it has legally and validly established each Account prior to any issuance or sale thereof as a segregated asset account under applicable laws and regulations; (v) it has registered or, prior to any issuance or sale of the Registered Contracts, will register and will thereafter maintain the registration of each Registered Account as a unit investment trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act to serve as a segregated investment account for the Registered Contracts; (vi) the Unregistered Accounts are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1940 Act under the provisions of Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) thereof; and (vii) the Unregistered Accounts are exempt from the provisions of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act under the provisions of Section 12(d)(1)(E) of the 1940 Act.  The Company further represents and warrants that: (i) the Registered Contracts are or will be registered and shall remain registered under the 1933 Act; (ii) the Unregistered Contracts are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act under the provisions of Section 4(2) thereof; (iii) the Contracts will be issued and sold in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws; and (iv) the sale of the Contracts shall comply in all material respects with state insurance

 

4



 

suitability requirements.  The Company shall amend the registration statement for the Registered Accounts and the Registered Contracts under the 1940 Act and the 1933 Act, respectively, from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of the Registered Contracts; moreover, the Company will notify the Fund immediately in writing of any changes in facts or circumstances leading the Company to believe that any of the exemptions described above with respect to the Unregistered Contracts or Unregistered Accounts are not applicable as represented.

 

2.2.                               The Fund and the Underwriter represent and warrant that Fund shares sold pursuant to this Agreement shall be registered under the 1933 Act, duly authorized for issuance and sold in compliance with the laws of the State of Maryland and all applicable federal and state securities laws and that the Fund is and shall remain registered under the 1940 Act.  The Fund shall amend the registration statement for its shares under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act from time to time as required in order to effect the continuous offering of its shares.  The Fund shall register and qualify the shares for sale in accordance with the laws of the various states only if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund.

 

2.3.                               The Fund represents that it is currently qualified as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and that it will use its reasonable efforts to maintain such qualification (under Subchapter M or any successor or similar provision) and that it will notify the Company immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that it has ceased to so qualify.

 

2.4.                               The Company represents and warrants that each Account is and will continue to be a “segregated asset account” under applicable provisions of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and that each Contract is and will continue to be treated as a “variable contract” under applicable provisions of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.  The Company further represents and warrants that it will make every effort to maintain such treatment and that it will notify the Fund immediately upon having a reasonable basis for believing that any Account or Contract has ceased to be so treated or that any Account or Contract might not be so treated in the future.

 

2.5.                               The Fund represents that to the extent that it decides to finance distribution expenses pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, the Fund undertakes to have the Board, at least a majority of whom are not interested persons of the Fund, formulate and approve any plan under Rule 12b-1 to finance distribution expenses.

 

2.6.                               The Fund makes no representation as to whether any aspect of its operations (including, but not limited to, fees and expenses and investment policies) complies with the insurance laws or regulations of the various states.

 

2.7.                               The Fund represents that it is lawfully organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and that it does and will comply in all material respects with the 1940 Act.  The Fund represents and warrants that it is a member in good standing of the NSCC, or is otherwise entitled to use Fund/SERV, and will abide by the rules and regulations of the NSCC.

 

5



 

2.8.                               The Adviser represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable federal and state securities laws and that it will perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of its state of domicile and any applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

2.9.                               The Underwriter represents and warrants that it is and shall remain duly registered in all material respects under all applicable federal and state securities laws and that it will perform its obligations for the Fund in compliance in all material respects with the laws of its state of domicile and any applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

2.10.                         The Fund represents and warrants that all of its directors, officers, employees, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Fund are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Fund in an amount not less than the minimum coverage as currently required by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act or related provisions as may be promulgated from time to time.  The aforesaid blanket fidelity bond shall include coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company.

 

The Company represents and warrants that all of its directors, officers, employees, investment advisers, and other individuals/entities dealing with the money and/or securities of the Account(s) are and shall continue to be at all times covered by a blanket fidelity bond or similar coverage for the benefit of the Company and/or the Account(s) that is reasonable and customary in light of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.  The aforesaid includes coverage for larceny and embezzlement and shall be issued by a reputable bonding company in an amount not less than $5 million.  The Company agrees to make all reasonable efforts to see that this bond or another bond containing these provisions is always in effect, and agrees to notify the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser in the event that such coverage no longer applies.

 

ARTICLE III.  Prospectuses, Reports to Shareholders and Proxy Statements; Voting

 

3.1.                               The Fund or its designee shall provide the Company with as many printed copies of the Fund’s current prospectus and statement of additional information as the Company may reasonably request.  If requested by the Company, in lieu of providing printed copies the Fund shall provide camera-ready film or computer diskettes containing the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information, and such other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company once each year (or more frequently if the prospectus and/or statement of additional information for the Fund is amended during the year) to have the prospectus or other disclosure document for the Contracts and the Fund’s prospectus (and statement of additional information for the Fund and the statement of additional information for the Registered Contracts) printed together in one document.  Alternatively, the Company may print the Fund’s prospectus and/or its statement of additional information in combination with other fund companies’ prospectuses and statements of additional information.

 

6



 

3.2.                               Except as provided in this Section 3.2, all expenses of preparing, setting in type, printing and distributing Fund prospectuses and statements of additional information shall be the expense of the Company.  For prospectuses and statements of additional information provided by the Company to its Contract owners who currently own shares of one or more Portfolios (“Existing Contract Owners”), in order to update disclosure as required by the 1933 Act and/or the 1940 Act, the cost of printing shall be borne by the Fund.  If the Company chooses to receive camera-ready film or computer diskettes in lieu of receiving printed copies of the Fund’s prospectus, the Fund shall bear the cost of typesetting to provide the Fund’s prospectus to the Company in the format in which the Fund is accustomed to formatting prospectuses, and the Company shall bear the expense of adjusting or changing the format to conform with any of its prospectuses or other disclosure documents.  In such event, the Fund will reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the product of “x” and “y”, where “x” is the number of such disclosure documents distributed to Existing Contract Owners and “y” is the Fund’s per unit cost of printing the Fund’s prospectus.  The same procedures shall be followed with respect to the Fund’s statement of additional information.  The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the Fund’s expenses do not include the costs of printing, typesetting or distributing any prospectuses or statements of additional information other than the costs of printing those prospectuses or statements of additional information actually distributed to Existing Contract Owners.

 

3.3.                               The statement of additional information of the Fund shall be obtainable from the Fund, the Underwriter, the Company or such other person as the Fund may designate.

 

3.4.                               The Fund or its designee shall provide the Company with as many printed copies of the Fund’s current shareholder report as the Company may reasonably request.  If requested by the Company, in lieu of providing printed copies the Fund shall provide camera-ready film or computer diskettes containing the Fund’s shareholder reports, and such other assistance as is reasonably necessary in order for the Company twice each year (once for the Fund’s semi-annual report and once for the Fund’s annual report) to have the reports for the Contract Owners and the Fund’s shareholder reports printed together in one document.  Alternately, the Company may print the Fund’s shareholder reports in combination with other fund companies’ shareholder reports.

 

3.5.                               Except as provided in this Section 3.5, all expenses of preparing, setting in type, printing and distributing Fund shareholder reports shall be the expense of the Company.  For Fund shareholder reports provided by the Company to its Contract owners who currently own shares of one or more Portfolios (“Existing Contract Owners”), in order to deliver such reports as required by the 1934 Act and/or the 1940 Act, the cost of printing shall be borne by the Fund.  If the Company chooses to receive camera-ready film or computer diskettes in lieu of receiving printed copies of the Fund’s shareholder reports, the Fund shall bear the cost of typesetting to provide the Fund’s shareholder reports to the Company in the format in which the Fund is accustomed to formatting shareholder reports, and the Company shall bear the expense of adjusting or changing the format to conform with any of its reports to Contract Owners.  In such event, the Fund will reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the product of “x” and “y”, where “x” is the number of such shareholder reports distributed to Existing Contract Owners and

 

7



 

“y” is the Fund’s per unit cost of printing the Fund’s shareholder reports.  The Company agrees to provide the Fund or its designee with such information as may be reasonably requested by the Fund to assure that the Fund’s expenses do not include the costs of printing, typesetting or distributing any shareholder reports other than the costs of printing those shareholder reports actually distributed to Existing Contract Owners.

 

3.6                                  The Fund, at its expense, shall provide the Company with copies of its proxy statements and other communications (except for prospectuses and statements of additional information that are covered in Section 3.1 and reports to shareholders that are covered in Section 3.4) to shareholders in such quantity as the Company shall reasonably require for distributing to Existing Contract Owners.  The Fund shall not pay any costs of distributing such materials to prospective Contract owners.

 

3.7.                               If and to the extent required by law, the Company shall distribute all proxy materials furnished by the Fund to Contract owners to whom voting privileges are required to be extended and shall:

 

(i)                        solicit voting instructions from Contract owners;

 

(ii)                     vote the Portfolio shares in accordance with instructions received from Contract owners; and

 

(iii)                  vote Portfolio shares for which no instructions have been received in the same proportion as Portfolio shares for which instructions have been received;

 

so long as and to the extent that the SEC continues to interpret the 1940 Act to require pass-through voting privileges for variable contract owners.  The Company reserves the right to vote Portfolio shares held in any segregated asset account in its own right, to the extent permitted by law.  If the Company is required to solicit voting instructions, the Fund and the Company shall follow the procedures, and shall have the corresponding responsibilities, for the handling of proxies and voting instruction solicitations, as set forth in Schedule C attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.  Participating Insurance Companies shall be responsible for ensuring that each of their separate accounts participating in the Fund (and for which the soliciting of voting instructions is required) calculates voting privileges in a manner consistent with the standards set forth on Schedule C, which standards will also be provided to the other Participating Insurance Companies.

 

3.8.                               The Fund will comply with all provisions of the 1940 Act requiring voting by shareholders, and in particular the Fund will either provide for annual meetings (except insofar as the SEC may interpret Section 16 of the 1940 Act not to require such meetings) or comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act (although the Fund is not one of the trusts described in Section 16(c) of the 1940 Act) as well as with Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and, if and when applicable, Section 16(b) of the 1940 Act.  Further, the Fund will act in accordance with the SEC’s

 

8



 

interpretation of the requirements of Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act with respect to periodic elections of directors and with whatever rules the SEC may promulgate with respect thereto.

 

ARTICLE IV.  Sales Material and Information

 

4.1.                               The Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Fund or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser is named, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to its use.  No such material shall be used without the prior approval of the Fund or its designee.  The Fund shall use its reasonable best efforts to review any such material as soon as practicable after receipt and no later than ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such material.

 

4.2.                               The Company shall not give any information or make any representations or statements on behalf of the Fund or concerning the Fund in connection with the sale of the Contracts other than the information or representations contained in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund shares, as such registration statement or prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for the Fund which are in the public domain or approved by the Fund for distribution to Fund shareholders, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Fund or its designee, except with the permission of the Fund.

 

4.3.                               The Fund or its designee shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the Company or its designee, each piece of sales literature or other promotional material in which the Company and/or its Account(s) or Contract(s) are named at least ten (10) Business Days prior to its use.  No such material shall be used if the Company or its designee reasonably objects to such use within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such material.

 

4.4.                               Neither the Fund, the Underwriter nor the Adviser shall give any information or make any representations on behalf of the Company or concerning the Company, each Account, or the Contracts, other than the information or representations contained in a registration statement, prospectus, offering memorandum or other disclosure document for the Contracts, as such documents may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or in reports or proxy statements for each Account which are in the public domain or approved by the Company for distribution to Contract owners, or in sales literature or other promotional material approved by the Company or its designee, except with the permission of the Company.

 

4.5.                               The Fund will provide to the Company at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, reports, proxy statements, sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no-action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to the Fund or its shares and are relevant to the Company or the Contracts.

 

4.6.                               The Company will provide to the Fund, to the extent applicable, at least one complete copy of all registration statements, prospectuses, statements of additional information, offering memoranda or other disclosure documents, reports, solicitations for voting instructions,

 

9



 

sales literature and other promotional materials, applications for exemptions, requests for no action letters, and all amendments to any of the above, that relate to investment in the Fund or the Portfolios under the Contracts.

 

4.7.                               For purposes of this Article IV, the phrase “sales literature or other promotional material” includes, but is not limited to, any of the following that refer to the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund: advertisements (such as material published, or designed for use in, a newspaper, magazine, or other periodical, radio, television, telephone or tape recording, videotape display, signs or billboards, motion pictures, or other public media), sales literature ( i.e. , any written communication distributed or made generally available to customers or the public, including brochures, circulars, research reports, market letters, form letters, seminar texts, reprints or excerpts of any other advertisement, sales literature, or published article), educational or training materials or other communications distributed or made generally available to some or all agents or employees, and registration statements, offering memoranda, prospectuses, statements of additional information or other disclosure documents, shareholder reports, and proxy materials.

 

ARTICLE V.  Fees and Expenses

 

5.1.                               The Fund shall pay no fee or other compensation to the Company under this Agreement, except that if the Fund or any Portfolio adopts and implements a service plan and/or a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1, then the Underwriter may make payments to the Company or to the underwriter for the Contracts pursuant to such plans if and in amounts agreed to by the Underwriter in writing.

 

5.2.                               All expenses incident to performance by the Fund under this Agreement shall be paid by the Fund.  The Fund shall see to it that all its shares are registered and authorized for issuance in accordance with applicable federal law and, if and to the extent deemed advisable by the Fund, in accordance with applicable state laws prior to their sale.  Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Fund shall bear the expenses for the cost of registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares, preparation and filing of the Fund’s prospectus and registration statement, proxy materials and reports, setting the prospectus in type, setting in type and printing the proxy materials and reports to shareholders, the preparation of all statements and notices required by any federal or state law, and all taxes on the issuance or transfer of the Fund’s shares.

 

5.3.                               The Company shall bear the expenses of distributing the Fund’s prospectus, statement of additional information, proxy materials and reports to owners of Contracts issued by the Company.

 

ARTICLE VI.  Diversification

 

6.1.                               The Fund will use its best efforts to at all times comply with Section 817(h) of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.817-5, relating to the diversification requirements for annuity, endowment, or life insurance contracts and any amendments or other modifications to such Section or Regulations.  In the event the Fund ceases to so qualify, it will take reasonable steps to

 

10



 

(a) notify the Company of such event and (b) adequately diversify the Fund so as to achieve compliance within the time period afforded by Regulation 1.817-5.

 

ARTICLE VII.  Potential Conflicts

 

7.1.                               The Board will monitor the Fund for the existence of any material irreconcilable conflict between the interests of the contract owners of all separate accounts investing in the Fund.  An irreconcilable material conflict may arise for a variety of reasons, including: (a) an action by any state insurance regulatory authority; (b) a change in applicable federal or state insurance, tax, or securities laws or regulations, or a public ruling, private letter ruling, no-action or interpretative letter, or any similar action by insurance, tax, or securities regulatory authorities; (c) an administrative or judicial decision in any relevant proceeding; (d) the manner in which the investments of any Portfolio are being managed; (e) a difference in voting instructions given by contract owners; or (f) a decision by a Participating Insurance Company to disregard the voting instructions of contract owners.  The Fund shall promptly inform the Company if the Board determines that an irreconcilable material conflict exists and the implications thereof.

 

7.2.                               The Company will report any potential or existing conflicts of which it is aware to the Board.  The Company will assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities under the Shared Funding Exemptive Order by providing the Board with all information reasonably necessary for the Board to consider any issues raised.  This includes, but is not limited to, an obligation by the Company to inform the Board whenever Contract owner voting instructions are disregarded.  The Company agrees that these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

 

7.3.                               If it is determined by a majority of the Board, or a majority of its disinterested members, that a material irreconcilable conflict exists, the Company and other Participating Insurance Companies shall, at their expense and to the extent reasonably practicable (as determined by a majority of the disinterested directors), take whatever steps are necessary to remedy or eliminate the irreconcilable material conflict, up to and including: (1) withdrawing the assets allocable to some or all of the separate accounts from the Fund or any Portfolio and reinvesting such assets in a different investment medium, including (but not limited to) another portfolio of the Fund, or submitting the question whether such segregation should be implemented to a vote of all affected contract owners and, as appropriate, segregating the assets of any appropriate group ( i.e. , annuity contract owners, life insurance policy owners, or variable contract owners of one or more Participating Insurance Companies) that votes in favor of such segregation, or offering to the affected contract owners the option of making such a change; and (2) establishing a new registered management investment company or managed separate account.  No charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal.  The Company agrees that it bears the responsibility to take remedial action in the event of a Board determination of an irreconcilable material conflict and the cost of such remedial action, and that these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

 

7.4.                               If a material irreconcilable conflict arises because of a decision by the Company to disregard contract owner voting instructions and that decision represents a minority position or

 

11



 

would preclude a majority vote, the Company may be required, at the Fund’s election, to withdraw the affected Account’s investment in the Fund and terminate this Agreement with respect to such Account (at the Company’s expense); provided, however that such withdrawal and termination shall be limited to the extent required by the foregoing material irreconcilable conflict as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board.  No charge or penalty will be imposed as a result of such withdrawal.  The Company agrees that it bears the responsibility to take remedial action in the event of a Board determination of an irreconcilable material conflict and the cost of such remedial action, and that these responsibilities will be carried out with a view only to the interests of Contract owners.

 

7.5.                               For purposes of Sections 7.3 and 7.4 of this Agreement, a majority of the disinterested members of the Board shall determine whether any proposed action adequately remedies any irreconcilable material conflict, but in no event will the Fund be required to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts.  The Company shall not be required by Section 7.3 or 7.4 to establish a new funding medium for the Contracts if an offer to do so has been declined by vote of a majority of Contract owners materially adversely affected by the irreconcilable material conflict.

 

7.6.                               If and to the extent that Rule 6e-2 and Rule 6e-3(T) are amended, or Rule 6e-3 is adopted, to provide exemptive relief from any provision of the 1940 Act or the rules promulgated thereunder with respect to mixed or shared funding (as defined in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) on terms and conditions materially different from those contained in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order, then (a) the Fund and/or the Participating Insurance Companies, as appropriate, shall take such steps as may be necessary to comply with Rules 6e-2 and 6e-3(T), as amended, and Rule 6e-3, as adopted, to the extent such rules are applicable; and (b) Sections 3.4, 3.5, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 of this Agreement shall continue in effect only to the extent that terms and conditions substantially identical to such Sections are contained in such Rule(s) as so amended or adopted.

 

7. 7.                               Each of the Company and the Adviser shall at least annually submit to the Board such reports, materials or data as the Board may reasonably request so that the Board may fully carry out the obligations imposed upon it by the provisions hereof and in the Shared Funding Exemptive Order.  Such reports, materials and data shall be submitted more frequently if deemed appropriate by the Board.

 

ARTICLE VIII.  Contract Holder Information

 

8.1                                  Agreement to Provide Contract Holder Information Pursuant to Rule 22c-2

 

(i)                                      For purposes of this Article VIII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

The term “Contract Holder-Initiated Transfer Purchase” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Contract holder that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract to a Portfolio, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollment such as transfer of

 

12



 

assets within a Contract to a Portfolio as a result of “dollar cost averaging” programs, insurance company approved asset allocation programs, or automatic rebalancing programs; (ii) pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iii) one-time step-up in Contract value pursuant to a Contract death benefit; (iv) allocation of assets to a Portfolio through a Contract as a result of payments such as loan repayments, scheduled contributions, retirement plan salary reduction contributions, or planned premium payments to the Contract; or (v) pre-arranged transfers at the conclusion of a required free look period.

 

The term “Contract Holder-Initiated Transfer Redemption” means a transaction that is initiated or directed by a Contract holder that results in a transfer of assets within a Contract out of a Portfolio, but does not include transactions that are executed: (i) automatically pursuant to a contractual or systematic program or enrollments such as transfers of assets within a Contract out of a Portfolio as a result of annuity payouts, loans, systematic withdrawal programs, asset allocation programs and automatic rebalancing programs; (ii) as a result of any deduction of charges or fees under a Contract; (iii) within a Contract out of a Portfolio as a result of scheduled withdrawals or surrenders from a Contract; or (iv) as a result of payment of a death benefit from a Contract.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent required by Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act, or in the event the Company has the ability to do so, the Company agrees to provide the Fund, upon written request, the taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), the Individual/International Taxpayer Identification Number (“ITIN”) or other government-issued identifier (“GII”), if known, of any or all Contract holders and the amount, date, name or other identifier of any investment professional(s) associated with the Contract holder(s) or account(s) (if known), and transaction type (purchase, redemption, transfer or exchange) of every Contract Holder-Initiated Transfer Purchase and every Contract Holder-Initiated Transfer Redemption of shares of the Portfolio(s) held through one or more account(s) maintained by the Company during the period covered by the request (“transaction information”).

 

(iii)                                Requests must set forth a specific period, not to exceed ninety (90) business days from the date of the request, for which transaction information is sought.  The Fund may request transaction information older than ninety (90) business days from the date of the request as it deems necessary to investigate compliance with policies established by the Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio(s) issued by the Fund.

 

(iv)                               The Company agrees to transmit the requested transaction information that is on its books and records to the Fund or its designee promptly, but in any event not later than ten (10) business days after receipt of a request.  If the requested transaction information is not on the Company’s books and records, the Company agrees to: (i) provide or arrange to provide to the Fund the requested transaction information from Contract holders who hold an account with an indirect intermediary; or (ii) if directed by the Fund, restrict or prohibit further purchases of shares of the Portfolio(s) from such indirect intermediary.  In such instance, the Company agrees to inform the Fund whether it plans to perform (i) or (ii).  Responses required by this paragraph must be communicated in writing and in a format mutually agreed upon by the parties.  To the extent practicable, the format for any transaction information provided to the Fund should be

 

13



 

consistent with the NSCC Standardized Data Reporting Format. For purposes of this provision, an “indirect intermediary” has the same meaning as set forth in Rule 22c-2.

 

8.2                                  Agreement to Restrict Trading; Instructions; Confirmations

 

(i)                                      To the extent required by Rule 22c-2, or in the event the Company has the ability to do so, the Company agrees to execute written instructions from the Fund to restrict or prohibit Contract Holder-Initiated Transfer Purchases or Contract Holder-Initiated Purchase Redemptions of shares of the Portfolio(s) by a Contract holder that has been identified by the Fund as having engaged in transactions of Portfolio shares (directly or indirectly through the Company’s account) that violate market timing or frequent trading policies established by the Fund for the purpose of eliminating or reducing any dilution of the value of the outstanding Portfolio shares issued by the Fund.

 

(ii)                                   Instructions must include the TIN, ITIN or GII, if known, and the specific restrictions(s) to be executed.  If the TIN, ITIN or GII is not known, the instructions must include an equivalent identifying number of the Contract holder(s) or account   (s) or other agreed upon information to which the instruction relates.

 

(iii)                                The Company agrees to execute instructions as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than five (5) business days after receipt of the instructions by the Company.

 

(iv)                               The Company must provide written confirmation to the Fund that instructions have been executed.  The Company agrees to provide confirmation as soon as reasonably practicable, but not later than ten (10) business days after the instructions have been executed.

 

8.3                                  Limitations on Use of Information

 

The Fund agrees not to use the transaction information received from the Company for marketing or any other similar purpose without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

ARTICLE IX.  Anti-Money Laundering

 

9.1.                               The Company represents and warrants that it is in compliance and will continue to be in compliance with all applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, and implementing regulations of the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA Regulations”) and applicable guidance issued by the SEC and the guidance and rules of the applicable Exchanges, SROs and FINRA (collectively, “Guidance”).

 

9.2.                               In connection with the Fund’s reliance on Company to perform Customer Identification Program (“CIP”) procedures on its behalf, the Company represents and warrants that (1) Company is subject to a rule implementing 31 U.S.C. 5318(h) and maintains an anti-money laundering program consistent with the USA PATRIOT Act and the rules thereunder; (2) Company is regulated by a Federal functional regulator as that term is defined under 31.C.F.R.

 

14



 

§103.120(a)(2); (3) Company has implemented a CIP compliant with Section 326 and 31 C.F.R. §103.137(b) that enables Company to form a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of its customers, including procedures to obtain information from and verify the identity of customers, maintain records of the information used to verify identity, determine whether the customer appears on any government list of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations, and provide customers with adequate notice that the institution is requesting information to verify their identities; and (4) Company will certify annually that it has implemented its anti-money laundering program and that it or its agent will perform all aspects of its CIP procedures with respect to customers referred to the Fund by the Company.

 

9.3.                               The Company represents and warrants that to the extent that any owner of a Contract which provides for the allocation of purchase payments and Contract value to subaccounts investing in shares of a Portfolio is a current or former Senior Foreign Political Figure (“SFPF”), an immediate family member of a SFPF, a person who is widely known (or is actually known by the Company) to maintain a close personal relationship with any such individual, or a corporation, business or other entity that has been formed by or for the benefit of such individual, it has conducted appropriate due diligence of such customer consistent with Section 312 of the USA PATRIOT Act and any applicable BSA Regulations and Guidance.

 

9.4.                               The Company represents and warrants that to the extent any owner of a Contract is a foreign bank, it has taken reasonable measures and has obtained certifications and will obtain re-certifications that indicate that such Contract owner is not a foreign shell bank, as defined in the BSA Regulations.

 

9.5.                               The Company will take all reasonable and practicable steps to ensure that it does not accept or maintain investments in any Contract from:

 

(i)  A person or entity (A) who is or becomes subject to sanctions administered by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), is included in any executive order or is on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC, or (B) whose name appears on such other lists of prohibited persons and entities as may be mandated by applicable U.S. law or regulation.

 

(ii)  A foreign shell bank (i.e., a bank with no physical presence in any country).

 

9.6                                  The Company agrees to immediately notify in writing the Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of the Fund if it becomes aware of any suspicious activity or pattern of activity or any activity that may require further review to determine whether it is suspicious in connection with the Funds.

 

9.7                                  The Company agrees that if the Fund, Underwriter or Adviser is required to supply information, documentation or guidance to a securities regulatory organization (“SRO”) or government department or agency about the CIP of the Fund or the Underwriter or the Adviser or the measures taken to obtain information and to verify the identity of  any owner of a Contract who has allocated purchase payments or Contract value to Portfolios available under the

 

15



 

Contract, Company shall allow such SRO or government department or agency to examine its files pertaining to such Contract owner.

 

ARTICLE X.  Indemnification

 

10.1.                         Indemnification by the Company

 

10.1(a).  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund, the Underwriter, the Adviser and each member of the Board and each officer and employee of the Fund, and each director, officer and employee of the Underwriter and the Adviser, and each person, if any, who controls the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” and individually, an “Indemnified Party,” for purposes of this Section 10.1) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Company) or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses), to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of the Fund’s shares or the Contracts and:

 

(i)         arise out of or are based upon any untrue statements or alleged untrue statements of any material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus, offering memorandum or other disclosure document for the Contracts or contained in the Contracts or sales or other promotional literature for the Contracts (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund for use in the registration statement, prospectus, offering memorandum or other disclosure document for the Contracts or in the Contracts or sales or other promotional literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

 

(ii)        arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus or sales literature of the Fund not supplied by the Company, or persons under its control and other than statements or representations authorized by the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser) or unlawful conduct of the Company or persons under its control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Fund shares; or

 

16



 

(iii)       arise out of or as a result of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, or sales literature of the Fund or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading if such a statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund by or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(iv)       arise as a result of any failure by the Company to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(v)        arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company.

 

Each of paragraphs (i) through (v) above is limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 10.1(b) and 10.1(c) below.

 

10.1(b).  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations or duties under this Agreement.

 

10.1(c).  The Company shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Company in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Company of any such claim shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision.  In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Company shall be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such action.  The Company also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After notice from the Company to such party of the Company’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Company will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

10.1(d).  The Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser, as applicable, will promptly notify the Company of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against an Indemnified Party in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Fund shares or the Contracts, or the operation of the Fund.

 

17



 

10.2.                         Indemnification by the Underwriter

 

10.2(a).  The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” and individually, an “Indemnified Party,” for purposes of this Section 10.2) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Underwriter) or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of shares of a Portfolio and:

 

(i)         arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus or sales literature of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser by or on behalf of the Company for use in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund or in sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

 

(ii)        arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in registration statement, prospectus, offering memorandum, other disclosure document or sales or other promotional literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Fund or the Underwriter or persons under their respective control and other than statements or representations authorized by the Company) or unlawful conduct of the Fund or the Underwriter or persons under their respective control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

 

(iii)       arise out of or as a result of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, offering memorandum, other disclosure document or sales or other promotional literature covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made

 

18



 

in reliance upon information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund or the Underwriter; or

 

(iv)       arise as a result of any failure by the Underwriter to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

(v)        arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Underwriter in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Underwriter.

 

Each of paragraphs (i) through (v) above is limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 10.2(b) and 10.2(c) below.

 

10.2(b).  The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

10.2(c).  The Underwriter shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Underwriter in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Underwriter of any such claim shall not relieve the Underwriter from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision.  In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Underwriter will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof.  The Underwriter also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After notice from the Underwriter to such party of the Underwriter’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Underwriter will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

10.2(d).  The Company will promptly notify the Underwriter of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against an Indemnified Party in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the operation of the Account(s).

 

10.3.                         Indemnification by the Adviser

 

10.3(a)  The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each of its directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties” and individually,

 

19



 

an “Indemnified Party,” for purposes of this Section 10.3) against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities (including amounts paid in settlement with the written consent of the Adviser) or litigation (including reasonable legal and other expenses) to which the Indemnified Parties may become subject under any statute or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) or settlements are related to the sale or acquisition of shares of a Portfolio and:

 

(i)         arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the registration statement or prospectus or sales literature of the Fund (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, provided that this agreement to indemnify shall not apply as to any Indemnified Party if such statement or omission or such alleged statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser by or on behalf of the Company for use in the registration statement or prospectus for the Fund or in sales literature (or any amendment or supplement) or otherwise for use in connection with the sale of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

 

(ii)        arise out of or as a result of statements or representations (other than statements or representations contained in the registration statement, prospectus, offering memorandum, other disclosure document or sales or other promotional literature for the Contracts not supplied by the Fund or the Adviser or persons under their respective control and other than statements or representations authorized by the Company) or unlawful conduct of the Fund or the Adviser or persons under their respective control, with respect to the sale or distribution of the Contracts or Portfolio shares; or

 

(iii)       arise out of or as a result of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, offering memorandum, other disclosure document or sales or other promotional literature covering the Contracts, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement or statements therein not misleading, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser; or

 

(iv)       arise as a result of any failure by the Adviser to provide the services and furnish the materials under the terms of this Agreement; or

 

20



 

(v)                      arise out of or result from any material breach of any representation and/or warranty made by the Adviser in this Agreement or arise out of or result from any other material breach of this Agreement by the Adviser.

 

Each of paragraphs (i) through (v) above is limited by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 10.3(b) and 10.3(c) below.

 

10.3(b).  The Adviser shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or litigation incurred or assessed against an Indemnified Party as such may arise from such Indemnified Party’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of such Indemnified Party’s duties or by reason of such Indemnified Party’s reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

 

10.3(c).  The Adviser shall not be liable under this indemnification provision with respect to any claim made against an Indemnified Party unless such Indemnified Party shall have notified the Adviser in writing within a reasonable time after the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the claim shall have been served upon such Indemnified Party (or after such Indemnified Party shall have received notice of such service on any designated agent), but failure to notify the Adviser of any such claim shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have to the Indemnified Party against whom such action is brought otherwise than on account of this indemnification provision.  In case any such action is brought against the Indemnified Parties, the Adviser will be entitled to participate, at its own expense, in the defense thereof.  The Adviser also shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the party named in the action.  After notice from the Adviser to such party of the Adviser’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnified Party shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by it, and the Adviser will not be liable to such party under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such party independently in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.

 

10.3(d).  The Company will promptly notify the Adviser of the commencement of any litigation or proceedings against an Indemnified Party in connection with this Agreement, the issuance or sale of the Contracts or the operation of the Account(s).

 

ARTICLE XI.  Applicable Law

 

11.1.         This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions hereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

11.2.         This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of the 1933, 1934 and 1940 Acts, and the rules and regulations and rulings thereunder, including such exemptions from those statutes, rules and regulations as the SEC may grant (including, but not limited to, the Shared Funding Exemptive Order) and the terms hereof shall be interpreted and construed in accordance therewith.

 

21



 

ARTICLE XII.  Termination

 

12.1.         This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first to occur of:

 

(a)                       termination by any party for any reason by sixty (60) days advance written notice delivered to the other parties; or

 

(b)                      termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser with respect to any Portfolio based upon the Company’s determination that shares of such Portfolio are not reasonably available to meet the requirements of the Contracts; provided, however, that said termination shall become effective ten (10) days after receipt of notice unless the Fund makes available a sufficient number of shares of the Portfolio to reasonably meet the requirements of the Contracts within said ten (10) day period; or

 

(c)                       termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser with respect to any Portfolio in the event that any of the Portfolio’s shares are not registered, issued or sold in accordance with applicable state and/or federal law or such law precludes the use of such shares as the underlying investment media of the Contracts issued or to be issued by the Company; or

 

(d)                      termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio ceases to qualify as a Regulated Investment Company under Subchapter M of the Code or under any successor or similar provision; or

 

(e)                       termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser with respect to any Portfolio in the event that such Portfolio fails to meet the diversification requirements specified in Article VI hereof; or

 

(f)                         termination by the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser by written notice to the Company if the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser, as applicable, shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Company and/or its affiliated companies has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity; or

 

(g)                      termination by the Company by written notice to the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser, if the Company shall determine, in its sole judgment exercised in good faith, that the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser has suffered a material adverse change in its business, operations, financial condition or prospects since the date of this Agreement or is the subject of material adverse publicity; or

 

(h)                      termination by the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser by written notice to the Company, if the Company gives the Fund, the Underwriter and the Adviser the

 

22



 

written notice specified in Section 1.5 hereof and at the time such notice was given there was no notice of termination outstanding under any other provision of this Agreement; provided, however, any termination under this Section 12.1(h) shall be effective forty-five (45) days after the notice specified in Section 1.5 was given; or

 

(i)                          termination by any party to this Agreement upon another party’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement.

 

12.2.         Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement with respect to a Portfolio, the Fund and the Underwriter shall at the option of the Company continue to make available additional shares of the Portfolio, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for all Contracts in effect on the effective date of termination of this Agreement (the “Existing Contracts”), unless such further sale of Portfolio shares is proscribed by law, regulation or applicable regulatory authority, or unless the Board determines that liquidation of the Portfolio following termination of this Agreement is in the best interests of the Portfolio.  Specifically, subject to the foregoing, the owners of the Existing Contracts shall be permitted to direct reallocation of investments in the Portfolio, redemption of investments in the Portfolio and/or investment in the Portfolio upon the making of additional purchase payments under the Existing Contracts.  The parties agree that this Section 12.2 shall not apply to any terminations under Article VII and the effect of such Article VII terminations shall be governed by Article VII of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XIII.  Notices

 

Any notice shall be sufficiently given when sent by registered or certified mail to the other party at the address of such party set forth below or at such other address as such party may from time to time specify in writing to the other party.

 

If to the Fund:

 

The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.

c/o Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10036

Attention:  President

 

If to the Underwriter:

 

Morgan Stanley Distribution, Inc.

c/o Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10036

Attention:  General Counsel

 

23



 

If to the Adviser:

 

Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc.

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10036

Attention:  General Counsel

 

If to the Company:

 

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 280 South

Birmingham, AL 35223

Attention:  Senior Associate Counsel — Variable Annuities

 

ARTICLE XIV.  Miscellaneous

 

14.1.         All persons dealing with the Fund must look solely to the property of the Fund for the enforcement of any claims against the Fund, as neither the Board, officers, agents or shareholders of the Fund assume any personal liability for obligations entered into on behalf of the Fund.

 

14.2.         Subject to the requirements of legal process and regulatory authority, each party hereto shall treat as confidential any “non-public personal information” about any “consumer” of another party (as such terms are defined in SEC Regulation S-P) and any other information reasonably identified as confidential in writing by another party (“Confidential Information”).  Each party agrees not to disclose, disseminate or utilize another party’s Confidential Information except: (i) as permitted by this Agreement, (ii) upon the written consent of the other party, (iii) where the Confidential Information comes into the public domain through no fault of the party receiving the information, or (iv) as otherwise required or permitted under applicable law.

 

14.3.         The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delineate any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

14.4.         This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14.5.         If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

14.6.         Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party and all appropriate governmental authorities (including without limitation the SEC, the National Association of Securities Dealers and state insurance regulators) and shall permit such authorities reasonable access to its books and records in connection with any investigation or inquiry relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.  Notwithstanding the generality of the

 

24



 

foregoing, each party hereto further agrees to furnish state insurance authorities with any information or reports in connection with services provided under this Agreement which such authorities may request in order to ascertain whether the insurance operations of the Company are being conducted in a manner consistent with applicable law and regulations.

 

14.7.         The rights, remedies and obligations contained in this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to any and all rights, remedies and obligations at law or in equity, which the parties hereto are entitled to under state and federal laws.

 

14.8.         This Agreement or any of the rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of all parties hereto; provided, however, that the Adviser may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any affiliate of or company under common control with the Adviser, if such assignee is duly licensed and registered to perform the obligations of the Adviser under this Agreement.

 

14.9.         If requested by the Fund, the Underwriter or the Adviser, the Company shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished, to the requesting party or its designee copies of the following documents:

 

(a)                       the Company’s annual statement (prepared under statutory accounting principles) and annual report (prepared under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), if any), as soon as practical and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year;

 

(b)                      the Company’s quarterly statements (prepared under statutory accounting principles and GAAP, if any), as soon as practical and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarterly period;

 

(c)                       any financial statement, proxy statement, notice or report of the Company sent to stockholders and/or policyholders, as soon as practical after the delivery thereof to stockholders;

 

(d)                      any registration statement (without exhibits) and financial reports of the Company filed with the SEC or any state insurance regulator, as soon as practical after the filing thereof; and

 

(e)                       any other report submitted to the Company by independent accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit made by them of the books of the Company, as soon as practical after the receipt thereof.

 

25



 

14.10.       Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified in any manner except by a written agreement executed by all parties.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf by its duly authorized representative of the date specified above.

 

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: John R. Sawyer

 

 

Title: Vice President and Managing Director - Annuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY DISTRIBUTION, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

27



 

SCHEDULE A

 

SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND ASSOCIATED CONTRACTS

 

Name of Separate Account and

 

Form Number and Name of

Date Established by Board of Directors

 

Contract Funded by Separate Account

 

 

 

Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life

 

Elements Classic NY variable annuity contract

 

 

FORM AF-2022

 

 

 

 

 

ProtectiveAccess XL NY variable annuity contract

 

 

FORM AF-2122-R2

 

 

 

 

 

Protective Rewards II NY variable annuity contract

 

 

FORM AF-2121

 

 

 

 

 

Protective Rewards Elite NY variable annuity contract

 

 

FORM AF-2121

 

A-1



 

SCHEDULE B

 

PORTFOLIOS OF THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.

AVAILABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT

 

Equity and Income Portfolio — Class II Shares

 

Global Real Estate Portfolio — Class II Shares

 

International Growth Equity — Class II Shares

 

B-1



 

SCHEDULE C

 

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

 

The following is a list of procedures and corresponding responsibilities for the handling of proxies and voting instructions relating to the Fund.  The defined terms herein shall have the meanings assigned in the Participation Agreement except that the term “Company” shall also include the department or third party assigned by the Company to perform the steps delineated below.

 

·                                           The proxy proposals are given to the Company by the Fund as early as possible before the date set by the Fund for the shareholder meeting to enable the Company to consider and prepare for the solicitation of voting instructions from Contract owners and to facilitate the establishment of tabulation procedures.  At this time the Fund will inform the Company of the Record, Mailing and Meeting dates.  This will be done verbally approximately two months before the shareholder meeting.

 

·                                           Promptly after the Record Date, the Company will perform a “tape run”, or other activity, which will generate the names, addresses and number of units which are attributed to each Contract owner/policyholder (the “Customer”) as of the Record Date.  Allowance should be made for account adjustments made after this date that could affect the status of the Customers’ accounts as of the Record Date.

 

Note: The number of proxy statements is determined by the activities described in this Step #2.  The Company will use its best efforts to call in the number of Customers to the Fund, as soon as possible, but no later than two weeks after the Record Date.

 

·                                           The Fund’s Annual Report must be sent to each Customer by the Company either before or together with the Customers’ receipt of voting instruction solicitation material.  The Fund will provide the last Annual Report to the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 3.4 of the Participation Agreement to which this Schedule relates.

 

·                                           The text and format for the Voting Instruction Cards (“Cards” or “Card”) is provided to the Company by the Fund.  The Company, at its expense, shall produce and personalize the Voting Instruction Cards.  The Fund or its affiliate must approve the Card before it is printed.  Allow approximately 2-4 Business Days for printing information on the Cards.  Information commonly found on the Cards includes:

 

·               name (legal name as found on account registration)

·               address

·               fund or account number

·               coding to state number of units

·                                           individual Card number for use in tracking and verification of votes (already on Cards as printed by the Fund).

 

C-1



 

(This and related steps may occur later in the chronological process due to possible uncertainties relating to the proposals.)

 

·                                           During this time, the Fund will develop, produce and pay for the Notice of Proxy and the Proxy Statement (one document).  Printed and folded notices and statements will be sent to Company for insertion into envelopes (envelopes and return envelopes are provided and paid for by the Company).  Contents of envelope sent to Customers by the Company will include:

 

·                                           Voting Instruction Card(s)

·                                           One proxy notice and statement (one document)

·                                           return envelope (postage pre-paid by Company) addressed to the Company or its tabulation agent

·                                           “urge buckslip” - optional, but recommended (this is a small, single sheet of paper that requests Customers to vote as quickly as possible and that their vote is important; one copy will be supplied by the Fund.)

·                                           cover letter — optional; supplied by Company and reviewed and approved in advance by the Fund

 

·                                           The above contents should be received by the Company approximately 3-5 Business Days before mail date.  Individual in charge at Company reviews and approves the contents of the mailing package to ensure correctness and completeness.  Copy of this approval sent to the Fund.

 

·                                           Package mailed by the Company.

 

*                                          The Fund must allow at least a 15-day solicitation time to the Company as the shareowner.  (A 5-week period is recommended.)  Solicitation time is calculated as calendar days from (but not including,) the shareholder meeting, counting backwards.

 

·                                           Collection and tabulation of Cards begins.  Tabulation usually takes place in another department or another vendor depending on process used.  An often used procedure is to sort Cards on arrival by proposal into vote categories of all yes, no, or mixed replies, and to begin data entry.

 

Note:  Postmarks are not generally needed. A need for postmark information would be due to an insurance company’s internal procedure and has not been required by the Fund in the past.

 

·                                           Signatures on Card checked against legal name on account registration that was printed on the Card.

 

Note:  For Example, if the account registration is under “John A. Smith, Trustee,” then that is the exact legal name to be printed on the Card and is the signature needed on the Card.

 

C-2



 

·                                           If Cards are mutilated, or for any reason are illegible or are not signed properly, they are sent back to Customer with an explanatory letter and a new Card and return envelope.  The mutilated or illegible Card is disregarded and considered to be not received for purposes of vote tabulation.  Any Cards that have been “kicked out” (e.g. mutilated, illegible) of the procedure are “hand verified,” i.e., examined as to why they did not complete the system.  Any questions on those Cards are usually remedied individually.

 

·                                           There are various control procedures used to ensure proper tabulation of votes and accuracy of that tabulation.  The most prevalent is to sort the Cards as they first arrive into categories depending upon their vote; an estimate of how the vote is progressing may then be calculated.  If the initial estimates and the actual vote do not coincide, then an internal audit of that vote should occur.  This may entail a recount.

 

·                                           The actual tabulation of votes is done in units which is then converted to shares. (It is very important that the Fund receives the tabulations stated in terms of a percentage and the number of shares .)  The Fund must review and approve tabulation format.

 

·                                           Final tabulation in shares is verbally given by the Company to the Fund on the morning of the shareholder meeting not later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern time.  The Fund may request an earlier deadline if reasonable and if required to calculate the vote in time for the shareholder meeting.

 

·                                           A Certification of Mailing and Authorization to Vote Shares will be required from the Company as well as an original copy of the final vote.  The Fund will provide a standard form for each Certification.

 

·                                           The Company will be required to box and archive the Cards received from the Customers.  In the event that any vote is challenged or if otherwise necessary for legal, regulatory, or accounting purposes, the Fund will be permitted reasonable access to such Cards.

 

·                                           All approvals and “signing-off” may be done orally, but must always be followed up in writing.

 

C-3



 
SCHEDULE D
 

Operating Procedures

 

Unless otherwise defined below, all capitalized terms have the meanings specified in the Participation Agreement, each of which this Exhibit is a part.

 

I.                                          FUND/SERV AND NETWORKING PROCEDURES

 

A.             Fund/SERV Account Establishment .  All parties hereto agree and acknowledge that the Company or its designee may not open or establish any new accounts through Fund/SERV or NSCC’s Networking system (“Networking”) without the prior written consent of the Fund.  The Company further acknowledges that the Fund reserves the right to reject any new Fund/SERV or Networking accounts established by the Company that have not been previously approved by the Fund in writing.

 

B.             Transmittal of Portfolio Information .  With respect to each Portfolio, the Fund will provide the Company or its designee, via the NSCC’s Mutual Fund Profile System, with (i) the net asset value per share of the Portfolio (the “Share Price”) on each Business Day, determined as of the time specified in the Portfolio’s prospectus (“Close of Trading”); (ii) dividend and capital gains distribution information on ex-date, but no later than the first Business Day following each ex-date established for the payment of dividends or capital gains distributions by the Portfolio; and (iii) in the case of fixed income and money market Portfolios which declare dividends daily, the daily accrual interest rate factor.  The Fund will use its best efforts to communicate such information to the Company or its designee via the NSCC’s Mutual Fund Profile System by 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time each Business Day; provided, however, that the Fund reserves the right to communicate the Share Price at a time later than 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time due to extraordinary or unforeseen circumstances.

 

C.             Transmittal of Orders .  The Company agrees that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing with the Fund, orders for the purchase, exchange or redemption of Fund shares (“Instructions”) received by the Company prior to the Close of Trading on any Business Day (“Day 1”) will be transmitted to the Fund’s transfer agent via Fund/SERV and accepted by Fund/SERV prior to 10 a.m. Eastern Time on the following Business Day (“Day 2”) (such orders are referred to as “Day 1 Trades”).  Each transmission by the Company or its designee of a purchase, exchange or redemption order relating to a Business Day (“Order”) will constitute a representation by the Company that such Order was based on Instructions that the Company received and accepted as being in good order prior to the Close of Trading on that Business Day, and that the Order included all purchase, exchange and redemption Instructions so received by the Company.

 

In the event that Orders for any Business Day are not transmitted to the Fund via Fund/SERV and accepted by Fund/SERV prior to 10 a.m. Eastern Time on Day 2, the Company or its designee shall transmit such Orders to the Fund in accordance with the Manual Procedures below.  If such Orders are not transmitted to the Fund in accordance with the Manual Procedures, the Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject, reverse or re-price the Orders

 

D-1



 

(notwithstanding that the Company may have received Fund/SERV confirmation of the Orders) and the Company will be responsible for reimbursement of any loss sustained by the Fund that may arise out of the improper transmittal of such Orders.

 

All Orders transmitted to the Fund via Fund/SERV will be communicated in accordance with Fund/SERV rules, guidelines and procedures.  The Company acknowledges that certain cash flows may be known on or before a trade date, and the Company agrees to use its reasonable efforts to notify the Fund of such cash flows before such trade date.

 

D.             Fund/SERV Confirmation .  All Orders transmitted in accordance with Section C of these Fund/SERV and Networking Procedures are subject to acceptance by the Fund and shall become effective only upon confirmation by the Fund.  The Fund or its designee will transmit a confirmation via Fund/SERV that will set forth, for each T/A Account, the number of Portfolio shares purchased, exchanged and redeemed, the beginning and ending share balances, and the net asset value per share.  The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, (i) to reject any Order (notwithstanding that Company may have received Fund/SERV confirmation of the Order), and (ii) to require any Order to be settled outside of Fund/SERV, in which case the Fund shall not confirm such Order via Fund/SERV and such Order shall settle in accordance with the Manual Procedures discussed below.

 

E.              Pricing of Orders .   Day 1 Trades communicated to the Fund as provided under Section C of these Fund/SERV Procedures will be effected at the Share Price for the applicable Portfolio on Day 1.

 

F.              Settlement .  Day 1 Trades confirmed by the Fund via Fund/SERV will settle in U.S. dollars in accordance with the Fund’s profile within Fund/SERV applicable to the Company.

 

G.             Dividends and Other Distributions .  The Fund or designee will furnish the Company or its designee notice of any dividends or other distributions payable on the shares of each Portfolio via Networking.  Dividends and distributions with respect to a Portfolio will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Portfolio held by the T/A Account(s) and the Fund or its designee will notify the Company or its designee, via Networking, as to the number of shares so issued.

 

H.             Account Reporting and Verification .  The Fund or its designee will transmit or make available to the Company, via Networking, a report containing any transactions or other activity occurring in a T/A Account on a Business Day, including any Fund/SERV transactions, and the share balance for each T/A Account in accordance with Fund/SERV’s Networking guidelines.  The Company will promptly review and verify this information on Networking and immediately advise the Fund or designee in writing of any discrepancies between the Company’s records and the balance in the T/A Account(s).

 

If the Company chooses not to utilize Networking, the Fund or designee will deliver to the Company a physical statement for the preceding calendar month reflecting the shares of each Portfolio held by the T/A Account(s) as of the end of such preceding  month and all purchases, exchanges and redemptions by the Company of shares of a Portfolio during such preceding

 

D-2



 

month.  The Company will, immediately on receipt of any physical confirmation or statement concerning an Account, verify the information contained therein against the information contained on the Company’s record-keeping system and immediately advise the Fund in writing of any discrepancies between such information.

 

The Fund and the Company will cooperate to resolve any such discrepancies mentioned in this Section H as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

I.               Processing Adjustments .  In the event of any error or delay with respect to these Fund/SERV and Networking Procedures that is caused by the Fund or its designee, the Fund will make any adjustments on its (or its transfer agent’s) accounting system necessary to correct such error or delay. The Company will make the corresponding adjustments on its record-keeping system.  The Company and the Fund will each provide the other with prompt notice of any errors or delays of the type referred to in these Fund/SERV and Networking Procedures.

 

J.              Fund/SERV Unavailability.   If the Fund/SERV and Networking systems are unavailable for any reason, or if it is otherwise impracticable to operate in accordance with these Fund/SERV and Networking Procedures, transactions shall be processed in accordance with the Manual Procedures below.

 

II.  MANUAL PROCEDURES

 

A.             Transmittal of Portfolio Information .  With respect to each Portfolio, the Fund or it transfer agent will provide the Company with (i) the Share Price determined as of the Close of Trading on each Business Day; (ii) dividend and capital gains distribution information on ex-date, but no later than the first Business Day following each ex-date established for the payment of dividends or capital gains distributions by the Portfolio; and (iii) in the case of fixed income and money market Portfolios which declare dividends daily, the daily accrual interest rate factor.  The Fund will use its best efforts to communicate, or have its transfer agent communicate, such information to the Company or its designee by 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time each Business Day; however, the Fund reserves the right to communicate the Share Price at a time later than 7:00 p.m. Eastern Time due to extraordinary or unforeseen circumstances.

 

B.             Transmittal of Orders .  The Company agrees that, unless otherwise agreed to in writing with the Fund, Instructions received by the Company prior to the Close of Trading on any Business Day (“Day 1”) will be transmitted to the Fund by facsimile no later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the following Business Day (“Day 2”) (such Orders are referred to as “Day 1 Trades”).  Each transmission by the Company or its designee of a purchase, exchange or redemption order relating to a Business Day (“Order”) will constitute a representation by the Company that such Order was based on Instructions that the Company received and accepted as being in good order prior to the Close of Trading on that Business Day, and that the Order included all purchase, exchange and redemption Instructions so received by the Company.

 

All Orders transmitted to the Fund will be communicated in U.S. dollars and will indicate the date of the transaction.  On Business Days where there are no Orders, or where the net dollar amount for purchases and redemptions for an Account equals zero, the communication will so indicate. The Company acknowledges that certain cash flows may be known on or before a trade

 

D-3



 

date, and the Company agrees to use its reasonable efforts to notify the Fund of such cash flows before such trade date.

 

C.             Confirmation .  All Orders transmitted in accordance with Section B of these Manual Procedures are subject to acceptance by the Fund and shall become effective only upon confirmation by the Fund, which confirmation shall be sent to the Company or its designee via facsimile.  The Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject any Order.

 

D.             Pricing of Orders .   Day 1 Trades communicated to the Fund by 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on Day 2 will be effected at the Share Price for the applicable Portfolio on Day 1.

 

E.              Settlement .

 

1.              Purchase Orders.  In the case of Day 1 Trades that constitute a net purchase (including exchanges) Order, the Company or its designee will arrange for a federal funds wire transfer of the net purchase amount to a custodial account designated by the Fund by 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time on Day 2.

 

2.              Redemption Orders.  In the case of Day 1 Trades that constitute a net redemption (including exchanges) Order, the Fund or its designee will arrange for a federal funds wire transfer of the net redemption amount to a custodial account designated by the Company on Day 2, or in no instance later than the time provided for in the applicable Portfolio’s Prospectus.

 

3.              Generally.  Settlements will be in U.S. dollars, except that each Portfolio reserves the right, in cases of substantial liquidations, to pay redemption proceeds in whole or in part by a distribution in-kind of readily marketable securities that it holds in lieu of cash in accordance with applicable law, and the Portfolio’s redemption policy as described in the Prospectus.  On any Business Day when the Federal Reserve Wire Transfer System is closed, all communication and processing rules will be suspended for the settlement of Orders.  Orders will be settled on the next Business Day on which the Federal Reserve Wire Transfer System is open.  Transactions that are the subject of such Orders will be processed at the Share Price for the applicable Portfolio on the Business Day to which the Orders originally relate.

 

F.              Dividends and Other Distributions .  The Fund or its designee will furnish the Company or its designee written notice of any dividends or other distributions payable on the shares of each Portfolio, via facsimile or other method agreed upon by the parties.  Dividends and distributions with respect to a Portfolio will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Portfolio held by the T/A Account(s) and the Fund or designee will notify the Company or its designee as to the number of shares so issued.

 

G.             Account Reporting and Verification .  The Fund or its designee will deliver to the Company or its designee in writing, via facsimile or other method agreed upon by the parties a statement for the preceding calendar month reflecting the shares of each Portfolio held by the T/A Account(s) as of the end of such preceding month and all purchases, exchanges and redemptions by the Company of shares of a Portfolio during such preceding month.  The Company will, immediately on receipt of any statement concerning a T/A Account, verify the information contained therein against the information contained on the Company’s

 

D-4



 

record-keeping system and immediately advise the Fund or its designee, in writing of any discrepancies between such information.  The Fund and the Company will cooperate to resolve any such discrepancies as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

H.             Processing Adjustments .  In the event of any error or delay with respect to these Manual Procedures that is caused by the Fund or its designee, the Fund will make any adjustments on its (or its transfer agent’s) recordkeeping system necessary to correct such error or delay.  The Company will make the corresponding adjustments on its accounting system.  The Company and the Fund will each provide the other with prompt notice of any errors or delays of the type referred to in these Manual Procedures.

 

D-5



 

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

 

Among

 

 

THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.,

 

MORGAN STANLEY DISTRIBUTION, INC.,

 

MORGAN STANLEY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT INC.,

 

and

 

PROTECTIVE LIFE AND ANNUITY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

Dated as of

 

November 1, 2007

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I.

 

Purchase and Redemption of Fund Shares

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II.

 

Representations and Warranties

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III.

 

Prospectuses, Reports to Shareholders and Proxy Statements; Voting

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

Sales Material and Information

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V.

 

Fees and Expenses

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

Diversification

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

 

Potential Conflicts

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII.

 

Contract Holder Information

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX.

 

Anti-Money Laundering

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X.

 

Indemnification

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI.

 

Applicable Law

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII.

 

Termination

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII.

 

Notices

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIV.

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Separate Accounts and Associated Contracts

 

 

A-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

Portfolios of The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc. Available Under this Agreement

 

 

B-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

Proxy Voting Procedures

 

 

C-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE D

 

Operating Procedures

 

 

D-1

 


Exhibit 10.(a)

 

[Sutherland Asbill and Brennan LLP Letterhead]

 

  STEPHEN E. ROTH

 

DIRECT LINE: 202.383.0158

 

 Internet: steve.roth@sutherland.com

 

 

April 24, 2009

 

Board of Directors

Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company

2801 Highway 201 South

Birmingham, Alabama 35223

 

Directors:

 

We hereby consent to the reference to our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the statement of additional information filed as part of post-effective amendment number 1 to the registration statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-153043) filed by Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company and Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

SUTHERLAND ASBILL & BRENNAN LLP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Stephen E. Roth

 

 

Stephen E. Roth

 


Exhibit 10.(b)

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-153043) of our report dated April 13, 2009, relating to the statutory financial statements of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company, which appears in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-153043) of our report dated April 24, 2009, relating to the financial statements of Variable Annuity Account A of Protective Life, which appears in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Birmingham, Alabama

April 30, 2009

 


Exhibit 14

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned Directors and the Chief Accounting Officer of Protective Life and Annuity Insurance Company, an Alabama corporation, (“Company”) by his execution hereof or upon an identical counterpart hereof, does hereby constitute and appoint Wayne Stuenkel, Max Berueffy,  or Steven G. Walker, and each or any of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, to execute and sign the Registration Statement on Form N-4 to be filed by the Company with respect to the ProtectiveRewards Elite NY variable annuity product (File No. 333-153043), including any pre-effective and post-effective amendments thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, and to file same, with all exhibits and schedules thereto and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and with such state securities authorities as may be appropriate, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes of the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all the acts of said attorney-in-fact and agent or any of them which they may lawfully do in the premises or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and seal this 24th day of April 2009.

 

 

/s/ Wayne E. Stuenkel

 

/s/ John D. Johns

Wayne E. Stuenkel

 

John D. Johns

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard J. Bielen

 

/s/ Steven G. Walker

Richard J. Bielen

 

Steven G. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS TO ALL SIGNATURES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Max Berueffy

 

 

Max Berueffy